Page Range | 85837-86248 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 86048 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
81 FR 86001 - Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement for the Proposed Redding Rancheria Fee-to-Trust and Casino Project, Shasta County, California | |
81 FR 85997 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: FHA Single Family Model Mortgage Documents | |
81 FR 86002 - Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians, Michigan and Indiana | |
81 FR 86072 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 86071 - Publication of the Tier 2 Tax Rates | |
81 FR 86068 - Agency Information Collection Activities; New Information Collection Request: National Consumer Complaint Database | |
81 FR 85926 - Proposed Renewal of Information Collection; OMB Control Number 3014-0012, Online Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Complaint Form | |
81 FR 85950 - Clean Air Act Operating Permit Program; Petition for Objection to State Operating Permit for Tennessee Valley Authority-Bull Run (Anderson County, Tennessee) | |
81 FR 85952 - Registration Review; Draft Human Health and/or Ecological Risk Assessments; Notice of Availability | |
81 FR 85951 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Renewal of EPA ICR No. 0616.12; Comment Request | |
81 FR 85924 - Notice of Solicitation of Applications for the Rural Energy for America Program for Federal Fiscal Year 2017; Correction | |
81 FR 86000 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Permits; Draft Supplement to Environmental Impact Statement and Amendment to Habitat Conservation Plan for Forest Management in Montana | |
81 FR 86016 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Consumer Expenditure Surveys: Quarterly Interview and Diary | |
81 FR 86018 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Information Collection-Housing Occupancy Certificates Under the Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection Act | |
81 FR 85968 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Superimposed Text in Direct-to-Consumer Promotion of Prescription Drugs | |
81 FR 85973 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Guidance for Industry on Expedited Programs for Serious Conditions-Drugs and Biologics | |
81 FR 85935 - Taking and Importing of Marine Mammals | |
81 FR 85944 - Withdrawal of Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement for the Proposed Lower Passaic River Ecosystem Restoration Project, Essex, Hudson, Passaic, and Bergen Counties, NJ: Feasibility Phase | |
81 FR 85944 - Withdrawal of Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement for the Proposed Hackensack Meadowlands Ecosystem Restoration Project, Hackensack Meadowlands District, Bergen and Hudson Counties, NJ: Feasibility Phase | |
81 FR 85980 - Meeting of the Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 85985 - Collection of Information Under Review by Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0028 | |
81 FR 85985 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0087 | |
81 FR 85986 - Collection of Information Under Review by Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0079 | |
81 FR 85991 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0084 | |
81 FR 85987 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-NEW | |
81 FR 85984 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0086 | |
81 FR 85990 - Information Collection Request[s] to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0093 | |
81 FR 85945 - National Advisory Council on Indian Education Meeting Notice | |
81 FR 86024 - University of Missouri-Columbia Research Reactor | |
81 FR 86013 - Notice Pursuant to the National Cooperative Research and Production Act of 1993-3D PDF Consortium, Inc. | |
81 FR 85937 - Digital Economy Board of Advisors Meeting | |
81 FR 85958 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 86015 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Job Corps Application Data | |
81 FR 85928 - Finished Carbon Steel Flanges From India: Preliminary Affirmative Countervailing Duty Determination | |
81 FR 85930 - Certain Carbon and Alloy Steel Cut-To-Length Plate From the Federal Republic of Germany: Amended Preliminary Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value | |
81 FR 85927 - Chlorinated Isocyanurates From Spain and the People's Republic of China: Continuation of the Antidumping Duty Orders | |
81 FR 85982 - Prospective Grant of Exclusive Patent License: Development and Commercialization of Dopamine D3 Receptor Selective Antagonists/Partial Agonists for the Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder, Schizophrenia Bipolar Disorder and Tetrahydrocannabinol Dependence | |
81 FR 85992 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Foreign Assembler's Declaration | |
81 FR 85993 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Application and Approval To Manipulate, Examine, Sample or Transfer Goods | |
81 FR 85961 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
81 FR 85873 - Schedules of Controlled Substances: Temporary Placement of Furanyl Fentanyl Into Schedule I | |
81 FR 85991 - Customs Brokers User Fee Payment for 2017 | |
81 FR 85946 - Final 2025 Salt Lake City Area Integrated Projects Power Marketing Plan | |
81 FR 85939 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 86019 - Records Schedules; Availability and Request for Comments | |
81 FR 86021 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 86067 - Commercial Driver's License: Oregon Department of Transportation; Application for Exemption, Correction | |
81 FR 85923 - Coconino and Tonto National Forests; Arizona; Fossil Creek Wild and Scenic River Comprehensive River Management Plan and Environmental Impact Statement | |
81 FR 86067 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Extension of a Currently-Approved Information Collection Request: Transportation of Hazardous Materials, Highway Routing | |
81 FR 85906 - Refunding Baggage Fees for Delayed Checked Bags | |
81 FR 86063 - Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Vision | |
81 FR 85957 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request (3064-0025, -0057, 0140 & -0176) | |
81 FR 85964 - Proposed Information Collection Activity; Comment Request | |
81 FR 85920 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 85945 - Notice of Intent To Grant Exclusive Patent License; Anasys Instruments | |
81 FR 85943 - Defense Health Board; Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting | |
81 FR 85907 - Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Oklahoma; Revisions to Minor New Source Review Permitting Program | |
81 FR 85950 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Information Requirements for New Marine Compression Ignition Engines at or Above 30 Liters per Cylinder (Renewal) | |
81 FR 85921 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 85983 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 86030 - New Postal Products | |
81 FR 85977 - The Judicious Use of Medically Important Antimicrobial Drugs in Food-Producing Animals; Establishing Appropriate Durations of Therapeutic Administration; Extension of Comment Period | |
81 FR 86021 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Recordkeeping and Disclosure Requirements Associated With the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), 15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq., As Amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, Public Law 108-159, 117 Stat. 1952, and as Implemented by Regulation V, 12 CFR 1022, and by 12 CFR 717; Comment Request | |
81 FR 85904 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Atlantic Bluefish Fishery; Quota Transfers | |
81 FR 86022 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Management Official Interlocks | |
81 FR 85972 - Novus International, Inc.; Filing of Food Additive Petition (Animal Use); Correction | |
81 FR 85967 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Announcement of Office of Management and Budget Approval; Abbreviated New Drug Applications and 505(b)(2) Applications | |
81 FR 85974 - Determination of Regulatory Review Period for Purposes of Patent Extension; NUWIQ | |
81 FR 85965 - Determination of Regulatory Review Period for Purposes of Patent Extension; IXINITY | |
81 FR 85938 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 85956 - Information Collection Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission | |
81 FR 85955 - Information Collection Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission Under Delegated Authority | |
81 FR 85999 - Proposed Information Collection; Pacific Northwest Coastal Landscape Conservation Design Social Network Survey | |
81 FR 86061 - PENNSYLVANIA Disaster #PA-00075 | |
81 FR 86060 - Virginia Disaster Number VA-00065 | |
81 FR 86061 - North Carolina; Disaster Number NC-00081 | |
81 FR 85982 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Amended Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 85963 - Agency Forms Undergoing Paperwork Reduction Act Review | |
81 FR 86055 - OWLshares Trust, et al.; Notice of Application | |
81 FR 86044 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendments No. 1 and No. 2 Thereto, To List and Trade Shares of the iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF of the iShares U.S. ETF Trust Pursuant to BZX Rule 14.11(c)(4) | |
81 FR 86036 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, Amending the Co-location Services Offered by the Exchange To Add Certain Access and Connectivity Fees | |
81 FR 86050 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE MKT LLC; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, Amending the Co-location Services Offered by the Exchange To Add Certain Access and Connectivity Fees | |
81 FR 86056 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Order Granting Approval of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, To List and Trade Certain Exchange-Traded Managed Funds | |
81 FR 86033 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.1(c) Regarding the Requirements for the Listing of Securities That Are Issued by the Exchange or Any of Its Affiliates | |
81 FR 86048 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ICE Clear Europe Limited; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Finance Procedures | |
81 FR 86041 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE MKT LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending NYSE MKT Rule 901NY | |
81 FR 86031 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Allocation of Directed Complex Orders | |
81 FR 85939 - Manual for Courts-Martial; Proposed Amendments | |
81 FR 85961 - Notice of Agreement Filed | |
81 FR 85917 - Federal Automated Vehicles Policy | |
81 FR 85932 - National Cybersecurity Center of Excellence (NCCoE) Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) for the Public Safety & First Responder Sector | |
81 FR 85983 - National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 85981 - National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences; Notice of Meetings | |
81 FR 85980 - Government-Owned Inventions; Availability for Licensing and Collaboration | |
81 FR 85981 - Center for Scientific Review Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 86069 - Solicitation of Proposals for Designation of Automated Vehicle Proving Grounds Pilot | |
81 FR 85936 - Notice of Availability of a Draft Environmental Assessment for the Bluefield Holdings, Inc. Site 2 Shoreline Restoration Project Credit Purchase | |
81 FR 86071 - Open Meeting of the Advisory Committee on Risk-Sharing Mechanisms | |
81 FR 85955 - Notice of Issuance of Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2016 and Three-Year Plan | |
81 FR 85935 - Western Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting; Correction | |
81 FR 86061 - 60-Day Notice of Intent To Seek Extension of Approval: Information Collection Activities (Complaints, Petitions for Declaratory Orders, and Petitions for Relief Not Otherwise Specified) | |
81 FR 85995 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; State Administrative Plan for the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program | |
81 FR 85921 - Notice of Request To Renew an Approved Information Collection (Specified Risk Materials) | |
81 FR 85901 - Dispute Resolution Procedures Under the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act of 2015 | |
81 FR 86013 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Application for Alternate Means of Identification of Firearm(s) (Marking Variance) (ATF Form 3311.4) | |
81 FR 86014 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested Extension Without Change, of a Previously Approved Collection Federal Coordination and Compliance Section (FCS), FCS Complaint and Consent Form Civil Rights Division, Department of Justice | |
81 FR 85873 - New Animal Drugs for Use in Animal Feed; Category Definitions; Confirmation of Effective Date | |
81 FR 85976 - Providing Postmarketing Periodic Safety Reports in the International Council for Harmonisation E2C(R2) Format (Periodic Benefit-Risk Evaluation Report); Guidance for Industry; Availability | |
81 FR 85978 - Pharmaceutical Science and Clinical Pharmacology Advisory Committee; Establishment of a Public Docket; Request for Comments; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 85967 - Mitigating the Risk of Cross-Contamination From Valves and Accessories Used for Irrigation Through Flexible Gastrointestinal Endoscopes; Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff; Availability | |
81 FR 85906 - Competitive Postal Products | |
81 FR 86014 - Notice of Lodging of Proposed Consent Decree Under the Clean Air Act | |
81 FR 85934 - Ocean Exploration Advisory Board (OEAB) | |
81 FR 85996 - Housing Opportunity Through Modernization Act of 2016: Solicitation of Comments on Implementation of Public Housing Income Limit | |
81 FR 85843 - Update of Overflight Fee Rates | |
81 FR 85962 - Agency Forms Undergoing Paperwork Reduction Act Review | |
81 FR 85897 - Air Plan Approval; MA; Decommissioning of Stage II Vapor Recovery Systems | |
81 FR 85854 - Submission of Food and Drug Administration Import Data in the Automated Commercial Environment | |
81 FR 86017 - National Advisory Committee on Occupational Safety and Health (NACOSH) | |
81 FR 86073 - Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review (Police Officer Pre-Employment Screening Checklist) | |
81 FR 86073 - Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review (uSPEQ Consumer Survey Experience (Rehabilitation)) | |
81 FR 86074 - Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review (Statement of Purchaser or Owner Assuming Seller's Loan) | |
81 FR 86072 - Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review: (Inquiry Routing & Information System (IRIS); Statement of Purchaser or Owner Assuming Seller's Loan; VA Police Officer Pre-Employment Screening Checklist; Universal Stakeholder Participation Questionnaire (uSPEQ)) | |
81 FR 85993 - Changes in Flood Hazard Determinations | |
81 FR 86063 - Random Drug and Alcohol Testing Percentage Rates of Covered Aviation Employees for the Period of January 1, 2017, Through December 31, 2017 | |
81 FR 86023 - Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 86008 - Information Collection: General and Oil and Gas Production Requirements in the Outer Continental Shelf; Submitted for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 85914 - Federal Acquisition Regulation: Effective Communication between Government and Industry | |
81 FR 85877 - Conforming STOP Violence Against Women Formula Grant Program Regulations to Statutory Change; Definitions and Confidentiality Requirements Applicable to All OVW Grant Programs | |
81 FR 85841 - Airworthiness Directives; Fokker Services B.V. Airplanes | |
81 FR 85916 - Government Property-USAID Reporting Requirements | |
81 FR 85837 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
81 FR 86076 - Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as Amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act-Accountability and State Plans |
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Forest Service
Rural Business-Cooperative Service
International Trade Administration
National Institute of Standards and Technology
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
National Telecommunications and Information Administration
Engineers Corps
Navy Department
Western Area Power Administration
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Children and Families Administration
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
Coast Guard
Federal Emergency Management Agency
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Fish and Wildlife Service
Indian Affairs Bureau
Ocean Energy Management Bureau
Antitrust Division
Drug Enforcement Administration
Employment and Training Administration
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Wage and Hour Division
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2014-12-06 for certain Airbus Model A300 B4-600, B4-600R, and F4-600R series airplanes, and Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes (collectively called Model A300-600 series airplanes); and Airbus Model A310 series airplanes. AD 2014-12-06 required repetitive ultrasonic or detailed inspections of the external area of the aft cargo door sill beam for cracking, and repair if necessary, and provided an optional one-time high frequency eddy current (HFEC) inspection that would terminate the repetitive inspections. This new AD requires the previously optional terminating HFEC inspection, and requires that it be done repetitively. This AD was prompted by findings of multiple fatigue cracks in the aft cargo door that indicated the need for additional, repetitive, HFEC inspections. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 3, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of January 3, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain other publication listed in this AD as of July 2, 2014 (79 FR 34403, June 17, 2014).
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAW, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Dan Rodina, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2125; fax 425-227-1149.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2014-12-06, Amendment 39-17867 (79 FR 34403, June 17, 2014) (“AD 2014-12-06”). AD 2014-12-06 applied to certain Airbus Model A300 B4-600, B4-600R, and F4-600R series airplanes, and Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes (collectively called Model A300-600 series airplanes); and Airbus Model A310 series airplanes. AD 2014-12-06 required repetitive ultrasonic or detailed inspections of the external area of the aft cargo door sill beam for cracking, and repair if necessary. AD 2014-12-16 also provided an optional one-time HFEC inspection that would terminate the repetitive inspections. The NPRM published in the
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2015-0150, dated July 23, 2015 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Airbus Model A300 B4-600, B4-600R, and F4-600R series airplanes, and Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes (collectively called Model A300-600 series airplanes); and Airbus Model A310 series airplanes. The MCAI states:
During accomplishment of Maintenance Review Board Report (MRBR) task 531625-01-1 on an A300-600 aeroplane having accumulated more than 25,000 flight cycles (FC) since aeroplane first flight, multiple fatigue cracks were found on the following parts:
Prompted by these findings, a stress analysis was performed during which it was discovered that there is no dedicated
This condition, if not detected and corrected, could lead to failure of multiple lock fittings, possibly resulting in loss of the cargo door in flight and consequent explosive decompression of the aeroplane.
To address this unsafe condition, Airbus issued Alert Operators Transmission (AOT) A53W005-14 providing instructions for inspection of the affected area.
Consequently, EASA issued Emergency AD 2014-0097-E [which corresponded to FAA AD 2014-12-06] to require repetitive ultrasonic (US) inspections or detailed inspections (DET) of the aft cargo door sill beam external area, and/or a one-time High Frequency Eddy Current (HFEC) inspection of the aft cargo door sill beam internal structure and, depending on findings, accomplishment of corrective action(s).
Since that [EASA] AD was issued, the results of further analysis have indicated that repetitive HFEC inspections need to be introduced.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD retains the requirements of EASA AD 2014-0097-E, which is superseded, and requires repetitive HFEC inspections of the concerned areas. The first HFEC inspection terminates the repetitive US/DET inspections.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.
The Air Line Pilots Association, International stated that it supports the NPRM.
One commenter, Mark Hilborn, requested that we revise the structure of paragraph (i) of the proposed AD for clarity and to change the location where the reports should be sent. He stated that we could rewrite paragraph (i) of the proposed AD to remove the subparagraphs.
We partially agree with the request. We have updated the contact information for submitting the reports. We do not find it necessary, however, to change the remainder of the paragraph since it is restated from AD 2014-12-06, and the compliance times are correct.
Mark Hilborn requested we revise paragraph (m) of the proposed AD for clarity and to add new subparagraphs to aid in that.
We agree with the request and have changed paragraph (m) of this AD accordingly.
We have revised this AD to require the current version of the service information identified for the terminating action specified in this AD. This service information was revised to make a small tooling change; no additional work is necessary for airplanes on which the original version of this service information was accomplished. We have also added credit for airplanes on which the original version of this service information was accomplished, and made related changes accordingly.
We reviewed the available data, including the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD with the changes described previously and minor editorial changes. We have determined that these changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
Airbus has issued the following service information, which describes procedures for repetitive HFEC inspections of the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate. These service bulletins are distinct since they apply to different airplane models.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6179, dated December 12, 2014.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2139, dated December 12, 2014.
Airbus has also issued AOT A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014, which describes procedures for doing an ultrasonic inspection or detailed inspection of the aft cargo door sill beam external area for cracking.
Additionally, Airbus has issued the following service information, which describes procedures for reinforcing the aft cargo door sill beam are between FR 60 and FR 63. These service bulletins are distinct since they apply to different airplane models.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2141, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6181, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 75 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
A federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, nor shall a person be subject to penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act unless that collection of information displays a current valid OMB control number. The control number for the collection of information required by this AD is 2120-0056. The paperwork cost associated with this AD has been detailed in the Costs of Compliance section of this document and includes time for reviewing instructions, as well as completing and reviewing the collection of information. Therefore, all reporting associated with this AD is mandatory. Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden and suggestions for reducing the burden should be directed to the FAA at 800
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective January 3, 2017.
This AD replaces AD 2014-12-06, Amendment 39-17867 (79 FR 34403, June 17, 2014) (“AD 2014-12-06”).
This AD applies to the airplanes identified in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), and (c)(5) of this AD, certificated in any category, all manufacturer serial numbers on which Airbus Modification 05438 has been embodied in production, except those on which Airbus Modification 12046 has been embodied in production.
(1) Airbus Model A300 B4-601, B4-603, B4-620, and B4-622 airplanes.
(2) Airbus Model A300 B4-605R and B4-622R airplanes.
(3) Airbus Model A300 F4-605R and F4-622R airplanes.
(4) Airbus Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes.
(5) Airbus Model A310-203, -204, -221, -222, -304, -322, -324, and -325 airplanes.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.
This AD was prompted by reports of fatigue cracks on the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct fatigue cracking of the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate, which could result in the loss of the door locking function and subsequently, complete loss of the cargo door in flight with the risk of rapid decompression.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of AD 2014-12-06, with revised service information. Within the compliance time identified in paragraph (g)(1), (g)(2), or (g)(3) of this AD, as applicable: Do an ultrasonic inspection or detailed inspection of the aft cargo door sill beam external area for cracking, in accordance with Airbus Alert Operators Transmission (AOT) A53W005-14, dated April 22, 2014; or Airbus AOT A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014. Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 275 flight cycles. As of the effective date of this AD, only Airbus AOT A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014, may be used to comply with the requirements of this paragraph.
(1) For airplanes that have accumulated 30,000 flight cycles or more since the airplane's first flight as of July 2, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-12-06): Within 50 flight cycles after July 2, 2014.
(2) For airplanes that have accumulated 18,000 flight cycles or more, but fewer than 30,000 flight cycles since the airplane's first flight as of July 2, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-12-06): Within 275 flight cycles after July 2, 2014.
(3) For airplanes that have accumulated fewer than 18,000 flight cycles since the airplane's first flight as of July 2, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-12-06): Before exceeding 18,275 flight cycles since the airplane's first flight.
This paragraph restates the provisions of paragraph (h) of AD 2014-12-06, with revised service information and specific delegation approval language. Accomplishment of a high frequency eddy current (HFEC) inspection for cracking, in accordance with Airbus AOT A53W005-14, dated April 22, 2014; or Airbus AOT A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014; terminates the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD for that airplane. If any cracking is found during the HFEC inspection, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA); or Airbus's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA).
This paragraph restates the provisions of paragraph (i) of AD 2014-12-06, with revised contact information. Submit a report of the findings (both positive and negative) of the inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD to “Airbus Service Bulletin Reporting Online Application” on Airbus World (
(1) If the inspection was done on or after the effective date of this AD: Submit the report within 30 days after the inspection.
(2) If the inspection was done before the effective date of this AD: Submit the report within 30 days after the effective date of this AD.
Paragraphs (k)(1), (k)(2), and (k)(3) of this AD refer to airplane groups, as identified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD.
(1) Airplanes on which an HFEC inspection was accomplished as specified in Airbus AOT A53W005-14.
(2) Airplanes on which no HFEC inspection was accomplished as specified in Airbus AOT A53W005-14, and that have accumulated more than 18,000 total flight cycles as of the effective date of this AD.
(3) Airplanes on which no HFEC inspection was accomplished as specified in Airbus AOT A53W005-14, that have accumulated 18,000 total flight cycles or fewer as of the effective date of this AD.
At the applicable time specified in paragraph (k)(1), (k)(2), or (k)(3) of this AD: Do an HFEC inspection for fatigue cracking of the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate, in accordance with Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6179, dated December 12, 2014; or Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2139, dated December 12, 2014; as applicable. Repeat the HFEC inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 4,600 flight cycles.
(1) For airplanes identified in paragraph (j)(1) of this AD: Inspect within 4,600 flight cycles after the most recent HFEC inspection specified in Airbus AOT A53W005-14.
(2) For airplanes identified in paragraph (j)(2) of this AD: Inspect within 2,000 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD.
(3) For airplanes identified in paragraph (j)(3) of this AD: Inspect before exceeding 13,000 total flight cycles since the airplane's first flight, or within 2,000 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs later.
If any crack is found during any inspection required by paragraph (g) or (k) of this AD: Before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the EASA; or Airbus's EASA DOA.
This paragraph identifies the requirements to terminate repetitive inspections mandated by this AD.
(1) For any airplane identified in paragraphs (j)(2) and (j)(3) of this AD, accomplishment of the initial inspection required by paragraph (k) of this AD terminates the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD.
(2) For any airplane identified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this AD, accomplishment of Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2141, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015; or Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6181, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015; as applicable; terminates the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (k) of this AD.
This paragraph provides credit for actions provided in paragraph (m)(2) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6181, dated June 26, 2015; or Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2141, dated June 26, 2015; as applicable.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2015-0150, dated July 23, 2015, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the addresses specified in paragraphs (q)(5) and (q)(6) of this AD.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(3) The following service information was approved for IBR on January 3, 2017.
(i) Airbus Alert Operators Transmission (AOT) A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2141, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015.
(iii) Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6179, dated December 12, 2014.
(iv) Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6181, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015.
(v) Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2139, dated December 12, 2014.
(4) The following service information was approved for IBR on July 2, 2014 (79 FR 34403, June 17, 2014).
(i) Airbus AOT A53W005-14, dated April 22, 2014.
(ii) Reserved.
(5) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAW, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
(6) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(7) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Fokker Services B.V. Model F28 airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports indicating that the main landing gear (MLG) could not be extended and locked down during approach. This AD requires inspection of the restrictor check valve filter screens to detect any degraded or failed filter screens, and installation of serviceable parts. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 3, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of January 3, 2017.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Fokker Services B.V., Technical Services Dept., P.O. Box 1357, 2130 EL Hoofddorp, the Netherlands; telephone +31 (0)88-6280-350; fax +31 (0)88-6280-111; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1137; fax 425-227-1149.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain Fokker Services B.V. Model F28 airplanes. The NPRM published in the
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2015-0077, dated May 6, 2015 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Fokker Services B.V. Model F28 airplanes. The MCAI states:
Two occurrences were reported concerning two different aeroplanes, where during approach, after selecting landing gear down, one of the main landing gears (MLG) could not be extended and locked down. In both cases, subsequent investigation revealed that the filter screen of the corresponding restrictor check valve (integrated in a hydraulic hose assembly) was broken, and debris inside the restrictor check valve was blocking the return flow from the affected MLG actuator. Additional inspection of the fleet of the operator involved revealed more damaged or failed filter screens.
This condition, if not detected and corrected, could prevent MLG extension and lock-down, possibly resulting in an emergency landing with consequent damage to the aeroplane and injury to occupants.
To address this unsafe condition, Fokker Services published SBF28-32-164 and SBF100-32-166 to provide instructions for removal of the affected hydraulic hoses (including the restrictor check valve) to be inspected in-shop, and for installation of serviceable parts. Fokker Services also published Component SB CSB-32-026 to provide those in-shop inspection instructions to detect any damaged filter screen.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires a onetime removal of the landing gear hydraulic hoses for the purpose of an in-shop inspection of the affected restrictor check valves filter screens and, depending on findings, re-installation, or replacement of the affected hose(s) with a serviceable part.
This [EASA] AD is considered to be an interim action to detect any degraded or failed filter screens and remove them from service and to collect additional data; further [EASA] AD action may follow. More information on this subject can be found in Fokker Services All Operators Messages AOF28.041 and AOF100.189#02.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We received no comments on the NPRM or on the determination of the cost to the public.
We reviewed the relevant data and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed, except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
Fokker Services B.V. has issued the following service information, which describes procedures for the replacement of hydraulic hose assemblies. These service bulletins are distinct because they apply to different airplane models.
• Fokker Service Bulletin SBF28-32-164, dated January 14, 2015.
• Fokker Service Bulletin SBF100-32-166, dated January 14, 2015.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 8 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
A federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, nor shall a person be subject to penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act unless that collection of information displays a current valid OMB control number. The control number for the collection of information required by this AD is 2120-0056. The paperwork cost associated with this AD has been detailed in the Costs of Compliance section of this document and includes time for reviewing instructions, as well as completing and reviewing the collection of information. Therefore, all reporting associated with this AD is mandatory. Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden and suggestions for reducing the burden should be directed to the FAA at 800 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20591, ATTN: Information Collection Clearance Officer, AES-200.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective January 3, 2017.
None.
This AD applies to Fokker Services B.V. airplanes, certificated in any category, as identified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this AD.
(1) Model F28 Mark 0070 and Mark 0100 airplanes, all serial numbers (S/Ns).
(2) Model F28 Mark 1000, 2000, 3000, and 4000 airplanes, S/Ns 11003 through 11110 inclusive and S/N 11992, modified in service as specified in Fokker Service Bulletin SBF28-32-123; and S/Ns 11111 through 11241 inclusive.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 32, Landing Gear.
This AD was prompted by reports indicating that the main landing gear (MLG) could not be extended and locked down during approach. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct any degraded or failed filter screens. This condition, if not corrected, could prevent MLG extension and lock-down and result in an emergency landing with consequent injury to occupants and damage to the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 18 months after the effective date of this AD, do a detailed inspection of the restrictor check valve filter screens to detect any degraded or failed filter screens including dents and missing wire, and install serviceable parts (hydraulic hose assemblies), in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Fokker Service Bulletin SBF28-32-164, dated January 14, 2015 (for Model F28 Mark 1000, 2000, 3000, and 4000 airplanes); or SBF100-32-166, dated January 14, 2015 (for Model F28 Mark 0070 and 0100 airplanes); as applicable. Any affected hydraulic hose assembly must be replaced before further flight after the inspection.
For the purpose of this AD, a serviceable part is a part number (P/N) 97867-1 or P/N 97867-3 hydraulic hose assembly (including the restrictor check valve) that has not previously been installed on an airplane, or a P/N 97867-1 or P/N 97867-3 hydraulic hose assembly (including the restrictor check valve) that has passed an inspection as specified in Fokker Services Component Service Bulletin CSB-32-026.
As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install a replacement P/N 97867-1 or P/N 97867-3 hydraulic hose assembly on an airplane, unless the hydraulic hose assembly is a serviceable part as defined in paragraph (h) of this AD.
At the applicable time specified in paragraph (j)(1) or (j)(2) of this AD, submit a report of the results (including no findings) of the inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD. Send the report to Fokker Services B.V., Technical Services, Service Engineering, P.O. Box 1357, 2130 EL Hoofddorp, The Netherlands, email
(1) If the inspection was done on or after the effective date of this AD: Submit the report within 30 days after the inspection.
(2) If the inspection was done before the effective date of this AD: Submit the report within 30 days after the effective date of this AD.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) Airworthiness Directive 2015-0077, dated May 6, 2015, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Fokker Service Bulletin SBF28-32-164, dated January 14, 2015.
(ii) Fokker Service Bulletin SBF100-32-166, dated January 14, 2015.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Fokker Services B.V., Technical Services Dept., P.O. Box 1357, 2130 EL Hoofddorp, the Netherlands; telephone +31 (0)88-6280-350; fax +31 (0)88-6280-111; email
(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
This final rule updates existing overflight fee rates using Fiscal Year (FY) 2013 FAA cost accounting and air traffic activity data. Overflight fees are charges for aircraft flights that transit U.S.-controlled airspace, but neither land in nor depart from the United States. Overflight fee rates were last updated in 2011. As a result, the FAA is not recovering the full cost of the services it provides. The FAA is increasing the rates for enroute and oceanic overflights based on Fiscal Year (FY) 2013 cost and air traffic activity data. The FAA is phasing in this rate increase over 3 years in equal percentage terms. This is a less burdensome approach than the alternative of phasing in the new rates in equal absolute terms, and is the same methodology used in the previous rulemaking. Finally, the FAA is making several organizational and clarifying revisions to the overflight fee requirements.
This rule is effective January 1, 2017.
For information on where to obtain copies of rulemaking documents and other information related to this final rule, see “How to Obtain Additional Information” in the
Aleksandra Damsz, Financial Analyst, Office of Financial Analysis, AFA-400, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-8055; email
On August 28, 2015, the FAA published the notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM), Update of Overflight Fee Rates (80 FR 52217). This rulemaking updates the existing overflight fees (last updated in a 2011
The FAA is increasing the rates for enroute and oceanic overflights over three 12-month intervals to bring cost recovery from FY 2008 to FY 2013 recovery. The following table shows the increases:
Each fee rate will be effective for a 12-month period. However, the FAA will not make fee adjustments based on fiscal year or calendar year, but rather in 12-month intervals based on the effective date of this final rule.
The FAA received 74 comments to the NPRM. The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) and 37 individuals (25 of whom were part of a form letter campaign) raised the issue that the $250 overflight fee billing threshold has not been raised while the fee rate has been raised. As a result, flights that were not getting billed in previous years because they were below the $250 threshold amount are now receiving a bill. Based on the comments received and subsequent analysis, the FAA is increasing the overflight fee billing threshold from $250 to $400.
The FAA also finalizes several organizational and content revisions to part 187 to clarify the overflight fees requirements.
The higher overflight rates based on FY 2013 unit costs will allow the FAA to move closer to full cost recovery of air traffic control services already being provided to operators. The present value of the fee increases through the third 12-month interval—when the full increase in rates will have taken place—is $9,560,692 for foreign operators and $141,888 for domestic operators. The increased fees provide greater incentives for foreign and domestic operators to economize on U.S. air traffic control facilities and U.S.-controlled airspace, thus increasing the efficient allocation of resources.
The FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.
This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Chapter 453, Section 45301,
The FAA's overflight fees were initially authorized in section 273 of the Federal Aviation Reauthorization Act of 1996. After a series of legal challenges and refinements, overflight fee rates were implemented in their current form in 2001. Since that time the fee rates have been based on cost data from the FAA's Cost Accounting System and air traffic data from the FAA's Traffic Flow Management System (TFMS). They were last updated in 2011. The 2011 final rule updated the existing rates by using cost and activity data for FY 2008. Because the rates had not been updated for 9 years, and the total enroute and oceanic rate increases were significant, the FAA decided to phase in the increases. The 2011 final rule phased in the increases over a 4-year period, with rate increases occurring on October 1 of 2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014. Thus, on October 1, 2014, the FAA was recovering the amounts that would have produced full cost recovery in FY 2008.
The FAA established and chartered an Overflight Fees Aviation Rulemaking Committee (ARC) consisting of foreign air carriers (and trade associations of those carriers) that are subject to the FAA's overflight fees. The ARC was chartered on May 1, 2013, with the task to provide the FAA a report detailing recommendations for tasks moving forward with the process of updating the overflight fee rates.
The ARC met with the FAA on June 12, 2013, and on January 23, 2014. On February 14, 2014, the ARC submitted several recommendations on future overflight rate updates. For a full discussion of the ARC's recommendations and FAA's responses, see the NPRM published at 80 FR 52218-52219.
The FAA received 74 comments to the FAA's notice of proposed rulemaking to update the fee rates. Sixty-eight comments were received from individuals. Of the 68 individual comments received, there were 25 commenters who commented as part of a form letter campaign that focused on the interests of general aviation pilots flying from the U.S. to the Caribbean who make one or more intermediate stops enroute due to the aircraft's limited range or human physiological needs.
Commenters raised a total of 17 issues. These issues, as well as FAA's responses, are discussed below.
AOPA and 37 individuals (25 of whom were part of the form letter campaign) raised the issue that the $250 overflight fee billing threshold should be raised. Their concern was that while the overflight fee rate has increased, the billing threshold has not increased. As a result, flights that were not being billed in previous years because they
FAA concurs that the overflight fee billing threshold should be increased. In consideration of the comments, the FAA has analyzed the minimum threshold for overflight billings and has decided to increase this minimum threshold from $250 to $400 as part of this rulemaking. Overflight fee rates (per 100 nautical miles) in the August 2001 final rule were $33.72 for enroute and $18.94 for oceanic and the rule included a minimum billing threshold of $250. The NPRM proposed the following rates over a 3 year period:
This final rule adopts the rates as proposed. The rates under this final rule are 83% higher for enroute and 40% higher for oceanic as compared with the rates in the 2001 final rule ($33.72 for enroute and $18.94 for oceanic). The minimum billing threshold of $250 has been updated to account for the percentage growth in the fee rates, resulting in a threshold of $457.81 for enroute and $349.92 for oceanic. A weighted average of the two rates is then calculated using actual FY 2014 enroute and oceanic miles to calculate the updated billing threshold of $400.
AOPA and 67 individuals (25 of whom were part of a form letter campaign) commented that U.S. general aviation should be exempt from paying overflight fees. These commenters stated that Congress did not intend to impose overflight fees on general aviation when it granted FAA authority to establish overflight fees.
Commenters also stated that charging general aviation traffic does little to recover air traffic control costs and general aviation traffic should not be burdened with overflight fees since they are an existing active consumer of fuel and other taxes which fund FAA and aviation services.
Further, commenters stated their view that because the FAA excluded enroute Guam and San Juan costs from total costs in the NPRM, that FAA therefore acknowledged that these fees should not apply to U.S. general aviation traffic.
The FAA notes that Congress did not differentiate between general aviation and commercial aviation in the overflight fees statute. Title 49 U.S.C. 45301 (a) states that “[t]he Administrator shall establish a schedule of new fees, and a collection process for such fees, for . . . [a]ir traffic control and related services provided to aircraft other than military and civilian aircraft of the United States government or of a foreign government that neither take off from, nor land in, the United States.” Similarly, under the FAA's Fee Regulation, 14 CFR part 187, App. B, any person who conducts a flight through U.S.-controlled airspace that does not include a landing or takeoff in the United States must pay a fee for the FAA's rendering or providing certain services, including but not limited to the following: Air traffic management; communications; navigation; radar surveillance, including separation services; flight information services; procedural control; and emergency services and training.
Consistent with the statutory and regulatory requirements, the FAA is required to collect overflight fees from any person who transits US airspace and neither takes off or lands in the United States. Neither the statute nor the regulation permit the FAA to exclude general aviation operators or to consider whether one aviation user group utilizes air traffic control services more than another. Additionally, there is no statutory or regulatory exception to the overflight fee requirement when persons covered by the requirement pay fuel or other related aviation taxes.
With regard to enroute Guam and San Juan costs and miles being excluded, the FAA has determined that the NPRM incorrectly stated that the combined enroute Guam and San Juan control facilities “may handle a mix of general and commercial aviation traffic.” The FAA had intended to state that these control facilities “may handle a mix of terminal and enroute aviation traffic.” This correction does not impact the underlying analysis.
Overflight fees are assessed on all traffic types with the exceptions noted in the August 28, 2015 NPRM, which stated that “The FAA's costs used for this fee calculation are total costs because the services provided benefit all system users, including overflight users”. 80 FR at 52218. While combined control facilities may handle a mix of Terminal and Enroute aviation traffic, this is not an issue because 49 U.S.C. 45301, as noted above, does not distinguish or exempt general aviation users from the fees.
AOPA and 32 individuals (25 of whom were part of a form letter campaign) stated that the FAA's proposal would impose overflight fees on U.S. registered general aviation operations that land in or depart from the United States but also make intermediate stops enroute due to the aircraft's limited range or human physiological needs. AOPA provided an example as follows:
[A]n aircraft departs from an airport in Florida destined for the Dominican Republic in the Caribbean, but stops enroute at Nassau to refuel before continuing on to the Dominican Republic that same day. While overflight fees will not be assessed for the first leg of the flight between Florida and the fuel stop in Nassau, overflight fees under the NPRM will be assessed for the second leg of the flight between the fuel stop and the Dominican Republic. In comparison, a non-stop flight between Florida and the Dominican Republic would not result in any overflight fees.
The commenters also noted that when general aviation is charged for same-day fuel stops, a significant amount of time is wasted in working with the FAA to get these charges reversed.
The FAA emphasizes that overflight fees are assessed based on an evaluation of each flight. During the evaluation process, each flight is reviewed to consider whether an intermediate stop for fuel has occurred. A flight is not considered to be an overflight (
AOPA and 6 individuals stated that by failing to recognize the limitations of most general aviation aircraft, the proposed rule may encourage non-stop flights to or from U.S. airports in order to avoid overflight fees, even though an intermediate fuel stop would increase the safety of the operation or is otherwise physiologically necessary. Commenters argued that this is not in the best interest of safety. One commenter stated that to avoid the fees “[t]he pilots will not use air traffic services. They will not travel, or travel unsafely, perhaps to the point of turning off transponders. And with this will cause preventable accidents.”
As previously stated, overflight fees are assessed based on an evaluation of each flight. A flight is not considered to be an overflight if it departs or lands in the United States. This can include intermediate stops for fuel.
Additionally, as discussed previously, the FAA is raising the minimum billing threshold from $250 to $400 as part of this rulemaking action. This will provide for air traffic control services in many instances without the pilot necessarily incurring any cost.
Discussion of turning off transponders is an unlikely scenario and an unnecessary action. Use of a transponder in and of itself will not generate user fees. User fees are based on the filing of a flight plan and receiving air traffic control services such as flight following or instrument flight rules separation services. A discrete transponder code would also need to be assigned to the aircraft. One could continue to use the transponder without incurring any cost, such as squawking 1200, indicating a Visual Flight Rules (VFR) operation without necessarily receiving air traffic control services.
A desire to reduce or minimize the dollar cost associated with any flight does not alleviate a pilot from the duties and responsibilities associated with acting as pilot in command. The pilot in command is the final authority and ultimately responsible for the operational safety of that flight. Pilots avoiding necessary fuel stops and/or turning off transponders to avoid air traffic control services and fees will likely jeopardize the safety of that flight and create unnecessary risk. The overflight fee must be considered part of the planning and associated cost of any flight, where a pilot does not take off or land from an airport located in the United States. Again, intermediate fuel stops that are of a short duration can be considered part of an overall flight that originates or departs from a United States location.
In the NPRM, the FAA asked for comments on whether it should expedite the increase of overflight fee rates to achieve full cost recovery. IATA, NACC, Lufthansa, Air Canada and British Airways opposed an expedited increase to enable cost recovery and suggested that the overflight fee rates be frozen at their present level until the ARC is re-convened and a new proposal for the rate increases is discussed and agreed upon. Air Canada noted that the Air Transport Agreement between Canada and the United States states that user charges must be “just, reasonable, and not unjustly discriminatory.”
The FAA has reviewed the feedback on expediting the increase in overflight fee rates for cost recovery and has decided to proceed with the rate increases proposed in the NPRM without expediting them. Congress has directed the FAA to establish and maintain overflight fees “reasonably related to the Administration's costs.” To retain the cost-based relationship, that means the FAA must periodically review and revise its overflight fee rates, and that is why the FAA is now proceeding to the final rule to impose the fee rates proposed in the NPRM. The FAA believes that fees “reasonably related to the Administration's costs” would necessarily be “just, reasonable, and not unjustly discriminatory,” under the Transport Agreement. In addition, the overflight fees are not unjustly discriminatory because they are assessed only on aircraft flights that transit U.S.-controlled airspace, but neither land in nor depart from the United States. Both foreign and domestic operators are charged in the same manner. Those aircraft that do not transit U.S.-controlled airspace pay no fee.
Lufthansa, Air Canada, and IATA commented on the issue of the cost base used for the fee calculation and stated two concerns:
The first comment on marginal cost allocation stated generally is that costs for services neither used nor required by overflights should be removed from the cost base. The commenters also expressed concern that the level of overflight fees goes beyond that which is reasonably related to costs for providing air traffic control and related services to these operations. Commenters pointed out that the ARC noted that the amount recovered for non-overflight
Second, these commenters asserted that it is difficult to allocate overhead costs in a fair and justifiable manner to the air navigation cost base, specifically to the cost base of overflight charges. They asserted that this is because, contrary to most other air navigation service providers around the world, the FAA does not exclusively provide air traffic control services and hence, according to Air Canada, there is a fundamental problem with the FAA's “organizational structure and complexity and the size of the overhead cost.”
The FAA notes the cost base concerns raised by Lufthansa, Air Canada, and IATA are not accurate. The methodology for estimating the fee is the same one used in the FY 2011 Final Rule to which the ARC had agreed.
Since the original issuance of the Final Rule relating to overflight fees in August 2001, the statutory standard for the fees was relaxed by Congress to provide that the fees need to be “reasonably related” to costs. This is in contrast to the previous standard in effect at the time of the issuance of the original Interim Final Rule in August 2000. That standard provided that the fees needed to be “directly” related to the FAA's costs of providing the air traffic control and related services.
The FAA continues to use the same methodology for calculating the fee rates as was used in the 2011 update. The overflight fee rate is calculated by dividing total ATO costs by the total flight miles. The rate calculation methodology is used separately for both enroute and oceanic cost and mile data to derive the overflight fee rate for enroute and oceanic. ATO costs and flight miles used in this calculation are system totals and not related only to overflights. Therefore, there is no need to exclude any costs from the cost base.
In response to IATA's statement that the FAA has not provided the data to support its claim that “the FAA would have recovered slightly less than 60% for enroute and 50% for oceanic of the total increase between FY 2015 rates (based on FY 2008 costs) and rates using FY 2013 data,” the FAA provides the following details (per 100 nautical miles):
Inclusion of overhead is a commonly accepted practice in fee setting, is consistent with generally accepted accounting principles, and is a specifically allowable element of cost under Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular No. A-25 on User Charges as well as International Civil Aviation Organization's (ICAO'S) Policies on Charges for Airports and Air Navigation Services. In addition, the same Act of Congress that changed the above fee setting standard from “directly” to “reasonably related” also gave the Administrator sole and final discretion in the determination of FAA costs. 49 U.S.C. 45301(b)(1). Again, the methodology used for determining overhead also remains unchanged from the FY2011 Final Rule and is based on FAA's Cost Accounting System.
Lufthansa, Air Canada, NACC and IATA commented on the issue of increasing FAA costs. They expressed concern over the steady pace at which FAA operational costs continue to rise and their impact on overflight fees. Industry partners are expected to embark on cost control and cost reduction efforts and the FAA is urged to commit to a cost efficiency target that remains below inflation. Also, IATA expressed disagreement with the NPRM stating that the FAA “believes forecasting based on projected traffic is more appropriate than using arbitrary cost targets” and stated that it has found that unanticipated and untimely economic occurrences can significantly impact forecast-based traffic projections, resulting in inaccurate accounting of traffic demand, business plans, required resources, and funding streams. As an example, over the past several years, the FAA forecast has consistently overestimated the growth projections for operations in the National Airspace System. Lufthansa suggested freezing the overflight fee rates at their current level and “reconsider the whole question of overflight fees.”
The issue of FAA's operational costs, and the rate at which they may increase, is outside the scope of this rulemaking. Under the statutory requirement, overflight fees must be “reasonably related to the Administration's costs, as determined by the Administrator, of providing the services rendered.” 49 U.S.C. 45301(b)(1). Neither the FAA traffic forecast nor cost targets are used in the fee calculation, but rather fees are calculated based on actual cost and miles.
Lufthansa, IATA and Air Canada commented on the cost base used for the overflight fee rate calculation. Lufthansa and Air Canada both asserted that Air Route Traffic Control Center's (ARTCC's) have staff dedicated to manage, organize and optimize traffic approaching major airports in metropolitan areas. These working positions and all associated costs are included in the cost base for enroute, as the traffic concerned is still hundreds of miles away from the respective TRACON. As part of the enroute cost base, the costs are partly paid for by overflight fees. However, according to the commenters, overflying traffic does not require those services and hence, these costs should be excluded from the cost base used for the rate calculation. IATA also reiterated that the ARC recommended that the costs for services not used by overflights (
Lufthansa also commented that it is unacceptable for the FAA to simply qualify services as “de minimis” without providing any details and justification. According to Lufthansa, “[t]he NPRM on overflight fees is about facts and data and transparency of these. The term[] “de minimis” is a qualification, but not a quantification, and is not appropriate or acceptable in this context.”
The FAA does not agree that costs relating to flow control should be removed from the enroute cost base. The Traffic Management Unit personnel at the enroute centers are responsible for the safe and efficient flow of all traffic, including overflights, in their airspace, and it would be neither reasonable nor practicable for the FAA to attempt to sort out and exclude the portion of such costs solely attributed to overflights.
Moreover, air traffic flow management is a specifically allowable item for cost recovery under ICAO's Policies on Charges for Airports and Air Navigation Services (ICAO Document 9082).
While it is true that there are low activity airports and airfields that are not served by a TRACON or an air traffic control tower, and that in these instances the air traffic control services are provided by enroute controllers, the level of such activity is sufficiently low that it does not require increased staffing. See 76 FR 43114-43115 (July 20, 2011).
British Airways, Air Canada, Lufthansa, IATA and NACC expressed disappointment that the FAA has chosen to dismiss the ARC's recommendations and stated that they viewed the ARC process as failed. They stated concern that the FAA's proposed rule included several new methodologies for which there had not
Under the ARC's May 1, 2013 Charter, the objective of the ARC was to provide “advice and recommendations on the appropriate amounts for future overflight fees.” However, the FAA has no obligation to accept the advice and recommendations; it takes the ARC's report under advisement. The agency also is not required to coordinate with the ARC after the ARC has issued its report. In most cases, the ARC would be terminated after its business has concluded.
While the FAA considered the ARC's recommendations, it declined to implement the recommendations. Also, FY 2015 enroute and oceanic overflight fee rates do not have a set expiration date and remain in effect until notice of new rates is published and the new rates are effective. Consequently, the NPRM was not released one month prior to the expiration date of these fee rates.
Lufthansa, British Airways and IATA commented that the ARC was not provided with relevant information such as staffing levels, labor costs, actual and projected traffic growth, and efficiency measures, to be able to accurately determine the cost-based user fee. They stated that without this information it is impossible to accurately determine cost based charges.
The FAA does not concur that information relevant to overflight fees was kept from the ARC. The FAA provided detailed responses to ARC questions in 2013. Moreover, during the ARC meetings, the FAA provided the following relevant information to ARC members:
The data stated above as well as responses to the ARC's questions include the details to accurately determine cost based fee charges.
Lufthansa noted FAA's proposal in the NPRM to exclude enroute Guam and San Juan costs from total FAA costs. Lufthansa noted that while it did not disagree with the exclusion in principle, it did not see in the NPRM how the exclusion would impact cost base, traffic, and fees. Lufthansa then questioned why this change and others in the NPRM had not been brought to the attention of the ARC.
The FAA response is as follows:
As an initial matter, the ARC concluded business on February 14, 2014, when it issued its recommendations. It was not until August 28, 2015, however, that FAA announced in the NPRM that it was proposing to exclude Guam and San Juan costs from total FAA costs. As a result, this change could not have been brought before the ARC, which was terminated 18 months prior to the time that the NPRM was issued.
Guam and San Juan facilities are being excluded from the enroute costs to be consistent with Honolulu. This determination was made after reviewing the ARC recommendations. As a result, the FAA enroute costs have decreased.
The enroute miles associated with Honolulu and oceanic miles for Guam were double-counted when presented to the ARC as they are also counted as part of the Oakland oceanic airspace. It was determined that the mileage was to be removed for these facilities. As a result, the total flight miles (GCD-nm) for enroute and oceanic were lower.
With the decrease in costs and flight miles for enroute, the per 100nm fee decreased. On the oceanic side, the costs remained un-changed while the flight miles decreased, resulting in an increased per 100 nm fee.
This change was not brought to the attention of the ARC before the publication of the NPRM because, at the time of the change, the FAA had already received the ARC's recommendations.
Enroute fees are $61.75 per 100 nautical miles (based on FY13 cost recovery) and oceanic fees are $26.51/100 nautical miles (based on FY13 cost recovery).
Thirteen individuals stated that it is not fair that small planes are charged the same fee rate as large commercial planes. They suggested that a tiered rate be charged on only U.S.-registered aircraft with a not-to-exceed amount depending upon the aircraft total gross weight similar to landing fees at larger airports or that the rate be based on the number of seats on the plane.
The FAA does not concur that the fee rates should be charged based on weight or the number of seats on the aircraft. As noted above, the FAA is required to collect overflight fees from any person who transits US airspace and neither takes off or lands. 49 U.S.C. 45301(a); 14 CFR part 187, App. B. The statutory requirement is that the overflight fees be “reasonably related to the Administration's costs, as determined by the Administrator, of providing the services rendered.” 49 U.S.C. 45301(b). No distinction is made in the law between types of aircraft, aircraft weight, or number of seats. In addition, VFR aircraft utilizing flight following services are provided similar service as IFR traffic. They are both charged overflight fees.
One individual stated that general aviation was not represented in the ARC, which was established to examine overflight fees and provide the FAA recommendations on future overflight fee rates.
The 2013 ARC inadvertently did not include representatives from general aviation because historically, members of this ARC and its predecessors were primarily composed of the parties from the extensive 1997-2003 overflight fees litigation—the Air Transport Association of Canada and seven international air carriers. Representatives from general aviation were not parties to the litigation. Membership of the 2013 ARC appears to have been an outgrowth of the 2008 overflight fees ARC, which appears to have been an outgrowth of the 2004 ARC on overflight fees. According to the August 26, 2009 ARC Report, “[a]s part of the settlement with the litigating carriers, the FAA agreed to the creation of the ARC, which was to consist of FAA and industry representatives working to examine in depth the FAA's methodology for overflight fees and to recommend whether it should be modified.”
Despite the fact that general aviation was not represented on the ARC, general aviation was provided an opportunity to review and comment on the final rule. Twenty-five of the 74 comments that the FAA received in response to the NPRM were filed by advocates of general aviation. As noted above, the general aviation commenters raised the issue that the $250 overflight fee billing threshold had not been raised while the fee rate had been raised. As a result, flights that were not getting billed in previous years because they were below the $250 threshold amount were now receiving a bill. As noted, the FAA concurred with the general aviation commenters that billing threshold should be increased. In consideration of the comments, the FAA will be increasing the minimum threshold from $250 to $400 as part of this rulemaking.
Lufthansa, Air Canada, NACC and IATA asked for further clarification on the timeline of VFR flights being included in the calculation of overflight fees. Additionally, three individuals stated that because VFR traffic neither requires nor receives the same level of service as IFR traffic, VFR traffic should be charged less or excluded from the overflight fees requirement.
VFR traffic utilizing flight following services are already included in the total mileage. Hence, there is no need for a timeline. In order to provide VFR flight following services, air traffic control generates a “flight plan” within FAA systems that is captured in the TFMS. This allows the aircraft call-sign (typically tail number for VFR flights) to be displayed and tracked against the discrete beacon code assigned by air traffic control. Non-discrete beacon codes (
Air traffic control actively monitors and controls VFR flight following aircraft providing them with updates and guidance when necessary. VFR aircraft utilizing flight following are provided similar service as IFR traffic.
Lufthansa, Air Canada, IATA and NACC commented on the use of great circle distance for calculating the nautical mile distance used in the overflight fee rate calculation. They stated that great circle distance was not part of the ARC agenda, nor was it discussed in terms of calculating overflight fees and stress the importance of ensuring the adoption of great circle distance be revenue neutral to the FAA. Further, they ask that a clearly defined GCD catalogue be published and consulted with airline users before it takes effect and that the FAA provide examples of same-route cost comparisons between great circle distance, as proposed, versus cost data (via the Cost Accounting System) and air traffic data (from TFMS).
The FAA has not changed the application of great circle distance within overflights. The great circle distance methodology is the same as used in the previous rulemaking (2011 Final Rule) with no change to the way the fees are generated. The formula in the rule was rewritten to enhance clarity and transparency concerning how the fees are assessed. Since the great circle distance use and methodology remains the same, FAA has determined there is not a need to consult with the airline users before taking effect (since it has already been in effect), nor is there a need for a great circle distance catalogue to be published.
According to IATA, the NPRM indicates that there were 469 domestic operators (mostly small entities) that overflew U.S. controlled airspace in FY 2013. The NPRM provided assurances that the rulemaking would not have a significant economic impact on small entities (estimated at an average increase of $36.50 per operation). In its comments, IATA asked for further detail
The FAA concurs that IATA members are not and will not be assessed costs incurred by domestic operators. Any aircraft that overflies U.S. controlled airspace will be charged the same overflight fee, calculated based on systemwide cost and traffic, regardless if it is a domestic US or foreign operator. Regardless of the level of exception, which is applied to both domestic and foreign carriers, operator origin does not affect overflight fee billings.
One individual commented that the NPRM's “wording of Section 187.55(b) changes the wording in the current rules from a prohibition on the FAA sending an invoice when monthly fees are below the threshold to a statement that the FAA will send an invoice when monthly fees are above the threshold.” The commenter further stated that, if strictly interpreted, this would allow the FAA “to send invoices when fees are below the threshold at its discretion” and would require invoices “when fees are above the threshold.” The commenter advised that this would be “opposite to the original meaning,” and recommended that “the prohibition on below-threshold invoices should be restored as this appears unintentional. If intentional, the FAA has offered no justification for the change as would be required by the rulemaking process.”
The current regulatory provision addressing invoicing of overflight fees includes billing and states that the FAA will send an invoice to each user that is covered by this appendix when fees are owed to the FAA. If the FAA cannot identify the user, then an invoice will be sent to the registered owner. No invoice will be sent unless the monthly (based on Greenwich Mean Time) fees for service equal or exceed $250. Users will be billed at the address of record in the country where the aircraft is registered, unless a billing address is otherwise provided. (14 CFR part 187, appendix B, paragraph (f)(1).)
Under this provision, if the overflight fee amount owed is less than $250, no invoice will be sent and no billing results. Overflight fees are only assessed when the invoice amount is $250 or more.
In the NPRM, FAA suggested regulatory text that would replace the language in appendix B relating to invoicing. (The NPRM proposed to remove and reserve appendix B). (80 FR 52217, 52224 (Aug. 28, 2015).)
The FAA does not agree that the change in wording would permit the agency to issue invoices for fees when the fee amount is below the $250 threshold. The FAA also does not agree with the comment that the change would be “opposite to the original meaning.” As adopted in this final rule, the proposed language in section 187.55 makes no substantive change. It does nothing different than the existing appendix B provision. In both cases, the FAA will send an invoice if fees are owed. In both cases, if the fees equal or exceed $400, as adjusted from $250 based on the comments received, the FAA will send an invoice. If the fees are less than $400, as adjusted from $250 based on the comments received, then the FAA will not send an invoice and no fees will be owed for the services rendered. As indicated in the NPRM, the FAA proposed this change and others as “organizational changes to part 187 to clarify the overflight fee requirements.” 80 FR 52220. The NPRM proposed no substantive changes to the current regulatory provision addressing invoicing of overflight fees found in appendix B, paragraph (f)(1). “The proposed billing and payment procedures in new § 187.55 are unchanged from those in existing Appendix B.” 80 FR 52220.
The changes to the existing regulatory text made pursuant to this final rule generally reflect “organizational changes to part 187 to clarify the overflight fee requirements.” 80 FR 52220.
The FAA has revised the authority citation for part 187 to reflect current law.
In § 187.1, “Scope,” the FAA has removed the duplicate reference to Appendix A, removed the reference to Appendix B because Appendix B is being removed, and added a reference to Appendix C that inadvertently had not been added when Appendix C (computation of fees for production certification-related services performed outside the United States) was added.
The FAA has added a new § 187.3, “Definitions,” section to the rule, which revises four existing definitions from former Appendix B and adds a new definition for “great circle distance” consistent with the FAA's method used for calculating overflight fees.
The FAA has added a new § 187.51, “Applicability of overflight fees,” in which subparagraph (a) specifies who must pay an overflight fee. The FAA has added a new subparagraph (d) to address fees for flights through U.S.-controlled airspace covered by an FAA agreement or other binding arrangement. The FAA periodically enters into agreements with foreign states, regional groups of states, or foreign air navigation services providers to set the terms for the FAA's management or control of foreign airspace among other air navigation services provided by the FAA.
The FAA has added a new § 187.53, “Calculation of overflight fees,” which in subparagraph (a) retains the formula for calculating overflight fees from the former Appendix B but also clarifies the explanation of calculating that fee. Subparagraph (b) addresses how miles flown through each segment of airspace will be calculated, using great circle distance (GCD), from the point of entry into U.S.-controlled airspace to the point of exit from U.S.-controlled airspace. Subparagraph (c) includes a table providing the rate for each 100 nautical miles flown through enroute or oceanic airspace. Subparagraph (d) provides the mathematical formula for the total overflight fee. Subparagraph (e) states that the FAA will review the rates described in this section at least once every 2 years and will adjust them to reflect current costs and volume of services provided.
In § 187.55, “Overflight fees billing and payment procedures,” are unchanged from those in former Appendix B.
Changes to Federal regulations must undergo several economic analyses. First, Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct that each Federal agency shall propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) requires agencies to analyze the economic impact of regulatory changes on small entities. Third, the Trade Agreements Act (Pub. L. 96-39) prohibits agencies from setting standards that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. In developing U.S. standards, this Trade Act requires agencies to consider international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis of U.S. standards. Fourth, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs, benefits, and other effects
In conducting these analyses, FAA has determined that this final rule: (1) Has benefits that justify its costs, (2) is not an economically “significant regulatory action” as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, (3) is not “significant” as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures; (4) will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; (5) will not create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States; and (6) will not impose an unfunded mandate on state, local, or tribal governments, or on the private sector by exceeding the threshold identified above. These analyses are summarized below.
DOT Order 2100.5 prescribes policies and procedures for simplification, analysis, and review of regulations. If the expected cost impact is so minimal that a proposed or final rule does not warrant a full evaluation, this order permits that a statement to that effect and the basis for it to be included in the preamble if a full regulatory evaluation of the costs and benefits is not prepared. Such a determination has been made for this final rule. The reasoning for this determination follows.
This rule will institute a 3-year phase-in of rate increases for oceanic and enroute overflights, with rates per 100 nautical miles increasing in three 12-month intervals to $23.15, $24.77, and $26.51 for oceanic flights, and to $58.45, $60.07, and $61.75 for enroute flights. The final rate of $26.51 for oceanic services, reached at the end of the third 12-month interval, is derived from the FAA's FY 2013 total cost of providing these services ($184,391,603) divided by the total nautical miles (695,620,413 nm) flown by operators (overflights and non-overflights) in oceanic airspace. An analogous calculation is made to obtain the third 12-month interval rate of $61.75 for enroute services ($4,597,808,058/7,445,668,883 nm). These higher rates based on FY 2013 unit costs will allow the FAA to move closer to full cost recovery of air traffic control services already being provided to operators.
Tables 5 and 6 show estimates of the increase in overflight fees for domestic operators and foreign operators for the three 12-month intervals, using FY 2013 overflight mileage totals, thus assuming no annual growth. As the tables show, the present value (at a 7 percent discount rate) in 2013 dollars of the projected fee increases through the third 12-month interval—when the full increase in rates will have taken place—is $141,888 for domestic operators and $9,560,692 for foreign operators. The updated fee rates will provide greater incentives for foreign and domestic operators to economize on U.S. air traffic control facilities and U.S.-controlled airspace, thus increasing the efficient allocation of resources.
The
Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA.
However, if an agency determines that a rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, section 605(b) of the RFA provides that the head of the agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required. The certification must include a statement providing the factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be clear.
While the FAA did not receive comments on the regulatory flexibility analysis, the FAA did receive comments from 25 individuals and from AOPA, an industry group representing small entities. They commented that the overflight fees should not be applied to general aviation aircraft and that the fees went up but the $250 threshold was not changed. The FAA notes that Congress did not differentiate between general aviation and commercial aviation in the overflight fee statute. AOPA commented that with the fee increase users were now paying fees when they exceeded the $250 threshold. In response, the FAA has raised the threshold to $400 in this final rule.
We ranked in descending order all 469 domestic operators based on their overflight fees for fiscal year 2013 and found that the 14 top ranked operators accounted for more than 40% of that year's total domestic overflight fees. Of these 14 operators we identified 4 as small entities (using a size standard of 1,500 or fewer employees) and found all of them to have an increase in overflight fees as a percentage of annual revenues to be less than 1 percent.
Therefore, as provided in section 605(b), the head of the FAA certifies that this rulemaking will not result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39), as amended by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (Pub. L. 103-465), prohibits Federal agencies from establishing standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. Pursuant to these Acts, the establishment of standards is not considered an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign commerce of the United States, so long as the standard has a legitimate domestic objective, such as the protection of safety, and does not operate in a manner that excludes imports that meet this objective. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards. ICAO standards allow providers of navigation services to require users of these services to pay their share of the related costs. The FAA has determined that this rule primarily affects foreign commercial operators. The recovery of costs of providing air navigation services is consistent with ICAO standards and international practice. Foreign operators will be charged a fee only if they use U.S.-controlled airspace without taking off or landing in the U.S., and U.S. operators will be charged in the same manner. Accordingly, the FAA does not believe this rule will create an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign commerce of the United States.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final agency rule that may result in an expenditure of $100 million or more (in 1995 dollars) in any one year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector; such a mandate is deemed to be a “significant regulatory action.” The FAA currently uses an inflation-adjusted value of $155.0 million in lieu of $100 million.
This rule does not contain such a mandate. Therefore, the requirements of Title II of the Act do not apply.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) requires that the FAA consider the impact of paperwork and other information collection burdens imposed on the public. The FAA has determined that there is no new requirement for information collection associated with this rule. The information used to track overflights (including the information collection necessary to implement this rule) can be accessed from flight plans filed with the FAA. The collection of information from the Domestic and International Flight Plans is approved under OMB information collection 2120-0026.
In keeping with U.S. obligations under the Convention on International Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to conform to International Civil Aviation Organization Standards and Recommended Practices to the maximum extent practicable. The FAA has reviewed the corresponding ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices and has identified no differences with these regulations.
The ICAO guidance document on aviation fees and charges, ICAO Document 9082 (Ninth Edition—2012), ICAO's Policies on Charges for Airports and Air Navigation Services, recommends consultations before imposing fees. In addition, Article 12 of the Air Transport Agreement between the United States of America and the European Union and its Member States (April 30, 2007, as amended June 24, 2010) encourages consultation.
By convening an ARC, presenting updated cost and traffic data to the ARC, and considering the ARC's recommendations, the FAA consulted with system users prior to proposing the overflight fee update. 80 FR 52217 (August 28, 2015). Additionally, the FAA invited comments on the proposal as part of its rulemaking process, which permitted participation by all interested parties.
FAA Order 1050.1F identifies FAA actions that are categorically excluded from preparation of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement under the National Environmental Policy Act in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. The FAA has determined this rulemaking action qualifies for the
The FAA has analyzed this final rule under the principles and criteria of Executive Order 13132, Federalism. The agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, or the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, and, therefore, will not have Federalism implications.
The FAA analyzed this final rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). The agency has determined that it will not be a “significant energy action” under the executive order and will not be likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.
Executive Order 13609, Promoting International Regulatory Cooperation, (77 FR 26413, May 4, 2012) promotes international regulatory cooperation to meet shared challenges involving health, safety, labor, security, environmental, and other issues and to reduce, eliminate, or prevent unnecessary differences in regulatory requirements. The FAA has analyzed this action under the policies and agency responsibilities of Executive Order 13609, and has determined that this action will have no effect on international regulatory cooperation.
An electronic copy of rulemaking documents may be obtained from the Internet by—
• Searching the Federal eRulemaking Portal (
• Visiting the FAA's Regulations and Policies Web page at
• Accessing the Government Publishing Office's Web page at
Copies may also be obtained by sending a request to the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 267-9677. Commenters must identify the docket, notice, or amendment number of this rulemaking.
All documents the FAA considered in developing this final rule, including economic analyses and technical reports, may be accessed from the Internet through the Federal eRulemaking Portal referenced above.
Comments received may be viewed by going to
The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA) requires FAA to comply with small entity requests for information or advice about compliance with statutes and regulations within its jurisdiction. A small entity with questions regarding this document may contact its local FAA official, or the person listed under the
Administrative practice and procedure, Air transportation.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends chapter I of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
31 U.S.C. 9701; 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 106(l)(6), 40104-40105, 40109, 40113-40114, 44702, 45301.
This part prescribes fees only for FAA services for which fees are not prescribed in other parts of this chapter or in 49 CFR part 7. The fees for services furnished in connection with making information available to the public are prescribed exclusively in 49 CFR part 7. Appendix A to this part prescribes the methodology for computation of fees for certification services performed outside the United States. Appendix C to this part prescribes the methodology for computation of fees for production certification-related services performed outside the United States.
For the purpose of this part:
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) or (d) of this section, any person who conducts an overflight through either Enroute or Oceanic airspace must pay a fee as calculated in § 187.53.
(b)
(1) Air traffic management.
(2) Communications.
(3) Navigation.
(4) Radar surveillance, including separation services.
(5) Flight information services.
(6) Procedural control.
(7) Emergency services and training.
(c) The FAA does not assess a fee for any military or civilian overflight operated by the United States Government or by any foreign government.
(d) Fees for overflights through U.S.-controlled airspace covered by a written FAA agreement or other binding arrangement are charged according to the terms of that agreement or arrangement unless the terms are silent on fees.
(a) The FAA assesses a total fee that is the sum of the Enroute and Oceanic calculated fees.
(1)
(2)
(b) Distance flown through each segment of Enroute or Oceanic airspace is based on the great circle distance (GCD) from the point of entry into U.S.-controlled airspace to the point of exit from U.S.-controlled airspace based on FAA flight data. Where actual entry and exit points are not available, the FAA will use the best available flight data to calculate the entry and exit points.
(c) The rate for each 100 nautical miles flown through Enroute or Oceanic airspace is:
(d) The formula for the total overflight fee is:
(e) The FAA will review the rates described in this section at least once every 2 years and will adjust them to reflect the current costs and volume of the services provided.
(a) The FAA will send an invoice to each user when fees are owed to the FAA. If the FAA cannot identify the user, then an invoice will be sent to the registered owner. Users will be billed at the address of record in the country where the aircraft is registered, unless a billing address is otherwise provided.
(b) The FAA will send an invoice if the monthly (based on Universal Coordinated Time) fees equal or exceed $400.
(c) Payment must be made by one of the methods described in § 187.15(d).
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Final rule.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA, the Agency, or we) is issuing a final rule/regulation to establish requirements for the electronic filing of entries of FDA-regulated products in the Automated Commercial Environment (ACE) or any other electronic data interchange (EDI) system authorized by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency (CBP), in order for the filing to be processed by CBP and to help FDA in determining admissibility of that product. ACE is a commercial trade processing system operated by CBP that is designed to implement the International Trade Data System (ITDS), automate import and export processing, enhance border security, and foster U.S. economic security through lawful international trade and policy. FDA is a Partner Government Agency (PGA) for purposes of submission of import data in ACE. As of July 23, 2016, ACE became the sole EDI system authorized by CBP for entry of FDA-regulated articles into the United States. We also updated certain sections of FDA regulations related to imports. This rule will facilitate effective and efficient admissibility review by the Agency and protect public health by allowing FDA to focus its limited resources on those FDA-regulated products being imported or offered for import that may be associated with a greater public health risk.
This rule is effective December 29, 2016.
For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received, go to
The rule requires that certain data elements material to our import admissibility review be submitted in ACE or any other CBP-authorized EDI system, at the time of entry. This action will facilitate automated “May Proceed” determinations by us for low-risk FDA-regulated products which, in turn, will allow the Agency to focus our limited resources on products that may be associated with a greater public health risk. We also made technical revisions to certain sections of FDA regulations to make updates and provide clarifications.
This rule adds subpart D to part 1 of 21 CFR chapter I (21 CFR part 1) to require that certain data elements be submitted in ACE or any other CBP-authorized EDI system, at the time of entry in order to facilitate admissibility review by the Agency of FDA-regulated products being imported or offered for import into the United States. Submission of these data elements in ACE will help us to more effectively and efficiently make admissibility determinations for FDA-regulated products by increasing the opportunity for automated review by FDA's Operational and Administrative System for Import Support (OASIS). We also added § 1.81 to the final rule to clarify that FDA may reject an import filing for failure to provide the complete and accurate information required in the rule.
We made technical revisions to certain sections of 21 CFR chapter I to update them. We revised 21 CFR 1.83 and 1005.2 to update the definition of owner or consignee in order to make that definition consistent with Title 19 of the U.S. Code. We also revised § 1.90 to allow FDA to provide notice of sampling directly to an owner or consignee. Additionally, we revised § 1.94 to clarify that written notice can be provided electronically by FDA to owners or consignees of FDA actions to refuse and/or subject certain products to administrative destruction. Under § 1.94, owners or consignees receive notice that FDA intends to take a certain action against an FDA-regulated product that is being imported or offered for import and the owner or consignee will have an opportunity to introduce testimony to the Agency in opposition to such action. We also amended 21 CFR 1271.420 to make clear that, unless otherwise exempt, importers of record of human cells, tissues or cellular or tissue-based products (HCT/Ps) that are regulated solely under section 361 of the Public Health Service Act (PHS Act) (42 U.S.C. 264) and part 1271 (21 CFR part 1271) would be required to submit the applicable data elements included in this rule in ACE.
The final rule does not include certain aspects of the proposed rule that were opposed by many who submitted comments. For example, the final rule no longer includes FDA Value, FDA Quantity, Entity Contact Information other than for the importer of record, name and address of the ACE filer for tobacco products, and the Investigational New Drug Application Number for device-drug combination products as data elements that must be submitted in ACE at the time of entry. We have also removed, at our own initiative, the Drug Listing Number requirement for those human drugs that are regulated by FDA's Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER).
The legal authority for this rule includes sections 536, 701, and 801 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 360mm, 371, and 381, respectively), and sections 351, 361, and 368 of the PHS Act (42 U.S.C. 262, 264, and 271, respectively).
The costs of complying with this regulation are between $27 million and $69 million per year (using 3 and 7 percent discount rates). The annualized cost savings to the entire industry cannot be fully quantified because of the lack of certain data currently available to the Agency. Partially quantifiable cost savings are estimated to range from $2.6 million to $43.4 million (using 3 and 7 percent discount rates).
In the
We received 13 comment letters on the proposed rule by the close of the comment period, each containing one or more comments on one or more issues. These comments were submitted to the public docket by trade organizations, the trade industry, and the public. The final rule has been revised in response to comments received on the proposed rule. Our responses are discussed in section V. As discussed earlier in this document, we also decided, on our own initiative, to not include one required data element in the final rule. Additionally, the final rule includes several minor editorial revisions. Substantive changes from the proposed rule to the final rule are summarized in table 1.
We have the legal authority under the FD&C Act and the PHS Act to regulate foods, cosmetics, drugs, biological products, medical devices, and tobacco products being imported or offered for import into the United States (sections 701 and 801 of the FD&C Act; section 351 of the PHS Act). We also have the legal authority to regulate the importation of radiation-emitting electronic products (section 536 of the FD&C Act).
Additionally, section 361 of the PHS Act authorizes FDA to make and enforce such regulations as it judges necessary to prevent the introduction, transmission, or spread of communicable diseases from foreign countries into the United States or from State to State. FDA has issued regulations in part 1271 to regulate HCT/Ps. HCT/Ps that do not meet the criteria listed in § 1271.10(a) for them to be regulated solely under section 361 of the PHS Act and the regulations in part 1271 are regulated as drugs, devices, and/or biological products under the FD&C Act and/or section 351 of the PHS Act and must follow applicable regulations, including the applicable regulations in part 1271. FDA has determined that improving the efficiency of admissibility determinations for HCT/Ps, thus improving the allocation of Agency resources, is necessary to prevent the introduction, transmission, or spread of communicable diseases from foreign countries. We are therefore relying on the authority of section 361 of the PHS
We are also issuing this rule under authority granted to FDA by section 801(r) of the FD&C Act, added by section 713 of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (Pub. L. 112-144) (FDASIA). Title VII of FDASIA provides FDA with important new authorities to help the Agency better protect the integrity of the drug supply chain. Section 801(r) of the FD&C Act authorizes FDA to require, as a condition of granting admission to a drug imported or offered for import into the United States, that the importer of record electronically submit information demonstrating that the drug complies with the applicable requirements of the FD&C Act. This information may include:
• Information demonstrating the regulatory status of the drug, such as the new drug application, the abbreviated new drug application, investigational new drug, or drug master file number;
• facility information, such as proof of registration and the unique facility identifier; and
• any other information deemed necessary and appropriate by FDA to assess compliance of the article being offered for import.
Section 701(a) of the FD&C Act authorizes the Agency to issue regulations for the efficient enforcement of the FD&C Act, while section 701(b) of the FD&C Act authorizes FDA and the Department of the Treasury to jointly prescribe regulations for the efficient enforcement of section 801 of the FD&C Act. This rule is being jointly prescribed by FDA and the Department of the Treasury, with the exception of the provisions of the rule related to the importation of HCT/Ps which are regulated solely under section 361 of the PHS Act and part 1271 and the importation of radiation-emitting electronic products which are regulated under section 536 of the FD&C Act; neither of these provisions will be issued for the efficient enforcement of section 801 of the FD&C Act.
Sections V.B and V.C contain summaries of the relevant portions of the responsive comments and the Agency's responses to those comments. We have numbered each comment to help distinguish between different comments. We have grouped similar comments together under the same number, and, in some cases, we have separated different issues discussed in the same comment and designated them as distinct comments for purposes of our responses. The number assigned to each comment or comment topic is purely for organizational purposes and does not signify the comment's value or importance or the order in which comments were received.
The Agency also received a number of comments that were not responsive to the content of the proposed rule and therefore were not considered in its final development.
A number of comments made general remarks supporting or opposing the proposed rule without focusing on a particular proposed provision. In the following paragraphs, we discuss and respond to such general comments.
(Comment 1) We received a comment expressing concern that several of the data elements in the proposed rule appear to require information that is already being provided in ACE pursuant to CBP requirements. We also received comments that many of the required data elements represent information that is already available to the Agency.
(Response 1) FDA acknowledges that some of the required data elements in this rule may appear similar to CBP data requirements in ACE. The rule, however, only contains those data elements that provide additional information that is material to FDA's initial admissibility review of an FDA-regulated article that is being imported or offered for import. Where information is already being collected by CBP and is acceptable for FDA admissibility review purposes, we did not include those data elements in the rule. For example, CBP collected FDA manufacturer and shipper, and ultimate consignee information in the Automated Commercial System (ACS), the predecessor CBP-authorized EDI system to ACE, to assist FDA in admissibility review of FDA-regulated products. We determined that the information CBP collects in ACE for manufacturer and shipper and Deliver to Party is sufficient for our purposes so we did not include those data elements in this rule.
We acknowledge that FDA may have access to some of the information which is required by the rule to be submitted by ACE filers at the time of entry. However, ACE filers and importers are in a better position to know the identity and characteristics of the particular article being imported or offered for import. For example, the importer should be aware of what Drug Listing Number is applicable to a particular drug article, what the applicable Food Canning Establishment Registration (FCE) number, Submission Identifier (SID), or can dimensions or volume are applicable to a particular low-acid canned food, or what the brand name is of a particular tobacco product.
In addition, submission of the required data elements in the final rule will assist FDA in expediting the initial screening and further review of an entry, and can significantly increase the likelihood that an entry line will receive an automated “May Proceed.” Historically, when these data fields are inaccurate or incomplete, these entries must be manually reviewed for an admissibility determination by FDA. Entries are delayed, sometimes significantly, while an FDA-reviewer either searches for that information in our data systems or requests followup documentation from the importer of record. An automated review to determine whether an article “May Proceed” is much faster and less resource intensive for both FDA and the importer.
(Comment 2) Several commenters requested that FDA make some or all of the required data elements in the proposed rule optional or, in the alternative, allow ACE filers to submit “UNK” representing “unknown” in ACE for those data elements. These commenters stated that the data elements are not always known or available to the ACE filer at the time entry is electronically filed in ACE. They expressed concern that CBP would not process the entry filing in ACE if all the required data elements are not submitted at time of entry. But, if the data is optional or if “UNK” is allowed to be submitted for a required data element, they asserted, CBP would process the entry and transmit the entry data to FDA's OASIS system. These commenters recognized that an FDA “May Proceed” would not issue until the missing data was provided by the ACE filer but that CBP may issue a delivery authorization to allow the goods to move from the port to the importer's premises in the interim. This would, they believe, avoid a backlog of cargo at the port and the cost of storage and demurrage as an ACE filer waited to receive the information from the importer.
(Response 2) As discussed in Response 6 in this document, we are requiring submission of intended use codes in ACE in the final rule but are allowing ACE filers to submit “UNK” as the intended use code in ACE at the time of entry. We decline, however, to accept “UNK” for any other required
In addition, we expect that, after the initial adjustment phase, submission of the data elements required by the rule will become incorporated into the business practices of importers and customs brokers. Persons wishing to import FDA-regulated products into the United States are required to file the entry documentation or data required by CBP and FDA at the time of entry in ACE in order to secure the release of an FDA-regulated article from CBP custody (19 CFR 142.3). Entry and entry summary documentation that is filed electronically in ACE must be certified by the importer of record or his/her duly authorized customs broker as being true and correct to the best of his/her knowledge. A certified electronic transmission is binding in the same manner and to the same extent as a signed document (19 CFR 141.61(a)(2)).
Approximately 98 percent of importers use customs brokers to file their entries containing FDA-regulated products subject to the final rule. Customs brokers are required to exercise due diligence in preparing or assisting in the preparation of records for import entries (19 CFR 111.29). We expect that importers and customs brokers will adapt their business practices to provide the required data elements in ACE at the time of entry in order to secure the release of an FDA-regulated article from CBP custody and submission of these data elements will become routine.
(Comment 3) Some commenters requested that we use the term “transmission of data elements in ACE” instead of “submission of data elements in ACE” by ACE filers suggesting that FDA distinguish between the importer (as the provider of information) and the customs broker/filer (as the transmitter of the information provided by the importer). One comment suggested that we adopt the distinction between “submitter” and “transmitter” that appears in the Prior Notice of Imported Food regulation (21 CFR part 1, subpart I).
(Response 3) We decline to make that change. “Submission” is the term used in CBP regulations to characterize the electronic submission to ACE of the entry summary documentation or data for preliminary review or of entry documentation or data for other purposes (19 CFR 141.0a(c)). Further, as stated previously, approximately 98 percent of importers use customs brokers to file their entries containing FDA-regulated products subject to the rule; the other 2 percent file these entries themselves. The obligations of customs brokers extend beyond the mere electronic transmission of data received for transmission to CBP (see definition of “customs business” in 19 CFR 111.1).
It should also be noted that this rule does not address or impact the current import entry review process for food articles requiring prior notice which has been operationally transitioned from ACS to ACE. The prior notice information required under § 1.281 is currently submitted in ACE or the FDA Prior Notice System Interface (PNSI) before the arrival of a food article in the United States. The different roles of transmitter and submitter for prior notice are tied to the existence of two systems for filing prior notice and the particular roles of filers in that process. We do not see a benefit in applying those concepts to the process of filing entry for FDA-regulated products that are not subject to prior notice.
(Comment 4) Some commenters expressed doubts that submission of additional data in ACE for FDA-regulated products will result in increased efficiencies in FDA admissibility review particularly an increase in automated “May Proceed” determinations by the Agency.
(Response 4) Although we do not at this time have statistics on the numbers of automated “May Proceed” determinations that will result from implementation of the rule, we have already seen a substantial decrease in average FDA processing times for both automated and manual “May Proceed” determinations since ACE became the sole CBP-authorized EDI system in July 2016. As we and the trade industry continue to adjust to the new system and various technological issues with ACE that have arisen during the transition to ACE are addressed, we expect these processing times to continue to improve.
For some of the proposed data elements and other requirements, FDA either did not receive comments or the comments were generally supportive. Unless otherwise noted, FDA has kept these requirements in the final rule for the reasons given in the proposal.
In the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, we invited comments on the advantages, disadvantages, and feasibility of requiring the submission of data elements related to the approval or clearance status of FDA-regulated medical products. We proposed to require the submission at the time of entry of application numbers for those articles that are the subject of such applications. In particular, we invited comment on whether the submission of these data elements would help us achieve our goals of facilitating admissibility review and focusing our
We received several comments supportive of our position and none of the comments suggested revising the provisions in the proposed rule related to the submission of application numbers. We are finalizing those provisions without change.
We also invited comments on the advantages, disadvantages, and feasibility of requiring what are now optional active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) data elements for finished human and animal drugs contained in the PGA Message Set (
(Comment 5) Several comments asserted that requiring submission of these API data elements in ACE at the time of filing entry would create a significant burden on industry. These commenters urged FDA to leave the API data elements as optional submissions in ACE, so that an ACE filer could choose to transmit the information if available at time of entry. The comments noted that by keeping the API data elements optional, CBP would be able to process the entry for a drug product, even if the API information were not transmitted in ACE at the time of entry. If, however, FDA determines further evaluation is necessary, FDA could then request API information during our review of the entry for admissibility.
(Response 5) In response to these comments, we have decided to keep the API data elements as optional submissions in ACE at the time of entry. Although these data elements will remain optional, FDA strongly encourages ACE filers to submit the API data elements at the time of entry to facilitate FDA's admissibility review. These API data elements provide us with information that may be material to our admissibility review for drug products. For example, submission of these API data elements would help FDA assess whether a finished dosage form drug that is being imported or offered for import appears to be adulterated and may be subject to refusal of admission under section 801(a) of the FD&C Act. If an API has not been manufactured in compliance with Current Good Manufacturing Practices (CGMP), it is deemed adulterated within the meaning of section 501(a)(2)(B) of the FD&C Act because the methods used in, or the facilities or controls used for, the drug's manufacture, processing, packing or holding did not conform to, or were not operated or administered in conformity with, CGMP requirements. A finished dosage form drug is deemed adulterated if it contains an API that is adulterated. Drugs that appear to be adulterated are subject to detention and refusal under section 801(a) of the FD&C Act. FDA has placed a number of foreign API suppliers on Import Alert 66-40, which may subject their APIs to detention without physical examination, because the firms have not met CGMPs. As a consequence, FDA has refused admission of drug products that have been manufactured using APIs on Import Alert 66-40, under section 801(a)(3) of the FD&C Act.
In addition, if a foreign-manufactured API was used in a drug product that is the subject of an approved application under section 505 or 512 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 355 or 360b), the API manufacturer must be an acceptable source listed in the approved NDA or ANDA for human drugs (
If ACE filers submit the optional API data elements in ACE, it likely will increase the likelihood that the import entry will receive an automated “May Proceed” determination from the Agency. If the API data elements are not submitted in ACE, the entry may receive a manual review and the FDA reviewer may request that the importer provide API information for the finished dosage product.
FDA invited comments on the advantages, disadvantages, and feasibility of the Agency requiring the submission of the following data elements in ACE at the time of entry: (1) An intended use code for the FDA-regulated article being imported or offered for import and (2) a disclaimer indicating that that the article is not currently regulated by FDA or that FDA does not currently have any requirements for submission of data for importation of that article per Agency guidance.
a.
We added § 1.72(a)(3) to the final rule to require that a full IUC be submitted in ACE at the time of entry for each FDA-regulated article that is being imported or offered for import into the United States. Appendix R defines a full IUC as consisting of a base code that designates the general use intended for the article and a subcode, if applicable, that designates the specific use intended for the article.
(Comment 6) One commenter supported mandatory intended use codes and several commenters requested that IUCs be optional data submissions at the time of entry in ACE or, in the alternative, that FDA continue to allow ACE filers to submit “UNK” as the IUC in ACE at the time of entry. These commenters assert that the intended use of an article is often not known at the time of entry and that if FDA needs this information, it can be provided at a later date.
(Response 6) Because IUCs are such an integral part of the ACE system regarding the identification of those required data elements in the rule applicable to a particular article that must be submitted in ACE at the time of entry, we decline to make IUCs optional. After considering the comments, we have decided, however, to continue to allow submission of the intended use code “UNK” for FDA-regulated articles. “UNK” is currently listed as an IUC in Appendix R of the CATAIR. Operationally, submission of “UNK” will not trigger the ACE system to identify all of the FDA data elements that are required to be submitted for a particular FDA-regulated article whereas submission of the specific IUC applicable to that article will trigger the ACE system to identify the required data
If “UNK” is submitted as the IUC for the article, the ACE filer is still responsible for submitting the other required data elements in this rule that are applicable to that article, in ACE at the time of entry. If those other data elements are not submitted in ACE at the time of entry, the entry may be transmitted by ACE to OASIS for FDA's admissibility review but FDA may decide to not perform an admissibility review until those data elements have been submitted. We have added § 1.81 to the final rule to make clear that FDA may reject any entry filing that does not contain the complete and accurate information required by the rule without performing an admissibility review. If FDA rejects an entry filing under § 1.81, the ACE filer will need to withdraw the entry in ACE and resubmit the entry with the complete and accurate information required under the rule in order to have FDA perform an admissibility review of that entry. ACE filers also need to be aware that submitting “UNK” as the intended use code will, in most cases, subject the entry to a manual review for admissibility provided the entry filing is not rejected by FDA.
b.
(Comment 7) Several commenters expressed the opinion that the current disclaimer procedures in ACE should not be changed.
(Response 7) After consideration of the comments received, we have decided not to include FDA-required disclaimer data elements in the final rule. ACE filers can continue to submit disclaimers in ACE at the time of entry following current procedures.
a.
CBP collected FDA Country of Production in ACS to assist FDA in making admissibility decisions for FDA-regulated products.
(Comment 8) Some commenters requested additional guidance on what FDA considers to be manufacturing or processing of more than a minor, negligible, or insignificant nature. One commenter suggested that FDA consider issuing a “positive” list of manufacturing activities or processes that definitively impart “FDA Country of Production” status or alternatively issue a list of manufacturing or processing activities that are considered by the Agency to be minor, negligible or insignificant.
(Response 8) Whether the manufacturing or processing of a particular FDA-regulated article is of more than a minor, negligible or insignificant nature is dependent on the facts of each particular case which include the specific manufacturing or processing activities involved as well as the type of commodity that is being affected by those activities. We have provided below some examples to illustrate activities FDA would consider to be more than minor, negligible, or insignificant which would impact the FDA Country of Production.
For example:
• If an FDA-regulated article undergoes further manufacturing/processing at a facility, such as encapsulating a drug, the country where the facility that performed the additional manufacturing/processing is located is considered to be the FDA Country of Production.
• Conversely if an article was not further manufactured/processed by a facility, such as repacking retail packages into a different master carton for shipping, the country where the facility that performed this repacking is located would not be considered to be the FDA Country of Production.
We will also consider the issuance of additional guidance in the future as resources allow.
(Comment 9) One comment requested clarification regarding the application of FDA Country of Production to Foreign Trade Zone (FTZ) operations. The Commenter suggested revising the FDA Country of Production data element by adding this sentence: “For articles imported from foreign-trade zones, if the article has undergone manufacturing in the foreign-trade zone, the FDA Country of Production is the United States for FDA import purposes.”
(Response 9) FDA recognizes that the FDA Country of Production will be the United States if more than minimal, negligible, or insignificant manufacture or processing occurs in an FTZ but we decline to make the suggested revision because it is unnecessary.
b.
(Comment 10) Some commenters supported the requirement for submission of the Complete FDA Product Code but requested clarification regarding the requirement that the code “ . . . must agree with the invoice description of the product. ” They expressed concern that “agreement” could be interpreted in various ways by both FDA-reviewers and industry resulting in unintended and unnecessary detentions or delays for completion of admissibility determinations. For example, “agreement” with the invoice description could be understood as requiring a partial or complete verbatim match between the invoice description and the product code.
(Response 10) FDA does not intend for the invoice description and the Complete FDA Product Code to be identical. In order to clarify this requirement, we have revised the language in the rule to require that the Complete FDA Product Code be “consistent” with the invoice description.
c.
(Comment 11) We received several comments that expressed confusion over the products that would be subject to the proposed FDA Value requirement, as well as the “value” that was required to be submitted in ACE for an entry that
(Response 11) FDA will accept the total value of an entry required by CBP and, therefore, we have decided not to finalize § 1.72(a)(3) in the proposed rule. ACE filers, however, will continue to have the option to submit the total value of the article(s) in each import line.
d.
(Comment 12) We received several comments that this level of detail for quantity as an “across-the-board” data requirement would entail significant data input on the part of ACE filers and would not enhance admissibility review by FDA.
(Response 12) In response to the comments we received we have decided not to finalize § 1.72(a)(4) of the proposed rule which would have required FDA Quantity to be submitted in ACE at the time of entry. ACE filers, however, will still have the option of submitting this information.
e.
(Comment 13) We received several comments opposing this provision in the proposed rule. One commenter expressed concern that the proposed entity contact information was unnecessarily duplicative of the contact information the Agency was proposing to require for the importer of record. In addition, the commenter suggested that the email and phone of the importer of record should only be required at the header level, not for each import line.
(Response 13) After review of the comments we have decided to require email address and phone for the importer of record only. The contact information for other parties to the shipment, which may expedite the entry review process, can be provided to the Agency at the option of the ACE filer.
However, FDA does not determine what information is submitted at the header level, CBP makes those determinations. In addition, the burden to input the same data repeatedly on the same entry may be ameliorated through software programming.
(Comment 14) One comment asked us to clarify whether the FCE number, SID, and can dimensions or volume information will be required for LACF products that are imported for research and testing at laboratories, but that are not sold or marketed in the United States and are not intended for consumption in the United States.
(Response 14) We do not believe we will generally need the FCE number, SID, and can dimensions or volume to effectively identify LACF products that are being imported or offered for import for laboratory analysis only, when such foods will not be consumed by humans or animals. Consequently, we have revised § 1.73(b). Under the final rule, § 1.73(b) provides that for an article of food that is a low-acid canned food, the ACE filer must transmit at the time of filing entry the FCE number, SID, and can dimensions or volume, except that the ACE filer does not need to submit this information if the LACF product is for laboratory analysis only and will not be taste tested or otherwise ingested. Because we also do not believe we will generally need this information to effectively identify acidified food products in similar circumstances, we have made similar revisions to § 1.73(c). Specifically, we have revised § 1.73(c) to provide that for an article of food that is an acidified food, the ACE filer must submit at the time of filing entry the FCE number, SID, and can dimensions or volume, except that the ACE filer does not need to submit this information if the acidified food product is for laboratory analysis only and will not be taste tested or otherwise ingested. We consider LACF and acidified food products to be for laboratory analysis only and not taste tested or otherwise ingested only if the entire article will be used completely in the laboratory analysis, destroyed by the laboratory analysis, or destroyed following a reasonable retention period after the laboratory analysis. No portions of the article can be taste tested or otherwise consumed by humans or animals. Consequently, if an LACF or acidified food product being imported or offered for import will be used for product promotional tasting or other types of research in which the food will be ingested, ACE filers are required to submit the FCE number, SID, and can dimensions or volume information in ACE at the time of entry. In order to allow ACE filers to identify in ACE any LACF or acidified foods that are for laboratory analysis which do not require submission of the FCE number, SID, and can dimension or volume, we intend to create an FDA product code that can be used to identify such foods. When ACE filers use this product code, they will not be required to submit the FCE number, SID, and can dimension or volume information in ACE at the time of entry. ACE filers should be aware that entries submitted in ACE that include this new product code will be subject to manual review for an admissibility determination by FDA.
(Comment 15) One commenter requested clarification regarding what number was required to be submitted for the Drug Registration Number.
(Response 15) We published a final rule on August 31, 2016, regarding the requirements for Drug Registration and Listing (81 FR 60170). FDA also provides guidance and instruction on establishment registration on our Web site (see,
One comment supported inclusion of all of the proposed data elements to be submitted in ACE for importation of animal drugs, noting that all clearly impact admissibility. We are finalizing these provisions without change.
a.
(Comment 16) One commenter stated that if there are different medical device registrants involved in the same entry, for example a foreign manufacturer and a foreign exporter, only one medical device registration and listing number should be required and this would be sufficient for FDA to make an admissibility decision.
(Response 16) As explained in the preamble of the proposed rule, we have determined that the registration numbers of certain parties involved in the importation of a medical device (as well as the device listing number) may be material to our admissibility review. Submission of one party's registration number does not convey the registration information for another party involved in the importation of a medical device. Device foreign exporters can and do vary for medical devices manufactured at a particular firm and thus the information for all parties involved is needed at the time of entry. In addition, the time needed for an FDA reviewer to attempt to ascertain that information from our records or to request that information from the ACE filer or importer during a manual review can result in a lengthy delay in our admissibility determination. As such, we are not amending this requirement.
b.
(Comment 17) Some commenters, while recognizing that the LST is a critical component of our admissibility review, felt that the LST should be made publicly available by FDA to ensure that ACE filers have this information to submit in ACE at the time of entry. The commenters asserted that, if LSTs are not publicly available (and thus potentially not readily available to ACE filers), this will cause unnecessary disruptions and additional caged shipments. They suggest that an alternative to making the LST publicly available is to continue to allow “UNK” to be submitted for the LST.
(Response 17) We do not agree that FDA should make LSTs publicly available, and decline to make the requested revisions to the requirement to submit the LST (
As explained in the preamble to the proposed rule, in the device registration and listing process, FDA issues a registration number to the registrant that is publicly available and an LST for each device associated with the registration. Under section 510(f) of the FD&C Act, device listing information “shall be exempt from such inspection unless the Secretary finds that such an exemption would be inconsistent with protection of the public health.” Under § 807.37(b)(2), FDA-assigned LSTs are expressly excluded from public inspection or posting on the FDA Web site. In the
The confidentiality of LSTs serves important public health interests and helps to prevent the importation of substandard, mislabeled, and counterfeit medical devices. Some imports,
ACE filers and importers in an established transactional or commercial relationship with the registrant will have access to the proprietary LST to submit in ACE at the time of entry.
c.
One comment supportive of this provision in the proposed rule was received and we are finalizing this provision without change.
d.
(Comment 18) Two commenters requested that FDA clarify whether impact-resistant lenses imported for personal use require submission of the IRC Affirmation of Compliance Code at
(Response 18) For further relevant information on the importation of impact-resistant lenses for personal use, please see FDA's Supplemental Guide to the CATAIR (available at
As in the past, an ACE filer submitting “IRC” in ACE at the time of entry may rely on a drop-fall test certificate from the manufacturer or from a third party confirming to the ACE filer that the import satisfies the applicable requirements of § 801.410.
e.
(Comment 19) We received a comment asserting that a combination product consisting of at least one medical device and one investigational new drug where FDAs CDRH has been designated as the center with primary jurisdiction would rightfully be conducted under an IDE rather than an IND. The commenter expressed the opinion that the final rule should distinguish between a combination product approved under an IDE and a combination product approved under an IND.
The commenter also observed that the proposed rule only addressed the importation of stand-alone medical devices not associated with a combination product and not the importation of devices that are included in combination products. Although medical device components of combination products may be integrated directly with a drug or biologic (21 CFR 3.2(e)(1)) or co-packaged with a drug or biologic (21 CFR 3.2(e)(2)), the commenter stated, the proposed rule did not appear to discuss the importation of medical device components of drug- or biologic-primary mode of action combination products regulated by CDER or CBER and approved for marketing under a new drug application or a biologics license application.
(Response 19) In light of this comment and based on further FDA review, FDA is not finalizing proposed § 1.76(h). FDA believes that the other requirements in §§ 1.74, 1.76, and 1.78 of the final rule, regarding products subject to the various types of applications, including investigational use applications, will suffice for combination products. If warranted, FDA will provide additional information on submitting this information for imported combination products in future guidance or other published materials.
f.
(Comment 20) One commenter was not sure that this data element will aid FDA in making admissibility decisions.
(Response 20) The purpose of the convenience kit data element is to facilitate our admissibility review of medical device products approved or cleared for marketing as a kit by FDA, and to identify convenience kits that include recalled or unapproved medical devices. As explained in the preamble to the proposed rule, convenience kits imported or offered for import have been found at times to contain recalled or unapproved medical devices.
We received no comments regarding this proposed provision, and we are finalizing it without change.
We also proposed to require for HCT/Ps regulated solely under section 361 of the PHS Act and the regulations in part 1271 being imported or offered for import that are not otherwise exempt, that an Affirmation of Compliance with all applicable requirements of part 1271 be submitted in ACE at the time of entry. The current Affirmation of Compliance Code for HCT/Ps to affirm compliance with part 1271 is “HCT”.
(Comment 21) One comment agreed with most of the proposed requirements specific to biological products, HCT/Ps, and related drugs and medical devices, because the data clearly impacts admissibility. However, the comment questioned the need for the submission of HCT/P registration number and Affirmation of Compliance, and expressed a belief that this information is not applicable to admissibility.
(Response 21) We acknowledge and appreciate the supportive comments. We disagree that the HCT/P registration number and Affirmation of Compliance are not applicable to our admissibility review. As noted in the proposed rule, establishments that manufacture HCT/Ps are required to register and list their HCT/Ps in accordance with part 1271, subpart B, unless they are subject to an exception under 21 CFR 1271.15. When an establishment successfully completes the required registration process, CBER assigns a unique registration number to that firm. FDA established these registration requirements, as well as other requirements in part 1271 (
a.
(Comment 22) Several comments expressed concern that not all tobacco products have brand names.
(Response 22) FDA recognizes that not all tobacco products have specific brand names. One key example is tobacco products for further manufacturing; another example is rolling papers that may not have a specific brand name, and only bear the manufacturer name. Thus, the final rule allows the ACE filer to submit the commercial name for the brand name in ACE if the product is unbranded. Further, in the final rule, this data element does not apply to products solely intended for further manufacturing or to investigational tobacco products.
We note that, for purposes of this rule, brand name includes brand and sub-brand, for example: “Acme Silver Box 100s,” or “Acme Little Cigars.”
b.
We received a number of comments in opposition to this provision and after consideration of those comments we have decided not to finalize this provision.
We received no comment regarding proposed § 1.80, other than the comments regarding § 1.72 which are addressed previously in this document. Under proposed § 1.80, we proposed to require that an ACE filer must submit the data specified in § 1.72 at the time of filing entry in ACE. We are finalizing this provision without change.
a.
(Comment 23) Several comments stated that redefining “owner or consignee” in § 1.83 as “the person eligible to make entry” under the relevant provisions of the Tariff Act of 1930 was confusing because several persons are in fact eligible to become the “importer of record” and therefore to make entry. The commenters suggested that FDA define “owner or consignee” as the “person who makes entry.”
(Response 23) We agree and have revised the final rule to provide that the “owner or consignee” is defined as the “person who makes entry” under section 484 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1484). We removed the reference to section 485 of the Tariff Act of 1930 and 19 U.S.C. 1485 as that section relates to the filing of a declaration by the importer of record. We made the same change to § 1005.2.
(Comment 24) One commenter suggested that we should adopt a definition of “owner or consignee” that is more consistent with the definition of “importer” adopted by FDA in other areas, for example, in our proposed rule on Foreign Supplier Verification Programs (FSVP).
(Response 24) We decline to revise the rule as suggested in this comment. FDA adopted a definition of “importer” (§ 1.500) in our final FSVP rule published on November 27, 2015, that best serves the specific purposes of the FSVP requirements for importers of food for humans and animals, consistent with the statutory provisions the FSVP regulation must implement (80 FR 74226 at 74239). The purpose of the technical amendments to 21 CFR 1.83 and 1005.2 is to update the definition of “owner or consignee” to take into account revisions to the provisions of the Tariff Act of 1930 that were referenced in those regulations. Since the relevant person for these purposes is the “importer of record,” FDA is defining “owner or consignee” as the “importer of record” as that term is used in the Tariff Act of 1930.
b.
(Comment 25) One commenter requested clarification regarding whether electronic notification will completely replace written or facsimile communication for these purposes.
(Response 25) While our intent is to move to an automated, electronic process to expedite the notification process for both the Agency and the trade, FDA will still consider providing a written or facsimile notification if, under the circumstances, that is the most efficient and effective means to provide any such notification.
(Comment 26) Several commenters supported FDA providing electronic notification of FDA actions but also requested that, in addition to providing notification to the owner or consignee, FDA provide electronic notification to other parties to the import.
(Response 26) We decline to require that the Agency provide electronic notification under § 1.94 to a person other than the owner or consignee which, pursuant to the revision to § 1.83 in the final rule, is the importer of record. The purpose of § 1.94 is to provide the importer of record of an FDA-regulated article being imported or offered for import into the United States with notice and opportunity to present testimony to the Agency prior to refusal of admission of an FDA-regulated article or prior to administrative destruction of certain refused drugs. There is only one importer of record and only that person has the right to notification and a hearing under § 1.94.
FDA proposed that the effective date of the final rule would be 30 days after its publication in the
(Comment 27) FDA received comments expressing concern about an effective date of 30 days after publication of the final rule, stating that this does not provide enough time for the necessary programming integration between ACE, FDA's OASIS system, the ACE filers' and the importers' systems. One comment suggested that the trade industry will resort to manual data entry while the data feeds are being developed. The comments suggested effective dates that ranged from 60 days to 180 days after publication of the final rule. One comment suggested that FDA adopt a gradual and incremental approach to requiring submission of the data elements in the final rule.
(Response 27) We decline to change the effective date of the final rule. As of July 23, 2016, ACE became the sole CBP-authorized EDI system for electronic entry and entry summary filings for importation of FDA-regulated products. The trade community has already transitioned to ACE and software is available in the marketplace that conforms with the requirements in FDA's Supplemental Guide to the CATAIR. FDA acknowledges that software vendors and the trade community may need to make a small number of alterations to their current programming to be consistent with the requirements in the final rule but 30 days should be sufficient for that purpose. FDA will shortly issue an updated FDA Supplemental Guide to assist software vendors and the trade industry with their programming needs.
(Comment 28) Several commenters emphasized that each additional data element that will be mandated by this FDA rulemaking represents real cost added to the entry process.
(Response 28) We understand that each additional data element that firms will be required to submit in ACE at the time of entry represents added cost to the entry process. FDA has removed some of data elements from the final rule, which should lessen the burden.
While FDA is requiring ACE filers to submit more data upfront, we believe that this may not necessarily end up being burdensome to the industry over time. The Agency believes that, after the initial adjustment stage, submission of the required data will result in faster processing time and cost savings to the industry and FDA.
(Comment 29) Some commenters opined that FDA underestimated transition costs.
(Response 29) In the Preliminary Regulatory Impact Analysis (PRIA) we recognized the uncertainty surrounding our cost estimates for scenario 1, including transition cost estimates in the first year. We requested comments to provide additional data and information to improve these cost estimates. We did not receive any additional information that would help improve our transition cost estimates.
(Comment 30) Several commenters complained that the PGA message set in ACE often experiences system outages, failures to perform necessary functions, and that the time that FDA takes to process entries has already doubled for some ACE filers. They assert that this causes “down time” and significant added costs to the trade industry.
(Response 30) System outages and failures to perform necessary functions should be in part attributed to ACE implementation by CBP. In order to address these comments and also Comment 27 about alleging underestimated transition costs, we have revised our ranges for first year estimates and doubled the time necessary for filing entries in ACE for FDA-regulated products during the initial adjustment period.
(Comment 31) Some commenters said that FDA dismissed additional costs of reprogramming caused by further changes to the CATAIR.
(Response 31) In the PRIA (page 22), we stated that because the costs of updating the existing software or purchasing a new one would fall under the cost of CBP action of implementing ACE, we do not include these transition costs in our economic impact analysis. FDA expects that software updates occur regularly as a part of ongoing business practice and the price of new off-the-shelf software would incorporate all ACE requirements, including FDA PGA message set requirements. The commenters did not provide any new information that can be used to estimate the share of reprogramming costs that should be attributed only to FDA rulemaking and not the entire CBP action of implementing ACE.
(Comment 32) One commenter stated that only importers with large budgets can generate, maintain, and provide data electronically.
(Response 32) FDA acknowledges this viewpoint, but because most importers including small businesses typically hire customs brokers to electronically file entries for them in ACE, FDA expects that reprogramming costs would fall on customs brokers as a part of costs of doing business related to imports. As stated previously, approximately 98 percent of importers use customs brokers to file their entries of FDA-regulated products impacted by the final rule.
(Comment 33) Some commenters stated that the cost to file FDA entries in ACE increased by 8 minutes (by over 50 percent) and that 40 percent more staffing is required because, compared to ACS, FDA data requirements are different in ACE.
(Response 33) We incorporated this new information from the industry into our ranges of cost and time estimates for the final rule. That being said, the 50 percent time increase to process an FDA entry in ACE and the estimated 40 percent labor cost increase asserted by commenters could be caused by: (1) The overall switch from ACS to ACE (which should be attributed to the cost of ACE implementation by CBP) and (2) the additional time required for filing FDA data elements that are required in the final rule (which should be attributed to the cost of the FDA rulemaking; that is unless a filer already voluntarily provided these data elements to FDA in ACS on a regular basis). Only the costs caused by (2) should be attributed to FDA rulemaking (see scenario 1 in the PRIA).
Furthermore, it is not clear from the comment whether the 50 percent time increase and the 40 percent staffing cost increase are the same across the entire industry. In the PRIA, FDA estimated that for each FDA-regulated unique product-manufacturer import line, it would take up to 8 additional minutes to prepare and look up information mandated by the proposed rule and up to 4 additional minutes (5 minutes in the first year) to file that information in ACE, for a total of up to 12 minutes per unique import line (up to 13 minutes in the first year). Therefore, an 8 minute increase (= 24 minutes minus 16 minutes) per import line described by these comments is a possible outcome, especially in the initial adjustment stage, that is consistent with our analysis in the PRIA.
We made three technical changes to the proposed rule due to our issuance of a final rule on August 31, 2016, regarding the requirements for drug registration and listing (81 FR 60170) that was published after our Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for this rule (published on July 1, 2016 (81 FR 43155)).
Under §§ 1.74(a), 1.75(a) and 1.78(d) of our proposed rule, an ACE filer would be required to submit the Drug Registration Number and Drug Listing Number in ACE at the time of entry for an article which is a drug if it is from a foreign establishment where the drug was manufactured, prepared, propagated, compounded, or processed before being imported or offered for import into the United States that is required to be registered and the drug to be listed under section 510 of the FD&C Act. The final drug registration and listing rule amended 21 CFR parts 207 and 607 which provide the regulatory requirements for drug registration and listing including who must register their establishments and list their drugs annually with the FDA.
In this final rule, we have not changed the requirement that ACE filers submit a Drug Registration Number and a Drug Listing Number in ACE at the time of entry except that, as discussed earlier in
We have examined the impacts of the final rule under Executive Order 12866, Executive Order 13563, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4). Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct us to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, when regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity). We have developed a comprehensive Economic Analysis of Impacts that assesses the impacts of the final rule. We believe that this final rule is not a significant regulatory action as defined by Executive Order 12866.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires us to analyze regulatory options that would minimize any significant impact of a rule on small entities. By requiring import entry filers to submit data elements mandated by this final rule into ACE and updating certain sections of 21 CFR Chapter I, we intend to streamline our import entry admissibility review and reduce ambiguity about the import process. Small businesses will be affected by this final rule in the same way as non-small businesses. Because the burden of switching from ACS to ACE is already covered by CBP's ACE regulation, for those small business filers that choose to continue filing electronically (and, therefore, must use ACE), we believe that providing several additional data elements to FDA via ACE in exchange for a more streamlined process and potentially receiving an import admissibility decision faster would not cause a significant impact. These small businesses would bear the costs of this rule, but would also enjoy most of the benefits. We therefore certify that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (section 202(a)) requires us to prepare a written statement, which includes an assessment of anticipated costs and benefits, before issuing “any rule that includes any Federal mandate that may result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any one year.” The current threshold after adjustment for inflation is $146 million, using the most current (2015) Implicit Price Deflator for the Gross Domestic Product. This final rule would not result in an expenditure in any year that meets or exceeds this amount.
FDA is issuing a final rule to establish requirements for the electronic filing of import entries in ACE. The final rule will require that certain data elements material to our admissibility review be submitted to the FDA via ACE as part of an electronic import entry. This final regulation will help streamline FDA's existing admissibility procedures for FDA-regulated commodities imported or offered for import into the United States. For import entries submitted electronically, FDA will require that certain key data be submitted as a part of the import entry filing in ACE. The final regulation also provides further clarifications to the import process by revising sections of 21 CFR Chapter I relating to the definition of owner or consignee; the notice of sampling; and notices of FDA actions related to FDA-regulated products being imported or offered for import into the United States, such as notices of hearing on refusal of admission or administrative destruction, to allow for electronic notification by FDA. The rule also clarifies that importers of record of human cells, tissues, or cellular or tissue-based products (HCT/Ps) that are regulated solely under section 361 of the PHS Act and part 1271, unless exempted, will be required to submit the applicable data elements included in the final rule in ACE at the time of entry.
The estimated costs of the final rule—and the cost savings—stem from the mandatory information that will be submitted and collected under the ACE system. In the baseline scenario for our estimates of these costs, we assumed that without this final regulation the information would be collected by ACE only if and to the extent that it is voluntarily provided by filers like under the former ACS system (table 2). Annualized over a 20-year horizon, the costs of complying with this final regulation are between $27.7 million and $69.1 million per year with a 3 percent discount rate; these costs are between $26.8 million and $66.7 million per year with a 7 percent discount rate (table 2). The total annualized cost savings to the entire society cannot be fully quantified because of the lack of certain data currently available to the Agency. Partially quantifiable cost savings are estimated to range from $2.6 million to $43.4 million with a 3 percent discount rate; these partially quantifiable benefits are estimated to range from $2.6 million to $43.4 million with a 7 percent discount rate (table 2). These benefits, in terms of cost savings, to both FDA and the industry that we are able to quantify will arise from FDA simplifying the notification process on certain FDA actions taken by the Agency under section 801 of the FD&C Act by allowing electronic notification of the owner or consignee.
Cost savings to both the industry and FDA that we are unable to quantify will potentially arise from the reduced time of import entry processing and fewer imported products being held, and a shorter timeframe between the time of entry submission and a final admissibility decision by FDA as a result of increased efficiency in FDA's imports admissibility process. Other potential benefits of this final rule that we are unable to quantify will result from compliant FDA-regulated imports reaching U.S. consumers faster and a reduction in the number of non-compliant imports reaching U.S. consumers, thereby making the overall supply of FDA-regulated products on the U.S. market safer. Other potential benefits in the form of cost savings that we are similarly unable to quantify will arise because by revising certain sections of 21 CFR Chapter I the Agency would provide more clarity to the industry about certain aspects of the overall process of import admissibility for FDA-regulated products.
The Economic Analysis of Impacts of the final rule performed in accordance with Executive Order 12866, Executive Order 13563, the Regulatory Flexibility Act, and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 is available to the public in the docket for this final rule (Docket No. FDA-2016-N-1487) at
We have determined under 21 CFR 25.30(h) that this action is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required.
This final rule contains information collection provisions that are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The title, description, and respondent description of the information collection provisions are shown in the following paragraphs with an estimate of the annual reporting burden. Included in the estimate is the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering the data needed, and completing and reviewing each collection of information.
The authority to issue this regulation and to conduct the associated information collection is found in sections 801, 701, and 536 of the FD&C Act, sections 351, 361, and 368 of the PHS Act, and section 713 of FDASIA (which added section 801(r) to the FD&C Act).
To account for the information collection provisions of the rule, we are amending the information collection currently approved under OMB control number 0910-0046. The information collection approved under OMB control number 0910-0046 has historically accounted for the collection of information from entry filers for FDA-regulated products being imported or offered for import into the United States. The vast majority of this information was submitted by entry filers electronically in ACS. On July 23, 2016, ACE replaced ACS as the sole EDI system authorized by CBP for submission of electronic entry and entry summary information for FDA-regulated products being imported, or offered for import, into the United States. Although much of the information collection pursuant to this rule was previously collected from entry filers for FDA-regulated products being imported or offered for import into the United States, and was approved for collection under OMB control number 0910-0046, this rule requires ACE filers to submit certain information in addition to what entry filers were previously submitting.
The annual recordkeeping requirements for this collection are accounted for by the “Customs Modernization Act Recordkeeping Requirements” information collection approved by OMB under OMB control number 1651-0076.
Of note, in addition to accounting for the information collection pursuant to
The information collection provisions of this rule are in §§ 1.72, 1.73, 1.74, 1.75, 1.76, 1.77, 1.78, 1.79, and 1.80. Section 1.72 requires certain product identifying data elements and certain entity identifying data elements to be submitted in ACE at the time of entry for food contact substances, drugs, biological products, HCT/Ps, medical devices, radiation-emitting electronic products, cosmetics, and tobacco products. Sections 1.73 through 1.80 require certain data elements to be submitted in ACE depending on the type of FDA-regulated article being imported or offered for import into the United States. Sections 1.73, 1.74, 1.75, 1.76, 1.77, 1.78, 1.79, and 1.80 apply, respectively, to certain food products (food contact substances, low-acid canned food, and acidified food); human drugs; animal drugs; medical devices; radiation-emitting electronic products; biological products, HCT/Ps, and related drugs and medical devices regulated by CBER; tobacco products; and cosmetics.
Although we did not receive any comments specifically relating to the information collection burden pursuant to the information collection provisions of the rule, we did receive comments relating to the rule and the Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA). We have revised our information collection burden estimates as appropriate to reflect those revisions we made to the rule and the RIA.
Using the estimates in the RIA for the rule, we estimate there are about 41,703 owners or purchasers of FDA-regulated commodities who seek to import FDA-regulated articles (“importers”) into the United States on an annual basis. We have estimated that 97.7 percent of these importers will use customs brokers to file their import entries in ACE, and the other 2.3 percent will file their import entries themselves. We thereby estimate that there are a total of 3,667 entry filers, which includes the 959 owners or purchasers of the article who will file their own import entry in ACE (= 41,703 importers × (100 − 97.7) percent).
Of the data elements that the rule requires ACE filers to submit in ACE at the time of entry, all except for four, were previously collected from entry filers (as either required or optional submissions, depending on the data element) and have been accounted for by the previously approved information collection under OMB control number 0910-0046. One of those four data elements, intended use information, had been collected from entry filers but not accounted for under an OMB approved information collection. Under the rule, intended use information is collected in ACE in the form of an IUC, instead of in the form of a text input into the CBP-required product description field, as it had been collected previously in ACS. The rule provides for the collection of three data elements to be collected in ACE that are new,
Although just three data elements collected pursuant to the rule are new, we expect that filers who were not submitting certain previously optional data elements in ACS that the rule now requires ACE filers to submit in ACE will begin submitting those data elements in order to comply with the rule. We expect this to be the primary cause of the increased reporting burden pursuant to the rule. Notably, however, the submission rates of many of these data elements in ACS were quite high, although their submission varied by commodity. For example, in 2015 approximately 98 percent of medical device lines were submitted in ACS with at least one Affirmation of Compliance. Based on 2014 and 2015 data, we estimate that medical device lines will make up approximately seventy percent of all import lines that will be impacted by the rule. On the other hand, for example, in 2015 only 24 percent of animal drug import lines were submitted in ACS with at least one Affirmation of Compliance, although, based on 2014 and 2015 data, we estimate that animal drugs will make up less than 0.5 percent of all import lines that will be affected by the rule.
Using the estimates in the RIA for the rule, we have estimated that the rule will impact 23,119,465 import lines in the first year. The rule will not impact import lines of foods other than acidified foods, low-acid canned foods, and food contact substances. We have also estimated that 504,768 of affected import lines in the first year represent unique product-manufacturer combinations. We have estimated that the number of impacted import lines will grow at an average rate of about 3.3 percent per year. For the purposes of calculating the additional annual recurring reporting burden of the rule, we have annualized those 3.3 percent per year increases for 3 years.
Other key assumptions in the RIA (Option 1) for the rule that affect our estimate of the additional annual reporting burden are:
• Respondents (ACE filers) will have to become aware of the rule's requirements, which will include activities related to reading the rule, understanding the reporting requirements, consulting with specialists if necessary, determining how to best meet these requirements, and communicating these requirements to workers; and this is a one-time event that will require an average of 30 minutes.
• Respondents (owners or purchasers) will require an administrative worker to locate, gather, and prepare the additional information required by this
• Respondents (ACE filers) will require an administrative worker to submit the applicable data elements required in the final rule and Respondents (ACE filers) may also require an owner or manager to check if the information is correct, or alternatively, the administrative worker to quality check their submission using software that is connected to ACE and this will require about 1.166667 minutes (approximately 0.01944 hours) per line on average.
• It will take respondents about 25 percent more time in the first year for an administrative worker to complete each import line and quality check the information, because the respondent will have to adjust to the new system and data elements.
We expect the annual recurring reporting burden for the information collection pursuant to this rule to be as follows:
We expect the additional one-time (
Accordingly, we estimate that the additional annual reporting burden under the rule will be 599,048 hours in the first year (484,828 recurring hours + 114,220 one-time hours) and 484,828 hours recurring after the first year.
Pursuant to our revision of the information collection under OMB control number 0910-0046, which includes adjustment of the existing burden and amendment to account for the information collection provisions of the rule, the total reporting burden is 1,785,712 hours in the first year (= 1,186,464 adjusted existing burden hours + 484,828 recurring hours pursuant to the rule + 114,220 one-time hours pursuant to the rule) and 1,671,292 hours annually after the first year (= 1,186,464 adjusted existing burden hours + 484,828 recurring hours pursuant to the rule).
The information collection provisions in this final rule have been submitted to OMB for review as required by section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. FDA will publish a subsequent notice in the
We have analyzed this final rule in accordance with the principles set forth in Executive Order 13132. We have determined that the rule does not contain policies that have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Accordingly, we conclude that the rule does not contain policies that have federalism implications as defined in the Executive order and, consequently, a federalism summary impact statement is not required.
The following reference is on display in the Division of Dockets Management (see
Cosmetics, Drugs, Exports, Food labeling, Imports, Labeling, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Electronic products, Imports, Radiation protection, Surety bonds.
Biologics, Drugs, Human cells and tissue-based products, Medical devices, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and the Public Health Service Act, and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, 21 CFR parts 1, 1005, and 1271 are amended as follows:
15 U.S.C. 1333, 1453, 1454, 1455, 4402; 19 U.S.C. 1490, 1491; 21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335a, 342, 343, 350c, 350d, 350e, 350j, 352, 355, 360b, 360ccc, 360ccc-1, 360ccc-2, 362, 371, 373, 374, 379j-31, 381, 382, 384a, 384b, 384d, 387, 387a, 387c, 393; 42 U.S.C. 216, 241, 243, 262, 264, 271; Public Law 107-188, 116 Stat. 594, 668-69; Public Law 111-353, 124 Stat. 3885, 3889.
This subpart specifies the data elements that are required by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to be included in an electronic import entry submitted in the Automated Commercial Environment (ACE) system or any other U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP)-authorized electronic data interchange (EDI) system, which contains an article that is being imported or offered for import into the United States and that is regulated by FDA.
For purposes of subpart D:
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
In addition to the data required to be submitted in § 1.72, an ACE filer must submit the following information at the time of filing entry in ACE for drugs, including biological products, intended for human use that are regulated by the FDA Center for Drug Evaluation and Research.
(a)
(b)
(c)
In addition to the data required to be submitted in § 1.72, an ACE filer must submit the following information at the time of filing entry in ACE for animal drugs:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
In addition to the data required to be submitted in § 1.72, an ACE filer must submit the following information at the time of filing entry in ACE for medical devices regulated by the FDA Center for Devices and Radiological Health.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
In addition to the data required to be submitted in § 1.72, an ACE filer must submit all of the declarations required in Form FDA 2877 electronically in ACE at the time of filing entry for products subject to the standards under parts 1020-1050 of this chapter.
In addition to the data required to be submitted in § 1.72, an ACE filer must submit the following information at the time of filing entry in ACE for biological products, HCT/Ps, and related drugs and medical devices regulated by the FDA Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research.
(a)
(b)
(2) For an HCT/P regulated solely under section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and the regulations in part 1271 of this chapter, an Affirmation of Compliance with the applicable requirements of part 1271 of this chapter.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
In addition to the data required to be submitted in § 1.72, an ACE filer must submit the following information at the time of filing entry in ACE.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
An ACE filer must submit the data specified in § 1.72 at the time of filing entry in ACE.
FDA may reject an entry filing for failure to provide complete and accurate information that is required pursuant to this subpart.
(a) The term
When a sample of an article offered for import has been requested by the district director, FDA shall provide to the owner or consignee prompt notice of delivery of, or intention to deliver, such sample. Upon receipt of the notice, the owner or consignee shall hold such article and not distribute it until further notice from the district director or U.S. Customs and Border Protection of the results of examination of the sample.
(a) If it appears that the article may be subject to refusal of admission, or that the article is a drug that may be subject to destruction under section 801(a) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the district director shall give the owner or consignee a written or electronic notice to that effect, stating the reasons therefor. * * *
(c) If the article is a drug that may be subject to destruction under section 801(a) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the district director may give the owner or consignee a single written or electronic notice that provides the notice of refusal of admission and the notice of destruction of an article described in paragraph (a) of this section. * * *
21 U.S.C. 360ii, 360mm.
As used in this part:
The term
42 U.S.C. 216, 243, 263a, 264, 271.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, when an HCT/P is offered for import, the importer of record must notify, either before or at the time of importation, the director of the district of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) having jurisdiction over the port of entry through which the HCT/P is imported or offered for import, or such officer of the district as the director may designate to act in his or her behalf in administering and enforcing this part, and must provide sufficient information, including information submitted in the Automated Commercial Environment (ACE) system or any other electronic data interchange system authorized by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency as required in part 1, subpart D of this chapter, for FDA to make an admissibility decision.
In concurrence with FDA:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Direct final rule; confirmation of effective date.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is confirming the effective date of December 1, 2016, for the final rule that appeared in the
Effective date of final rule published in the
David Edwards, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-220), Food and Drug Administration, 7519 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-6205.
In the
Therefore, under the animal drug provisions of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 354, 360b, 360ccc, 360ccc-1, and 371), and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, 21 CFR part 558 is amended. Accordingly, the amendments issued thereby are effective.
Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice.
Final order.
The Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration is issuing this final order to temporarily schedule the synthetic opioid,
This final order is effective on November 29, 2016.
Michael J. Lewis, Diversion Control Division, Drug Enforcement Administration; Mailing Address: 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; Telephone: (202) 598-6812.
The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) implements and enforces titles II and III of the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, as amended. 21 U.S.C. 801-971. Titles II and III are referred to as the “Controlled Substances Act” and the “Controlled Substances Import and Export Act,” respectively, and are collectively referred to as the “Controlled Substances Act” or the “CSA” for the purpose of this action. The DEA publishes the implementing regulations for these statutes in title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), chapter II. The CSA and its implementing regulations are designed to prevent, detect, and eliminate the diversion of controlled substances and listed chemicals into the illicit market while ensuring an adequate supply is available for the legitimate medical, scientific, research, and industrial needs of the United States. Controlled substances have the potential for abuse and dependence and are controlled to protect the public health and safety.
Under the CSA, every controlled substance is classified into one of five schedules based upon its potential for abuse, its currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States, and the degree of dependence the drug or other substance may cause. 21 U.S.C. 812. The initial schedules of controlled substances established by Congress are found at 21 U.S.C. 812(c), and the current list of all scheduled substances is published at 21 CFR part 1308.
Section 201 of the CSA, 21 U.S.C. 811, provides the Attorney General with the authority to temporarily place a substance into schedule I of the CSA for two years without regard to the requirements of 21 U.S.C. 811(b) if she finds that such action is necessary to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety. 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(1). In addition, if proceedings to control a substance are initiated under 21 U.S.C. 811(a)(1), the Attorney General may extend the temporary scheduling for up to one year. 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(2).
Where the necessary findings are made, a substance may be temporarily scheduled if it is not listed in any other schedule under section 202 of the CSA, 21 U.S.C. 812, or if there is no exemption or approval in effect for the substance under section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), 21 U.S.C. 355. 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(1). The Attorney General has delegated her scheduling authority under 21 U.S.C. 811 to the Administrator of the DEA. 28 CFR 0.100.
Section 201(h)(4) of the CSA, 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(4), requires the Administrator to notify the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) of his intention to temporarily place a substance into schedule I of the CSA.
To find that placing a substance temporarily into schedule I of the CSA is necessary to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety, the Administrator is required to consider three of the eight factors set forth in section 201(c) of the CSA, 21 U.S.C. 811(c): The substance's history and current pattern of abuse; the scope, duration and significance of abuse; and what, if any, risk there is to the public health. 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(3). Consideration of these factors includes actual abuse, diversion from legitimate channels, and clandestine importation, manufacture, or distribution. 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(3).
A substance meeting the statutory requirements for temporary scheduling may only be placed into schedule I. 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(1). Substances in schedule I are those that have a high potential for abuse, no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States, and a lack of accepted safety for use under medical supervision. 21 U.S.C. 812(b)(1). Available data and information for furanyl fentanyl, summarized below, indicate that this synthetic opioid has a high potential for abuse, no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States, and a lack of accepted safety for use under medical supervision. The DEA's updated three-factor analysis, and the Assistant Secretary's July 8, 2016, letter, are available in their entirety under the tab “Supporting Documents” of the public docket of this action at
The recreational abuse of fentanyl-like substances continues to be a significant concern. These substances are distributed to users with often unpredictable outcomes. Furanyl fentanyl has recently been encountered by law enforcement and public health officials and the adverse health effects and outcomes are documented in the scientific literature. The documented negative effects of furanyl fentanyl are consistent with those of other opioids. On October 1, 2014, the DEA implemented STARLiMS (a Web-based, commercial laboratory information management system) to replace the System to Retrieve Information from Drug Evidence (STRIDE) as its laboratory drug evidence data system of record. DEA laboratory data submitted after September 30, 2014, are reposited in STARLiMS; data from STRIDE and STARLiMS were queried on November 2, 2016. STARLiMS registered 113
The National Forensic Laboratory Information System (NFLIS) is a national drug forensic laboratory reporting system that systematically collects results from drug chemistry analyses conducted by participating Federal, State and local forensic laboratories across the country. According to NFLIS, the first report of furanyl fentanyl was recorded in December 2015 in Oregon. From December 2015 through September 2016, a total of 494 submissions to state and local forensic laboratories identifying furanyl fentanyl were reported in NFLIS as a result of law enforcement encounters in California, Connecticut, Florida, Iowa, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Missouri, New Jersey, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and Wisconsin (query date: November 2, 2016). The DEA is not aware of any laboratory identifications of furanyl fentanyl prior to 2015.
Evidence suggests that the pattern of abuse of fentanyl analogues, including furanyl fentanyl, parallels that of heroin and prescription opioid analgesics. Seizures of furanyl fentanyl have been encountered in powder form. Furanyl fentanyl has also been encountered in drug paraphernalia commonly associated with heroin or other opioid abuse including glassine bags, and as a residue on spoons and bottle caps. Furanyl fentanyl has been encountered as a single substance as well as in combination with other substances of abuse, including heroin, fentanyl, butyryl fentanyl, and U-47700. Furanyl fentanyl has been connected to fatal overdoses, in which intravenous routes of administration are documented.
The scientific literature and reports collected by the DEA demonstrate furanyl fentanyl is being abused for its opioid properties. This abuse of furanyl fentanyl has resulted in morbidity and mortality (see updated DEA 3-Factor Analysis for full discussion). The DEA has received reports for at least 128 confirmed fatalities associated with furanyl fentanyl. The information on these deaths occurring in 2015 and 2016 was collected from email communications or toxicology and medical examiner reports received by the DEA. These deaths were reported from five states—Illinois (36), Maryland (41), New Jersey (1), North Carolina (49), and Ohio (1). The scientific literature notes additional fatal overdoses connected to furanyl fentanyl. STARLiMS and NFLIS have a total of 607 drug reports in which furanyl fentanyl was identified in drug exhibits submitted to forensic laboratories from December 2015 through September 2016 from law enforcement encounters. It is likely that the prevalence of furanyl fentanyl in opioid analgesic-related emergency room admissions and deaths is underreported as standard immunoassays may not differentiate this substance from fentanyl.
The population likely to abuse furanyl fentanyl overlaps with the population abusing prescription opioid analgesics and heroin. This is evidenced by the routes of drug administration and drug use history documented in furanyl fentanyl fatal overdose cases. Because abusers of furanyl fentanyl are likely to obtain this substance through unregulated sources (
Furanyl fentanyl exhibits pharmacological profiles similar to that of fentanyl and other µ-opioid receptor agonists. The toxic effects of furanyl fentanyl in humans are demonstrated by overdose fatalities involving this substance. Abusers of furanyl fentanyl may not know the origin, identity, or purity of this substance, thus posing significant adverse health risks when compared to abuse of pharmaceutical preparations of opioid analgesics, such as morphine and oxycodone.
Based on reports in the scientific literature and information received by the DEA, the abuse of furanyl fentanyl leads to the same qualitative public health risks as heroin, fentanyl and other opioid analgesic substances. As with any non-medically approved opioid, the health and safety risks for users are great. The public health risks attendant to the abuse of heroin and opioid analgesics are well established and have resulted in large numbers of drug treatment admissions, emergency department visits, and fatal overdoses.
Furanyl fentanyl has been associated with a number of fatalities and non-fatal overdoses as detailed in the scientific literature. The DEA has received information connecting furanyl fentanyl to at least 128 confirmed overdose deaths occurring in 2015 and 2016 in Illinois (36), Maryland (41), New Jersey (1), North Carolina (49), and Ohio (1).
In accordance with 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(3), based on the data and information summarized above, the continued uncontrolled manufacture, distribution, importation, exportation, and abuse of furanyl fentanyl pose an imminent hazard to the public safety. The DEA is not aware of any currently accepted medical uses for this substance in treatment in the United States. A substance meeting the statutory requirements for temporary scheduling, 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(1), may only be placed into schedule I. Substances in schedule I are those that have a high potential for abuse, no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States, and a lack of accepted safety for use under medical supervision. Available data and information for furanyl fentanyl indicate that this substance has a high potential for abuse, no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States, and a lack of accepted safety for use under medical supervision. As required by section 201(h)(4) of the CSA, 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(4), the Administrator, through a letter dated June 22, 2016, notified the Assistant Secretary of the DEA's intention to temporarily place this substance into schedule I.
In accordance with the provisions of section 201(h) of the CSA, 21 U.S.C. 811(h), the Administrator considered available data and information, herein sets forth the grounds for his determination that it is necessary to temporarily schedule furanyl fentanyl into schedule I of the CSA, and finds that placement of this synthetic opioid into schedule I of the CSA is necessary to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety. Because the Administrator hereby finds it necessary to temporarily place this synthetic opioid into schedule I to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety, this final order temporarily scheduling furanyl fentanyl will be effective on the date of publication in the
The CSA sets forth specific criteria for scheduling a drug or other substance. Permanent scheduling actions in accordance with 21 U.S.C. 811(a) are subject to formal rulemaking procedures done “on the record after opportunity for a hearing” conducted pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 556 and 557. 21 U.S.C. 811. The permanent scheduling process of formal rulemaking affords interested parties with appropriate process and the government with any additional relevant information needed to make a determination. Final decisions that conclude the permanent scheduling process of formal rulemaking are subject to judicial review. 21 U.S.C. 877. Temporary scheduling orders are not subject to judicial review. 21 U.S.C. 811(h)(6).
Upon the effective date of this final order, furanyl fentanyl will become subject to the regulatory controls and administrative, civil, and criminal sanctions applicable to the manufacture, distribution, reverse distribution, importation, exportation, engagement in research, and conduct of instructional activities or chemical analysis with, and possession of schedule I controlled substances including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Section 201(h) of the CSA, 21 U.S.C. 811(h), provides for a temporary scheduling action where such action is necessary to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety. As provided in this subsection, the Attorney General may, by order, schedule a substance in schedule I on a temporary basis. Such an order may not be issued before the expiration of 30 days from (1) the publication of a notice in the
Inasmuch as section 201(h) of the CSA directs that temporary scheduling actions be issued by order and sets forth the procedures by which such orders are to be issued, the DEA believes that the notice and comment requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) at 5 U.S.C. 553, do not apply to this temporary scheduling action. In the alternative, even assuming that this action might be subject to 5 U.S.C. 553, the Administrator finds that there is good cause to forgo the notice and comment requirements of 5 U.S.C. 553, as any further delays in the process for issuance of temporary scheduling orders would be impracticable and contrary to the public interest in view of the manifest urgency to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety.
Further, the DEA believes that this temporary scheduling action is not a “rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 601(2), and, accordingly, is not subject to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The requirements for the preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis in 5 U.S.C. 603(a) are not applicable where, as here, the DEA is not required by the APA or any other law to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking.
Additionally, this action is not a significant regulatory action as defined by Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review), section 3(f), and, accordingly, this action has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
This action will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132 (Federalism) it is determined that this action does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
As noted above, this action is an order, not a rule. Accordingly, the Congressional Review Act (CRA) is inapplicable, as it applies only to rules. However, if this were a rule, pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, “any rule for which an agency for good cause finds that notice and public procedure thereon are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, shall take effect at such time as the federal agency promulgating the rule determines.” 5 U.S.C. 808(2). It is in the public interest to schedule this substance immediately to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety. This temporary scheduling action is taken pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 811(h), which is specifically designed to enable the DEA to act in an expeditious manner to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety. 21 U.S.C. 811(h) exempts the temporary scheduling order from standard notice and comment rulemaking procedures to ensure that the process moves swiftly. For the same reasons that underlie 21 U.S.C. 811(h), that is, the DEA's need to move quickly to place this substance into schedule I because it poses an imminent hazard to the public safety, it would be contrary to the public interest to delay implementation of the temporary scheduling order. Therefore, this order shall take effect immediately upon its publication. The DEA has submitted a copy of this final order to both Houses of Congress and to the Comptroller General, although such filing is not required under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Congressional Review Act), 5 U.S.C. 801-808 because, as noted above, this action is an order, not a rule.
Administrative practice and procedure, Drug traffic control, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
21 U.S.C. 811, 812, 871(b), unless otherwise noted.
(h) * * *
(19)
Office on Violence Against Women, Justice.
Final rule.
This rule amends the regulations for the STOP (
This rule is effective December 29, 2016.
Marnie Shiels, Office on Violence Against Women, 145 N Street NE., Suite 10W.100, Washington, DC 20530, by telephone (202) 307-6026 or by email at
The Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) was enacted on September 13, 1994, by title IV of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, Public Law 103-322, 108 Stat. 1796. The STOP Program is codified at 42 U.S.C. 3796gg through 3796gg-5 and 3796gg-8. The final rule for this program, found at 28 CFR part 90, subpart B, was promulgated on April 18, 1995. General provisions affecting all OVW grant programs are found at 28 CFR part 90, subpart A.
This rule amends the general provisions applicable to all OVW grant programs and the regulations governing the STOP Program to comply with the amendments to these programs enacted by the Violence Against Women Act of 2000 (VAWA 2000), Division B of the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000, Public Law 106-386, 114 Stat. 1464 (Oct. 28, 2000), the Violence Against Women and Department of Justice Reauthorization Act of 2005 (VAWA 2005), Public Law 109-162, 119 Stat. 2960 (Jan. 5, 2006), and the Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013 (VAWA 2013), Public Law 113-4, 127 Stat. 54 (Mar. 7, 2013). These changes to the regulations incorporate the statutory changes, make minor technical corrections, implement enhanced administrative and planning practices for formula grantees, and streamline existing regulations to reduce repetition of statutory language.
In addition, this rule amends an existing regulatory provision, § 90.2, that sets forth certain definitions that apply to all OVW grant programs. Furthermore, the rule adds a new regulatory provision, § 90.4, that is applicable to all OVW grant programs to implement statutory amendments requiring nondisclosure of confidential or private information pertaining to victims of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault and stalking.
In 1994, Congress passed the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA), a comprehensive legislative package aimed at ending violence against women. VAWA was enacted on September 13, 1994, as title IV of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, Public Law 103-322, 108 Stat. 1796. VAWA was designed to improve criminal justice system responses to domestic violence, sexual assault, and stalking, and to
VAWA recognized the need for specialized responses to violence against women given the unique barriers that impede victims from accessing assistance from the justice system. To help communities develop these specialized responses, VAWA authorized the STOP Program, among others.
VAWA requires a coordinated community response to domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault and stalking crimes and encourages jurisdictions to bring together stakeholders from multiple disciplines to share information and to improve community responses. These often include victim advocates, police officers, prosecutors, judges, probation and corrections officials, health care professionals, and survivors. In some communities, these multidisciplinary teams also include teachers, leaders within faith communities, public officials, civil legal attorneys, health care providers, advocates from population-specific community-based organizations representing underserved populations, and others.
VAWA's legislative history indicates that Congress passed VAWA to improve justice system responses to violence against women. For example, Congress wanted to encourage jurisdictions to treat domestic violence as a serious crime, by instituting comprehensive reforms in their arrest, prosecution, and judicial policies. Congress was further interested in giving law enforcement and prosecutors the tools to pursue domestic violence and sexual assault cases without blaming victims for behavior that is irrelevant in determining whether a crime occurred, while discouraging judges from issuing lower sentences for sexual assault crimes than for other violent crimes. VAWA was intended to bring an end to archaic prejudices throughout the justice system, provide support for victims and assurance that their attackers will be prosecuted, and focus criminal proceedings on the conduct of attackers rather than the conduct of victims.
VAWA added a part T to the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, Public Law 90-351, codified at 42 U.S.C. 3711
On October 28, 2000, Congress enacted the Violence Against Women Act of 2000 (VAWA 2000), Division B of the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000, Public Law 106-386, 114 Stat. 1464. VAWA 2000 continued and strengthened the federal government's commitment to helping communities change the way they respond to violence against women. VAWA 2000 reauthorized critical grant programs, established new programs, and strengthened federal law. It had an emphasis on increasing responses to victims of dating violence and expanding options and services for immigrant and other vulnerable victims.
VAWA 2000 made several changes relevant to the STOP Program. First, it amended the statutory purposes for which grant funds may be used. Second, it clarified the eligibility of courts as subgrantees. Third, it modified the requirement under the STOP Program that, to be eligible for funding, states must certify that victims not bear the costs for certain filing fees related to domestic violence cases. Finally, it added a new provision applicable to all OVW grant programs requiring grantees to report on the effectiveness of activities carried out with program funds.
On January 5, 2006, Congress enacted the Violence Against Women and Department of Justice Reauthorization Act (VAWA 2005), Public Law 109-162, 119 Stat. 2960. VAWA 2005 strengthened provisions of the previous Acts, including revising the STOP Program, and created a number of new grant programs. It also created a set of universal definitions and grant conditions, including a confidentiality provision, that apply to all programs authorized by VAWA and subsequent legislation. VAWA 2005 had an emphasis on enhancing responses to sexual assault, youth victims, and victims in Indian country. Its provisions included new sexual-assault-focused programs, the addition of sexual assault to a number of OVW grant programs, new youth-focused programs, and the creation of a comprehensive violence against women program for tribal governments.
The revisions to the STOP Program made by VAWA 2005 included adding new purpose areas to the program and modifying the requirements for the development of state implementation plans, the allocation of funds to subgrantees, and documentation of consultation with victim service programs. VAWA 2005 also required that the regulations governing the program ensure that states would recognize and meaningfully respond to the needs of underserved populations and distribute funds intended for culturally specific services—for which the Act created a new set-aside—equitably among culturally specific populations. It further amended the certification requirement under the program related to payment for forensic medical exams for victims of sexual assault and added new certifications related to prohibiting the use of polygraph examinations in sexual assault cases and to judicial notification to domestic violence offenders of laws prohibiting their possession of a firearm.
On March 7, 2013, Congress enacted the Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013 (VAWA 2013), Public Law 113-4, 127 Stat. 54. VAWA 2013 made further improvements to the OVW grant programs, including several new requirements for the STOP Program. It also included two new historic provisions, one extending civil rights protections based on gender identity and sexual orientation and another recognizing the inherent jurisdiction of Indian tribes to prosecute non-Indians who commit certain domestic violence offenses in Indian country.
VAWA 2013 amended the universal definitions and grant conditions established by VAWA 2005 for all OVW grant programs and amended and added to the STOP Program purpose areas. It also amended the requirements under the STOP Program that states develop and submit with their applications and implementation plan—including documentation of planning committee members' participation in the development of the plan—and consult
The STOP Program regulations and general provisions were originally promulgated in April, 1995. On December 30, 2003, OVW published a proposed rule to clarify the match requirement for the STOP Program, which was never finalized and subsequently was superseded by changes to the statute made by VAWA 2005. On January 21, 2004, section 90.3, regarding participation by faith based organizations was added to the general provisions. OVW published the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for the current update on May 11, 2016 at 81
As discussed in more detail under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 (in the Regulatory Review discussion below), the rule clarifies the statutory requirements, but does not alter the existing program structure. Updating the existing regulations to clearly and accurately reflect the statutory parameters will facilitate state compliance with VAWA, and thus avoid potentially costly non-compliance findings.
As discussed above, this rule updates the regulations for the STOP Program and the general provisions governing OVW grant programs, including definitions and requirements for nondisclosure of confidential victim information, to comply with statutory changes and reduce repetition of statutory language. The structure and section numbering of the proposed rule has not been changed in the final rule, but some of the specific provisions have, as described below.
OVW received 12 comments from state STOP grant administrators, national organizations focusing on violence against women, one state domestic violence coalition, individuals, and one creator of a cloud-based database for domestic violence and sexual assault service providers. Comments generally fell into six categories: (1) Reducing administrative burdens on state administering agencies, (2) encouraging victim-centered best practices, (3) clarifying requirements about the states' STOP implementation planning processes, (4) clarifying other STOP Program requirements, particularly those related to underserved and culturally specific populations, (5) clarifying the statutory confidentiality provision that restricts the release of victim identifying information, and (6) enhancing language access. The most significant changes in response to the comments are as follows:
1. Changed the definition of “prevention” to clarify the difference between primary and secondary prevention (90.2(d)).
2. Provided additional detail and clarification regarding the confidentiality provision (90.4(b)).
3. Provided additional guidance to states on assessing qualifications of applicants for the culturally specific set aside of funds and clarified that they are encouraged to exceed the minimum statutory set aside of three percent (90.11(c)(3)).
4. Increased the time period covered by state implementation plans from three years to four (90.12(a)).
5. Clarified the requirement to consult with various entities in the process of developing and updating implementation plans and the documentation required regarding such consultation (90.12(b) and (c)).
6. Clarified that, if the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) requirements no longer apply to the STOP Program, then states will not need to address PREA compliance in their implementation plans and that only states that submitted assurances under PREA need to submit information on how they will spend the funds toward coming into compliance with PREA (90.12(g)(7)).
7. Clarified when states may reallocate returned STOP funds and funds from allocations for which the state did not receive sufficient applications (90.25).
OVW received one comment expressing overall support for the proposed rule. OVW also received an overarching comment stating that the commenter would like to see more flexibility in categories within the STOP Program to better meet victim needs, such as more flexibility in emergency victim assistance. As long as a particular cost is related to victim safety and allowable under the cost principles in 2 CFR part 200, states have flexibility regarding how to use victim service funds. For example, states may use STOP funds to support emergency transportation, medical expenses, and other necessities where needed for victim safety. Because states already have considerable discretion to direct funding to emergency victim assistance, no change was made in the final rule. The other comments all pertained to specific sections of the proposed rule.
VAWA 2005 established universal definitions and grant conditions for OVW grant programs, and VAWA 2013 amended these provisions. One of these grant conditions protects the confidentiality and privacy of persons receiving victim services for the purpose of ensuring victim safety. This section discusses the comments received on Subpart A, the definitions and grant conditions sections of the proposed rule, including provisions dealing with confidentiality, and any changes made to this subpart in the final rule.
Section 90.1 provides general information, including specification of which statutes are implemented by the rule and an explanation of the different subparts of the rule. In the final rule OVW also has added language to clarify to which grants and subgrants this updated rule will apply. Specifically, it will take effect with grants issued by OVW after the effective date of the rule (30 days from publication in the
The universal definitions added by VAWA 2005, codified at 42 U.S.C. 13925(a), superseded previous program-specific definitions originally enacted in 1994. The rule revises the definitions section of part 90, 28 CFR 90.2, by removing definitions from the existing regulations that are codified in statute, adding definitions for terms that are used in statute but not defined, and clarifying statutory definitions that, based on OVW's experience managing its grant programs, require further explanation.
Section 90.2 currently contains definitions for the following terms: Domestic violence, forensic medical examination, Indian tribe, law enforcement, prosecution, sexual assault, state, unit of local government, and victim services. This rule removes the definitions for domestic violence, Indian tribe, law enforcement, sexual assault, state, and victim services, as they all appear in the statute and do not need further clarification.
The rule revises the definition of “forensic medical examination,” a term that is used but not defined in a statutory provision directing that states, Indian tribal governments, and units of local government may not receive STOP Program funds unless they incur the full out-of-pocket cost of forensic medical exams for victims of sexual assault.
One commenter also suggested adding “medical care and treatment” to the definition of “forensic medical examination.” Again, although this does represent best practice as exemplified in the SAFE Protocol, it is not appropriate for inclusion in this context because it would impose an increased cost to states not mandated by the STOP Program statute. The current rule allows states flexibility in determining whether to cover medical costs that are not within the definition of forensic medical examination, such as testing and treatment for sexually transmitted diseases. Many states do cover such expenses, but not all do. Payment for such expenses is often available through programs funded through the Victims of Crime Act (VOCA). OVW also notes that the definition does include “head-to-toe examination of the patient,” which is for both medical and forensic purposes. This examination is used to identify injuries for treatment purposes and provide documentation that could potentially be used by the criminal justice system. This commenter also suggested changing “sexual assault victim” to “victim of sexual assault” to clarify that the provision also applies to domestic violence survivors who are sexually assaulted. OVW agrees and has made this change to paragraph 90.2(c).
The rule's definition of “prosecution” contains minor technical changes from the definition in the existing regulation. These changes implement the VAWA 2005 provision making the definitions applicable to all OVW grant programs and conform the definition to the statute. The definition retains the existing regulation's clarification of the statutory definition, which explains that prosecution support services fall within the meaning of the term for funding purposes. This clarification continues to be important because allocating prosecution grant funds to activities such as training and community coordination helps to achieve the statutory goal of improving prosecution response to domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking. OVW received one comment on this definition, noting that it included participation in domestic violence task forces and enforcing domestic violence restraining orders, but did not include task forces and restraining orders focused on sexual assault, dating violence, or stalking. OVW has added dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking to paragraph 90.2(e) to correct this oversight.
In addition, the statutory definition for “prosecution” uses, but does not define, the term “public agency,” which the rule defines using the definition for this term in the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act.
The rule revises the definition of “unit of local government,” which did not have a statutory definition specific to all OVW grant programs until the enactment of VAWA 2013, to make it consistent with the statutory language. In addition, it includes in the definition a list of entities and organizations that do not qualify as units of local government for funding purposes and would need a unit of local government to apply on their behalf for those programs where “unit of local government” is an eligible entity but other types of public or private entities are not eligible. The list reflects OVW's long-standing interpretation of the term “unit of local government” and is consistent with OVW's practice of excluding these entities and organizations from eligibility to apply for OVW funding as units of local government. The one comment on this definition was a recommendation for OVW to consult with tribes on the impact of the change. OVW declines to take this suggestion for two reasons. First, the change eliminating tribes from the definition of “unit of local government” is dictated by the definition in VAWA 2013 and cannot be changed by regulation. By excluding tribes from the definition of “unit of local government,” VAWA 2013 excluded tribes from a provision in the authorizing statute for the Grants to Encourage Arrest Policies and Enforcement of Protection Orders Program that reduces the award amount to states and units of local government by five percent if the jurisdiction does not have certain laws, regulations, or policies regarding HIV testing of sex offenders. Second, even if the regulation could alter the statutory definition, OVW notes that this statutory change has no impact on tribal eligibility for OVW grants. “Tribal government” is an eligible entity for every OVW grant program that includes “unit of local government” as an eligible entity.
The rule also adds definitions to the regulation for terms that are used in OVW grant program statutes but are undefined and that OVW believes would be helpful to applicants and grantees. The term “community-based organization” is defined in 42 U.S.C. 13925(a), but the term “community-based program,” which also appears in
The rule provides a definition of “prevention” that distinguishes the term from “outreach” both because OVW has observed that some grant applicants propose outreach activities to implement prevention programming under OVW programs and because funding for “prevention” is more limited than funding for “outreach.” The proposed rule defined “prevention program” as “a program that has a goal of stopping domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking from happening in the first place. Prevention is distinguished from `outreach,' which has the goal of informing victims and potential victims about available services.” OVW received three different comments on this definition. The first recommends that the definition describe the distinction between “primary” and “secondary” prevention so that programs that interrupt and prevent future domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking after it has taken place can be distinguished from programs that focus on these crimes in a context where they have not yet taken place. This commenter specifically recommended using language from the Family Violence Prevention and Services Office within the Department of Health and Human Services. The second commenter recommended changing “programs” in the definition to “activities and strategies.” The third commenter recommended deleting “in the first place” from the definition. OVW agrees with all the comments and the definition in paragraph 90.2(d) has been revised to make clear that ”prevention” includes both primary and secondary prevention efforts and to define the terms primary and secondary prevention. The final sentence from the proposed rule, which distinguishes “prevention” from “outreach” is retained in the final rule.
Finally, the rule adds a definition for “victim services division or component of an organization, agency, or government” because the rule uses this term in implementing the confidentiality provision enacted by VAWA 2005 and amended by VAWA 2013, which is discussed in more detail in the next section.
VAWA 2005 added grant conditions for all OVW grant programs, including a provision on confidentiality and privacy of victim information and these provisions were amended by VAWA 2013.
The statutory confidentiality provision recognizes the critical importance to victim safety of protecting victims' personally identifying information. It generally requires grantees and subgrantees to protect victim confidentiality and privacy to ensure the safety of victims and their families and prohibits the disclosure of victims' information without their informed, written, and reasonably time-limited consent. These requirements, implemented in section 90.4(b), apply to all OVW grant programs, not just STOP grants. In administering this confidentiality provision, OVW has received numerous inquiries regarding what kinds of disclosures require written consent, and OVW is attempting to answer these questions in this rule.
In the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, OVW requested comments about the propriety of placing victim information on third-party (or “cloud”) servers. Seven commenters responded to this request. Commenters were generally concerned about the privacy of information on such third-party servers, but also noted the need for flexibility in access to client information as service provision models expand from just office-based services. Commenters raised specific questions related to the use of third-party servers, such as who owns the data, who has access to the data, what security measures are in place to prevent unauthorized release of information, and what happens if the provider receives a subpoena for release of client information. Some commenters recommended specifying the answers to the above questions in the agreement between the victim service provider and the cloud storage provider. Some commenters also recommended the use of encryption to protect the client information. Two commenters specifically recommended the use of “zero knowledge” encryption, where the encryption key is stored on the victim service provider's server so the storage provider only has access to encrypted (and therefore unreadable) information. Two commenters recommended the use of background checks of the employees of the storage providers. One commenter noted that, while they felt that cloud storage should be acceptable, it should not include sharing of client information in regional or statewide databases such as Homeless Management Information Systems. Based on these comments, OVW added a new paragraph (b)(5) to § 90.4: “Inadvertent release. Grantees and subgrantees are responsible for taking reasonable efforts to prevent inadvertent releases of personally identifying information or individual information that is collected as described in paragraph (b)(2).” The reasonable efforts mentioned here apply not just to third-party electronic storage, but also protections for paper copies of information or information stored on internet-connected computers at the victim service provider. As suggested by one commenter, the use of third-party storage is not, by itself, a release, but can lead to release without sufficient precautions. “Reasonable efforts” in the case of third-party storage include, but are not limited to, ensuring that the contract with the storage provider specifies that the service provider owns the information and ensuring that there are sufficient security protocols to protect the information.
Section 90.4(b)(2)(iii) provides that the confidentiality provision applies to disclosures from victim service divisions or components of an organization, agency, or government to other non-victim services divisions or components and to the leadership of such organization, agency, or government. It also provides that the leadership shall have access without releases only in “extraordinary and rare” circumstances. OVW requested comments on this provision and received three comments. Two commenters were concerned that the phrase “extraordinary and rare circumstances” is too vague and asked OVW to provide additional guidance. In response, OVW has added a statement clarifying that “Such [extraordinary and rare] circumstances do not include routine monitoring and supervision[]” to the end of paragraph (b)(2)(iii). OVW
Section 90.4(b)(3) governs releases of personally identifying information or individual information collected in connection with services. One commenter requested that OVW add language providing that releases must be accessible to all victims, including those with limited literacy and/or English language proficiency. OVW declines to make this change because it is not necessary. Both the statute and the regulation require informed releases; if the victim does not understand the release, it cannot be truly “informed.” Section 90.4(b)(3)(ii), as revised, requires that the grantee or subgrantee engage in a conversation with the victim regarding the purpose for and limits on the release, and the grantee or subgrantee should record the agreement as to the scope of the release. This conversation should ensure that the victim understands the release. In addition, with regard to language access, there are already civil rights laws and regulations requiring that grantees and subgrantees take reasonable steps to provide meaningful access to their programs and activities for persons with limited English proficiency. Grantees and subgrantees explicitly agree to comply with these laws by signing relevant assurances and certifications when applying for OVW grants and upon the receipt of OVW financial assistance. For more information on language access requirements, the Office of Justice Programs, Office for Civil Rights (OCR) has information on its Web page at
Section 90.4(b)(3)(i) addresses the circumstances under which identifying information about victims served by OVW grantees and subgrantees may be released, one of which is when the release is compelled by a court mandate (§ 90.4(b)(3)(i)(C)). One commenter requested that OVW clarify that “court mandates” include case law mandates, such as those imposing a “duty to warn” when there is a specified threat of harm. OVW accepts this comment. It is consistent with guidance that OVW has provided to grantees. Section 90.4(b)(3)(i)(C) has been revised to read “release is compelled by court mandate, which includes a legal mandate created by case law, such as a common-law duty to warn.”
Section 90.4(b)(3)(ii) addresses criteria for victim releases. One commenter recommended that, within the context of signing a release of information, grantees and subgrantees must reach agreement with the victim about what information the victim wants shared and record that agreement as part of the release. Another commenter recommended that the victim specify to whom and what specific information is to be shared. OVW agrees and has rewritten the third sentence of this paragraph to specify that grantees and subgrantees must discuss with the victim why the information might be shared, who would have access to the information, and what information could be shared under the release. They must also reach agreement with the victim about what information would be shared and with whom and record the agreement about the scope of the release.
Section 90.4(b)(3)(ii)(C) and (D) address releases for minors and legally incapacitated persons with court-appointed guardians. With regard to minor children, the rule provides that both the minor and the parent or guardian sign the release. One commenter noted that the rule should account for situations where the child is too young to sign the release. OVW agrees and has added language to clarify that, if a minor is incapable of knowingly consenting, the parent or guardian of that minor may provide consent. The rule also provides that, if a parent or guardian consents for a minor, the service provider should attempt to notify the minor as appropriate. Another commenter requested that OVW include language that consent for release may not be given by the abuser of the minor or the abuser of the other parent of the minor. Such language already was included in section 90.4(b)(3)(ii)(C) of the proposed rule.
Section 90.4(b)(4) addresses release of information about deceased victims for fatality reviews. OVW solicited comments on this provision and received four responses. The proposed rule provided that the prohibition on sharing information did not apply to information about deceased victims being sought for fatality reviews if the review met certain criteria. All commenters were concerned about the impact on victims if, prior to their deaths, they were aware of the possibility of release and recommended not allowing release without consent. Four commenters noted that such consent could be provided by a personal representative of the victim, if available. OVW is seeking to balance these concerns with the important work that is done by fatality reviews. In a fatality review, community responders examine homicides and suicides resulting from domestic violence to identify gaps in services, responses, and prevention efforts. These reviews can lead to systemic improvements that can prevent future deaths. The final rule requires grantees to make a reasonable effort to gain consent from a personal representative, but, if they are not able to do so after such efforts, it does not preclude their full participation in the fatality review. Also, the final rule permits sharing identifying victim information only when the fatality review has an underlying objective to prevent future deaths, enhance victim safety, and increase offender accountability, and includes both policies and protocols to protect against the release of information outside the fatality review team and limits release to information that is necessary for the purposes of the fatality review. OVW notes that many states or tribes have specific confidentiality and privilege laws that apply to victim service providers and other OVW grantees and subgrantees. This provision would allow release for VAWA purposes but would not override state or tribal laws that do not allow for release. Some laws, however, specifically authorize victim service providers to release information for fatality reviews. The language of the final rule is an attempt to ensure that the VAWA confidentiality provision is implemented in a manner that is compatible with such state or tribal
Section 90.4(b)(6) (renumbered from (5) in the proposed rule) requires grantees and subgrantees to document their compliance with the confidentiality requirement by submitting an acknowledgement form indicating that they have notice of the requirement and that they will create and maintain documentation of compliance. OVW received one comment on this provision. The commenter recommended that OVW also require grantees and subgrantees to document their compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act. The standard assurances (available at
An additional comment on this paragraph recommended the language, which was already included in the proposed rule, that requires grantees and subgrantees to document compliance with the confidentiality requirement.
OVW also has added a new section 90.4(c) to specify that victim eligibility for direct services is not dependent on the victim's immigration status, for consistency with the Office for Victims of Crime Victims of Crime Act (VOCA) Assistance Program Final Rule, which was issued after the OVW proposed rule. This is also consistent with the Attorney General Order on Specification of Community Programs Necessary for Protection of Life or Safety under Welfare Reform Legislation (Attorney General Order No. 2353-2001, 66 F. R. 3616 (Jan. 16, 2001)). In addition, on August 5, 2016, Attorney General Loretta E. Lynch, Secretary Sylvia Mathews Burwell of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and Secretary Julián Castro of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) released a letter
OVW proposed significant changes in the proposed rule to the organization of Subpart B, the STOP Program regulations, and is retaining these changes, without further alteration, in the final rule. The following chart shows the changes from the current rule to both the proposed and final rules.
OVW is removing much of the existing regulation to avoid duplication with the statute. Specifically, OVW is removing the following sections and paragraphs of the current regulation for this reason: §§ 90.10; 90.11(a); 90.12; 90.16(a); and 90.18. Other sections have been streamlined by referencing the statutory provision rather than repeating the statutory language.
As discussed above, VAWA of 2000, VAWA 2005, and VAWA 2013 have amended and enhanced the STOP Program. Specific changes are as follows:
This section describes each provision of the regulatory text, any comments received, and any changes made to the final rule.
Section 90.10 lists the eligible applicants for the program and specifies that the purposes, criteria, and requirements for the program are established by 42 U.S.C. 3796gg
Section 90.11 describes the role of the state office, which is to be designated by the chief executive of the state. As detailed in § 90.11(a) and (b), the state office is responsible for submitting the application, including certifications, developing the implementation plan, and administering the funds. Three commenters felt that paragraph (b) was too burdensome in that it required the state administering agencies for various programs to coordinate on disbursement of funds (rather than implementation planning). The requirement to coordinate on disbursement is in the current rule, but, since the issuance of that rule, VAWA 2013 added the requirement to coordinate on implementation planning. OVW agrees that the existing requirement to coordinate with other state administering agencies on disbursement of funds is no longer necessary in light of the VAWA 2013 amendment and is removing it from the final rule. The requirement to coordinate on implementation planning is at § 90.12(b)(6).
Section 90.11(c) is intended to ensure that statutorily allocated funds are meaningfully targeted to the appropriate entities and activities. Paragraph (c)(3) discusses the allocation for culturally specific services. One commenter recommended changing the second sentence to clarify that recipients should have expertise specifically on services to address the demonstrated needs of the targeted racial and ethnic minority group. OVW agrees and has changed the second sentence accordingly. This commenter also requested that the rule make clear that the set aside of ten percent (out of the thirty percent for victim services) is a minimum and not a cap. OVW agrees and has added language to § 90.11(c)(3) to encourage states to provide funding above the three percent minimum to address the needs of racial and ethnic minority groups.
Another commenter expressed support for the paragraph's language clarifying eligibility for the culturally specific set aside and recommended that OVW go further in delineating an assessment approach for subgrant applications under this category. OVW accepts this recommendation and is adding a new sentence to paragraph (c)(3) that provides that states should tailor their subgrant application process to meaningfully assess the qualifications of applicants for the culturally specific set aside.
One additional commenter noted that the definition of “culturally specific” is not the same as the definition of “underserved” and that therefore some populations of victims (such as Deaf and lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT)) are excluded. OVW cannot alter the definition to include additional underserved populations because of a statutory change in VAWA 2013. Prior to VAWA 2013, states could use the culturally specific set aside to provide culturally specific services to any underserved population. VAWA 2013 changed the definition of culturally specific so that it now means “primarily directed toward racial and ethnic minority groups.” 42 U.S.C. 13925(b)(6). As a result, the STOP Program's set aside for culturally specific community-based organizations may only fund subgrantees that target racial and ethnic minority groups. 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(4)(C). States are still required to consider the full range of underserved populations in the state and ensure that funds are equitably distributed toward the needs of such populations, 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(e)(2)(D).
Section 90.11(c)(4) provides guidance with regard to the twenty-percent sexual
OVW also has added a new paragraph (d) on pass-through administration, based on the Office for Victims of Crime's VOCA Victim Assistance Program Final Rule, which was issued after the OVW proposed rule. Under both the STOP and Victim Assistance Programs, some states administer the program by awarding the funds to an organization such as a state domestic violence or sexual assault coalition and permitting that organization to identify and monitor subgrantees. OVW wishes to be consistent with OVC's regulations regarding this practice.
Section 90.12 implements new requirements for the state planning process added by VAWA 2013. One commenter had an overarching recommendation that this section refer to the statute without any additional detail. The commenter opined that such detail is more appropriate for guidance and “frequently asked questions” issued by OVW, rather than regulations. Finally, the commenter maintained that the requirements spelled out in this section are too burdensome for states and not consistent with existing state processes. OVW disagrees. The procedures in this rule are consistent with guidance that OVW previously provided to states and therefore state processes should already align with the rule's requirements. Although the rule does require certain documentation, OVW has determined that this documentation is necessary for OVW to ensure compliance with the detailed statutory requirements that Congress put in place in VAWA 2013. The provisions of this section balance the needs of the state with the complexity of the statute. As discussed below, however, state plans will be due on a four-year cycle instead of a three-year one.
The proposed rule included language in section 90.12(a) incorporating a long-standing OVW practice of allowing states to submit a full implementation plan every three years and then submit updates to the plan in the other two years. Several commenters requested that the plan extend for five years, to cover the period between VAWA reauthorizations, rather than three, to reduce the burden on states. OVW is partially accepting this recommendation by making the plan due every four years, starting with the FY 2017 application. Accordingly, the plan submitted in FY 2017 must cover the years 2017-2020. This will give the states more time to develop their plans each cycle and reduce the burden on states, while ensuring that the plans are updated with reasonable frequency. OVW declines to align the plan cycle with VAWA reauthorizations because OVW cannot know if or when Congress will reauthorize VAWA. Depending on the changes made to the STOP Program statute in a reauthorization, however, a new state plan may not be required due to a reauthorization. For example, if purpose areas are added or changed, the state could develop an update noting whether or not it plans to use the new purpose areas. Because of the longer plan period, the final rule provides in paragraph (b) that consultation is required for updating a plan as well as for developing the full plan. If there are no updates, or only minor changes, then the consultation may be brief.
Paragraphs (b) and (c) of section 90.12 are new to the regulation, but incorporate provisions from 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(2) and (i) regarding consultation and coordination. The statute, as amended by VAWA 2013, provides a list of entities that states must consult with during the implementation planning process and requires documentation from members of the planning committee as to their participation in the planning process. OVW must ensure that states consult with all the required entities and fully document such consultation. The final rule strikes a balance between requiring sufficient documentation within the implementation plan and minimizing the burdens on state administrators inherent in providing such documentation.
Section 90.12(b) addresses consultation and coordination with the entities specified in 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(2). Paragraph (b)(2) addresses population-specific organizations, representatives from underserved populations, and culturally specific organizations. Two commenters noted that the proposed rule required the inclusion of “significant underserved or culturally specific populations in the state” but did not define “significant.” OVW declines to define “significant” because what significant means will be different for every state. Instead, OVW has inserted language in paragraph (c) that requires states to explain in their implementation plans how they determined which underserved and culturally specific populations to include. OVW also has amended paragraph (b)(2) to provide that states consider, in addition to demographics, barriers to service, including historical lack of access to services, for each population. These commenters noted a similar concern with paragraph (b)(7), which is addressed in the final rule through these change to paragraphs (b)(2) and (c).
Two commenters requested that OVW add language to paragraph (b)(2) with specific recommendations on how states should engage in meaningful outreach, such as having a mailing list with organizations in specific areas, including nonprofit and faith-based organizations, and conducting information sessions beyond regular business hours and in local communities. Although OVW agrees in principle with these suggestions, OVW believes they are too detailed and specific for inclusion in the regulations and more appropriate for technical assistance.
Section 90.12(b)(3) requires consultation with all state and federally recognized tribes in the planning process. One commenter agreed but also noted that there is a need for states to have mechanisms for tribes to participate meaningfully and recommended that OVW require states to document their attempts to reduce barriers to participation by tribes. OVW agrees and has added this to paragraph (c)(2)(iii). Examples of ways that states have successfully reached tribes include tours of the reservations in the state and regional meetings with tribal leaders.
Section 90.12(b)(4) provides that, if possible, states should include survivors of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking in the planning process. One commenter noted the value and importance of including survivors in the planning process. Another recommended changing the
Section 90.12(b)(6) implements the statutory requirement at 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(3) that the state coordinate the plan with the plans for the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act (42 U.S.C. 10407), the State Victim Assistance Formula Grants under the Victims of Crime Act (42 U.S.C. 10603), and the Rape Prevention and Education Program (42 U.S.C. 280b-1b). Two commenters noted that this coordination can be difficult if the STOP Program administrator does not control the other funding streams. They also noted that the VOCA Assistance state administrator may be better positioned to lead this coordination, as that program disburses substantially more funding. Because each state is structured differently, OVW will give states discretion how to handle this statutory requirement. Some examples include a single meeting with the various state administrators to discuss plan priorities, having a shared planning process, having the different administrators serve on the STOP planning committee, and sharing a draft plan with the other administrators for feedback. If a state chooses to have another administrator, such as the VOCA administrator, lead the processes, it may do that at its discretion.
Section 90.12(c) provides information on how states must document their consultation with the various required entities. The rule requires states to submit to OVW documentation of the extent of each partner's participation, a summary of any significant concerns that were raised during the planning process, and a description of how those concerns were resolved. Paragraph (c) is intended to ensure meaningful collaboration with partners, while minimizing the administrative burden on states. One commenter noted that the term “checklist” can be confusing because OVW also uses a checklist of the required plan elements. The commenter recommended changing “checklist” to “documentation of collaboration.” OVW agrees and has made this change.
OVW received several comments on this section, both expressing support and expressing concerns about the burden on STOP administrators. Some commenters recommended using a certification of compliance with collaboration instead of requiring the documentation. One commenter recommended removing some of the specific details regarding what to retain and instead provide a general requirement for states to document and keep on file a description of the planning process. One commenter noted that the requirement to provide a summary of major concerns is duplicative. However, another commenter specifically supported the level of documentation and the focus on documenting major issues and how they are resolved. After consideration of these diverging views, OVW has determined that the level of documentation required by the rule is necessary for management of the program and is consistent with current practices and OVW guidance. OVW, however, has rewritten this section to clarify what documentation must be retained and what must be submitted as part of the implementation plan. OVW may review the retained documentation as part of monitoring, such as a site visit or where there is a suspicion of noncompliance with the collaboration requirements. Furthermore, by amending section 90.12(a) to require a new plan every four years instead of every three years, OVW has reduced the burden of retaining or submitting this documentation. Also, one commenter noted that requiring participants to fax or email proof of their attendance on calls and webinars is not necessary. OVW agrees and has modified that paragraph accordingly.
Section 90.12(d) implements 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(e)(2), which requires states to describe in the implementation plan how they will provide for equitable distribution of funds with certain considerations, such as geographic diversity and meeting the needs of underserved populations. One commenter noted that states must ensure that eligible underserved and culturally specific entities are aware of the funding opportunity. OVW agrees but recognizes that this kind of outreach is needed not just for underserved populations, but for other categories in this paragraph such as different types of geographic areas. Therefore, OVW has added a new paragraph (d)(5) to require that states take steps to ensure that eligible applicants are aware of the STOP Program funding opportunity, including applicants serving different geographic areas and culturally specific and other underserved populations. Another commenter expressed a concern with paragraph (d)(4), which specifies that states must recognize and meaningfully respond to the needs of underserved populations and ensure that monies set aside to fund linguistically and culturally specific services and activities for underserved populations are distributed equitably among “those populations.” This commenter was concerned that the term “those populations” will be seen as limiting the equitable distribution to culturally specific populations under the ten-percent set aside. OVW agrees and has amended paragraph (d)(4) to clarify that it applies to both culturally specific populations and the broader range of underserved populations.
Section 90.12(e) implements 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(i)(2)(E). The paragraph allows states the flexibility to identify underserved populations, while requiring a description of why the specific populations were selected. One commenter noted in response to both this paragraph and paragraph (d) that the states must address statewide needs and that the ten-percent set aside is a minimum and not a cap. As discussed above, OVW has made changes to section 90.12(c)(3) that address these concerns. This commenter also requested that OVW include a reminder that states must develop language access plans to ensure that, in distribution of funding, they provide “meaningful access” for persons with limited English proficiency. This specific reminder is not needed because it is already required and addressed through other mechanisms, as discussed above in response to a similar comment regarding § 90.4(b)(6). OVW does include language in all its solicitations about language access and use of funds for this purpose. OVW encourages states to use the same or similar language in their solicitations. The 2016 STOP Program solicitation includes the following:
Recipients of OVW funds must comply with applicable federal civil rights laws, which, among other things, prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability and national origin. This includes taking reasonable steps to ensure that persons with
Applicants proposing to use grant funds to create Web sites, videos, and other materials must ensure that the materials are accessible to persons with disabilities. Grant funds may be allocated for these purposes.
Section 90.12(f) implements 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(i)(2)(G), which requires state implementation plans to include goals and objectives for reducing domestic violence-related homicide. This paragraph requires states to include statistics on domestic violence homicide within the state, consult with relevant entities such as law enforcement and victim service providers, and establish specific goals and objectives to reduce homicide, including addressing challenges specific to the state and how the plan can overcome them.
Section 90.12(g) outlines additional content that implementation plans must include. These required elements are designed to help OVW ensure that states meet statutory requirements for the program and to provide a better understanding of how the state plans to allocate its STOP Program funds. One commenter requested that OVW remind states to provide outreach to targeted community groups, which should be translated or interpreted to other languages and broadcast in ethnic media. The need for outreach has been addressed in paragraph (d)(5) as discussed above. Also, as discussed above, the specific reminder about interpretation is unnecessary because it is covered by other laws, regulations, guidance, and resources for grantees.
Paragraph (g)(7), regarding the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA), is designed to ensure that states that submit assurances under PREA that they will spend five percent of “covered funds” towards compliance with PREA are including such funds in their planning. One commenter noted that there is pending legislation that could separate PREA from STOP. To address this possibility, OVW has added the phrase, “if applicable” to paragraph (g)(7). If the legislation passes, it will no longer be applicable, and states will not need to address it. Another commenter opined that, because the decision whether to submit a certification, assurance, or neither under PREA is the responsibility of the governor, it should only be included in the implementation plan if the grantee is using PREA set-aside funds for victim services and has control through direct contracting. OVW agrees in part and disagrees in part. Although it is true that the state STOP administrator does not have control over PREA certification and assurance decisions, the administrator should be aware of the governor's decisions and should be able to report on the use of STOP funds if the state submitted an assurance that it would use five percent of covered funds under STOP towards coming into compliance with PREA. Therefore, OVW has changed the paragraph to note that the state needs to specify whether it submitted a certification, assurance, or neither under PREA, and, if an assurance, how it plans to spend the STOP funds set aside for PREA compliance.
Section 90.12(h) implements a change in VAWA 2013 that makes the implementation plans due at the time of application rather than 180 days after award. One commenter complained that this does not give states enough time to complete the plan and requested 90 days after the award to complete the plan. OVW disagrees because states do not need to wait for the solicitation to write the plan. Since the previous plan was due in 2014, OVW has been encouraging states to work on their 2017 plans. States may use the 2014 solicitation, guidance on the OVW Web page, and this rule to help develop their plans. In addition, if a state is not able to complete their plan by the application deadline, they may submit information on what is needed to complete the plan. If they have not completed the plan by the time the award is issued, the state will still receive the award, but with a condition withholding all the funds until the plan is submitted and approved.
Section 3796gg-4 of Title 42 requires states to ensure that the state or another governmental entity bears the “full out-of-pocket” costs of sexual assault medical forensic examinations. Section 90.13(b) provides a definition of “full out-of-pocket costs.” Paragraph (d) clarifies that, if states use victims' personal health insurance to pay for the exams, they must ensure that any expenses not covered by insurance are not billed to the victims, as these would constitute “out-of-pocket” costs. Paragraph (e) implements a new provision from VAWA 2013, 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-4(a)(1)(B), which requires states to coordinate with health care providers in the region to notify victims of the availability of forensic examinations.
Two commenters expressed that the victim's insurance should never be billed. In some cases, insurance billing can present a hardship for victims. For example, a victim of spousal rape may not want her husband to find out that she sought a forensic exam. If the victim is forced to submit the claim to her insurance company and she is covered by her husband's insurance, he may receive a statement from the insurance indicating that she received the exam. OVW agrees and strongly discourages the practice of billing a victim's insurance. The statute, however, clearly permits it.
Section 90.14 implements the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-4(e), which provides that states and units of local government are not entitled to funds unless they certify that their judicial administrative policies and practices include notification to domestic violence offenders of relevant federal, state, and local firearms prohibitions that might affect them. This requirement was added by VAWA 2005.
Section 90.15 implements the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-5, which provides that states, tribes, and units of local government are not entitled to funds unless they certify that victims of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking are not charged certain costs associated with criminal prosecution or protection orders. These requirements were amended by VAWA 2000 and VAWA 2013. No comments were received on this section other than the comment regarding notice discussed above under § 90.13.
Section 90.16 implements 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-8, which provides that, to be eligible for STOP Program funding, states, tribes, and units of local government must certify that their laws, policies, and practices ensure that law enforcement officers, prosecutors, and other government officials do not ask or require sexual assault victims to submit to a polygraph examination or other truth telling device as a condition for investigating the offense. These requirements were added by VAWA 2005. OVW received two comments on this section, in addition to the comment regarding notice discussed above under § 90.13. The first recommended language to clarify that state-level police and prosecutors must comply with this requirement. OVW has not accepted this suggestion, because although it is correct that the state must comply, OVW believes the language of the proposed rule is clear. The second commenter recommended that polygraphing be prohibited outright. OVW lacks the authority to do this because the statute (and therefore the regulation) only prohibits polygraphing as a condition of proceeding with the investigation of the offense. OVW, however, has changed “restricting” in paragraph (a) to “prohibiting” to track the language of the statute. OVW also agrees that polygraphing of victims should not be done as a routine matter. The Attorney General Guidelines for Victim and Witness Assistance (2011 Edition,
Section 90.17(a) describes the type of entities that may receive subgrants from the state (state agencies and offices, courts, local governments, public agencies, tribal governments, victim service providers, community-based organizations, and legal services programs).
Section 90.17(b) allows states to use up to ten percent of each allocation category (law enforcement, prosecution, victim services, courts, and discretionary) to support the state's administrative costs. Examples of such costs include the salary and benefits of staff who administer the program and costs of conducting peer review. This paragraph codifies a long-standing OVW policy regarding state administrative costs. OVW added language from the OVC VOCA Assistance Program Rule regarding the use of funds for administrative costs. The programs often have the same administrators, so it is important that the regulations governing the two programs are consistent.
Section 90.18 implements the match provisions of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(f) and 13925(b)(1). VAWA 2005 provided that match could not be required for subgrants to tribes, territories, or victim service providers. It also authorized a waiver of match for states that have “adequately demonstrated [their] financial need.” 42 U.S.C. 13925(b)(1). VAWA 2013 further specified that the costs of subgrants for victim services or tribes would not count toward the total amount of the STOP award in calculating match. 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(f).
Section 90.18(a) states the match requirement in general and reflects that the match requirement does not apply to territories.
Section 90.18(b) allows for in-kind match, consistent with 2 CFR 200.306, and provides information on calculating the value of in-kind match.
Section 90.18(c) provides that states may not require match for subgrants for Indian tribes or victim service providers. This is consistent with 42 U.S.C. 13925(b)(1), as added by VAWA 2005.
Section 90.18(d) implements the waiver provisions of 42 U.S.C. 13925(b)(1), as added by VAWA 2005. In developing the criteria for waiver, OVW balanced the importance of state and local support for the efforts funded under the STOP Program with the need for waiver where there is demonstrated financial need. The paragraph ensures that the financial need identified by the state is specifically tied to funding for violence against women programs. For example, if a state has had across-the-board budget cuts, it would need to show how those cuts have impacted state funding for violence against women programs (and hence, its ability to provide matching funds). In most cases, a state would receive a partial waiver based on the specific impact of the cuts. For example, if the state had a 20 percent reduction in violence against women funding, then it would receive a 20 percent waiver. The 20 percent cut should leave the state with 80 percent of funds that could still be used toward match. In most cases, the states pass the match on to subgrantees, except for Indian tribes and victim service providers. In cases of awards to Indian tribes or awards to victim service providers for victim services purposes, as opposed to another purpose, such as law enforcement training, the state is exempted from the match requirement.
Section 90.18(e) provides that matching funds must be used for the same purposes as the federal funds and must be tracked for accountability purposes.
OVW received one comment on section 90.18. The commenter was seeking clarification that subgrants to victim service providers that are either awarded from the discretionary allocation or from funds that were returned from subgrantees under other allocations are exempt from match. OVW agrees and has amended paragraph (a) in the final rule to clarify that funds awarded under these two scenarios are excluded from the total award amount for purposes of calculating match.
Section 90.19 provides that states must apply for STOP Program funding using an annual solicitation issued by OVW. VAWA 2013 streamlined the application process by including most information and documentation in the implementation plan, but also requiring
Section 90.21 encourages states to have plans for evaluating the impact and effectiveness of their projects and requires them to cooperate with federally-sponsored evaluations of their projects. No comments were received on this section.
Section 90.22 provides the statutory basis for review of state applications and implements the Single Point of Contact requirement of Executive Order 12372 (Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs). No comments were received on this section.
Section 90.23 describes the annual reporting requirement for the program. Subgrantees submit annual progress reports to the state, which then forwards them to OVW, or as otherwise directed by OVW. States also must submit an annual progress report. Information on progress reports, along with the forms and instructions, are available at
Section 90.24 provides that grant funds may not be used to support activities that compromise victim safety and recovery. This section is based on the overall purpose of VAWA to enhance victim safety. Specific examples of such activities are included in the STOP Program solicitation each year and in special conditions attached to each OVW grant award. For example, past solicitations explained that such unsafe activities include procedures or policies that exclude victims from receiving safe shelter, advocacy services, counseling, and other assistance based on their actual or perceived age, immigration status, race, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity, mental health condition, physical health condition, criminal record, work in the sex industry, or the age and/or gender of their children. No comments were received on this section.
Section 90.25 implements a new provision from VAWA 2013, 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(j), which allows states to reallocate funds in the law enforcement, prosecution, courts, and victim services (including culturally specific services) allocation categories if they did not receive “sufficient eligible applications.” The section defines an “eligible” application and provides the information that states must maintain on file to document a lack of sufficient eligible applications. The section ensures that states conduct sufficient outreach to the eligible category of subgrantees before reallocating the funds. One commenter noted that, while they generally agree with the provision, they request more detail on what is needed for a state to be allowed to reallocate funds to another category. Another commenter specifically stated that, if there have been insufficient applications in the culturally specific category, the state should also provide documentation as to whether there were applicants that applied but failed to qualify and if the state reached out to any applicants that failed to apply. OVW agrees with these suggestions but has concluded that they apply not just to the culturally specific category, but to all of the categories. OVW has added a requirement regarding additional documentation on applications that were unfunded for all of the categories (
This regulation has been drafted and reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” section 1(b), Principles of Regulation, and in accordance with Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” section 1(b). General Principles of Regulation.
The Department of Justice has determined that this rule is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866, section 3(f) because it is not likely to: (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more; (2) create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency; (3) materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4) raise novel legal or policy issues.
(1) The rule's impact is limited to OVW grant funds. It does not change the economic impact of the grant funds and will impose very few economic costs as discussed below.
(2) The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has a similar program under the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act (FVPSA), which uses some of the same definitions and a similar confidentiality provision. OVW and the HHS FVPSA office coordinate to ensure consistency in implementation of programs.
(3) The requirements in the rule are statutory and apply only to OVW grantees. In some cases, OVW has added some additional specificity to clarify the statutory requirements. The rule provides details on what information the states must provide as “documentation,” but does not impose new requirements.
(4) This rule does not raise any novel legal or policy issues.
Further, both Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. The Department has assessed the costs and benefits of this regulation and believes that the regulatory approach selected maximizes net benefits. In most cases, the rule simply clarifies the statutory requirements, such as providing definitions, which would not have any cost or might reduce costs by providing administrators with clear guidance.
OVW provides the following analysis of the most noteworthy costs, benefits, and alternative choices.
Subpart A. In general, most of this subpart comes from the statute. OVW developed all of these provisions to answer questions received regularly from grantees and provide greater clarity for grantees and save them the time and effort of analyzing the requirements and seeking further guidance from OVW staff. Under this final rule, a victim service component of a larger organization, agency, or government will need a victim release to share identifying victim information with other divisions or leadership of the organization, agency or government. The use of the release will increase the degree of control that the victim has over his/her information, which is widely considered a best practice in the violence against women field. The cost of the rule is the time and administrative burden in executing and tracking the release. This cost cannot be quantified, however, because the discussion of release with the victim would take place in the context of a larger conversation between the victim and the service provider about options for the victim and next steps. OVW considered whether to prevent the release of information about deceased victims in the context of fatality reviews, out of consideration for surviving family members. OVW found a balance that allows for release but also requires the fatality review to attempt to get permission from an authorized representative and surviving minor children (and/or guardians of such) and limits the release to information necessary for the fatality review.
Subpart B. In general, changes to subpart B reflect a balance between the burden on the state administrators and the need to ensure compliance with the statute. The relevant statute requires state implementation plans that must identify how the state will use STOP funds and meet certain statutory requirements. OVW opted to require full plans only every four years to reduce the burden on states in developing these plans. In the other years, states only submit updates to their plans.
This regulation will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132, it is determined that this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
The OVW, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 605(b)), has reviewed this regulation and, by approving it, certifies that this regulation will not have a significant economic impact upon a substantial number of small entities for the following reason: Except for the match provisions in § 90.18, the direct economic impact is limited to the OVW's appropriated funds. For more information on economic impact, please see above.
This regulation meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988.
This rule will not result in substantial direct increased costs to Indian tribal governments. The definitions and confidentiality provisions of the rule will impact grantees that are tribes. OVW currently has 351 active awards to 226 tribes and tribal organizations, for a total of over $182 million. As discussed above, any financial costs imposed by the rule are minimal.
In addition, although a small number of tribes are subgrantees of the STOP Program, discussed in subpart B, the requirements of the rule are imposed on grantees, not subgrantees. The one provision in subpart B that will have a direct effect on tribes is § 90.12(b)(3), which implements the statutory requirement that states consult with “tribal governments in those States with State or federally recognized Indian tribes.” 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(2)(F). The rule requires states to invite all state or federally recognized tribes in the state to participate in the planning process. This approach was recommended by tribal participants in the tribal listening session and at OVW's annual government-to-government tribal consultations in 2013 and 2014.
As discussed above, OVW included regulatory implementation of statutory changes to the STOP Program as a topic at its annual tribal consultations in 2013 and 2014. At the 2013 consultation, tribal leaders were asked for testimony on terms that should be defined in the regulations, additional entities that states should consult with in developing their implementation plans, how states should document the participation of planning committee members, and how states should consult with tribes, among other specific questions. The questions presented at the 2014 consultation included how states might better consult with tribes during STOP implementation planning, and how states should include tribes in the equitable distribution of funds for underserved populations and culturally specific services. At both consultations, tribal leaders emphasized the importance of states engaging in meaningful consultation with all tribes in their state. Tribal leaders noted that such consultation should involve a cooperative decision-making process designed to reach consensus before a decision is made or action is taken, and that effective consultation leads to an implementation plan that takes into account the needs of tribes. Tribal leaders also pointed out that a state's failure to consult with tribes can prevent tribes from accessing STOP funds or even being aware that they are available. Finally, testimony at the tribal consultations raised concerns about states asking tribal shelters to volunteer to provide matching funds in order to receive STOP subgrant funding.
This rule will not result in the expenditure by state, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more in any one year, and it will not uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
This rule is not a major rule as defined by section 804 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996. This rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100,000,000 or more; a major increase in cost or prices; or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based companies to compete in domestic and export markets.
Grant programs; Judicial administration.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Office on Violence Against Women amends 28 CFR part 90 as follows:
42 U.S.C. 3796gg
(a) This part implements certain provisions of the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA), and subsequent legislation as follows:
(1) The Violence Against Women Act (VAWA), Title IV of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, Public Law 103-322 (Sept. 13, 1994);
(2) The Violence Against Women Act of 2000 (VAWA 2000), Division B of the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000, Public Law 106-386 (Oct. 28, 2000);
(3) The Violence Against Women Office Act, Title IV of the 21st Century Department of Justice Appropriations Authorization Act, Public Law 107-273 (Nov. 2, 2002);
(4) The Violence Against Women and Department of Justice Reauthorization Act of 2005 (VAWA 2005), Public Law 109-162 (January 5, 2006); and,
(5) The Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013 (VAWA 2013), Public Law 113-4 (Mar. 7, 2013).
(b) Subpart B of this part defines program eligibility criteria and sets forth requirements for application for and administration of formula grants to States to combat violent crimes against women. This program is codified at 42 U.S.C. 3796gg through 3796gg-5 and 3796gg-8.
(c) Subpart C of this part was removed on September 9, 2013.
(d) Subpart D of this part defines program eligibility criteria and sets forth requirements for the discretionary Grants to Encourage Arrest Policies and Enforcement of Protection Orders Program.
(e) Subpart A of this part applies to all grants made by OVW and subgrants made under the STOP Violence Against Women Formula Program (STOP Program) and the Sexual Assault Services Formula Grant Program after the effective date of this rule. Subpart B of this part applies to all STOP Program grants issued by OVW after the effective date of the rule and to all subgrants issued by states under the STOP Program after the effective date of the rule, even if the underlying grant was issued by OVW prior to the effective date of the rule.
(a) In addition to the definitions in this section, the definitions in 42 U.S.C. 13925(a) apply to all grants awarded by the Office on Violence Against Women and all subgrants made under such awards.
(b) The term “community-based program” has the meaning given the term “community-based organization” in 42 U.S.C. 13925(a).
(c) The term “forensic medical examination” means an examination provided to a victim of sexual assault by medical personnel to gather evidence of a sexual assault in a manner suitable for use in a court of law.
(1) The examination should include at a minimum:
(i) Gathering information from the patient for the forensic medical history;
(ii) Head-to-toe examination of the patient;
(iii) Documentation of biological and physical findings; and
(iv) Collection of evidence from the patient.
(2) Any costs associated with the items listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, such as equipment or supplies, are considered part of the “forensic medical examination.”
(3) The inclusion of additional procedures (
(d) The term “prevention” includes both primary and secondary prevention efforts. “Primary prevention” means strategies, programming, and activities to stop both first-time perpetration and first-time victimization. Primary prevention is stopping domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking before they occur. “Secondary prevention” is identifying risk factors or problems that may lead to future domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking and taking the necessary actions to eliminate the risk factors and the potential problem. “Prevention” is distinguished from “outreach,” which has the goal of informing victims and potential victims about available services.
(e) The term “prosecution” means any public agency charged with direct responsibility for prosecuting criminal offenders, including such agency's component bureaus (such as governmental victim services programs). Public agencies that provide prosecution support services, such as overseeing or participating in Statewide or multi-jurisdictional domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking task forces, conducting training for State, tribal, or local prosecutors or enforcing victim compensation and domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking-related restraining orders also fall within the meaning of “prosecution” for purposes of this definition.
(f) The term “public agency” has the meaning provided in 42 U.S.C. 3791.
(g) For the purpose of this part, a “unit of local government” is any city, county, township, town, borough, parish, village, or other general purpose political subdivision of a State. The following are not considered units of local government for purposes of this part:
(1) Police departments;
(2) Pre-trial service agencies;
(3) District or city attorneys' offices;
(4) Sheriffs' departments;
(5) Probation and parole departments;
(6) Shelters;
(7) Nonprofit, nongovernmental victim service agencies including faith-based or community-based organizations; and
(8) Universities.
(h) The term “victim services division or component of an organization, agency, or government” refers to a division within a larger organization, agency, or government, where the division has as its primary purpose to assist or advocate for domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking victims and has a documented history of work concerning such victims.
(a)
(b)
(2)
(ii) This paragraph applies whether the information is being requested for a Department of Justice grant program or another Federal agency, State, tribal, or territorial grant program. This paragraph also limits disclosures by subgrantees to grantees, including disclosures to Statewide or regional databases.
(iii) This paragraph also applies to disclosures from the victim services divisions or components of an organization, agency, or government to other non-victim service divisions within an organization, agency, or government. It also applies to disclosures from victim services divisions or components of an organization, agency, or government to the leadership of the organization, agency, or government (
(3)
(A) The victim signs a release as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section;
(B) Release is compelled by statutory mandate, which includes mandatory child abuse reporting laws; or
(C) Release is compelled by court mandate, which includes a legal mandate created by case law, such as a common-law duty to warn.
(ii) Victim releases must meet the following criteria—
(A) Releases must be written, informed, and reasonably time-limited. Grantees and subgrantees may not use a blanket release and must specify the scope and limited circumstances of any disclosure. At a minimum, grantees and subgrantees must: Discuss with the victim why the information might be shared, who would have access to the information, and what information could be shared under the release; reach agreement with the victim about what information would be shared and with whom; and record the agreement about the scope of the release. A release must specify the duration for which information may be shared. The reasonableness of this time period will depend on the specific situation.
(B) Grantees and subgrantees may not require consent to release of information as a condition of service.
(C) Releases must be signed by the victim unless the victim is a minor who lacks the capacity to consent to release or is a legally incapacitated person and has a court-appointed guardian. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(D) of this section, in the case of an unemancipated minor, the release must be signed by the minor and a parent or guardian; in the case of a legally incapacitated person, it must be signed by a legally-appointed guardian. Consent may not be given by the abuser of the minor or incapacitated person or the abuser of the other parent of the minor. If a minor is incapable of knowingly consenting, the parent or guardian may provide consent. If a parent or guardian consents for a minor, the grantee or subgrantee should attempt to notify the minor as appropriate.
(D) If the minor or person with a legally appointed guardian is permitted by law to receive services without the parent's or guardian's consent, the minor or person with a guardian may consent to release information without additional consent.
(iii) If the release is compelled by statutory or court mandate, grantees and subgrantees must make reasonable efforts to notify victims affected by the disclosure and take steps necessary to protect the privacy and safety of the affected persons.
(4)
(i) The underlying objectives of the fatality review are to prevent future deaths, enhance victim safety, and increase offender accountability;
(ii) The fatality review includes policies and protocols to protect identifying information, including identifying information about the victim's children, from further release outside the fatality review team;
(iii) The grantee or subgrantee makes a reasonable effort to get a release from the victim's personal representative (if one has been appointed) and from any surviving minor children or the guardian of such children (but not if the guardian is the abuser of the deceased parent), if the children are not capable of knowingly consenting; and
(iv) The information released is limited to that which is necessary for the purposes of the fatality review.
(5)
(6)
(c)
(d)
The purposes, criteria, and requirements for the STOP Violence Against Women Formula Grant Program are established by 42 U.S.C. 3796gg
(a)
(1) Certifying qualifications for funding under this program;
(2) Developing a Statewide plan for implementation of the STOP Violence Against Women Formula Grants as described in § 90.12; and
(3) Preparing an application to receive funds under this program.
(b)
(c)
(2) The State office shall ensure that the allocated funds benefit law enforcement, prosecution and victim services and are awarded to courts and culturally specific community-based organizations. In ensuring that funds benefit the appropriate entities, if funds are not subgranted directly to law enforcement, prosecution, and victim services, the State must require demonstration from the entity to be benefitted in the form of a memorandum of understanding signed by the chief executives of both the entity and the subgrant recipient, stating that the entity supports the proposed project and agrees that it is to the entity's benefit.
(3) Culturally specific allocation: 42 U.S.C. 13925 defines “culturally specific” as primarily directed toward racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in 42 U.S.C. 300u-6(g)). An organization will qualify for funding for the culturally specific allocation if its primary mission is to address the needs of racial and ethnic minority groups or if it has developed a special expertise regarding services to address the demonstrated needs of a particular racial and ethnic minority group. The organization must do more than merely provide services to the targeted group; rather, the organization must provide culturally competent services designed to meet the specific needs of the target population. This allocation requires States to set aside a minimum of ten percent (within the thirty-percent allocation for victim services) of STOP Program funds for culturally specific services, but States are encouraged to provide higher levels of funding to address the needs of racial and ethnic minority groups. States should tailor their subgrant application process to assess the qualifications of applicants for the culturally specific set aside, such as reviewing the mission statement of the applicant, the make-up of the board of directors or steering committee of the applicant (with regard to knowledge and experience with relevant cultural populations and language skills), and the history of the organization.
(4) Sexual assault set aside: As provided in 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(5), the State must also award at least 20 percent of the total State award to projects in two or more allocations in 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(4) that meaningfully address sexual assault. States should evaluate whether the interventions are tailored to meet the specific needs of sexual assault victims including ensuring that projects funded under the set aside have a legitimate focus on sexual assault and that personnel funded under such projects have sufficient expertise and experience on sexual assault.
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1) This consultation process must include at least one sexual assault victim service provider and one domestic violence victim service provider and may include other victim service providers.
(2) In determining what population specific organizations, representatives from underserved populations, and culturally specific organizations to include in the consultation process, States should consider the demographics of their State as well as barriers to service, including historical lack of access to services, for each population. The consultation process should involve any significant underserved and culturally specific populations in the State, including organizations working with lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people and organizations that focus on people with limited English proficiency. If the State does not have any culturally specific or population specific organizations at the State or local level, the State may use national organizations to collaborate on the plan.
(3) States must invite all State or federally recognized tribes to participate in the planning process. Tribal coalitions and State or regional tribal consortia may help the State reach out to the tribes but cannot be used as a substitute for consultation with all tribes.
(4) States are encouraged to include survivors of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking in the planning process. States that include survivors should address safety and confidentiality considerations in recruiting and consulting with such survivors.
(5) States should include probation and parole entities in the planning process.
(6) As provided in 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(3), States must coordinate the plan with the State plan for the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act (42 U.S.C. 10407), the State Victim Assistance Formula Grants under the Victims of Crime Act (42 U.S.C. 10603), and the Rape Prevention and Education Program (42 U.S.C. 280b-1b). The purposes of this coordination process are to provide greater diversity of projects funded and leverage efforts across the various funding streams.
(7) Although all of the entities specified in 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(2) must be consulted, they do not all need to be on the “planning committee.” The planning committee must include the following, at a minimum:
(i) The State domestic violence and sexual assault coalitions as defined by 42 U.S.C. 13925(a)(32) and (33) (or dual coalition)
(ii) A law enforcement entity or State law enforcement organization
(iii) A prosecution entity or State prosecution organization
(iv) A court or the State Administrative Office of the Courts
(v) Representatives from tribes, tribal organizations, or tribal coalitions
(vi) Population specific organizations representing the most significant underserved populations and culturally specific populations in the State other than tribes, which are addressed separately.
(8) The full consultation should include more robust representation than the planning committee from each of the required groups as well as all State and Federally recognized tribes.
(c)
(1) States must retain all of the following documentation but are not required to submit it to OVW as part of the implementation plan:
(i) For in-person meetings, a sign-in sheet with name, title, organization, which of the required entity types (
(ii) For online meetings, the web reports or other documentation of who participated in the meeting;
(iii) For phone meetings, documentation of who was on the call, such as a roll call or minutes; and
(iv) For any method of document review that occurred outside the context of a meeting, information such as to whom the draft implementation plan was sent, how it was sent (for example, email versus mail), and who responded.
(2) States must submit all of the following documentation to OVW as part of the implementation plan:
(i) A summary of major concerns that were raised during the planning process and how they were addressed or why they were not addressed, which should be sent to the planning committee along with any draft implementation plan and the final plan;
(ii) Documentation of collaboration for each planning committee member that documents, at a minimum:
(A) Which category the participant represents of the entities listed in 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(c)(2), such as law enforcement, state coalition, or population specific organization;
(B) Whether they were informed about meetings;
(C) Whether they attended meetings;
(D) Whether they were given drafts of the implementation plan to review;
(E) Whether they submitted comments on the draft;
(F) Whether they received a copy of the final plan and the summary of major concerns; and
(G) Any significant concerns with the final plan;
(iii) A description of efforts to reach tribes, if applicable;
(iv) An explanation of how the State determined which underserved and culturally specific populations to include.
(d)
(1) Give priority to areas of varying geographic size with the greatest showing of need based on the range and availability of existing domestic violence and sexual assault programs in the population and geographic area to be served in relation to the availability of such programs in other such populations and geographic areas, including Indian reservations;
(2) Determine the amount of subgrants based on the population and geographic area to be served;
(3) Equitably distribute monies on a geographic basis including nonurban and rural areas of various geographic sizes;
(4) Recognize and meaningfully respond to the needs of underserved populations and ensure that monies set aside to fund linguistically and culturally specific services and funds for underserved populations are distributed equitably among culturally specific and other underserved populations; and
(5) Take steps to ensure that eligible applicants are aware of the STOP Program funding opportunity, including applicants serving different geographic areas and culturally specific and other underserved populations.
(e)
(f)
(1) The plan must include available statistics on the rates of domestic violence homicide within the State.
(2) As part of the State's consultation with law enforcement, prosecution, and victim service providers, the State and these entities should discuss and document the perceived accuracy of these statistics and the best ways to address domestic violence homicide.
(3) The plan must identify specific goals and objectives for reducing domestic violence homicide, based on these discussions, which include challenges specific to the State and how the plan can overcome them.
(g)
(1) Demographic information regarding the population of the State derived from the most recent available United States Census Bureau data including population data on race, ethnicity, age, disability, and limited English proficiency.
(2) A description of how the State will reach out to community-based organizations that provide linguistically and culturally specific services.
(3) A description of how the State will address the needs of sexual assault victims, domestic violence victims, dating violence victims, and stalking
(4) A description of how the State will ensure that eligible entities are aware of funding opportunities, including projects serving underserved populations as defined by 42 U.S.C. 13925(a).
(5) Information on specific projects the State plans to fund.
(6) An explanation of how the State coordinated the plan as described in paragraph (b)(6) and the impact of that coordination on the contents of the plan.
(7) If applicable, information about whether the State has submitted an assurance, a certification, or neither under the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) standards (28 CFR part 115) and, if an assurance, how the State plans to spend STOP funds set aside for PREA compliance.
(8) A description of how the State will identify and select applicants for subgrant funding, including whether a competitive process will be used.
(h)
(a) To be eligible for funding under this program, a State must meet the requirements at 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-4(a)(1) with regard to incurring the full out-of-pocket costs of forensic medical examinations for victims of sexual assault.
(b) “Full out-of-pocket costs” means any expense that may be charged to a victim in connection with a forensic medical examination for the purpose of gathering evidence of a sexual assault (
(c) Coverage of the cost of additional procedures (
(d) States are strongly discouraged from billing a victim's private insurance and may only do so as a source of payment for the exams if they are not using STOP Program funds to pay for the cost of the exams. In addition, any expenses not covered by the insurer must be covered by the State or other governmental entity and cannot be billed to the victim. This includes any deductibles or denial of claims by the insurer.
(e) The State or other governmental entity responsible for paying the costs of forensic medical exams must coordinate with health care providers in the region to notify victims of sexual assault of the availability of rape exams at no cost to the victims. States can meet this obligation by partnering with associations that are likely to have the broadest reach to the relevant health care providers, such as forensic nursing or hospital associations. States with significant tribal populations should also consider reaching out to local Indian Health Service facilities.
(a) To be eligible for funding under this program, a State must meet the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-4(e) with regard to judicial notification to domestic violence offenders of Federal prohibitions on their possession of a firearm or ammunition in 18 U.S.C. 922(g)(8) and (9) and any applicable related Federal, State, or local laws..
(b) A unit of local government shall not be eligible for subgrants from the State unless it complies with the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-4(e) with respect to its judicial administrative policies and practices.
(a) To be eligible for funding under this program, a State must meet the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-5 with regard to not requiring victims to bear the costs for criminal charges and protection orders in cases of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking.
(b) An Indian tribal government, unit of local government, or court shall not be eligible for subgrants from the State unless it complies with the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-5 with respect to its laws, policies, and practices not requiring victims to bear the costs for criminal charges and protection orders in cases of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, or stalking.
(a) For a State to be eligible for funding under this program, the State must meet the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-8 with regard to prohibiting polygraph testing of sexual assault victims.
(b) An Indian tribal government or unit of local government shall not be eligible for subgrants from the State unless it complies with the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-8 with respect to its laws, policies, or practices prohibiting polygraph testing of sexual assault victims.
(a)
(b)
(1) Funds for administration may be used only for costs directly associated with administering the STOP Program. Where allowable administrative costs are allocable to both the STOP Program and another State program, the STOP Program grant may be charged no more than its proportionate share of such costs.
(2) Costs directly associated with administering the STOP Program generally include the following:
(i) Salaries and benefits of State office staff and consultants to administer and manage the program;
(ii) Training of State office staff, including, but not limited to, travel, registration fees, and other expenses associated with State office staff attendance at technical assistance meetings and conferences relevant to the program;
(iii) Monitoring compliance of STOP Program subgrantees with Federal and State requirements, provision of technical assistance, and evaluation and assessment of program activities, including, but not limited to, travel, mileage, and other associated expenses;
(iv) Reporting and related activities necessary to meet Federal and State requirements;
(v) Program evaluation, including, but not limited to, surveys or studies that measure the effect or outcome of victim services;
(vi) Program audit costs and related activities necessary to meet Federal audit requirements for the STOP Program grant;
(vii) Technology-related costs, generally including for grant management systems, electronic communications systems and platforms (
(viii) Memberships in organizations that support the management and administration of violence against women programs, except if such organizations engage in lobbying, and publications and materials such as curricula, literature, and protocols relevant to the management and administration of the program;
(ix) Strategic planning, including, but not limited to, the development of strategic plans, both service and financial, including conducting surveys and needs assessments;
(x) Coordination and collaboration efforts among relevant Federal, State, and local agencies and organizations to improve victim services;
(xi) Publications, including, but not limited to, developing, purchasing, printing, distributing training materials, victim services directories, brochures, and other relevant publications; and
(xii) General program improvements—enhancing overall State office operations relating to the program and improving the delivery and quality of STOP Program funded services throughout the State.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1)
(i) The sources of non-Federal funds available to the State for match and the amount available from each source, including in-kind match and match provided by subgrantees or other entities;
(ii) Efforts made by the State to obtain the matching funds, including, if applicable, letters from other State agencies stating that the funds available from such agencies may not be used for match;
(iii) The specific dollar amount or percentage waiver that is requested;
(iv) Cause and extent of the constraints on projected ability to raise violence against women program matching funds and changed circumstances that make past sources of match unavailable; and
(v) If applicable, specific evidence of economic distress, such as documentation of double-digit unemployment rates or designation as a Federal Emergency Management Agency-designated disaster area.
(vi) In a request for a partial waiver of match for a particular allocation, the State could provide letters from the entities under that allocation attesting to their financial hardship.
(2)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(a) Recipients of funds under this subpart must agree to cooperate with Federally-sponsored evaluations of their projects.
(b) Recipients of STOP Program funds are strongly encouraged to develop a local evaluation strategy to assess the impact and effectiveness of the program
(a)
(b)
Subgrantees shall complete annual progress reports and submit them to the State, which shall review them and submit them to OVW or as otherwise directed. In addition, the State shall complete an annual progress report, including an assessment of whether or not annual goals and objectives were achieved.
Because of the overall purpose of the STOP Program to enhance victim safety and offender accountability, grant funds may not be used to support activities that compromise victim safety and recovery. The grant program solicitation each year will provide examples of such activities.
This section implements 42 U.S.C. 3796gg-1(j), regarding reallocation of funds.
(a)
(b)
(1) A copy of their solicitation;
(2) Documentation on how the solicitation was distributed, including all outreach efforts to entities from the allocation in question, which entities the State reached out to that did not apply, and, if known, why those entities did not apply;
(3) An explanation of their selection process;
(4) A list of who participated in the selection process (name, title, and employer);
(5) Number of applications that were received for the specific allocation category;
(6) Information about the applications received, such as what agency or organization they were from, how much money they were requesting, and any reasons the applications were not funded;
(7) If applicable, letters from any relevant State-wide body explaining the lack of applications, such as from the State Court Administrator if the State is seeking to reallocate money from courts; and
(8) For the culturally specific allocation, in addition to the items in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section, demographic statistics of the relevant racial and ethnic minority groups within the State and documentation that the State has reached out to relevant organizations within the State or national organizations.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MassDEP). This revision includes regulatory amendments that allow gasoline dispensing facilities (GDFs) to decommission their Stage II vapor recovery systems as of January 2, 2015, and a demonstration that such removal is consistent with the Clean Air Act and EPA guidance. This revision also includes regulatory amendments that strengthen Massachusetts' requirements for Stage I vapor recovery systems at GDFs. The intended effect of this action is to approve Massachusetts' revised vapor recovery regulations. This action is being taken in accordance with the Clean Air Act.
This rule is effective on December 29, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R01-OAR-2015-0351. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Ariel Garcia, Air Quality Planning Unit, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA New England Regional Office, 5 Post Office Square, Suite 100 (mail code: OEP05-2), Boston, MA 02109-3912, telephone number (617) 918-1660, fax number (617) 918-0660, email
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA.
Organization of this document. The following outline is provided to aid in locating information in this preamble.
On March 9, 2016 (81 FR 12440), EPA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPR) for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The NPR proposed approval of Massachusetts' revised regulations 310 Code of Massachusetts Regulations (CMR) 7.00,
A detailed discussion of Massachusetts' May 5, 2015 SIP revision and EPA's rationale for proposing approval of the SIP revision were provided in the NPR and will not be restated in this notice, except to the extent relevant to our responses to public comments we received on our proposal.
EPA received one comment on the NPR from the Vapor Recovery Association. That comment is summarized below with EPA's response.
Furthermore, the commenter asserts that MassDEP's rationale for decommissioning Stage II vapor recovery systems is not based in science and that it can be mathematically shown that emissions will be increased rather than decreased as a result of the elimination of the Stage II vapor recovery program. However, the commenter did not submit any calculations in support of its claims of the increased emissions, health impacts, and the impacts on EJ areas that the commenter alleges would result from decommissioning Stage II vapor recovery systems at GDFs in Massachusetts. Nor did the commenter specify what specific aspects of the technical analyses conducted by the MassDEP in support of its SIP revision were scientifically unsupportable.
Finally, the commenter believes that in terminating the Massachusetts Stage II vapor recovery program, the MassDEP is not adhering to its mission statement. The commenter also believes that the technical details of fuel storage tank evaporative losses and the alleged significant increase in refueling emissions impacts caused by Massachusetts' removal of Stage II vapor recovery, should have received more thought, analysis and quantification. Again, however, the commenter did not provide specific criticism of the analyses conducted by MassDEP, did not identify any specific aspects of those analyses that the commenter believes are incorrect, and did not assert any alternative specific results or conclusions that the commenter believes would result if the issues were evaluated according to the commenter's unspecified preferred alternative methodology.
The Massachusetts rule allows GDFs to decommission Stage II systems as of January 2, 2015, and requires all GDFs equipped with Stage II vapor recovery systems to decommission their Stage II systems by January 2, 2017 (by the end of 2016). As discussed in the NPR, Appendix Table A-1 of EPA's August 7, 2012 Guidance illustrates that by the end of 2016, approximately 85% of the vehicles in the national motor vehicle fleet will be equipped with ORVR. The number of ORVR-equipped vehicles in Massachusetts will likely be even higher due to Massachusetts having a more accelerated motor vehicle fleet turnover when compared to the national motor vehicle fleet.
EPA also disagrees with the commenter's assertion that the alleged increase in emissions resulting from the removal of Stage II controls will result in a large increase in adverse health impacts to motorists, GDF employees, and members of the community. EPA's August 7, 2012 Guidance states that “EPA believes it is reasonable to conclude that the incremental emissions control that Stage II achieves beyond ORVR is
Furthermore, we note that Massachusetts' revised 310 CMR 7.24(3) regulation also includes new Stage I vapor recovery requirements that will lead to additional emission reductions. Specifically, the regulation requires GDFs to upgrade their Stage I vapor recovery systems to Stage I Enhanced Vapor Recovery (EVR) systems certified by the California Air Resources Board (CARB) or a Stage I vapor recovery system composed of EVR system components (Stage I EVR component systems). The upgrade to Stage I EVR systems or Stage I EVR component systems is required upon facility start-up for facilities beginning operation or installing a fuel storage tank as of January 2, 2015. In addition, as of January 2, 2015, any component of a pre-existing Stage I vapor recovery system that is replaced is required to be replaced with a CARB-certified Stage I EVR component. The Massachusetts regulation further requires that all Stage I systems be CARB-certified Stage I EVR systems or Stage I EVR component systems by January 2, 2022. CARB-certified Stage I EVR systems have been certified to achieve a 98 percent reduction in VOC emissions, as compared to 95 percent for pre-EVR Stage I systems. Thus, when pre-EVR Stage I systems in Massachusetts are replaced with CARB-certified Stage I EVR systems, a greater emission reduction will be achieved. Also, when a component of a pre-EVR Stage I system is replaced with a CARB-certified Stage I EVR component, a somewhat greater reduction is expected to be achieved. These additional reductions will further mitigate any temporary declining emissions increases, which are already
Although the commenter generally asserted that MassDEP's analyses and demonstrations were not scientifically supported and that emissions increases could be mathematically shown to result from the removal of Stage II equipment, the commenter provided no information, data, or analytical critiques to support these allegations. The commenter has therefore not raised with reasonable specificity any objections to the underlying analyses and demonstrations supporting EPA's proposed approval of Massachusetts' SIP revision. Consequently, it is not possible for EPA to respond to any specific criticisms that the commenter may have had of the MassDEP's analyses, other than to reiterate that EPA concludes that Massachusetts has conducted its demonstration consistently with EPA's applicable regulations and guidance under the Clean Air Act, as described and evaluated in detail in the NPR.
Finally, EPA disagrees with the comment that MassDEP is not adhering to its mission statement and that an insufficient amount of thought, analysis, and quantification was provided by MassDEP regarding the impacts of decommissioning Stage II vapor recovery systems in Massachusetts. MassDEP's analysis was conducted in accordance with EPA's ORVR rulemaking and EPA's August 7, 2012 Guidance. In fact, prior to the issuance of EPA's August 7, 2012 Guidance, MassDEP hired independent consultants to conduct an analysis on the emissions impacts of the proposed changes to the Massachusetts Stage I and Stage II vapor recovery programs.
EPA is approving Massachusetts' May 5, 2015 SIP revision. Specifically, EPA is approving, and incorporating into the Massachusetts SIP, the following amended Massachusetts regulations: 310 CMR 7.00, “Air Pollution Control: Definitions;” 310 CMR 7.24(3), “Distribution of Motor Vehicle Fuel;” 310 CMR 7.24(4), “Motor Vehicle Fuel Tank Trucks;” and 310 CMR 7.24(6), “Dispensing of Motor Vehicle Fuel.” EPA is approving this SIP revision because it meets all applicable requirements of the Clean Air Act and EPA guidance, and it will not interfere with any applicable requirement concerning National Ambient Air Quality Standards attainment and reasonable further progress or with any other applicable requirement of the Clean Air Act.
Massachusetts' May 5, 2015 SIP revision satisfies the “comparable measures” requirement of CAA section 184(b)(2), because as stated in EPA's August 7, 2012 Guidance, “the comparable measures requirement is satisfied if phasing out a Stage II control program in a particular area is estimated to have no, or a
In this rule, the EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of the Massachusetts regulations described in the amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available through
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by January 30, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
Part 52 of chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
(144) Revisions to the State Implementation Plan submitted by the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection on May 5, 2015.
(i) Incorporation by reference.
(A) Regulation 310 CMR 7.00 entitled “Air Pollution Control: Definitions,” the definitions listed below, effective January 2, 2015, as published in the Massachusetts Register, Issue S1277, January 2, 2015:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(B) Regulation 310 CMR 7.24, “Organic Material Storage and Distribution,” the sections listed below, effective January 2, 2015, as published in the Massachusetts Register, Issue S1277, January 2, 2015:
(
(
(
(ii) Additional materials.
(A) Letter from the Massachusetts Department of Environmental
Surface Transportation Board.
Final rules.
The Surface Transportation Board (Board) adopts final rules to implement passenger rail-related dispute resolution provisions under the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act of 2015 (FAST Act).
These rules are effective on December 29, 2016.
Information or questions regarding these final rules should reference Docket No. EP 734 and be in writing addressed to: Chief, Section of Administration, Office of Proceedings, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001.
Scott M. Zimmerman, (202) 245-0386. Assistance for the hearing impaired is available through Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at (800) 877-8339.
Title XI of the FAST Act,
On July 28, 2016, the Board issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) (81 FR 51147), seeking comment on proposed rules pursuant to the FAST Act. In the NPR, the Board noted that because it does not have in place a general set of procedural rules to govern the presentation and conduct of proceedings involving passenger rail matters under 49 U.S.C. 24101-24910,
Specifically, the NPR provided that, under a new 49 CFR 1109.5, parties to a dispute involving the State-Sponsored Route Committee or the Northeast Corridor Commission would be permitted to request the Board's assistance in securing outside professional mediation services by submitting a letter to the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance (OPAGAC). OPAGAC would then contact the requesting party or parties in response to such requests within 14 days of receipt of the request to assist in arranging for professional mediation services.
After careful consideration of the comments received, the Board is promulgating a set of procedural rules that adopt and clarify the provisions of the NPR regarding professional mediation services with respect to certain passenger rail matters under Title XI of the FAST Act.
The Board sought comments on the proposed regulations by August 31, 2016, and replies by September 30, 2016. The Board received comments from six parties: California Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Los Angeles-San Diego-San Luis Obispo Rail Corridor Agency (LOSSAN Agency), Amtrak, U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), San Joaquin Joint Powers Authority (SJJPA), and Capitol Corridor Joint Powers Authority (CCJPA). Amtrak filed a reply.
Caltrans, LOSSAN Agency, SJJPA, and CCJPA (California Entities) all assert that the NPR did not meet the intent and requirement of the FAST Act. They state that the proposed mediation regulation is non-binding and that in order to efficiently resolve disputes, parties should have recourse to a binding mechanism for resolving such disputes. The California Entities suggest that the Board adopt binding arbitration, either before the Board or a third-party arbitrator, as the dispute resolution procedures required under section 24712. They further propose that arbitration be mandatory and that the Board compel arbitration upon request from a State or Amtrak. Lastly, the California Entities suggest that the Board clarify the proposed mediation regulation to address whether the Board will: (1) Maintain a list of mediators; (2) intervene if parties cannot agree to a mediator; (3) establish terms for payment of mediation services; and (4) require parties to participate in mediation.
In its initial comments, Amtrak supports the proposed rule and suggest two clarifications. First, Amtrak asserts that the proposed 49 CFR 1109.5 is ambiguous as to whether the Board's existing mediation rules apply to formally contested matters involving the State-Supported Route Committee (section 209 of PRIIA) or the Northeast Corridor Commission (section 212 of PRIIA). Amtrak suggests adding language which explicitly states, “mediation procedures under [49 CFR] 1109.1, 1109.2, and 1109.3 are applicable” to disputes arising under sections 209 or 212 of PRIIA. Second, Amtrak proposes that the Board clarify and expand the procedures following the filing of a request with OPAGAC for securing professional mediation assistance.
In its reply comments, Amtrak responded to the California Entities' requests for the Board to adopt binding arbitration. Amtrak states that arbitration is a voluntary alternate dispute mechanism and that nothing in the FAST Act suggests that the Board should impose arbitration on unwilling parties. Amtrak also argues that the FAST Act does not authorize the Board to delegate its decision-making power to a third-party arbitrator. Lastly, Amtrak argues that binding arbitration is not the best tool for resolving recurring issues in which uniformity among multiple parties is needed.
After considering the comments received, the Board is adopting final rules, as set forth in the Appendix, for the mediation of passenger rail disputes involving the State-Sponsored Route Committee or the Northeast Corridor Commission. Formal disputes under 49 U.S.C. 24712 and 24905 would be conducted using the Board's existing Rules of Practice as a guide. Parties interested in professional mediation services could seek the Board's informal assistance in securing such services by submitting a letter to OPAGAC. Such informal assistance may be sought even if no party has filed a formal complaint with the Board.
The Board does not agree with the California Entities that section 11204 of the FAST Act authorizes or requires the Board to resolve PRIIA section 209 disputes through binding arbitration. (Neither does any such authorization or requirement appear in FAST Act section 11305, with regard to PRIIA section 212.) While the FAST Act specifically mentions professional mediation services, it does not state or otherwise suggest the use of arbitration as a potential dispute resolution procedure. Further, as Amtrak points out, parties have to agree on arbitration as the method to resolve their disputes. Therefore, provisions for binding arbitration will not be included as part of the regulations adopted here.
CCJPA argues that the plain language of the FAST Act contemplates a more significant role for the Board than providing informal assistance in securing outside professional mediation services—specifically, that the statute contemplates “dispute resolution” by the Board itself. (CCJPA Comments 2.) To the extent that CCJPA is arguing that the Board should be involved in “dispute resolution” by issuing decisions on disputes arising under the FAST Act, as noted above, parties may bring contested matters under section 11204 or section 11305 of the FAST Act before the Board, guided by the Board's existing Rules of Practice.
The California Entities have asked that the Board clarify the proposed rule to address questions about choosing professional mediators, payment of mediation services, and whether participation in mediation would be mandatory. (Caltrans Comments 1; CCJPA Comments 3; SJJPA Comments 2; LOSSAN Agency Comments 2.) Similarly, Amtrak proposes expanding 49 CFR 1109.5 to include specifics such as timing and means of service of the requesting letter on all affected parties, whether parties must consent, the purpose for which OPAGAC will contact the requesting party, and whether and how OPAGAC will contact other affected parties. However, as these rules are intended to provide guidance for
Amtrak also asks that the rules clarify whether the Board's existing mediation rules apply to contested matters under section 209 or 212 of PRIIA. The Board's proposed rule contemplated that the existing, applicable mediation procedures under 49 CFR part 1109
In asking for this last clarification, Amtrak states that there may be ambiguity with respect to whether the current provisions of part 1109 apply in a contested matter under PRIIA because part 1109 deals with mediation
In the NPR, the Board sought comments under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501-3549, and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations at 5 CFR 1320.8(d)(3). No comments addressing PRA issues were received. Due to a technical omission in the NPR under the PRA, the Board will continue to seek OMB approval for this collection in a separate notice. Any comments received by the Board from that notice will be forwarded to OMB for its review and will be posted under this docket.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601-612, generally requires a description and analysis of new rules that would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. In drafting a rule, an agency is required to: (1) Assess the effect that its regulation will have on small entities; (2) analyze effective alternatives that may minimize a regulation's impact; and (3) make the analysis available for public comment. 5 U.S.C. 601-604. In its notice of proposed rulemaking, the agency must either include an initial regulatory flexibility analysis, section 603(a), or certify that the proposed rule would not have a “significant impact on a substantial number of small entities.” section 605(b). The impact must be a direct impact on small entities “whose conduct is circumscribed or mandated” by the proposed rule.
In the NPR, the Board certified under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that the proposed rules would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the RFA.
The final rules adopted here make slight modifications to the proposed rule, but the same basis for the Board's certification of the proposed rule applies to the final rules adopted here. The modification adopted in the final rule refines the proposed rule by clarifying the circumstances under which the informal process for seeking Board assistance in pursuing professional mediation services will be available. Therefore, the Board certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities as defined by the RFA. A copy of this decision will be served upon the Chief Counsel for Advocacy, Office of Advocacy, U.S. Small Business Administration, Washington, DC 20416.
Administrative practice and procedure, Maritime carriers, Motor carriers, Railroads.
1. The Board adopts the final rules as set forth in this decision. Notice of the adopted rules will be published in the
2. A copy of this decision will be served upon the Chief Counsel for Advocacy, Office of Advocacy, U.S. Small Business Administration, Washington, DC 20416.
3. This decision is effective December 29, 2016.
By the Board, Chairman Elliott, Vice Chairman Miller, and Commissioner Begeman.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Surface Transportation Board amends part 1109 of title 49, chapter X, of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
5 U.S.C. 571
(a) In addition to the mediation procedures under this part that are available following the filing of a complaint in a proceeding before the Board, Amtrak or a State member of the State Supported Route Committee established under 49 U.S.C. 24712 may request that the Board informally assist in securing outside professional mediation services in order to resolve disputes arising from: Implementation of, or compliance with, the cost allocation methodology for State-Supported Routes developed under section 209 of the Passenger Rail Investment and Improvement Act of 2008 or amended under 49 U.S.C. 24712(a)(6); invoices or reports provided under 49 U.S.C. 24712(b); or rules and procedures implemented by the State Supported Route Committee under 49 U.S.C. 24712(a)(4). With respect to a particular dispute, such a request for informal assistance in securing outside professional mediation services may be submitted to the Board:
(1) In the absence of a complaint proceeding before the Board; or
(2) If, while a formal complaint is pending before the Board, a motion is filed in that formal proceeding requesting that it be held in abeyance in light of the request for informal assistance.
(b) In addition to the mediation procedures under this part that are available following the filing of a complaint in a proceeding before the Board, the Northeast Corridor Commission established under 49 U.S.C. 24905, Amtrak, or public authorities providing commuter rail passenger transportation on the Northeast Corridor may request that the Board informally assist in securing outside professional mediation services in order to resolve disputes involving implementation of, or compliance with, the policy developed under 49 U.S.C. 24905(c)(1). With respect to a particular dispute, such a request for informal assistance in securing outside professional mediation services may be submitted to the Board:
(1) In the absence of a complaint proceeding before the Board; or
(2) If, while a formal complaint is pending before the Board, a motion is filed in that formal proceeding requesting that it be held in abeyance in light of the request for informal assistance.
(c) A request for informal Board assistance in securing outside professional mediation services under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section shall be submitted by letter duly authorized to be submitted to the Board by the requesting party. The request letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, and shall include a concise description of the issues for which outside professional mediation services are sought. The Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance shall contact the requesting party in response to such request within 14 days of receipt of the request.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; approval of quota transfers.
NMFS announces its approval of two transfers of 2016 commercial bluefish quota from the Commonwealth of Virginia to the State of New York. The approval of these transfers complies with the Atlantic Bluefish Fishery Management Plan quota transfer provision. This announcement also informs the public of the revised commercial quotas for Virginia and New York.
Effective November 28, 2016, through December 31, 2016.
Reid Lichwell, Fishery Management Specialist, (978) 281-9112.
Regulations governing the Atlantic bluefish fishery are found in 50 CFR 648.160 through 648.167. The regulations require annual specification of a commercial quota that is apportioned among the coastal states from Maine through Florida. The process to set the annual commercial quota and the percent allocated to each state are described in § 648.162.
The final rule implementing Amendment 1 to the Bluefish Fishery Management Plan published in the
Virginia and New York have requested two transfers totaling 80,000 lb (36,287 kg) of bluefish commercial quota from Virginia to New York. Both states have certified that the transfers meet all pertinent state requirements. These quota transfers were requested by New York to ensure that its 2016 quota would not be exceeded. The Regional Administrator has approved these quota transfers based on his determination that the criteria set forth in § 648.162(e)(1)(i) through (iii) have been met. The revised bluefish quotas for calendar year 2016 are: Virginia, 370,287 lb (167,959 kg); and New York, 877,289 lb (397,932 kg). These quota adjustments revise the quotas specified in the final rule implementing the 2016-2018 Atlantic Bluefish Specifications published on August 4, 2016 (81 FR 51370), and reflect all subsequent commercial bluefish quota transfers completed to date. For information of previous transfers for fishing year 2016 visit:
This action is taken under 50 CFR part 648 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Office of the Secretary (OST), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Extension of comment period on advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
This action extends the comment period for an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on refunding baggage fees for delayed checked bags that was published in the
Comments should be filed by January 17, 2017. Late-filed comments will be considered to the extent practicable.
You may file comments identified by the docket number DOT-OST-2016-0208 by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Clereece Kroha, Senior Trial Attorney, Office of Aviation Enforcement and Proceedings, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590, 202-366-9342, 202-366-7152 (fax),
On October 31, 2016, the Department of Transportation published an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) to solicit public comment on how to appropriately implement a statutory requirement in recent legislation for airlines to refund checked baggage fees when they fail to deliver the bags in a timely manner. Specifically, the Department seeks comment on how to define a baggage delay, and the appropriate method for providing the refund for delayed baggage. See 81 FR 75347 (October 31, 2016). Comments on the matters discussed in the ANPRM were to be received 30 days after publication or by November 30, 2016.
On November 15, 2016, we received a petition from Airlines for America (A4A) for a 48-day extension of the comment period for this rulemaking. According to the petition, the extension is appropriate because the ANPRM concerns a requirement that implicates several operational and financial disciplines within the airlines, which will require the assessment of how internal information systems should be re-worked. A4A also indicates that additional time is needed in order to coordinate comments from different member carriers. Further, A4A points out that the current comment period is effectively diminished by the Thanksgiving holiday and an extension into December would be similarly diminished by the Christmas holiday season because many personnel would take extended vacations during these time periods. We received no comments on A4A's petition for extension.
After carefully considering A4A's petition, we have decided to grant the extension of 48 days (January 17, 2017), for the public to comment on the ANPRM.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Commission is initiating a review to determine whether competitive products provide the appropriate minimum contribution to the Postal Service's institutional costs. This advance notice informs the public of the docket's initiation, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Commission initiates this rulemaking to seek comments and facilitate the Commission's examination of the appropriate minimum contribution to the Postal Service's institutional costs that competitive products must provide, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3633(b).
The Postal Accountability and Enhancement Act (PAEA) directed the Commission to promulgate regulations to ensure that competitive products, collectively, cover an appropriate share of the Postal Service's institutional costs.
The PAEA further directs the Commission to revisit competitive products' minimum contribution level every 5 years and determine whether the institutional cost contribution requirement of 39 U.S.C. 3633(a)(3) should be retained in its current form, modified, or eliminated.
The Commission's first 5-year review occurred in Docket No. RM2012-3.
Five years have passed since the Commission's previous review. As such, the Commission initiates Docket No. RM2017-1 to conduct its second review of the competitive products' appropriate share contribution requirement. The Commission will decide whether 39 CFR 3015.7(c) should be retained in its current form, modified, or eliminated.
Interested persons are invited to provide written comments to facilitate the Commission in its examination of the appropriateness of the current contribution level for competitive products. Only comments filed in the instant docket will be considered as part of the Commission's review. Comments related to the Commission's 5-year review and competitive products' appropriate share of institutional costs filed in other dockets will not be considered.
Comments are due no later than January 23, 2017. Reply comments are due no later than March 9, 2017. All comments and suggestions received will be available for review on the Commission's Web site,
Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, Kenneth R. Moeller is appointed to serve as an officer of the Commission (Public Representative) to represent the interests of the general public in the above-captioned docket.
1. The Commission establishes Docket No. RM2017-1, in compliance with 39 U.S.C. 3633(b).
2. Comments are due no later than January 23, 2017. Reply comments are due no later than March 9, 2017.
3. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, the Commission appoints Kenneth R. Moeller to serve as an officer of the Commission (Public Representative) to represent the interests of the general public in this docket.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this Notice in the
By the Commission.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve severable portions of revisions to the Oklahoma New Source Review (NSR) State Implementation Plan (SIP) submitted by the State of Oklahoma on February 14, 2002 (the February 14, 2002, SIP submittal). This action addresses revisions to the Oklahoma Administrative Code (OAC), Title 252, Chapters 4 and 100, concerning the State's Minor New Source Review air permitting program. Many revisions are administrative in nature and modify redundant or incorrect text within the SIP. The revisions also include renumbered or codified portions of the SIP and new sections that incorporate Federal rules. This rulemaking is being taken in accordance with section 110 of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
Written comments must be received on or before December 29, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket No. EPA-R06-OAR-2007-0989, at
Mr. Rick Barrett, 214-665-7227,
Throughout this document, “we,” “us,” or “our” means the EPA.
The SIP is a set of air pollution regulations, control strategies and technical analyses developed by the state, to ensure that the state meets the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). These ambient standards are established under section 109 of the Act and they currently address six criteria pollutants: Carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, ozone, lead, particulate matter, and sulfur dioxide. The SIP is required by section 110 of the Act and can be extensive, containing state regulations or other enforceable documents and supporting information such as emission inventories, monitoring networks, and modeling demonstrations. EPA has promulgated implementing regulations for the preparation, adoption, and submittal of SIPs. 40 CFR part 51.
The Clean Air Act at section 110(a)(2)(C) requires states to develop and implement permitting programs (called new source review or NSR) for attainment and nonattainment areas; these NSR programs cover both construction and modification of stationary sources.
Some severable provisions submitted by the State of Oklahoma on February 14, 2002, are not addressed in today's action. For these provisions, the EPA has severed the submitted provisions from today's proposed rulemaking and will address them at a later date. The table below and the TSD accompanying our rulemaking identifies the submitted provisions that we are proposing to approve and those provisions we are neither evaluating nor acting upon in this proposed rulemaking.
OAC 252:100-7 also deletes the lower limit of 5 TPY for PBR facilities. This allows facilities subject to New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) with emissions less than 5 TPY to apply for a PBR instead of obtaining an individual permit.
A PBR or general permit may be issued if there are a sufficient number of facilities that have similar operations, emissions, and activities that are subject to the same standards, limitations, and operating and monitoring requirements. OAC 252:100-7 Part 9 and OAC 252:100-7 Part 3 outline the criteria required to qualify for these permits: (1) A facility may apply for a PBR if the facility's actual emissions are less than 40 TPY, except hazardous air pollutants (HAPs); the facility does not emit or have the potential to emit 10 TPY or more of any single hazardous air pollutant (HAP) or 25 TPY or more of any combination of HAPs; the ODEQ must have established a permit by rule for the industry; the facility certifies that it will comply with the applicable PBR; and the facility is not operated in conjunction with another facility or source that is subject to air quality permitting; and (2) A minor facility may apply for a general permit if its actual emissions are less than 100 TPY of each regulated air pollutant, except for HAPs; the facility does not emit or have the potential to emit 10 TPY or more of any single HAP or 25 TPY or more of any combination of HAPs; and ODEQ has issued a general permit for the industry.
In general, a facility may apply for an individual permit if the facility's actual emissions are less than 100 TPY; the facility does not emit or have the potential to emit 10 TPY or more of any single hazardous air pollutant (HAP) or 25 TPY or more of any combination of HAPs; the facility submits an application form from the ODEQ that provides all data and information required by OAC 252:100-7, such as site information, process description, emission data; and the facility provides information necessary for any required BACT
OAC 252:4-1 (General Provisions) includes the practices and procedures of the Environmental Quality Board, Advisory Councils, and the Department of Environmental Quality; the availability of records; and fees for copying, faxing, records search and mail services.
OAC 252:4-7 (Environmental Permit Process) includes Part 1 (The Process) and Part 3 (Air Quality Division Tiers and Time Lines). Representative sections of Part 1 include OAC 252:4-7-2 (Preamble), OAC 252:4-7-13 (Notices) and OAC 252:4-7-15 (Permit issuance or denial). Representative sections of Part 3 include OAC 252:4-7-31 (Air quality time lines) and OAC 252:4-7-33 (Air quality applications—Tier II). OAC 252:4-7 is briefly discussed in more detail below.
The Preamble of OAC 252:4-7 is the introductory section, referencing the Uniform Environmental Permitting Act (UEPA), which requires that DEQ fit licenses, permits, certificates, approvals and registrations into a category, or Tier, established under the uniform environmental permitting rules. The UEPA was created to streamline the permitting process and is located in Oklahoma Statute Title 27A Environment and Natural Resources, Chapter 2: Oklahoma Environmental Quality Code, Sections 1 through 12. Tier I are administrative decisions made by a technical supervisor without public participation, aside from the landowner. Tier II are administrative decisions made by the Division Director with some public participation, including notice to the public, and the opportunity for a public meeting and public comment. Tier III are administrative decisions made by the Executive Director with extensive public participation,
The UEPA requires an applicant to give notice. Notice requirements include providing notice to the landowner if the applicant does not own the property, providing a draft notice for approval to DEQ prior to publication, and proof of publication; these are in addition to the notice requirements for permits under the UEPA.
OAC 252:4, Appendix C (Permitting Process Summary) lists the permit processing steps required under each of the three Tiers. As explained below, Tier I covers permitting for minor facilities and minor revisions to facilities.
Oklahoma's February 14, 2002 SIP submittal includes three separate revisions to OAC 252:100-5 (Registration, Emission Inventory and Annual Operating Fees). The first revision to OAC 252:100-5 was adopted by Oklahoma in 1998 and includes requirements to file an emission inventory, formerly located in OAC 252:100-7; requirements to pay annual operating fees, formerly located in OAC 252:100-7 and OAC 252:100-8; and increases to the annual operating fees for minor facilities and non-Part 70 sources. The second revision to OAC 252:100-5 was adopted by Oklahoma in 1999, to modify the base annual operating fee for minor facilities and the annual operating fee for Part 70 sources. The third revision to OAC 252:100-5 was adopted by Oklahoma in 2000, allowing the agency to bill annual operating fees on a flexible schedule and providing edits that define billing dates and identifying how errors will be handled. The changes allow fees to be based on the most recent emissions data and require inventories to be submitted prior to March 1. Miscellaneous edits delete redundant text and clarify text; the revisions are not substantive.
Oklahoma's February 14, 2002 SIP submittal also included several revisions to OAC 252:100-7 (Permits for Minor Facilities). As stated in Part I above, the EPA took no action on OAC 252:100-7 in Oklahoma's 1994 SIP submittal, so Regulation 1.4 remained in the SIP. Today's rulemaking proposes to approve revisions to eliminate Regulation 1.4 from the Oklahoma SIP, with the exception of its applicability to Minor NSR permitting under OAC
A brief discussion of each of the revisions related to what is now OAC 252:100-7 (hereinafter “Subchapter 7”), as submitted by Oklahoma on February 14, 2002, for EPA review and approval into the Oklahoma SIP, is presented below. Please note that rules adopted by Oklahoma in the first five revisions listed below are superseded by the last three revisions listed, and they are provided for background information purposes.
The first set of revisions was adopted by Oklahoma effective May 6, 1988, and affect the permitting regulations for new and existing sources of air pollution by increasing construction and operating permit fees for new sources and requiring all permits to be renewable on an annual basis. Renewal fees are assessed annually on all regulated sources.
In 1990, the State Legislature passed the Oklahoma Administrative Procedures Act which mandated a common format for Oklahoma's rules and regulations. The Oklahoma State Department of Health was assigned to Title 310 in the OAC, the Air Pollution Control Rules were assigned to Chapter 200, and each regulation was assigned to a Subchapter. Regulation 1.4 became OAC Title 310, Chapter 200, Subchapter 7 or OAC 310:200-7, and was renamed “Permits.” This recodification of Regulation 1.4 to OAC 310:200-7 and change in fee provisions were the second revisions to Subchapter 7, adopted by Oklahoma and effective June 1, 1993.
In 1993, the Oklahoma Air Quality Service became the Air Quality Division (AQD) of the newly created ODEQ. As a result, the Air Pollution Control Rules were recodified to OAC 252:100, adopted by Oklahoma effective May 26, 1994, and submitted by the Governor of Oklahoma to the EPA as a revision to the Oklahoma SIP on May 16, 1994.
The fourth set of revisions to Subchapter 7 was adopted by Oklahoma, effective July 1, 1996, and affects operating time limits for permitted and unpermitted minor sources.
The fifth set of revisions to Subchapter 7 was adopted by Oklahoma, effective June 2, 1997, and excludes total suspended particulates (TSP) from being considered as regulated air pollutants for purposes of fee calculation only.
The sixth set of revisions to Subchapter 7 was adopted by Oklahoma, effective June 25, 1998. These revisions incorporate a new permit classification system that includes environmental impact, emission levels, and source changes in Oklahoma. Other changes remove requirements for Part 70 and major sources (which are relocated to Subchapter 8); define and exempt “de minimis” facilities (less than 5 tons); revise minor permit application fees; and introduce the PBR, general and individual permits.
The seventh set of revisions to Subchapter 7 was adopted by Oklahoma, effective June 11, 1999, and includes modifications to language applicable to de minimis facilities, PBR, and general permits. Additional changes increase various application fees for minor facilities.
The eighth set of revisions to Subchapter 7 was adopted by Oklahoma, effective June 1, 2001. Provisions of Regulation 1.4 were moved into OAC 252:100-7-2, requiring applications be signed by the applicant; the signature constitutes an implied agreement that the applicant shall be responsible for assuring construction or operation, as applicable, in accordance with the application and OAC 252:100; and the applicant's duty to correct any errors or omissions on the application.
In addition to the revisions to OAC 252:100-7 discussed above, Oklahoma's February 14, 2002 SIP submittal includes revisions to OAC 252:100, Subchapter 8 (Permits for Part 70 Sources). The State reasons that it would be difficult to separate the Subchapter 8 rules that are based solely on Title V program requirements from those Subchapter 8 rules that are based upon SIP requirements, without omitting essential requirements. As such, Oklahoma submitted all of the Subchapter 8 rule revisions noted herein for approval into the Oklahoma SIP.
Oklahoma's February 14, 2002 SIP submittal revises OAC 252:100-8, Part 1 (General Provisions), OAC 252:100-8, Part 5 (Permits for Part 70 Sources), OAC 252:100-8, Part 7 (Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Requirements for Attainment Areas), and OAC 252:100-8, Part 9 (Major Sources Affecting Nonattainment Areas). These sections include general information, including eligibility criteria for general and individual permits; sources subject to the permit requirements and permit contents; administrative requirements, including format, transmission of information, review and petitions; applicability of new sources to NSR requirements; demonstration of best available control technology and evaluation of air quality impact. As stated in Section I discussion above, the EPA's November 26, 2010 rulemaking (75 FR 72695) approved OAC 252:100-8, Parts 7 and 9 as well as OAC 252:100-8, Parts 1 and Part 5 (as they apply to sources subject to the Major NSR program requirements) into the Oklahoma SIP. EPA considers the Minor NSR provisions in Subchapter 8 for Part 70 sources severable from the Subchapter 7 Minor NSR requirements for minor facilities. We also note that additional SIP submittals with Subchapter 8 revisions are currently before the EPA for action. In today's proposal, the EPA is not proposing approval of those portions of OAC 252:100-8, Parts 1 and 5 as they apply to Oklahoma's Minor NSR permitting program; the EPA will address the Minor NSR program aspects of OAC 252: 100-8 in a separate action.
Finally, OAC 252:100, Appendix H (De Minimis Facilities) is referenced in Section 252:100-7-1.1. Appendix H lists the facilities that qualify as De Minimis, such as agricultural (lawn care), woodworking (portable wood chipping operations), office/janitorial, and cleaning/surface preparation (cold degreasing operations).
Additional discussion of the above SIP revisions is located below and also in the Technical Support Document (TSD) which is in the docket for this proposed rule.
Under the permitting requirements for minor facilities in OAC 252:100-7 Permits for Minor Facilities, no person may commence construction or modification of any minor facility, may operate any new minor facility, or may relocate any minor portable source without obtaining a permit from ODEQ, except for de minimis facilities.
The provisions in OAC 252:100-7 Permits for Minor Facilities establish both an initial construction permit and a subsequent operating permit. Under OAC 252:100-7-15(b) three types of construction permits are available: A permit by rule (PBR), a general permit, and an individual permit. These provisions allow ODEQ to develop and issue PBR, general, and individual minor source permits. Minor NSR sources may seek authorization under the PBR or general permit, in lieu of an individual permit, if they meet the requirements of the PBR provisions or general permitting program and the specific requirements of each PBR or general permit. Regardless of the type of permit applied for, the applicant must provide specific information which is evaluated by the ODEQ both in the application process and on an ongoing basis. For example, OAC 252:100-7-15(d) requires that all three types of minor construction permits contain provisions that: (1) Require the permittee to comply with all applicable air pollution rules, (2) prohibit the exceedance of ambient air quality standards, and (3) may establish permit conditions and limitations as necessary to assure compliance with all rules. The specific PBR or general permit rule and application form requires that data and information be provided which includes, but is not limited to, process description, emission data, any required BACT
As discussed above, the EPA believes that provisions of OAC 252:100-7 satisfy the requirements of 40 CFR 51.160(a) and enable the permitting authority to determine whether the construction or modification will result in a violation of applicable portions of the control strategy or interfere with attainment or maintenance of a national ambient air quality standard. Further, these provisions satisfy the requirements of 40 CFR 51.160(d) which require that approval of any construction or modification must not affect the responsibility of the owner or operator to comply with applicable portions of the control strategy.
Based on our evaluation, we propose to find that the severable portions of the Minor NSR program requirements in OAC 252:4-1 (General Provisions), OAC 252:4-7 (Environmental Permit Process), Appendix C (Permitting Process Summary), OAC 252:100-5 (Registration, Emission Inventory and Annual Operating Fees), OAC 252:100-7 (Permits for Minor Facilities) and Appendix H are approvable as meeting CAA requirements for a Minor NSR program. These severable Minor NSR permit provisions provide for the necessary procedures and applicable requirements for approvable Minor NSR programs. Additional details regarding our evaluation are found in the TSD accompanying this proposed rulemaking. The TSD is available in the docket and from the EPA Region 6 office.
EPA's review of the proposed revisions and appendix, in accordance with section 110 of the CAA, forms the basis for demonstrating noninterference with applicable CAA requirements for attainment, including violation of any NAAQS or contribution to a PSD increment exceedance. The TSD contained in the docket for this action contains our review of the individual sections for each regulation associated with this proposed SIP revision rulemaking. Our review demonstrates that the changes made to the Oklahoma rules being acted upon in today's proposed rulemaking reflect either the same regulatory language or are consistent with the requirements found in the federal rules related to Minor NSR SIP programs. The TSD also contains references to supporting technical documentation in the docket regarding specific aspects of the proposed revisions, including Appendix H. De Minimis Facilities.
In its review of the proposed revisions and appendix identified above, the EPA also took into consideration the following factors. There is no currently designated nonattainment area for any air pollutant in the State of Oklahoma. The entire State is currently in attainment for all criteria pollutants, and has been since the original promulgation and subsequent revisions of the NAAQS and PSD increments. Also, air quality has generally remained at the same level or has steadily improved both statewide and in the largest metropolitan statistical areas of Oklahoma City and Tulsa, as shown in
Based on historical trends and supporting air quality monitoring data documenting air quality improvements throughout the State, we believe the proposed Minor NSR SIP revision meets the requirements of CAA section 110(l) and is consistent with the provisions of 40 CFR 51.160(e) which provide state agencies the latitude to define the types and sizes of facilities, buildings, structures, or installations subject to review. We believe the implementation of these rules will not interfere with any applicable requirement concerning attainment, reasonable further progress, maintaining PSD increment, or any other applicable requirement of the CAA.
Accordingly, the EPA is proposing approval of these revisions under section 110 of the Act. Further discussion of CAA section 110(l) is contained in the TSD for this proposed rule. The TSD is available in the docket and from the EPA Region 6 office.
We are proposing to approve severable portions of revisions relating to the Minor NSR program of the Oklahoma SIP, as submitted to the EPA on February 14, 2002. The revisions include portions of OAC 252:4, Rules of Practice and Procedure, and OAC 252:100, Air Pollution Control. These revisions replace the corresponding regulations in the Oklahoma SIP found in Regulation 1.4, Air Resources Management Permits Required, with the exception of the continued applicability of Regulation 1.4 to Minor NSR permitting under OAC 252:100-8. EPA has made its determination in accordance with the CAA and the EPA regulations at 40 CFR 51.160—51.164. Therefore, under section 110 of the Act, and for the reasons presented above and in our accompanying TSD, the EPA proposes approval of severable portions of revisions to the Oklahoma Minor NSR SIP identified in Table 1 below.
In this action, we are proposing to include in a final rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with the requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, we are proposing to incorporate by reference revisions to the Oklahoma regulations as described in the Proposed Action section above. We have made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available electronically through
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, the EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely proposes to approve state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide the EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur dioxide, Volatile organic compounds.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Department of Defense (DoD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Proposed rule.
DoD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) to implement a section of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year (FY) 2016. This rule clarifies that agency acquisition personnel are permitted and encouraged to engage in responsible and constructive exchanges with industry, so long as those exchanges are consistent with existing law and regulation and do not promote an unfair competitive advantage to particular firms.
Interested parties should submit comments to the Regulatory Secretariat Division at one of the addresses shown below on or before January 30, 2017 to be considered in the formulation of a final rule.
Submit comments in response to FAR case 2016-005 by any of the following methods:
•
•
For clarification of content, contact Mr. Michael O. Jackson, Procurement Analyst, at 202-208-4949. For information pertaining to status or publication schedules, contact the Regulatory Secretariat Division at 202-501-4755. Please cite “FAR Case 2016-005.”
DoD, GSA, and NASA (the “Councils”) are proposing to amend the FAR to implement section 887 of NDAA for FY 2016. The rule clarifies that agency acquisition personnel are permitted and encouraged to engage in responsible and constructive exchanges with industry, in a manner that is consistent with existing law and regulation, and does not promote an unfair competitive advantage.
FAR 1.102 establishes the guiding principles within the FAR to—
(1) Satisfy the customer in terms of cost, quality, and timeliness of the delivered product or service;
(2) Minimize administrative operating costs;
(3) Conduct business with integrity, fairness, and openness; and
(4) Fulfill public policy objectives.
FAR 1.102-2 provides the requirements or “performance standards” for transforming these principles into positive, results-oriented acquisition strategies. A communication policy that takes into account a range of approaches for effectively describing the Government's requirements to private industry is an essential component of the Federal acquisition process. This concept is in keeping with the direction expressed by Congress in section 887 of the NDAA for FY 2016.
The proposed rule will amend FAR 1.102-2(a)(4) to specifically state that Government acquisition personnel are permitted and encouraged to engage in responsible and constructive exchanges with industry, so long as those exchanges are consistent with existing laws and regulations, and promote a fair competitive environment. This revision,
In the winter of 2011, the Office of Federal Procurement Policy (OFPP) launched a campaign to address misconceptions commonly held by industry and Government regarding the role of communication during the acquisition process in order to encourage early, frequent, and constructive engagement with industry to achieve better acquisition outcomes. The first of two “myth-busting” memoranda, issued in February 2011, focused on misconceptions on the part of Federal agencies and a second memorandum, issued in May 2012, addressed misconceptions that may be held by some in the vendor community. Both memoranda described best practices for effective communication that have been put into use by the acquisition community, with good results. Copies of these memoranda, “Myth-Busting: Addressing Misconceptions to Improve Communication with Industry during the Acquisition Process” and “Myth-Busting 2: Addressing Misconceptions and Further Improving Communication During the Acquisition Process,” are available at
• Which phase(s) of the Federal acquisition process—
• Is there a current FAR policy that may inhibit communication? If so, what is the policy, and how could this policy be revised to remove barriers to effective communication?
• Might it be beneficial to encourage, or require, contracting officers to conduct discussions with offerors after establishing the competitive range for contracts of a high dollar threshold? If so, what would be the appropriate dollar threshold?
Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This is not a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was not subject to review under Section 6(b) of E.O. 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993. This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
DoD, GSA, and NASA do not expect the proposed rule to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act 5 U.S.C. 601,
DoD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) to implement section 887 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for FY 2016, which provides that agency acquisition personnel are permitted and encouraged to engage in responsible and constructive exchanges with industry. Any effect to small businesses should be positive in that industry, including small business, will benefit from better communication with the Government. Based on data obtained from the Federal Procurement Data System—Next Generation (FPDS-NG) on June 21, 2016, approximately 112,150 businesses received Federal contracts during fiscal year 2015, and of these, approximately 75,000 or 67 percent were small businesses.
This rule does not impose any new reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements. The rule does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any other Federal rules.
The Regulatory Secretariat Division has submitted a copy of the IRFA to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. A copy of the IRFA may be obtained from the Regulatory Secretariat Division. DoD, GSA and NASA invite comments from small business concerns and other interested parties on the expected impact of this proposed rule on small entities.
DoD, GSA, and NASA will also consider comments from small entities concerning the existing regulations in subparts affected by this proposed rule consistent with 5 U.S.C. 610. Interested parties must submit such comments separately and should cite 5 U.S.C. 610 (FAR Case 2016-005) in correspondence.
The rule does not contain any information collection requirements that require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).
Government procurement.
Therefore, DoD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend 48 CFR part 1 as set forth below:
40 U.S.C. 121(c); 10 U.S.C. chapter 137; and 51 U.S.C. 20113.
The revision and addition read as follows:
(a) * * *
(4) The Government must not hesitate to communicate with the commercial sector as early as possible in the acquisition cycle to help the Government determine the capabilities available in the commercial marketplace. Government acquisition personnel are permitted and encouraged to engage in responsible and constructive exchanges with industry as part of market research (see 10.002), so long as those exchanges are consistent with existing laws, regulations, and promote a fair competitive environment.
(5) The Government will maximize its use of commercial products and services in meeting Government requirements.
U.S. Agency for International Development.
Proposed rule.
The U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) seeks public comment on a proposed rule that would amend the USAID Acquisition Regulation (AIDAR) clarifying accountability for all mobile Information Technology equipment provided as government-furnished property by Government officials.
Comments must be received no later than January 30, 2017.
Address all comments concerning this proposed rule to Carol Ketrick, Bureau for Management, Office of Acquisition and Assistance, Policy Division (M/OAA/P), Room 867F, SA-44, Washington, DC 20523-2052. Submit comments, identified by title of the action and Regulatory Information Number (RIN) by any of the following methods:
1. Through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
2.
3.
Carol Ketrick, Telephone: 202-567-4676 or Email:
All comments must be in writing and submitted through one of the methods specified in the
Comments submitted by email must be included in the text of the email or attached as a PDF file. Please avoid using special characters and any form of encryption. Please note that USAID recommends sending all comments to the Federal eRulemaking Portal because security screening precautions have slowed the delivery and dependability of surface mail to USAID/Washington.
Three days after receipt of a comment and until finalization of the action, all comments will be made available at
USAID will only address comments that explain why the rule would be inappropriate, ineffective, or unacceptable without a change. Comments that are insubstantial or outside the scope of the rule may not be considered.
The Federal Government has been taking proactive steps to improve management and oversight of IT equipment especially in light of recent federal cybersecurity incidents. As part of a larger Agency effort to strengthen and clarify existing policy and procedures for accountability of all USAID Information Technology (IT) equipment and access to agency facilities and information systems, USAID is clarifying the requirements in the clause in the AIDAR at § 752.245-70, Government Property—USAID reporting requirements. While the clarifications are minor in nature, the entire clause at § 752.245-70 is being replaced at this time to correct formatting.
As stated in the clause at § 752.245-70, government-furnished property includes personal property furnished either prior to or during the performance of the contract by any U.S. Government accountable officer to the contractor for use in connection with performance of this contract and identified by such officer as accountable. Instead of requiring designation of mobile IT as accountable on a case-by-case basis, the clause is being amended to clarify that all mobile Information Technology (IT) equipment is identified as accountable. This includes both mobile IT equipment that is USAID-owned and furnished to the contractor, as well as contractor acquired mobile IT equipment, title to which vests in the U.S. Government. Mobile IT equipment includes, but is not limited to, mobile phones (
This rule has been determined to be “nonsignificant” under Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993 and, therefore, is not subject to review.
This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
The proposed rule does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,
E. The proposed rule clarifies but does not establish a new collection of information that requires the approval of the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).
Government procurement.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, USAID proposes to amend 48 CFR Chapter 7 as set forth below:
Sec. 621, Pub. L. 87-195, 75 Stat. 445, (22 U.S.C. 2381) as amended; E.O. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 FR 56673; and 3 CFR 1979 Comp., p. 435.
USAID contracts, except those for commercial items, must contain the following preface and reporting requirement as additions to the appropriate Government Property clause prescribed by (48 CFR) FAR 45.107, per a GAO audit recommendation.
(a)(1) The term Government-furnished property, wherever it appears in the following clause, shall mean (1) non-expendable personal property owned by or leased to the U.S. Government and furnished to the contractor, and (2)
(2) The term Government property, wherever it appears in the following clause, shall mean Government-furnished property and non-expendable personal property title to which vests in the U.S. Government under this contract, including “Contractor-acquired Property” title to which vests with the U.S. Government. Non-expendable personal property, for purposes of this contract, is defined as personal property that is complete in itself, does not lose its identity or become a component part of another article when put into use; is durable, with an expected service life of two years or more; and that has a unit cost of more than $500.
(b) Reporting Requirement: To be inserted following the text of the (48 CFR) FAR clause.
Reporting Requirements: The Contractor will submit an annual report on all Government property in a form and manner acceptable to USAID substantially as follows:
I attest that (1) physical inventories of Government property are taken not less frequently than annually; (2) the accountability records maintained for Government property in our possession are in agreement with such inventories; and (3) the total of the detailed accountability records maintained agrees with the property value shown opposite line C above, and the estimated average age of each category of property is as cited opposite line D above.
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of public meeting.
NHTSA is announcing a public meeting to seek input specifically on the Model State Policy and Modern Regulatory Tools sections of the recently released Federal Automated Vehicles Policy (the Policy). The Policy is guidance that seeks to speed the delivery of an initial regulatory framework for highly automated vehicles (HAVs) as well as encourage conformance with best practices to guide manufacturers and other entities in the safe design, development, testing, and deployment of HAVs.
The Model State Policy builds on collective knowledge gathered from safety stakeholders, and is intended to help avoid a patchwork of inconsistent laws and regulations. It outlines States' roles in regulating HAVs and lays out model procedures and requirements for use by States that wish to enact laws governing HAVs.
The Modern Regulatory Tools section includes potential new tools and authorities that could help NHTSA overcome the challenges and take advantage of the opportunities involved in the safe and expeditious development of HAVs.
Held in two distinct parts, the public meeting in the morning session will be an open listening session for the Model State Policy. In the afternoon session, there will be moderated panel discussions on the Modern Regulatory Tools. All comments during the public meeting will be oral.
NHTSA will hold the public meeting on December 12, 2016, in Arlington, VA. The meeting will start at 8:30 a.m. and continue until 5 p.m. local time. Check-in will begin at 8 a.m.
The meeting will be held at the United States Army Conference and Event Center (CEC), located at 2425 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22201 (Courthouse Metro Station). This facility is accessible to individuals with disabilities. The meeting will also be webcast live, and a link to the webcast will be available through
If you have questions about the public meeting, please contact Ms. Yvonne Clarke, Program Assistant, Office of Vehicle Safety Research at (202) 366-1845 or by email at
On September 20, 2016, DOT released the Federal Automated Vehicles Policy (the Policy). The Policy is intended to ensure automated vehicle technologies are safely introduced and achieve their full safety potential by removing possible roadblocks to the integration of innovative automotive technology. The full Policy can be found at
Following publication of the Policy and during the open comment period of the Policy, NHTSA held the first in a series of public meetings on November 10, 2016. The morning session of the meeting focused on all four sections of the Policy: Section I: Vehicle Performance Guidance for Automated Vehicles, Section II: Model State Policy, Section III: NHTSA's Current Regulatory Tools, and Section IV: Modern Regulatory Tools. Comments were presented in an open listening session forum. The afternoon session focused specifically on the Safety Assessment, included under Section I: Vehicle Performance Guidance for Automated Vehicles. NHTSA extended invitations to specific organizations and individuals to ensure a broad perspective regarding submission of a Safety Assessment Letter. The session closed with opening the floor for further comments as desired.
NHTSA is seeking input through this series of public meetings to further refine the Policy. The public meeting on December 12, 2016, the second in the series, is being held to provide individuals an opportunity to offer oral feedback regarding the following sections of the Policy: Section II: Model State Policy and Section IV: Modern Regulatory Tools.
During the morning session, the agency will seek input specifically on Section II: Model State Policy. This session will focus on gathering feedback regarding how the States, manufacturers, and other entities have understood and interpreted the Model State Policy. States have already begun passing laws and developing regulations surrounding HAVs. A national dialogue is necessary to gather additional information on any potential challenges foreseen, suggestions for clarification, and recommended improvements to assist in avoiding a patchwork of inconsistent laws and regulations. The session will be an open listening session in which individuals or organizations can register to speak or, if time permits, provide oral comments at the conclusion of the morning session.
During the afternoon session of the meeting, the Agency will seek specific input on Section IV: Modern Regulatory Tools. This section identifies potential new regulatory tools and statutory authorities that may aid the safe and efficient deployment of new lifesaving technologies. This session will focus on gathering feedback on the new tools and authorities discussed in this section, as well as other ideas and suggestions to assist in the safe development, testing, and deployment of HAVs. This session will consist of six moderated panels. Each panel will run approximately 35 minutes and be guided by questions appropriate for the topic at hand. Panels will focus on the following subject areas:
Although attendees will be given the opportunity to offer technical remarks, there will not be time for attendees to
Should it be necessary to cancel the meeting due to inclement weather or other emergency, NHTSA will take all available measures to notify registered participants.
The morning session of the meeting will be an open listening session and an opportunity for individuals to offer oral remarks on Section II: Model State Policy of the Federal Automated Vehicles Policy (the Policy). This section describes the responsibilities of both the Federal and State governments in regards to the regulation of HAVs and recommends policy areas for States to consider for the validation, testing, and deployment of highly automated vehicles with the goal of generating a consistent national framework.
Specifically, commenters are asked to discuss the following topics at the meeting:
The agency seeks comment on the content included within the Model State Policy:
Are there any areas within the Model State Policy that need additional clarification?
Are there any gaps that you have identified in the Model State Policy?
What barriers or challenges do you foresee that might hinder the ability for implementation of the guidance?
The agency seeks comment on the Federal and State Roles portion of the Model State Policy. Does the Policy clearly identify the appropriate roles and division of regulatory responsibilities for motor vehicle operations between Federal and State authorities?
The agency seeks comment on the amount and type of information that a jurisdiction would deem appropriate to receive from NHTSA that would identify that each vehicle used for testing by manufacturers or other entities follows the Performance Guidance set forth by NHTSA and meets all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards?
States are responsible for determining liability rules for HAVs. For example, if a HAV is determined to be at fault in a crash then who should be held liable? For Insurance, States need to determine who (owner, operator, passenger, manufacturer, etc.) must carry motor vehicle insurance. What additional insurance and liability issues have States identified? Would it be desirable for NHTSA to create a commission to study such and make recommendations to the States?
The afternoon session of the meeting provides an opportunity for invited individuals to comment on Section IV: Modern Regulatory Tools. This session will consist of six moderated panels. The panels will run approximately 35 minutes and be guided by questions appropriate for the topics at hand: Panel I: Safety Assurance, Panel II: Pre-Market Approval Authority, Panel III: Imminent Hazard Authority, Panel IV: Expanded Exemption Authority for HAVs, Panel V: Post-Sale Tools To Regulate Software Changes, and Panel VI: Tools. This section identifies potential new regulatory tools and statutory authorities that may aid the safe and efficient deployment of new lifesaving technologies.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by December 29, 2016 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by December 29, 2016 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725-17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The Department of Agriculture will submit the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 on or after the date of publication of this notice. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC; New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received by December 29, 2016. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 720-8681.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and
Submit comments on or before January 30, 2017.
FSIS invites interested persons to submit comments on this information collection. Comments may be submitted by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Docket: For access to background documents or comments received, go to the FSIS Docket Room at Patriots Plaza 3, 355 E Street SW., Room 8-164, Washington, DC 20250-3700 between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.
Gina Kouba, Office of Policy and Program Development, Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Room 6065, South Building, Washington, DC 20250; (202)720-5627.
FSIS requires official establishments that slaughter cattle or process carcasses or parts of cattle to develop written procedures for the removal, segregation, and disposition of SRMs. The Agency requires that these establishments maintain daily records to document the implementation and monitoring of their procedures for the removal, segregation, and disposition of SRMs and any corrective actions that they take to ensure that the procedures are effective (9 CFR 310.22).
FSIS also requires official slaughter establishments that transport carcasses or parts of cattle containing vertebral columns from cattle 30 months of age and older to another federally inspected establishment for further processing to maintain records verifying that the official establishment that received the carcasses or parts, removed and properly disposed of the portions of the vertebral column designated as SRMs (9 CFR 310.22(g)).
This monitoring and recordkeeping is necessary for establishments to further ensure—and for FSIS to verify—that meat and meat products distributed in commerce for use as human food do not contain SRMs.
The approval for this information collection will expire on April 30, 2017. There are no changes to the existing information collection. FSIS has made the following estimates for the renewal information collection:
Copies of this information collection assessment can be obtained from Gina Kouba, Office of Policy and Program Development, Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA, 1400 Independence SW., 6065, South Building, Washington, DC 20250; (202)720-5627.
Responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will also become a matter of public record.
Public awareness of all segments of rulemaking and policy development is important. Consequently, FSIS will announce this
FSIS also will make copies of this publication available through the FSIS Constituent Update, which is used to provide information regarding FSIS policies, procedures, regulations,
No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, or political beliefs, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United
To file a complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, which may be accessed online at
Send your completed complaint form or letter to USDA by mail, fax, or email: Mail: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Director, Office of Adjudication, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250-9410, Fax: (202) 690-7442, Email:
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.), should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD).
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement.
The Coconino and Tonto national forests are preparing a Comprehensive River Management Plan (CRMP) for the Fossil Creek Wild and Scenic River, designated by Congress in 2009. Fossil Creek is located within the administrative boundaries of the Coconino and Tonto National Forests. Fossil Creek is the only intact perennial system with continuous flow without any water diversions in Arizona and is the only uninterrupted river system between the Verde River and the Mogollon Rim, spanning and connecting a number of biotic communities from upper Sonoran desert scrub through ponderosa pine forests. In response to the approximately 17-mile river Wild and Scenic River corridor designation, the Forest Service must establish a CRMP, in accordance with the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act (WSRA), to provide detailed direction, implementation actions, and monitoring to protect or enhance outstandingly remarkable values (ORVs) of the Wild and Scenic River. Since full flows returned to Fossil Creek with the decommissioning of a historic hydropower dam in 2005, public use has dramatically increased. Impacts from recreational use have threatened the river's water quality, free-flowing condition and its ORVs, potentially compromising their benefit and enjoyment by present and future generations. Planning for Fossil Creek has been ongoing for several years, and the environmental analysis for the Fossil Creek CRMP is being elevated from an environmental assessment (EA) to a more detailed environmental impact statement (EIS) in order to more fully analyze potential effects. The Forest Service has developed a proposed action and alternatives for future management of Fossil Creek through the CRMP.
Comments concerning the scope of the analysis must be received by January 13, 2017. The draft environmental impact statement is expected in summer 2017, and the final environmental impact statement is expected in spring 2018.
Send written comments via email to
Contact Marcos Roybal, Fossil Creek Project Coordinator, by email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1 (800) 877-8339 between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the project is to prepare a CRMP for the Fossil Creek Wild and Scenic River to meet the requirements of Section 3(d)(1) of the WSRA. The CRMP is needed to provide for the protection or enhancement of Fossil Creek's water quality, free-flowing condition, and its ORVs, and to fulfill WSRA Section 3(b) requirements to establish river corridor boundaries and recreation and wild segment classifications.
Since the decommissioning of a historic hydropower dam in 2005, public use dramatically increased as visitors sought to explore the heavily publicized Arizona landscape. Recreational use during the high-use season (June-September), for example, increased from an estimated 20,000 visitors in 2006 to approximately 80,000 visitors by 2013, with thousands turned away daily at the entrance barricades due to overcrowding. River values that need protection from impacts of recreational use include water quality, recreation, geology, Western Apache traditional and contemporary cultural values, and biological values (especially the high diversity of fish and wildlife species). Impacts have resulted from uncontrolled dispersed camping, creation of unapproved camp sites, creation of unplanned trail systems, excessive littering, and human waste near the creek. Monitoring since 2011 indicates there are increasing impacts to upland vegetation that is habitat for wildlife species; damage to heritage sites; and unsafe conditions for visitors, Forest Service personnel and emergency responders. In April 2016, an interim management reservation system was successfully implemented to reduce the daily capacity of visitors during the high-use season; this interim management reservation system will remain in place until the CRMP's completion.
The Coconino and Tonto National Forests propose to establish a CRMP to guide management of the designated 17-mile Fossil Creek Wild and Scenic River corridor and to protect or enhance the area's outstandingly remarkable values. Within a range of alternatives, the proposed action is designated to include the most flexibility to increase capacity and recreation infrastructure—maximizing recreation opportunities in the future—while providing protection for sensitive river and tribal values at the same time through both a management plan and site-specific actions. Project actions would address recreation capacity, corridor access, recreation facilities, services, and public health and safety.
During all or part of the year, a reservation system would manage visitor use by limiting the number of people at one time (PAOT) in the river
• Existing recreation sites would be expanded, particularly at the Irving site.
• Additional trails would be developed to link recreation sites and provide a greater variety of opportunities for a different hiking levels.
• A portion of Forest Road 708 would become a motorized trail.
• A limited amount of camping would be allowed at designated sites.
• Opportunities for outfitters/guides and concessionaries would be provided.
• Limited or no waterplay would exist at some creek locations due to cultural or natural resource issues.
• Some system routes would be closed or decommissioned, and other restoration actions would occur.
The existing Coconino and Tonto Forest Plans would be programmatically amended under the 2012 Planning Rule to incorporate management direction for the Fossil Creek WSR corridor. The proposed amendments would add, replace, delete or revise (as needed) direction for the management of the Wild and Scenic River corridor.
A range of alternatives to the proposed action, including a no action alternative and three additional action alternatives, are being considered. The no action alternative (Alternative A) represents no change (a CRMP would not be established) and serves as the baseline for comparison of the effects of the action alternatives. The four action alternatives, which are based on extensive public engagement that has occurred since 2010, include: Alternative B (Enhanced Protections), Alternative C (Non-motorized Experience), Alternative D (Motorized Use and Refugia), and Alternative E (Long-term Adaptive Management—Proposed Action). More detailed descriptions of the proposed action and alternatives can be found online at
Arizona Game and Fish Department has cooperating agency status in order to assist the Coconino and the Tonto National Forests in the preparation of the Fossil Creek Wild and Scenic River CRMP and EIS.
Laura Jo West, the Forest Supervisor on the Coconino National Forest, is the responsible official.
Given the purpose and need of the project, the Coconino Forest Supervisor will review the proposed action, other alternatives, and the effects analysis in the EIS in order to determine: (1) Which alternative, or combination of alternatives, should be implemented; (2) what actions will be taken to protect and enhance the river's water quality, free-flowing condition and its ORVs, as required by WSRA; (3) the location and extent of infrastructure development, restoration activities, and changes in permitted visitor capacity; (4) the design features, mitigation measures and monitoring requirements; and, (5) consistency with the forest plans in place at the time of the decision and the need for amendments.
Since 2010, public involvement regarding management of the Fossil Creek Wild and Scenic River has informed key issues and the alternatives that have been developed. Three key issues have arisen: (1) Recreation opportunities and recreational impacts on natural and cultural resources; (2) the level of recreation development; and (3) public health and safety. These issues form the basis for the alternatives presented in this Notice.
This Notice of Intent initiates the scoping process, which guides the development of the environmental impact statement. Several scoping meetings will be held, and interested parties should check the Fossil Creek CRMP Web page at
This project is subject to the objection process pursuant to 36 CFR 218 and is not being authorized under the Healthy Forest Restoration Act (HFRA). As such, those who provide specific written comments during designated comment periods in accordance with 36 CFR 218.5 will be eligible to participate in the objection process. Issues raised in objections must be based on previously submitted timely, specific written comments regarding the proposed project unless new information arises after designated opportunities (36 CFR 218.7). Several previous scoping periods have occurred since 2010, and provide standing to object under 36 CFR 218 to those who commented during designated comment periods.
It is important that reviewers provide their comments at such times and in such manner that they are useful to the agency's preparation of the environmental impact statement. Therefore, comments should be provided prior to the close of the comment period and should clearly articulate the reviewer's concerns and contentions.
Comments received in response to this solicitation, including names and addresses of those who comment, will be part of the public record for this proposed action. Comments submitted anonymously will be accepted and considered, but will not be eligible for objection per 36 CFR 218.5.
Rural Business-Cooperative Service, USDA.
Notice; correction.
The Rural Business-Cooperative Service (the Agency) published a notice in the
For information about this Notice, please contact Maureen Hessel, Business Loan and Grant Analyst, USDA Rural Development, Energy Division, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Stop 3225, Room 6870, Washington, DC 20250. Telephone: (202) 401-0142. Email:
This Notice makes certain corrections to the original Notice published on October 18, 2016 at 81
1. In the first column on page 71691, Section III. Eligibility Information, Subsection D. Cost Sharing or Matching, paragraph (2), the last sentence which continues into the second column is replaced with the following text:
An applicant who has received one or more grants under this program must have a satisfactory history of performance which, as it relates to the expenditure of grant funds, the Agency interprets as the expenditure of 50 percent or more of the previously awarded grants by January 31, 2017. Those who cannot meet this requirement will be determined to be a “risk” pursuant to 2 CFR 200.205 and may be denied a subsequent grant or have special conditions imposed.
2. In the first column on page 71694, under Section V. Application Review Information, subsection B. Review and Selection Process, subparagraph (1)(a) is being revised to read as follows:
(a) Funds for renewable energy system and energy efficiency improvements grants of $20,000 or less will be allocated to the States. Eligible applications must be submitted by October 31, 2016, or March 31, 2017, in order to be considered for these set-aside funds. Approximately 50 percent of these funds will be made available for those complete applications the Agency receives by October 31, 2016, and approximately 50 percent of the funds for those complete applications the Agency receives by March 31, 2017. All unused State allocated funds for grants of $20,000 or less will be pooled to the National Office.
3. In the first column on page 71694, under Section V. Application Review Information, subsection B. Review and Selection Process, subparagraph (1)(b) the first sentence is being revised to read as follows:
Eligible applications received by March 31, 2017, for renewable energy system and energy efficiency improvements grants of $20,000 or less, that are not funded by State allocations can be submitted to the National Office to compete against grant applications of $20,000 or less from other States at a national competition.
4. In the first column on page 71694, under Section V. Application Review Information, subsection B. Review and Selection Process, subparagraph (1)(c) the first sentence is revised to read as follows:
Eligible applications for renewable energy system and energy efficiency improvements, regardless of the amount of the funding request, received by March 31, 2017, can compete for unrestricted grant funds.
5. In the first column on page 71694, under Section V. Application Review Information, subsection B. Review and Selection Process, subparagraph (1)(d) is being revised to read as follows:
(d) National unrestricted grant funds for all eligible renewable energy system and energy efficiency improvements grant applications received by March 31, 2017, which include grants of $20,000 or less, that are not funded by State allocations can be submitted to the National Office to compete against grant applications from other States at a final national competition.
6. In the second column on page 71694, under Section V. Application Review Information, subsection B. Review and Selection Process, paragraph (3), the last sentence is revised to read as follows:
All unfunded eligible applications for combined grant and guaranteed loan applications that are received by March 31, 2017, and that are not funded by State allocations can be submitted to the National Office to compete against other grant and combined grant and guaranteed loan applications from other States at a final national competition.
7. In the third column on page 71694, under Section V. Application Review Information, subsection C. State Director and Administrator Points, is revised to read as follows:
The State Director and the Administrator may take into consideration paragraphs V.C.(1) and (2) below in the awarding of points for eligible renewable energy systems and energy efficiency improvement grant applications submitted in Federal FY 2017:
8. In the third column on page 71694, under Section V. Application Review Information, subsection C. State Director and Administrator Points, subparagraph (1)(b) is revised to read as follows:
Owned by a member of a socially-disadvantaged group, which are groups whose members have been subjected to racial, ethnic, or gender prejudice because of their identity as members of a group without regard to their individual qualities.
9. In the first column on page 71696, under Section VIII. Other Information, subsection B. Nondiscrimination Statement is revised to read as follows:
In accordance with Federal civil rights law and USDA civil rights regulations and policies, USDA, its Agencies, offices, and employees, and institutions participating in or administering USDA programs are prohibited from discriminating based on race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity (including gender expression), sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, political beliefs, or reprisal or retaliation for prior civil rights activity, in any program or activity conducted or funded by USDA (not all bases apply to all programs). Remedies and complaint filing deadlines vary by program or incident.
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means of communication for program information (
To file a program discrimination complaint, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, AD-3027, found online at
(1)
(2)
(3)
USDA is an equal opportunity provider, employer, and lender.
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.
30-Day Notice and request for comments.
We, the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board), plan to seek renewed approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below, namely our Online Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Complaint Form (OMB Control Number 3014-0012), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. We have been using this complaint form since 2013 and propose to continue using it for an additional three years. By notice published on July 26, 2016, we solicited public comment on the proposed collection of information for a period of 60 days.
Submit comments by December 29, 2016.
Written comments should be identified as “Paperwork Reduction Act Comments, U.S. Access Board: ABA Complaint Form” and directed to OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: Joe Nye, U.S. Access Board Desk Officer, by email at
For further information regarding this proposed information request, contact Mario Damiani, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. Access Board, 1331 F Street NW., Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004-1111. Telephone number: 202-272-0050 (voice); 202-272-0064 (TTY). Email address:
The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board) is seeking to renew its information collection for its Online Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Complaint Form. The instrument allows complainants to submit a complaint online using a standardized Web-based complaint form posted on the agency's Web site, which prompts users to provide allegations and other pertinent data necessary for the Access Board to investigate their ABA complaint. The online form is user-friendly and accessible, and allows for greater efficiency, clarity, and timeliness in the complaint filing process. To view the Online ABA Complaint Form, please visit:
The Access Board enforces the ABA by investigating complaints submitted by members of the public concerning buildings or facilities designed, altered, or built by or on behalf of the federal government, leased by the federal government, or financed with federal funds. The Access Board uses the information provided by complainants concerning the building or facility and alleged accessibility barriers, along with any photographs or other supporting documentation which may be provided, to conduct its investigation. If complainants choose to provide personal contact information, which is optional, that information is not disclosed outside the agency without the written permission of the complainant.
As noted above, the Online ABA Complaint Form is a standardized, web-based form available on the Access Board's Web site, and it can be filed 24 hours per day, seven days per week. Over 90 percent of complaints the Access Board receives each year are submitted using the Online ABA Complaint Form; the remainder are submitted in writing (without use of a form) by email, mail, or fax.
The Online ABA Complaint Form first prompts complainants to complete the form fields for the name and address of the building or facility. Second, complainants must select a barrier category from a drop-down menu (
We note that use of the Online ABA Complaint Form has greatly improved the completeness of the information included in complaints that are submitted for investigation, and that this in turn has expedited the processing of complaints.
Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average less than 30 minutes to complete the Online ABA Complaint Form, depending on the number of alleged barriers the complainant identifies.
There is no financial burden on the complainant. Use of the online form relieves much of the burden that the prior practice of using a paper complaint form put on complainants by
Comments are invited on (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information from respondents; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) and the International Trade Commission (the ITC) have determined that revocation of the antidumping duty (AD) orders on chlorinated isocyanurates (chlorinated isos) from Spain and the People's Republic of China (PRC) would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping and material injury to an industry in the United States. Therefore, the Department is publishing a notice of continuation for these AD orders.
Effective November 29, 2016.
Chien-Min Yang or Jacqueline Arrowsmith, AD/CVD Operations, Office VII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5484 or (202) 482-5255, respectively.
The Department published the antidumping duty orders on chlorinated isos from Spain and the PRC on June 24, 2005.
On October 1, 2015, the Department received an adequate substantive response to the notice of initiation from the domestic interested parties within the 30-day deadline specified in 19 CFR 351.218(d)(3)(i). The Department did not receive any responses from the respondent interested parties,
As a result of its reviews, the Department determined that revocation of the AD orders from Spain and the PRC would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of the dumping. Therefore, the Department notified the ITC of the magnitude of the margins likely to prevail should the orders be revoked, pursuant to sections 751(c)(1) and 752(b) and (c) of the Act.
On November 22, 2016, the ITC published its determination that revocation of the AD orders on chlorinated isos from Spain and the PRC would likely lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to an industry in the United States within a reasonably foreseeable time, pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act.
The products covered by the orders are chlorinated isos, which are derivatives of cyanuric acid, described as chlorinated s-triazine triones. There are three primary chemical compositions of chlorinated isos: (1) Trichloroisocyanuric acid (Cl
As a result of the determinations by the Department and the ITC that revocation of the AD orders would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and material injury to an industry in the United States, pursuant to section 75l(d)(2) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(a), the
The effective date of the continuation of the AD orders will be the date of publication in the
These five-year sunset reviews and this notice are in accordance with section 751(c) and 751(d)(2) of the Act and published pursuant to section 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(f)(4).
This notice also serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return/destruction or conversion to judicial protective order of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR351.305(a)(3). Failure to comply is a violation of the APO which may be subject to sanctions.
This five-year (sunset) review and notice are in accordance with section 751(c) and published pursuant to 777(i) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.218(f)(4).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) preliminarily determines that countervailable subsidies are being provided to producers and exporters of finished carbon steel flanges (steel flanges) from India. The period of investigation (POI) is April 1, 2015, through March 31, 2016. Interested parties are invited to comment on this preliminary determination.
Effective November 29, 2016.
Emily Maloof or Davina Friedmann, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5649 or (202) 482-0698, respectively.
On July 28, 2016, the Department published the notice of initiation of this investigation.
The product covered by this investigation is steel flanges from India. For a complete description of the scope of the investigation,
We received no comments from interested parties regarding the scope of the investigation as it appeared in the
The Department is conducting this countervailing duty (CVD investigation in accordance with section 701 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (the Act). For each of the subsidy programs found countervailable, we preliminarily determine that there is a subsidy (
In accordance with section 703(d)(1)(A)(i) of the Act, we calculated a CVD rate for each individually-investigated producer/exporter of the subject merchandise. We preliminarily determine that countervailable subsidies are being provided with respect to the manufacture, production, or exportation of the subject merchandise. For a full description of the programs which have preliminarily determined to be countervailable, as well as those not used during the POI,
Under section 705(c)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, the all-others rate should exclude zero and
We preliminarily determine the countervailable subsidy rates to be:
In accordance with sections 703(d)(1)(B) and (2) of the Act, we are directing U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to suspend liquidation of all entries of steel flanges from India that are entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of the publication of this notice in the
As provided in section 782(i)(1) of the Act, we intend to verify the information submitted by the respondents prior to making our final determination.
In accordance with section 703(f) of the Act, we will notify the
In accordance with section 705(b)(2) of the Act, if our final determination is affirmative, the ITC will make its final determination within 45 days after the Department makes its final determination.
The Department intends to disclose calculations performed for this preliminary determination to the parties within five days of the date of public announcement of this determination in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b). Case briefs or other written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the final verification report is issued in this proceeding, and rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after the deadline date for case briefs.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, filed electronically using ACCESS. An electronically-filed request must be received successfully, and in its entirety, by ACCESS by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number; the number of participants; and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, the Department intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, at a date, time, and specific location to be determined. Parties will be notified of the date, time, and location of any hearing. Parties should confirm by telephone the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.
This determination is issued and published pursuant to sections 703(f) and 777(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The scope of this investigation covers finished carbon steel flanges. Finished carbon steel flanges differ from unfinished carbon steel flanges (also known as carbon steel flange forgings) in that they have undergone further processing after forging, including, but not limited to, beveling, bore threading, center or step boring, face machining, taper boring, machining ends or surfaces, drilling bolt holes, and/or deburring or shot blasting. Any one of these post-forging processes suffices to render the forging into a finished carbon steel flange for purposes of this investigation. However, mere heat treatment of a carbon steel flange forging (without any other further processing after forging) does not render the forging into a finished carbon steel flange for purposes of this investigation. While these finished carbon steel flanges are generally manufactured to specification ASME 816.5 or ASME 816.47 series A or series 8, the scope is not limited to flanges produced under those specifications. All types of finished carbon steel flanges are included in the scope regardless of pipe size (which may or may not be expressed in inches of nominal pipe size), pressure class (usually, but not necessarily, expressed in pounds of pressure,
(i) 0.87 percent of aluminum;
(ii) 0.0105 percent of boron;
(iii) 10.10 percent of chromium;
(iv) 1.55 percent of columbium;
(v) 3.10 percent of copper;
(vi) 0.38 percent of lead;
(vii) 3.04 percent of manganese;
(viii) 2.05 percent of molybdenum;
(ix) 20.15 percent of nickel;
(x) 1.55 percent of niobium;
(xi) 0.20 percent of nitrogen;
(xii) 0.21 percent of phosphorus;
(xiii) 3.10 percent of silicon;
(xiv) 0.21 percent of sulfur;
(xv) 1.05 percent of titanium;
(xvi) 4.06 percent of tungsten;
(xvii) 0.53 percent of vanadium; or
(xviii) 0.015 percent of zirconium.
Finished carbon steel flanges are currently classified under subheadings 7307.91.5010 and 7307.91.5050 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). They may also be entered under HTSUS subheadings 7307.91.5030 and 7307.91.5070. The HTSUS subheadings are provided for
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On November 14, 2016, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published in the
Effective November 29, 2016.
Ross Belliveau or David J. Goldberger, AD/CVD Operations, Office II, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4952 or (202) 482-4136, respectively.
On November 14, 2016, the Department published in the
The product covered by this investigation is CTL plate from Germany. For a full description of the scope of this investigation,
A ministerial error is defined in 19 CFR 351.224(f) as “an error in addition, subtraction, or other arithmetic function, clerical error resulting from inaccurate copying, duplication, or the like, and any other similar type of unintentional error which the Secretary considers ministerial.” Further, 19 CFR 351.224(e) provides that the Department “will analyze any comments received and, if appropriate, correct any significant ministerial error by amending the preliminary determination.” A significant ministerial error is defined as a ministerial error, the correction of which, singly or in combination with other errors, would result in: (1) A change of at least five absolute percentage points in, but not less than 25 percent of, the weighted-average dumping margin calculated in the original (erroneous) preliminary determination; or (2) a difference between a weighted-average dumping margin of zero or
Nucor alleges that the Department made three ministerial errors in its calculation of the preliminary determination margin for Ilsenburger Grobblech GmbH, Salzgitter Mannesmann Grobblech GmbH, Salzgitter Flachstahl GmbH, and Salzgitter Mannesmann International GmbH (collectively, Salzgitter):
• In making the adjustment to U.S. price for reported freight revenue and capping that adjustment by the reported freight expense, the Department did not include freight revenue reported as a billing adjustment in the freight revenue cap.
• The Department recalculated U.S. credit expenses incorrectly by deducting freight revenue from the U.S. price used in the calculation. However, the reported U.S. price did not include freight revenue.
• The Department made an adjustment to U.S. price for inventory carrying expenses without converting the reported amount from euros to U.S. dollars.
We agree that the alleged errors were made. Moreover, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.224(g)(2), these ministerial errors are significant because the correction of these errors results in a change from a weighted-average dumping margin of zero or
We are amending the preliminary determination of sales at less-than-fair-value for CTL plate from Germany to reflect the correction of ministerial errors made in the margin calculation of that determination for Salzgitter. In addition, because we calculated a
The collection of cash deposits and suspension of liquidation will be revised according to the rates established in this amended preliminary determination, in accordance with section 733(d) and (f) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act) and 19 CFR 351.224. Because the rates are increasing from the
In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, we notified the International Trade Commission of our amended preliminary determination.
We intend to disclose the calculations performed to parties in this proceeding within five days after public announcement of the amended preliminary determination, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224.
This amended preliminary determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.224(e).
The products covered by this investigation are certain carbon and alloy steel hot-rolled or forged flat plate products not in coils, whether or not painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances (cut-to-length plate). Subject merchandise includes plate that is produced by being cut-to-length from coils or from other discrete length plate and plate that is rolled or forged into a discrete length. The products covered include (1) Universal mill plates (
For purposes of the width and thickness requirements referenced above, the following rules apply:
(1) Except where otherwise stated where the nominal and actual thickness or width measurements vary, a product from a given subject country is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above; and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; and (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less by weight.
Subject merchandise includes cut-to-length plate that has been further processed in the subject country or a third country, including but not limited to pickling, oiling, levelling, annealing, tempering, temper rolling, skin passing, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, beveling, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cut-to-length plate.
All products that meet the written physical description are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded or covered by the scope of an existing order. The following products are outside of, and/or specifically excluded from, the scope of this investigation:
(1) Products clad, plated, or coated with metal, whether or not painted, varnished or coated with plastic or other non-metallic substances;
(2) military grade armor plate certified to one of the following specifications or to a specification that references and incorporates one of the following specifications:
• MIL-A-12560,
• MIL-DTL-12560H,
• MIL-DTL-12560J,
• MIL-DTL-12560K,
• MIL-DTL-32332,
• MIL-A-46100D,
• MIL-DTL-46100-E,
• MIL-46177C,
• MIL-S-16216K Grade HY80,
• MIL-S-16216K Grade HY100,
• MIL-S-24645A HSLA-80;
• MIL-S-24645A HSLA-100,
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Grade HY80,
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Grade HY100,
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Grade HSLA80,
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Grade HSLA100, and
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Mod. Grade HSLA115,
(3) stainless steel plate, containing 10.5 percent or more of chromium by weight and not more than 1.2 percent of carbon by weight;
(4) CTL plate meeting the requirements of ASTM A-829, Grade E 4340 that are over 305 mm in actual thickness;
(5) Alloy forged and rolled CTL plate greater than or equal to 152.4 mm in actual thickness meeting each of the following requirements:
(a) Electric furnace melted, ladle refined & vacuum degassed and having a chemical composition (expressed in weight percentages):
• Carbon 0.23-0.28,
• Silicon 0.05-0.20,
• Manganese 1.20-1.60,
• Nickel not greater than 1.0,
• Sulfur not greater than 0.007,
• Phosphorus not greater than 0.020,
• Chromium 1.0-2.5,
• Molybdenum 0.35-0.80,
• Boron 0.002-0.004,
• Oxygen not greater than 20 ppm,
• Hydrogen not greater than 2 ppm, and
• Nitrogen not greater than 60 ppm;
(b) With a Brinell hardness measured in all parts of the product including mid thickness falling within one of the following ranges:
(i) 270-300 HBW,
(ii) 290-320 HBW, or
(iii) 320-350 HBW;
(c) Having cleanliness in accordance with ASTM E45 method A (Thin and Heavy): A not exceeding 1.5, B not exceeding 1.0, C not exceeding 0.5, D not exceeding 1.5; and
(d) Conforming to ASTM A578-S9 ultrasonic testing requirements with acceptance criteria 2 mm flat bottom hole;
(6) Alloy forged and rolled steel CTL plate over 407 mm in actual thickness and meeting the following requirements:
(a) Made from Electric Arc Furnace melted, Ladle refined & vacuum degassed, alloy steel with the following chemical composition (expressed in weight percentages):
• Carbon 0.23-0.28,
• Silicon 0.05-0.15,
• Manganese 1.20-1.50,
• Nickel not greater than 0.4,
• Sulfur not greater than 0.010,
• Phosphorus not greater than 0.020,
• Chromium 1.20-1.50,
• Molybdenum 0.35-0.55,
• Boron 0.002-0.004,
• Oxygen not greater than 20 ppm,
• Hydrogen not greater than 2 ppm, and
• Nitrogen not greater than 60 ppm;
(b) Having cleanliness in accordance with ASTM E45 method A (Thin and Heavy): A not exceeding 1.5, B not exceeding 1.5, C not exceeding 1.0, D not exceeding 1.5;
(c) Having the following mechanical properties:
(i) With a Brinell hardness not more than 237 HBW measured in all parts of the product including mid thickness; and having a Yield Strength of 75 ksi min and UTS 95 ksi or more, Elongation of 18% or more and Reduction of area 35% or more; having charpy V at −75 degrees F in the longitudinal direction equal or greater than 15 ft. lbs (single value) and equal or greater than 20 ft. lbs (average of 3 specimens) and conforming to the requirements of NACE MR01-75; or
(ii) With a Brinell hardness not less than 240 HBW measured in all parts of the product including mid thickness; and having a Yield Strength of 90 ksi min and UTS 110 ksi or more, Elongation of 15% or more and Reduction of area 30% or more; having charpy V at −40 degrees F in the longitudinal direction equal or greater than 21 ft. lbs (single value) and equal or greater than 31 ft. lbs (average of 3 specimens);
(d) Conforming to ASTM A578-S9 ultrasonic testing requirements with acceptance criteria 3.2 mm flat bottom hole; and
(e) Conforming to magnetic particle inspection in accordance with AMS 2301;
(7) Alloy forged and rolled steel CTL plate over 407 mm in actual thickness and meeting the following requirements:
(a) Made from Electric Arc Furnace melted, ladle refined & vacuum degassed, alloy steel with the following chemical composition (expressed in weight percentages):
• Carbon 0.25-0.30,
• Silicon not greater than 0.25,
• Manganese not greater than 0.50,
• Nickel 3.0-3.5,
• Sulfur not greater than 0.010,
• Phosphorus not greater than 0.020,
• Chromium 1.0-1.5,
• Molybdenum 0.6-0.9,
• Vanadium 0.08 to 0.12
• Boron 0.002-0.004,
• Oxygen not greater than 20 ppm,
• Hydrogen not greater than 2 ppm, and
• Nitrogen not greater than 60 ppm.
(b) Having cleanliness in accordance with ASTM E45 method A (Thin and Heavy): A not exceeding 1.0(t) and 0.5(h), B not exceeding 1.5(t) and 1.0(h), C not exceeding 1.0(t) and 0.5(h), and D not exceeding 1.5(t) and 1.0(h);
(c) Having the following mechanical properties: A Brinell hardness not less than 350 HBW measured in all parts of the product including mid thickness; and having a Yield Strength of 145 ksi or more and UTS 160 ksi or more, Elongation of 15% or more and Reduction of area 35% or more; having charpy V at −40 degrees F in the transverse direction equal or greater than 20 ft. lbs (single value) and equal or greater than 25 ft. lbs (average of 3 specimens);
(d) Conforming to ASTM A578-S9 ultrasonic testing requirements with acceptance criteria 3.2 mm flat bottom hole; and
(e) Conforming to magnetic particle inspection in accordance with AMS 2301.
The products subject to the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7208.40.3030, 7208.40.3060, 7208.51.0030, 7208.51.0045, 7208.51.0060, 7208.52.0000, 7211.13.0000, 7211.14.0030, 7211.14.0045, 7225.40.1110, 7225.40.1180, 7225.40.3005, 7225.40.3050, 7226.20.0000, and 7226.91.5000.
The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS item numbers: 7208.40.6060, 7208.53.0000, 7208.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7210.90.9000, 7211.19.1500, 7211.19.2000, 7211.19.4500, 7211.19.6000, 7211.19.7590, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7212.50.0000, 7214.10.0000, 7214.30.0010, 7214.30.0080, 7214.91.0015, 7214.91.0060, 7214.91.0090, 7225.11.0000, 7225.19.0000, 7225.40.5110, 7225.40.5130, 7225.40.5160, 7225.40.7000, 7225.99.0010, 7225.99.0090, 7226.11.1000, 7226.11.9060, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.91.0500, 7226.91.1530, 7226.91.1560, 7226.91.2530, 7226.91.2560, 7226.91.7000, 7226.91.8000, and 7226.99.0180.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of Commerce.
Notice.
The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) invites organizations to provide products and technical expertise to support and demonstrate security platforms for Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) for the Public Safety & First Responder sector. This notice is the initial step for the National Cybersecurity Center of Excellence (NCCoE) in collaborating with technology companies to address cybersecurity challenges identified under the Public Safety & First Responder sector program. Participation in the use case is open to all interested organizations.
Interested parties must contact NIST to request a letter of interest template to be completed and submitted to NIST. Letters of interest will be accepted on a first come, first served basis. Collaborative activities will commence as soon as enough completed and signed letters of interest have been returned to address all the necessary components and capabilities, but no earlier than December 29, 2016. When the use case has been completed, NIST will post a notice on the NCCoE Public Safety & First Responder sector program Web site at
The NCCoE is located at 9700 Great Seneca Highway, Rockville, MD 20850. Letters of interest must be submitted to
Paul Grassi or William Fisher via email to
Interested parties should contact NIST using the information provided in the
When responding to an emergency, public safety personnel require on-demand access to data. The ability to quickly and securely authenticate in order to access public safety data is critical to ensuring that first responders can deliver the proper care and support during an emergency. In order to adequately meet the need of diverse public safety personnel, missions, and operational environments, authentication mechanisms need to support deployments where devices may be shared amongst personnel and authentication factors have usability constraints.
The challenge that first responders face in authenticating quickly and securely to public safety systems is compounded when a first responder is forced to authenticate individually to multiple mobile applications. In addition, when authorizing application access to shared resources, first responders may be subjected to an additional authentication step at the resource provider. To address the challenge identified by the public safety community, the National Cybersecurity Center of Excellence (NCCoE) plans to develop a Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) reference design and implementation that meets these unique authentication requirements and allows first responders to take advantage of the latest mobile authentication technology and best practices.
A detailed description of the Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) is available at:
• Mobile devices
• Mobile platforms for biometric authentication
Each responding organization's letter of interest should identify how their products address one or more of the following desired solution characteristics in section 3 of the Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) for the Public Safety & First Responder use case (for reference, please see the link in the PROCESS section above):
1. A standards-based approach and a solution architecture that selects the most effective and secure approach to implement mobile SSO leveraging native capabilities of the mobile OS.
2. Support mobile SSO both for authentication and delegated authorization (as in OAuth Client Applications).
3. Ensure that mobile applications do not have access to user credentials.
4. Support multiple authenticators taking into account unique environmental constraints faced by first responders in emergency medical services, law enforcement, and the fire service such as:
5. Allow multi-user operation of shared mobile devices.
6. Support for multiple authentication protocols. If appropriate, public sector agencies must be able to leverage multifactor authentication. This may be accomplished by adopting Fast IDentity Online (FIDO 2.0) Universal Authentication Framework (UAF), Universal 2nd Factor (U2F), PKI, or some other means.
7. Support a spectrum of BYOD (Bring Your Own Device) and COPE (Corporate Owned, Personally Enabled) scenarios.
Responding organizations need to understand and, in their letters of interest, commit to provide:
Additional details about the Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) for the Public Safety & First Responder sector use case are available at:
NIST cannot guarantee that all of the products proposed by respondents will be used in the demonstration. Each prospective participant will be expected to work collaboratively with NIST staff and other project participants under the terms of the consortium CRADA in the development of the Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) for the Public Safety & First Responder sector capability. Prospective participants' contribution to the collaborative effort will include assistance in establishing the necessary interface functionality, connection and set-up capabilities and procedures, demonstration harnesses, environmental and safety conditions for use, integrated platform user instructions, and demonstration plans and scripts necessary to demonstrate the desired capabilities. Each participant will train NIST personnel, as necessary, to operate its product in capability demonstrations to the Public Safety & First Responder community. Following successful demonstrations, NIST will publish a description of the security platform and its performance characteristics sufficient to permit other organizations to develop and deploy security platforms that meet the security objectives of the Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) for the Public Safety & First Responder sector use case. These descriptions will be public information.
Under the terms of the consortium CRADA, NIST will support development of interfaces among participants' products by providing IT infrastructure, laboratory facilities, office facilities, collaboration facilities, and staff support to component composition, security platform documentation, and demonstration activities.
The dates of the demonstration of the Mobile Application Single Sign On (SSO) for the Public Safety & First Responder sector capability will be announced on the NCCoE Web site at least two weeks in advance at
For additional information on the NCCoE governance, business processes, and NCCoE operational structure, visit the NCCoE Web site
Office of Oceanic and Atmospheric Research (OER) National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Department of Commerce (DOC).
Notice of Membership Solicitation for the OEAB.
OAR publishes this notice to solicit applications to fill a single membership vacancy on the Ocean Exploration Advisory Board (OEAB) with an individual demonstrating expertise in data science and management and one other area of expertise relevant to ocean exploration, such as seafloor mapping. The new OEAB member will serve an initial three-year term, renewable once.
The purpose of the OEAB is to advise the Under Secretary of Commerce for Oceans and Atmosphere on matters pertaining to ocean exploration including: The identification of priority areas that warrant exploration; the development and enhancement of technologies for exploring the oceans; managing the data and information; and disseminating the results. The OEAB also provides advice on the relevance of the program with regard to the NOAA Strategic Plan, the National Ocean Policy Implementation Plan, and other appropriate guidance documents.
An application is required to be considered for OEAB membership. To apply, please submit (1) full name, title, institutional affiliation, and contact information (mailing address, email, telephones, fax); (2) a short description of his/her qualifications relative to data science and management, and at least one other area of expertise related to ocean exploration; (3) a resume or curriculum vitae (maximum length 4 pages); and (4) A cover letter stating their interest in serving on the OEAB and highlighting specific areas of expertise relevant to the purpose of the OEAB.
Application materials should be sent to the mailing or email address specified below and must be received no later than 15 days after publication of this
Submit resume and application materials to Yvette Jefferson via mail or email. Mail: NOAA, 1315 East West Highway, SSMC3 Rm 10315, Silver Spring, MD 20910; Email:
David McKinnie, OEAB Designated Federal Officer, NOAA/OER, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115; 206-526-6950;
The OEAB functions as an advisory body in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), as amended, 5 U.S.C. App., with the exception of section 14. It reports to the Under Secretary, as directed by 33 U.S.C. 3405.
The OEAB consists of approximately ten members including a Chair and Co-chair(s), designated by the Under Secretary in accordance with FACA requirements and the terms of the approved OEAB Charter.
The OEAB:
a. advises the Under Secretary on all aspects of ocean exploration including areas, features, and phenomena that warrant exploration; and other areas of program operation, including development and enhancement of technologies for exploring the ocean, managing ocean exploration data and information, and disseminating the results to the public, scientists, and educators;
b. assists the program in the development of a 5-year strategic plan for the fields of ocean, marine, and Great Lakes science, exploration, and discovery, as well as makes recommendations to NOAA on the evolution of the plan based on results and achievements;
c. annually reviews the quality and effectiveness of the proposal review process established under [correct]; and
d. provides other assistance and advice as requested by the Under Secretary.
OEAB members are appointed as special government employees (SGEs)
The OEAB meets three to four times each year, exclusive of subcommittee, task force, and working group meetings.
As a Federal Advisory Committee, the OEAB's membership is required to be balanced in terms of viewpoints represented and the functions to be performed as well as including the interests of geographic regions of the country and the diverse sectors of our society.
For more information about the OEAB, please visit
NOAA's Office of Ocean Exploration and Research is part of the NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research. OER's mission is to explore the ocean for national benefit.
OER:
e. Explores the ocean to make discoveries of scientific, economic, and cultural value, with priority given to the U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone and Extended Continental Shelf;
f. Promotes technological innovation to advance ocean exploration;
g. Provides public access to data and information;
h. Encourages the next generation of ocean explorers, scientists, and engineers; and,
i. Expands the national ocean exploration program through partnerships.
For more information about the Office of Ocean Exploration and Research please visit
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a change to a public meeting notice.
The Western Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) announces a change in location for its Hilo, HI public meetings and scoping sessions to discuss fishery management regulations for the Monument Expanded Area in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.
The Council will hold meetings in Hilo, HI on Tuesday, December 6, 2016, between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m. All times listed are local island times. For specific times and agendas, see
The Hilo meeting will be held at the University of Hawaii at Hilo, Edith Kanakaole Hall Room 126, 200 W Kawili St, Hilo, HI 96720.
Kitty M. Simonds, Executive Director, Western Pacific Fishery Management Council; telephone: (808) 522-8220.
The original notice published in the
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Kitty M. Simonds, (808) 522-8220 (voice) or (808) 522-8226 (fax), at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; affirmative finding annual renewals for Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico, and Spain.
The NMFS Assistant Administrator (Assistant Administrator) has issued affirmative finding annual renewals for the Governments of Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico, and Spain (Hereafter known as “The Nations”) under the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA). These affirmative finding annual renewals will allow yellowfin tuna and yellowfin tuna products harvested in the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean (ETP) in compliance with the Agreement on the International Dolphin Conservation Program (AIDCP) by The Nations' flagged purse seine vessels or purse seine vessels operating under The Nations' jurisdiction to be imported into the United States. The affirmative finding annual renewals were based on reviews of documentary evidence submitted by the Governments of The Nations and by information obtained from the Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission (IATTC).
These affirmative finding annual renewals are effective for the one-year period of April 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
Justin Greenman, West Coast Region, National Marine Fisheries Service, 501 W. Ocean Blvd., Long Beach, CA 90802. Phone: 562-980-3264. Email:
The MMPA, 16 U.S.C. 1361
The affirmative finding process requires that the harvesting nation is
An affirmative finding will be terminated, in consultation with the Secretary of State, if the Assistant Administrator determines that the requirements of 50 CFR 216.24(f) are no longer being met or that a nation is consistently failing to take enforcement actions on violations, thereby diminishing the effectiveness of the AIDCP.
As a part of the affirmative finding process set forth in 50 CFR 216.24(f)(8), the Assistant Administrator considered documentary evidence submitted by the governments of The Nations and obtained from the IATTC, and has determined that The Nations have met the MMPA's requirements to receive affirmative finding annual renewals.
After consultation with the Department of State, the Assistant Administrator issued affirmative finding annual renewals to The Nations, allowing the continued importation into the United States of yellowfin tuna and products derived from yellowfin tuna harvested in the ETP by The Nations' flagged purse seine vessels or purse seine vessels operating under The Nations' jurisdiction for the one-year period of April 1, 2016, through March 31, 2017.
El Salvador's five-year affirmative finding will remain valid through March 31, 2018 and Ecuador, Guatemala, Mexico, and Spain's five-year affirmative findings will remain valid through March 31, 2020, subject to subsequent annual reviews by NMFS.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS); National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of availability of a Draft Environmental Assessment; request for comments.
Notice is hereby given that a document entitled, “Draft Environmental Assessment for the Bluefield Holdings, Inc. Site 2 Shoreline Restoration Project Credits Purchase” (Draft EA) is available for public review and comment. This document has been prepared by the state, tribal, and Federal natural resource trustee agencies (the “Trustees”)—NOAA, United States Fish & Wildlife Service (USFWS) acting on behalf of the U.S. Department of the Interior (DOI), Washington Department of Ecology (as lead State trustee), Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife, Muckleshoot Indian Tribe, and the Suquamish Tribe—to evaluate potential impacts to the environment from purchasing 30 credits in the Bluefield Holdings, Inc. Site 2 Shoreline Restoration Project (Site 2). The proposed credits purchase in the Site 2 project is a component of the overall effort to restore natural resources and resource services that have been injured and lost resulting from releases of hazardous substances into the Lower Duwamish River (LDR). This draft EA is tiered from the June 2013 Final LDR NRDA Restoration Plan and Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement (RP/EIS). The EA describes the Trustees' proposed plan to purchase 30 credits in the Site 2 project. The purchase would utilize a portion of the funds provided to the Trustees from the Pacific Sound Resources settlement (
Comments on the Draft EA must be submitted in writing on or before December 27, 2016.
Requests for copies of the Draft EA should be sent to Rebecca Hoff of NOAA at 7600 Sand Point Way NE., DARC Building 1, Seattle, WA 98115 or by email:
Rebecca Hoff, at 206-526-6276, or email:
The LDR is the estuarine portion of the Duwamish River, and starts from the mouth at the East and West Waterways on both sides of Harbor Island at Seattle's Elliott Bay and ends at the natural rock formation commonly known as North Winds Weir (approximately 7 miles), in central Puget Sound. Historic operations of various entities resulted in releases of hazardous substances, such as polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), heavy metals, and other hazardous compounds, into the LDR.
The RP/PEIS describes the type of restoration that the Trustees believe would be most effective in addressing the injuries in the LDR resulting from releases of hazardous substances—Integrated Habitat Restoration. The Site 2 project will create the full suite of habitats identified in the Integrated Habitat Restoration approach, and is consistent with the description of projects and project impacts discussed in the RP/PEIS. The Draft EA released today identifies the Trustees' proposed use of some of the settlement funds to purchase restoration credits sufficient to allow Bluefield Holdings to begin implementing the Site 2 project. The Site 2 project will create and/or rehabilitate shallow subtidal habitat, intertidal mudflat habitat, marsh habitat, and riparian habitat.
In undertaking this NRDA restoration effort and in releasing this Draft EA, the Trustees are acting in accordance with their designation and authorities under section 107(f) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. 9607(f) of the Federal Water Pollution and Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. 1321, Subpart G of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), 40 CFR 300.600 through 300.615, and regulations at 43 CFR part 11, which are applicable to natural resource
National Telecommunications and Information Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces an open meeting of the Digital Economy Board of Advisors. The Board advises and provides recommendations to the Secretary of Commerce, through the Assistant Secretary of Commerce for Communications and Information and the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), on a broad range of issues concerning the digital economy and Internet policy.
The meeting will be held on December 15, 2016, from 8:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time (EST).
The meeting will be held at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230. Public comments may be mailed to: Digital Economy Board of Advisors, National Telecommunications and Information Administration, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Room 4725, Washington, DC 20230; or emailed to:
Evelyn Remaley, Designated Federal Officer (DFO), at (202) 482-3821 or
Last year, the Secretary of Commerce unveiled the Department's Digital Economy Agenda, which will help businesses and consumers realize the potential of the digital economy to advance growth and opportunity. The Agenda focuses on four key objectives: Promoting a free and open Internet worldwide; promoting trust online; ensuring access for workers, families, and companies; and promoting innovation. To support the Agenda, the Secretary directed NTIA to create the Digital Economy Board of Advisors as a mechanism for receiving regular advice from leaders in industry, academia, and civil society. See Committee Charter at
The Digital Economy Board of Advisors convened its first meeting on May 16, 2016, to determine preliminary priorities and work streams. The Board convened its second meeting on September 30, 2016, and reviewed progress made on each of the work streams identified during the first open meeting.
This Board is subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. App. 2, and is consistent with the National Telecommunications and Information Administration Act, 47 U.S.C. 904(b). The Board functions solely as an advisory body in compliance with the FACA. For more information about the Board, visit
NTIA will post a detailed agenda on its Web site,
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Notice and request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau or CFPB) is proposing a new information collection titled, “Consumer Response Customer Response Survey.”
Written comments are encouraged and must be received on or before December 29, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
You may submit comments, identified by the title of the information collection, OMB Control Number (see below), and docket number (see above), by any of the following methods:
•
•
Documentation prepared in support of this information collection request is available at
This information collection reflects comments received in response to the March 24, 2015 (80 FR 15583) Notice and Request for Information (RFI), seeking input from the public on the potential collection and sharing of information about consumers' positive interactions with financial service providers including providing more information about a company's complaint handling such as highlighting the quality of responses to consumers by replacing the consumer “dispute” function with a two-part consumer feedback process as well as comments received during the 60-day comment period and user testing conducting concurrent with the 60-day comment period. The consumer will have the ability to answer three questions about the company's response to and handling of his or her complaint, to rate the company's overall response using one-to-five stars and provide a narrative description in support of the rating. Positive feedback about the company's handling of the consumer's complaint would be reflected by both high satisfaction scores and by the narrative in support of the score. Negative feedback about the company's handling of the consumer's complaint would be better supported and more useful to companies than the current “dispute” function. The Consumer Complaint Company Response Survey will replace the “dispute” option and allow consumers to offer both positive and negative feedback on their complaint experience.
Office of the Under Secretary of Defense (Personnel and Readiness), DoD.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by January 30, 2017.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the Office of the Under Secretary of Defense (Personnel and Readiness) (Defense Human Resource Activity), ATTN: Robert Eves, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Alexandria, VA 22350-4000, or submit an email to
Joint Service Committee on Military Justice (JSC), Department of Defense.
Notice of proposed amendments to the Manual for Courts-Martial, United States (2012 ed.) and notice of public meeting.
The Department of Defense requests comments on proposed changes to the Manual for Courts-Martial, United States
The proposed changes also concern supplementary materials that accompany the rules of procedure and evidence and punitive articles. The Department of Defense, in conjunction with the Department of Homeland Security, publishes these supplementary materials to accompany the Manual for Courts-Martial. Supplementary materials consist of Discussions (accompanying the Preamble, the Rules for Courts-Martial, the Military Rules of Evidence, and the Punitive Articles), Analyses, and various appendices. The approval authority for changes to the supplementary materials is the General Counsel, Department of Defense; changes to these items do not require Presidential approval.
Comments on the proposed changes must be received no later than January 30, 2017. A public meeting for comments will be held on December 15, 2016, at 10 a.m. in the United States Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces building, 450 E Street NW., Washington, DC 20442-0001.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Major Harlye S.M. Carlton, USMC, Executive Secretary, JSC, (703) 693-9299, ha
This notice is provided in accordance with DoD Directive 5500.17, “Role and Responsibilities of the Joint Service Committee (JSC) on Military Justice,” May 3, 2003.
The JSC invites members of the public to comment on the proposed changes; such comments should address specific recommended changes and provide supporting rationale.
This notice also sets forth the date, time, and location for a public meeting of the JSC to discuss the proposed changes.
This notice is intended only to improve the internal management of the Federal Government. It is not intended to create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by any party against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or any person.
The proposed amendments to the MCM are as follows:
“(B) Give a less favorable rating or evaluation of any defense counsel or special victims' counsel because of the zeal with which such counsel represented any client. As used in this rule, “special victims' counsel” are judge advocates, and civilian counsel, who, in accordance with 10 U.S.C. 1044e, are designated as Special Victims' Counsel.”
“The convening authority has received the advice of the staff judge advocate required under Article 34.”
“(2)
“(c)
“(1)
“(2) Persons not subject to the code. A general court-martial convening authority, or designee, may grant immunity to persons not subject to the code only when specifically authorized to do so by the Attorney General of the United States or other authority designated under chapter 601 of title 18 of the U.S. Code.”
“(3)
“(e)
“(b)
“(A)
“(G) Any post-trial recommendation of the staff judge advocate or legal officer and proof of service on defense counsel in accordance with R.C.M. 1106(f)(1);”
“(H) Any response by defense counsel to any post-trial review;”
“(J) Any statement as to why it is impracticable for the convening authority to act;”
“(c) [DELETED]”
“(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(A)
(B)
(i)
(ii)
(C)
(i) Prior authorization of the Judge Advocate General in the case of review under R.C.M. 1201(b) or 1112; or
(ii) Prior authorization of the appellate court before which a case is pending review under R.C.M. 1203 and 1204.
(D) For purposes of this rule, reviewing and appellate authorities are limited to:
(i) Judge advocates reviewing records pursuant to R.C.M. 1112;
(ii) Officers and attorneys in the office of the Judge Advocate General reviewing records pursuant to R.C.M. 1201(b);
(iii) Appellate judges of the Courts of Criminal Appeals and their professional staffs;
(iv) The judges of the United States Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces and their professional staffs;
(v) The Justices of the United States Supreme Court and their professional staffs; and
(vi) Any other court of competent jurisdiction.
(5)
(6)
“(4)
“(A)
“(l)
“(m)
“(6) The motion, related papers, and the record of the hearing must be sealed in accordance with R.C.M. 701(g)(2) or 1103A.”
“(6) The motion, related papers, and the record of the hearing must be sealed
“
“
“
“
“This rule applies when the counsel in question has been detailed, assigned, or authorized to represent the client as a defense or special victims' counsel. Nothing in this rule prohibits supervisors from taking appropriate action for violations of ethical, procedural, or other rules, or for conduct outside the scope of representation.
“Special Victims' Counsel,” as used in this rule, includes Victims' Legal Counsel within the Navy and Marine Corps.”
“When notice is given, a certificate to that effect on the Charge Sheet should be completed.
“A specification under a charge may not be referred to a general court-martial unless the advice of the staff judge advocate concludes the specification alleges an offense under the Code, is warranted by the evidence, and a court-martial would have jurisdiction over the accused and the offense.
“Only general court-martial convening authorities or their designees are authorized to grant immunity.”
“When the victim of an alleged offense requests an expedited response to a request for immunity for misconduct that is collateral to the underlying offense, the convening authority should respond to the request as soon as practicable.”
“A general court-martial convening authority has wide latitude under this section to exercise his or her discretion in delegating immunity authority. For example, a general court-martial convening authority may decide to delegate only the authority for a designee to grant immunity for certain offenses, such as a list of specific offenses or any offense not warranting a punitive discharge, while withholding authority to grant immunity for all others. A general court-martial convening authority may also delegate only authority for certain categories of grantees, such as victims of alleged sex-related offenses.”
“Upon request or otherwise for good cause, a military judge may seal matters at his or her discretion.
The terms “examination” and “disclosure” are defined in (b)(5) and (6) of this rule.”
“A convening authority who has granted clemency based upon review of sealed materials in the record of trial is not permitted to disclose the contents of the sealed materials when providing a written explanation of the reason for such action, as directed under R.C.M. 1107.”
“For disclosure procedures, see (b)(4)(C) of this rule.”
“In general, the Judge Advocate General or an appellate court should authorize disclosure of sealed material when such disclosure is necessary for review. Authorizations may place conditions on disclosure.”
“For additional procedures concerning information contained in safety investigations, consult Service regulations and DoD Instruction 6055.07, “Mishap Notification, Investigation, Reporting, and Record Keeping.” ”
Department of Defense (DoD).
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
The Department of Defense is publishing this notice to announce that the following Federal Advisory Committee meeting of the Defense Health Board (DHB) Health Care Delivery Subcommittee will take place.
Defense Health Headquarters (DHHQ), Pavilion Salon A, 7700 Arlington Blvd., Falls Church, Virginia 22042 (escort required; see guidance in
The Executive Director (Acting) of the Defense Health Board is CAPT Juliann Althoff, 7700 Arlington Boulevard, Suite 5101, Falls Church, Virginia 22042, (703) 681-6653, Fax: (703) 681-9539,
This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.150.
Electronic registration is available at the following link:
The purpose of the meeting is for the Health Care Delivery Subcommittee members to receive public comments concerning pediatric health care services during an open forum. The Subcommittee is examining opportunities to improve the overall provision of health care and related services for children of members of the Armed Forces to better promote the health of this beneficiary population and potentially realize cost savings for the Military Health System. The focus of this meeting will be on the primary and specialty care aspects of the tasking (excluding behavioral/mental health care) to the Subcommittee as outlined below:
• Identify the extent to which children receive developmentally appropriate and age appropriate health care services, including clinical preventive services, in both the direct care and purchased care components.
• Evaluate whether children have ready access to primary and specialty pediatric care.
• Address any issues associated with the TRICARE definition of “medical necessity” as it might specifically pertain to children and determine if the requirement for TRICARE to comply with Medicare standards disadvantages children from receiving needed health care.
Comments from the public can range from insight on pediatric-related health issues to personal accounts and objective input.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b and 41 CFR 102-3.140 through 102-3.165 and subject to availability of space, the DHB Health Care Delivery Subcommittee meeting is open to the public from 12:00 p.m. to 2:00 p.m. on December 14, 2016. The DHB Health Care Delivery Subcommittee anticipates receiving public comments on pediatric-related health services issues. The DFO, in conjunction with the Subcommittee Chair, may restrict speaking time per person to an estimated 3-5 minutes. Additional comments, however, may be submitted in writing (see guidance in this
A copy of the agenda or any updates to the agenda for the December 14, 2016 meeting, as well as any other materials presented in the meeting, may be obtained at the meeting.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b, and 41 CFR 102-3.140 through 102-3.165 and subject to availability of space, this meeting is open to the public. Seating is limited and is on a first-come basis. All members of the public who wish to attend the public meeting must contact Ms. Kendal Brown at the number listed in the section
Individuals requiring special accommodations to access the public meeting should contact Ms. Kendal Brown at least five (5) business days prior to the meeting so that appropriate arrangements can be made.
Any member of the public wishing to provide comments to the DHB Health Care Delivery Subcommittee may do so in accordance with section 10(a)(3) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 41 CFR 102-3.105(j) and 102-3.140, and the procedures described in this notice.
Individuals desiring to provide comments to the DHB Health Care Delivery Subcommittee may do so by submitting a written statement to the DHB Designated Federal Officer (DFO) (see
If the written statement is not received at least five (5) business days prior to the meeting, the DFO may choose to postpone consideration of the statement until the next open meeting.
The DFO will review all timely submissions with the Subcommittee Chair and ensure they are provided to members of the Health Care Delivery Subcommittee before the meeting that is subject to this notice. After reviewing the written comments, the Subcommittee Chair and the DFO may choose to invite the submitter to orally present their issue during an open portion of this meeting or at a future meeting. The DFO, in consultation with the Subcommittee Chair, may allot time for members of the public to present their issues for review and discussion by the Health Care Delivery Subcommittee.
Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, DoD.
Notice of Intent; Withdrawal.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, New York District (NY District), is withdrawing its intent to prepare a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Study. The Notice of Intent to prepare the Draft EIS was published in the Tuesday, December 28, 2004 issue of the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, New York District, Planning Division, Environmental Analysis Branch, 26 Federal Plaza, Room 2151, New York, NY 10278-0090.
Diana Kohtio, Project Biologist, at
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, NY District published a notice of intent to prepare a Draft Environmental Impact Statement in the December 28, 2004 issue of the
This streamlining is consistent with the Civil Works Transformation Initiative and Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Risk Informed, Timely (SMART) Planning principles, and maximizes efficiencies, resources and benefits. The other feasibility studies include:
• HRE—Lower Passaic River Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study;
• HRE—Hackensack Meadowlands Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study;
• Flushing Creek and Bay Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study;
• Bronx River Basin Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study;
• Jamaica Bay, Marine Park, Plumb Beach Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study.
As such, a Draft EIS is no longer necessary. Each Feasibility Study was at a different stage prior to the decision to consolidate into the HRE Feasibility Report/Environmental Assessment (FR/EA). The planning was conducted independently with their non-federal sponsor and resulted in the selection of specific recommendations within each watershed. These combined efforts resulted in the recommendations included in the broader HRE FR/EA. The HRE FR/EA will be prepared and circulated for review by agencies and the public. The New York District invites participation and consultation of agencies and individuals that have special expertise, legal jurisdiction, or interest in the preparation of the draft environmental assessment. Comments received, including the names and addresses of those who comment, will be considered part of the public record for this proposal. As a result of the process, if it is determined that the project may have significant impacts, the EIS process will be reinitiated and a NOI published.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army, DoD.
Notice of intent; withdrawal.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, New York District (NY District), is withdrawing its intent to prepare a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Study. The Notice of Intent to prepare the Draft EIS was published in the Tuesday, December 28, 2004 issue of the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, New York District, Planning Division, Environmental Analysis Branch, 26 Federal Plaza, Room 2151, New York, NY 10278-0090.
Diana Kohtio, Project Biologist, at
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, NY District published a notice of intent to prepare a Draft Environmental Impact Statement in the December 28, 2004 issue of the
This streamlining is consistent with the Civil Works Transformation Initiative and Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Risk Informed, Timely (SMART) Planning principles, and maximizes efficiencies, resources and benefits. The other feasibility studies include:
• HRE—Lower Passaic River Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study;
• HRE—Hackensack Meadowlands Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study;
• Flushing Creek and Bay Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study;
• Bronx River Basin Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study;
• Jamaica Bay, Marine Park, Plumb Beach Ecosystem Restoration Feasibility Study.
As such, a Draft EIS is no longer necessary. Each Feasibility Study was at a different stage prior to the decision to consolidate into the HRE Feasibility Report/Environmental Assessment (FR/EA). The planning was conducted independently with their non-federal sponsor and resulted in the selection of specific recommendations within each watershed. These combined efforts resulted in the recommendations included in the broader HRE FR/EA. The HRE FR/EA will be prepared and circulated for review by agencies and the public. The New York District invites participation and consultation of agencies and individuals that have special expertise, legal jurisdiction, or interest in the preparation of the draft environmental assessment. Comments received, including the names and addresses of those who comment, will be considered part of the public record for this proposal. As a result of the process, if it is determined that the project may have significant impacts, the EIS process will be reinitiated and a NOI published.
Department of the Navy, DoD.
Notice.
The Department of the Navy hereby gives notice of its intent to grant to Anasys Instruments, a revocable, nonassignable, exclusive license to practice in the field of use of photo-thermal infrared spectroscopy and microscopy of solids, liquids, and gases in the United States, the Government-owned inventions described in U.S. Patent No. 9,091,594: Chemical Mapping Using Thermal Microscopy at the Micro and Nano Scales, Navy Case No. 101,493 and U.S. Patent Application No. 14/748,430: Chemical Mapping Using Thermal Microscopy at the Micro and Nano Scales, Navy Case No. 101,493 and any continuations, divisionals or re-issues thereof.
Anyone wishing to object to the grant of this license must file written objections along with supporting evidence, if any, not later than December 14, 2016.
Written objections are to be filed with the Naval Research Laboratory, Code 1004, 4555 Overlook Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20375-5320.
Charles Steenbuck, Acting Head, Technology Transfer Office, NRL Code 1004, 4555 Overlook Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20375-5320, telephone 202-767-3083. Due to U.S. Postal delays, please fax 202-404-7920, email:
35 U.S.C. 207, 37 CFR part 404.
National Advisory Council on Indian Education (NACIE), U.S. Department of Education.
Announcement of closed video/teleconference meetings.
This notice sets forth the schedule of an upcoming closed meeting of NACIE. Notice of the meeting is required by Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act. In order to ensure there are sufficient members in attendance to meet the quorum requirement, this notice is being published in less than 15 calendar days prior to the scheduled meeting dates.
The NACIE video/teleconference meetings will be held on November 29, 2016 and November 30, 2016, from 1:00 p.m.-4:00 p.m. Eastern Daylight Saving Time.
Tina Hunter, Designated Federal Official, Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: 202-205-8527. Fax: 202-205-0310.
NACIE's Statutory Authority and Function: NACIE is authorized by Section 6141 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA), as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA), 20 U.S.C. 7471. NACIE is governed by the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. App. 2, which sets forth requirements for the formation and use of advisory committees. NACIE is established within the Department of Education (Department) to advise the Secretary of Education (Secretary) on the funding and administration (including the development of regulations, and administrative policies and practices) of any program over which the Secretary has jurisdiction and that includes Indian children or adults as participants or that may benefit Indian children or adults, including any program established under Title VI, Part A of the ESEA. NACIE also makes recommendations to the Secretary for filling the position of Director of Indian Education whenever a vacancy occurs. Finally, NACIE submits to the Congress, not later than June 30 of each year, a report on the activities of NACIE, including recommendations that NACIE considers appropriate for the improvement of Federal education
Western Area Power Administration, Department of Energy (DOE).
Notice of the Final 2025 Power Marketing Plan for the Salt Lake City Area Integrated Projects.
Western Area Power Administration (WAPA), Colorado River Storage Project Management Center (CRSP MC), a Federal power marketing agency of the Department of Energy, announces the Final 2025 Power Marketing Plan (2025 Marketing Plan) for the Salt Lake City Area Integrated Projects (SLCA/IP). The Post-1989 General Power Marketing and Allocation Criteria (Post-1989 Plan), February 7, 1986, as extended June 25, 1999, will expire on September 30, 2024. After consideration of the public comments received, WAPA has decided to implement the Proposed 2025 Marketing Plan with the exception that WAPA will not create a new, 2-percent resource pool for potential new customers. This
The 2025 Marketing Plan will become effective December 29, 2016.
Mr. Parker Wicks, Public Utilities Specialist, or Mr. Steve Mullen, Public Utilities Specialist, Western Area Power Administration, CRSP Management Center, 150 East Social Hall Avenue, Suite 300, Salt Lake City, UT 84111-1580, telephone (801) 524-5493, or email to
Brief descriptions of the projects included in the SLCA/IP are provided below:
Authorized by Congress in 1956, the CRSP and participating projects initiated the comprehensive development and use of water resources of the Upper Colorado River. The CRSP is comprised of the Glen Canyon, Flaming Gorge, Blue Mesa, Crystal, and Morrow Point dams and powerplants. CRSP storage units stabilize the erratic flows of the Colorado River and its tributaries so annual water delivery commitments to the Lower Colorado River Basin, as well as to farmers, municipalities, and industries in the Upper Basin, can be met. Delivery of this water to consumers is accomplished, in part, through the participating projects discussed below, and additional project development may occur in future years. Initial hydroelectric generation began at the CRSP facilities in 1963. The maximum operating capacity of the five original CRSP powerplants is currently approximately 1,760 MW. The average annual generation from 1994 through 2014 was approximately 5,208,238 MWh.
WAPA consolidated and operationally integrated the Collbran and Rio Grande projects with CRSP beginning on October 1, 1987. These integrated projects have retained their separate financial obligations for repayment; however, the SLCA/IP rate is set to recover revenues to meet the repayment requirements of all projects. The maximum operating capacity of the eleven SLCA/IP powerplants is 1,818.6 MW, and the average annual generation from 1994-2014 was about 5,635,057 MWh. The SLCA/IP resources are currently marketed to approximately 135 long-term customers, and many more electric service providers benefit from this power indirectly through parent organizations that are direct customers of the SLCA/IP. Existing SLCA/IP contracts will terminate at the end of the September 2024 billing period.
The Post-1989 Plan provided the power marketing principles used to market what is now referred to as the SLCA/IP firm hydropower resources. The Firm Electric Service (FES) contracts associated with the Post-1989 Plan were initially set to expire October 1, 2004, and were extended to September 30, 2024.
WAPA published its Proposed 2025 Marketing Plan, 80 FR 78222 (December 16, 2015), and held a Public Information Forum on January 14, 2016, in Salt Lake City, Utah, and a Public Comment Forum on February 17, 2016, in Salt Lake City, Utah, to provide the public an opportunity to submit comments. During these meetings, the CRSP MC announced it would complete and post a preliminary determination of the 2025 SLCA/IP Marketable Resource, which would help determine if WAPA would offer a 2-percent New Customer Power Pool, as proposed. WAPA extended the comment period, 81 FR 17163 (March 28, 2016), to May 31, 2016, to allow customers the opportunity to comment on the analysis and to make additional comments about the Proposed 2025 Marketing Plan. On May 10, 2016, the CRSP MC posted notice on its Web site that, based on its Analysis of Potential Marketable Resource, insufficient sustainable hydro power (SHP) energy existed to offer a New Customer Power Pool.
WAPA received oral comments at the public comment forum as well as 18 written comment letters during the comment period. WAPA's responses to the comments received are included in this notice.
WAPA's 2025 Marketing Plan will provide the existing CROD commitments with associated energy to current SLCA/IP FES customers as set forth in the existing FES contracts, which implemented the Post-1989 General Power Marketing Criteria and Post-2004 PMI. The 2025 Marketing Plan principles are as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A. The Northern Division consists of the states of Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming; the City of Page, Arizona; a portion of the area in Arizona which lies in the drainage area of the Upper Colorado River Basin to be served by the Navajo Tribal Utility Authority; and White Pine County and portions of Elko and Eureka counties in Nevada.
B. The Southern Division consists of the remaining portion of the state of Arizona and that part of the state of Nevada in Clark, Lincoln, and Nye counties that comprise the southern portion of the state.
7.
8.
Documents developed or retained by WAPA during this public process will be available by appointment for inspection and copying at the CRSP MC, located at 150 East Social Hall Avenue, Suite 300, Salt Lake City, Utah. WAPA will post information concerning the Final 2025 Marketing Plan on its Web site at:
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, 42 U.S.C. 4321,
WAPA has an exemption from centralized regulatory review under Executive Order 12866; accordingly, no clearance of this notice by the Office of Management and Budget is required.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601,
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of final order on petition to object to state operating permit.
The EPA Administrator signed an Order, dated November 10, 2016, granting petition to object to Clean Air Act (CAA) title V operating permit issued by the Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation (TDEC) to the Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) Bull Run facility located in Clinton, Anderson County, Tennessee. This Order constitutes a final action on the petition submitted by Sierra Club and Environmental Integrity Project (Petitioners) and received by EPA on September 29, 2015.
Copies of the Order, the petition, and all pertinent information relating thereto are on file at the following location: EPA Region 4; Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division; 61 Forsyth Street SW.; Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. The Order is also available electronically at the following address:
Art Hofmeister, Air Permits Section, EPA Region 4, at (404) 562-9115 or
The CAA affords EPA a 45-day period to review and, as appropriate, the authority to object to operating permits proposed by state permitting authorities under title V of the CAA, 42 U.S.C. 7661-7661f. Section 505(b)(2) of the CAA and 40 CFR 70.8(d) authorize any person to petition the EPA Administrator to object to a title V operating permit within 60 days after the expiration of EPA's 45-day review period if EPA has not objected on its own initiative. Petitions must be based only on objections to the permit that were raised with reasonable specificity during the public comment period provided by the state, unless the petitioner demonstrates that it was impracticable to raise these issues during the comment period or the grounds for the issues arose after this period.
Petitioners submitted a petition regarding the aforementioned TVA Bull Run facility, requesting that EPA object to the CAA title V operating permit (#01-0009/567519). Petitioners alleged that the permit was not consistent with the CAA because it lacks sufficient monitoring to assure compliance with the opacity limit established pursuant to Tennessee Comprehensive Rules & Regulations 1200-03-05-.01.
On November 10, 2016, the Administrator issued an Order granting the petition. The Order explains EPA's rationale for granting the petition.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “Information Requirements for New Marine Compression Ignition Engines at or Above 30 Liters per Cylinder (Revision),” EPA ICR Number 2345.04, OMB Number 2060-00641, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. This is a proposed extension of the ICR, which is currently approved through November 30, 2016. Public comments were previously requested via the
Additional comments may be submitted on or before December 29, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2013-0246, to (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public
Nydia Yanira Reyes-Morales, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Mail Code 6403J, Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: 202-343-9264; fax number: 202-343-2804; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Under the Production Line Testing Program (“PLT Program”), manufacturers of Category 3 engines are required to test each engine at the sea trial of the vessel in which the engine is installed or within the first 300 hours of operation, whichever comes first. This self-audit program allows manufacturers to monitor compliance and minimize the cost of correcting errors through early detection. In addition, owners and operators of marine vessels with Category 3 engines must record certain information and send minimal annual notifications to EPA to show that engine maintenance and adjustments have not caused engines to be noncompliant. From time to time, EPA may test in-use engines to verify compliance with emission standards throughout the marine engine's useful life and may ask for information about the engine family to be tested.
Proprietary information is kept confidential in accordance with the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), EPA regulations at 40 CFR parts 2 and 1042.915, and class determinations issued by EPA's Office of General Counsel. Non-confidential business information may be disclosed as requested under FOIA. That information may be used by trade associations, environmental groups, and the public. Most of the information is collected in electronic format and stored in CD's databases.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), this document announces that EPA is planning to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The ICR, entitled: “Compliance Requirement for Child-Resistant Packaging” and identified by EPA ICR No. 0616.12 and OMB Control No. 2070-0052, represents the renewal of an existing ICR that is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2017. Before submitting the ICR to OMB for review and approval, EPA is soliciting comments on specific aspects of the proposed information collection that is summarized in this document. The ICR and accompanying material are available in the docket for public review and comment.
Comments must be received on or before January 30, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0630, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
Joe Hogue, Field and External Affairs Division (7506P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 308-9072; email address:
Pursuant to PRA section 3506(c)(2)(A) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), EPA specifically solicits comments and information to enable it to:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility.
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the Agency's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
The ICR, which is available in the docket along with other related materials, provides a detailed explanation of the collection activities and the burden estimate that is only briefly summarized here:
There is a decrease of 1,972 hours in the total estimated respondent burden compared with that identified in the ICR currently approved by OMB. This decrease reflects EPA's updating of burden estimates for this collection, including an increase in the estimated burden per response, and a decrease in the number of responses per year. This change is an adjustment.
EPA will consider the comments received and amend the ICR as appropriate. The final ICR package will then be submitted to OMB for review and approval pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.12. EPA will issue another
44 U.S.C. 3501
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
This notice announces the availability of EPA's draft human health and ecological risk assessments for the
Comments must be received on or before January 30, 2017.
Submit your comments, docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0393 by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
This action is directed to the public in general, and may be of interest to a wide range of stakeholders including environmental, human health, farm worker, and agricultural advocates; the chemical industry; pesticide users; and members of the public interested in the sale, distribution, or use of pesticides. Since others also may be interested, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be affected by this action. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the Chemical Review Manager identified in Table 1 of Unit III.
1.
2.
3.
EPA is conducting its registration review of the chemicals listed in Table 1 of Unit III pursuant to section 3(g) of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and the Procedural Regulations for Registration Review at 40 CFR part 155, subpart C. Section 3(g) of FIFRA provides, among other things, that the registrations of pesticides are to be reviewed every 15 years. Under FIFRA, a pesticide product may be registered or remain registered only if it meets the statutory standard for registration given in FIFRA section 3(c)(5) (7 U.S.C. 136a(c)(5)). When used in accordance with widespread and commonly recognized practice, the pesticide product must perform its intended function without unreasonable adverse effects on the environment; that is, without any unreasonable risk to man or the environment, or a human dietary risk from residues that result from the use of a pesticide in or on food.
As directed by FIFRA section 3(g), EPA is reviewing the pesticide registration for the pesticides listed in Table 1 to ensure that it continues to satisfy the FIFRA standard for registration—that is, that these chemicals can still be used without unreasonable adverse effects on human health or the environment.
Pursuant to 40 CFR 155.53(c), EPA is providing an opportunity, through this notice of availability, for interested parties to provide comments and input concerning the Agency's draft human health and ecological risk assessment for aliphatic esters, cyclanilide, cymoxanil, d-phenothrin, dimethomorph, fenpropathrin, imiprothrin, kresoxim-methyl, linuron, metalaxyl and mefenoxam, MGK-264, momfluorothrin, phosmet, prallethrin, tau-fluvalinate, tefluthrin, tetramethrin and opens a public comment period on these documents. In addition, this notice announces the availability of EPA's draft ecological risk assessments for the registration review of bifenthrin, cyfluthrins (& beta), cypermethrin (alpha & zeta), cyphenothrin, deltamethrin, esfenvalerate, etofenprox, flumethrin, gamma-cyhalothrin, lambda-cyhalothrin, permethrin, pyrethrins and opens a public comment period on these documents. Such comments and input could address, among other things, the Agency's risk assessment methodologies and assumptions, as applied to a draft risk assessment. The Agency will consider all comments received during the public comment period and make changes, as appropriate, to a draft human health and/or ecological risk assessment. EPA will then issue a revised risk assessment, explain any changes to the draft risk assessment, and respond to comments. In the
1.
2.
• To ensure that EPA will consider data or information submitted, interested persons must submit the data or information during the comment period. The Agency may, at its discretion, consider data or information submitted at a later date.
• The data or information submitted must be presented in a legible and useable form. For example, an English translation must accompany any material that is not in English and a written transcript must accompany any information submitted as an audiographic or videographic record. Written material may be submitted in paper or electronic form.
• Submitters must clearly identify the source of any submitted data or information.
• Submitters may request the Agency to reconsider data or information that the Agency rejected in a previous review. However, submitters must explain why they believe the Agency should reconsider the data or information in the pesticide's registration review.
As provided in 40 CFR 155.58, the registration review docket for each pesticide case will remain publicly accessible through the duration of the registration review process; that is, until all actions required in the final decision on the registration review case have been completed.
7 U.S.C. 136
Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board
Notice.
The
Ms. Wendy M. Payne, Executive Director, 441 G Street NW., Mailstop 6H19, Washington, DC 20548, or call (202) 512-7350.
Federal Advisory Committee Act, Pub. L. 92-463.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees. The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written PRA comments should be submitted on or before January 30, 2017. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Nicole Ongele, FCC, via email to
For additional information about the information collection, contact Nicole Ongele at (202) 418-2991.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business with fewer than 25 employees. The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written PRA comments should be submitted on or before January 30, 2017. If you anticipate that you will submit comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Cathy Williams, FCC, via email
For additional information about the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918.
(1) For cable television systems with 1,000 or more subscribers but with 12,500 or fewer subscribers, proof-of-performance tests conducted pursuant to this section shall include measurements taken at six (6) widely separated points. However, within each cable system, one additional test point shall be added for every additional 12,500 subscribers or fraction thereof (
(2) Proof-of-performance tests to determine the extent to which a cable television system complies with the standards set forth in § 76.605(a)(3), (4), and (5) shall be made on each of the NTSC or similar video channels of that system. Unless otherwise as noted, proof-of-performance tests for all other standards in § 76.605(a) shall be made on a minimum of four (4) channels plus one additional channel for every 100 MHz, or fraction thereof, of cable distribution system upper frequency limit (
(3) The operator of each cable television system shall conduct semi-annual proof-of-performance tests of that system, to determine the extent to which the system complies with the technical standards set forth in § 76.605(a)(4) as follows. The visual signal level on each channel shall be measured and recorded, along with the date and time of the measurement, once every six hours (at intervals of not less than five hours or no more than seven hours after the previous measurement), to include the warmest and the coldest times, during a 24-hour period in January or February and in July or August.
(4) The operator of each cable television system shall conduct triennial proof-of-performance tests of its system to determine the extent to which the system complies with the technical standards set forth in § 76.605(a)(11).
Note 1 to 47 CFR 76.601 states prior to additional testing pursuant to Section 76.601(c), the local franchising authority shall notify the cable operator, who will then be allowed thirty days to come into compliance with any perceived signal quality problems which need to be corrected.
47 CFR 76.1704 requires that proof of performance test required by 47 CFR 76.601 shall be maintained on file at the operator's local business office for at least five years. The test data shall be made available for inspection by the Commission or the local franchiser, upon request. If a signal leakage log is being used to meet proof of performance test recordkeeping requirement in accordance with Section 76.601, such a log must be retained for the period specified in 47 CFR 76.601(d).
47 CFR 76.1705 requires that the operator of each cable television system shall maintain at its local office a current listing of the cable television channels which that system delivers to its subscribers.
47 CFR 76.1717 states that an operator shall be prepared to show, on request by an authorized representative of the Commission or the local franchising authority, that the system does, in fact, comply with the technical standards rules in part 76, subpart K.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
Notice and request for comment.
The FDIC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the renewal of existing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. On September 22, 2016, (81 FR 65643), the FDIC requested comment for 60 days on a proposal to renew the information collections described below. No comments were received. The FDIC hereby gives notice of its plan to submit to OMB a request to approve the renewal of these collections, and again invites comment on this renewal.
Comments must be submitted on or before December 29, 2016.
Interested parties are invited to submit written comments to the FDIC by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Manny Cabeza, at the FDIC address above.
Proposal to renew the following currently approved collections of information:
1.
2.
3.
4.
• Institutions offering reverse mortgages should have written policies and procedures that prohibit the practice of directing a consumer to a particular counseling agency or contacting a counselor on the consumer's behalf.
• Policies should be clear so that originators do not have an inappropriate incentive to sell other products that appear linked to the granting of a mortgage.
• Legal and compliance reviews should include oversight of compensation programs so that lending personnel are not improperly encouraged to direct consumers to particular products.
• Training should be designed so that relevant lending personnel are able to convey information to consumers about product terms and risks in a timely, accurate, and balanced manner.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the FDIC's functions, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the estimates of the burden of the information collections, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collections of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. All comments will become a matter of public record.
Federal Housing Finance Agency.
30-Day Notice of submission of information collection for approval from Office of Management and Budget.
In accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA or the Agency) is seeking public comments concerning the information collection known as the “Affordable Housing Program,” which has been assigned control number 2590-0007 by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). FHFA intends to submit the information collection to OMB for review and approval of a three-year extension of the control number, which is due to expire on November 30, 2016.
Interested persons may submit comments on or before December 29, 2016.
Submit comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for the Federal Housing Finance Agency, Washington, DC 20503, Fax: (202) 395-3047, Email:
•
•
•
•
We will post all public comments we receive without change, including any personal information you provide, such as your name and address, email address, and telephone number, on the FHFA Web site at
Deattra D. Perkins, Senior Policy Analyst, Division of Housing Mission & Goals,
The Federal Home Loan Bank System consists of eleven regional Federal Home Loan Banks (Banks) and the Office of Finance (a joint office of the Banks that issues and services their debt securities). The Banks are wholesale financial institutions, organized under authority of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (Bank Act) to serve the public interest by enhancing the availability of residential housing finance and community lending credit through their member institutions and, to a limited extent, through eligible non-member “housing associates.”
Section 10(j) of the Bank Act requires FHFA to promulgate regulations under which each of the eleven Banks must establish an Affordable Housing Program (AHP) to provide subsidy to the Bank's member institutions to: (1) Finance homeownership by households with incomes at or below 80 percent of the area median income (low- or moderate-income households); and (2) to finance the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of rental housing in which at least 20 percent of the units will be occupied by and affordable for households earning 50 percent or less of the area median income (very low-income households).
FHFA's AHP regulation, which implements the statutory AHP requirements, is located at 12 CFR part 1291. The regulation requires that each Bank establish and fund an AHP and sets forth the parameters within which the Banks' programs must operate. The regulation permits the Banks a degree of discretion in determining how their individual programs are to be implemented and requires that each Bank adopt an AHP Implementation Plan setting forth the specific requirements for that Bank's program.
The AHP regulation requires each Bank to establish a competitive application program under which the Bank accepts applications for AHP subsidized advances or direct subsidies (grants) submitted by its members on behalf of non-member entities having a significant connection to the projects for which subsidy is being sought (project sponsors).
The regulation provides that, prior to each disbursement of AHP subsidy for a project approved under a Bank's competitive application program, the Bank must confirm that the project continues to meet the AHP regulatory
The regulation permits a Bank to approve a modification to the terms of an approved application that would change the score that the application received in the funding period in which it was originally scored and approved, had the changed facts been operative at that time. To approve a modification: (i) The project, incorporating the changes, must continue to meet the regulatory eligibility requirements; (ii) the application, as reflective of the changes, must continue to score high enough to have been approved in the funding period in which it was originally scored and approved; and (iii) there must be good cause for the modification, and the analysis and justification for the modification must be documented by the Bank in writing.
The regulation requires generally that a Bank monitor each owner-occupied and rental project receiving AHP subsidy under its competitive application program prior to and after project completion. For initial monitoring, a Bank must determine whether the project is making satisfactory progress towards completion, in compliance with the commitments made in the approved application, Bank policies, and the AHP regulatory requirements. Following project completion, the Bank must determine whether satisfactory progress is being made towards occupancy of the project by eligible households, and whether the project meets the regulatory requirements and the commitments made in the approved application.
The AHP regulation also authorizes each Bank, in its discretion, to allocate up to the greater of $4.5 million or 35 percent of its annual required AHP contribution to establish homeownership set-aside programs for the purpose of promoting homeownership for low- or moderate-income households.
FHFA's Data Reporting Manual (DRM) requires each Bank to submit to FHFA aggregate AHP information.
The Banks use the information collected under part 1291 to determine whether: (1) Projects for which Bank members and project sponsors are seeking subsidies under the Banks' competitive application programs satisfy the applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and score highly enough in comparison with other applications submitted during the same funding period to be approved for AHP subsidies; (2) projects approved under the Banks' competitive application programs continue to meet the applicable requirements and to comply with the commitments made in the approved applications each time subsidy is disbursed; (3) requests for modifications of projects approved under the Banks' competitive application programs meet the regulatory requirements for approval; (4) projects approved under the Banks' competitive application programs are making satisfactory progress towards completion, and following project completion, are making satisfactory progress towards occupancy of the project by eligible households, in compliance with the commitments made in the approved applications, Bank policies, and the regulatory requirements (initial monitoring); (5) during the 15-year retention period, completed rental projects continue to comply with the household income targeting and rent commitments made in the approved applications (long-term monitoring); and (6) applications for direct subsidy under Banks' homeownership set-aside programs were approved, and the direct subsidies disbursed, in accordance with the regulatory requirements.
FHFA uses the information required to be submitted by the Banks under the DRM to verify that the Banks' funding decisions, and the use of the funds awarded, were consistent with statutory and regulatory requirements.
The OMB control number for the information collection is 2590-0007. The current clearance expires on November 30, 2016. The likely respondents are institutions that are Bank members and non-member entities that sponsor an AHP project.
FHFA has analyzed each of the six facets of this information collection in order to estimate the hour burdens that the collection will impose upon Bank members and AHP project sponsors annually over the next three years. Based on that analysis, FHFA estimates that the total annual hour burden will be 115,750. The method FHFA used to determine the annual hour burden for each facet of the information collection is explained in detail below.
FHFA estimates that Bank members, on behalf of project sponsors, will submit to the Banks an annual average of 1,350 applications for AHP subsidies under the Banks' competitive application programs and that the average preparation time for each application will be 24 hours. The estimate for the total annual hour
FHFA estimates that Bank members, on behalf of project sponsors, will make an annual average of 700 submissions to the Banks documenting that projects approved under the Banks' competitive application programs continue to comply with the regulatory eligibility requirements and all commitments made in the approved applications at the time each AHP subsidy is disbursed, and that the average preparation time for each submission will be 1 hour. The estimate for the total annual hour burden on members and project sponsors in connection with the preparation and submission of these compliance submissions is 700 hours (700 submissions × 1 hour).
FHFA estimates that Bank members, on behalf of project sponsors, will submit to the Banks an annual average of 300 requests for modifications to projects that have been approved under the Banks' competitive application programs, and that the average preparation time for each request will be 2.5 hours. The estimate for the total annual hour burden on members and project sponsors in connection with the preparation and submission of these modification requests is 750 hours (300 requests × 2.5 hours).
FHFA estimates that project sponsors will make an annual average of 500 submissions of documentation to the Banks for purposes of the Banks' initial monitoring of in-progress and recently completed projects approved under their competitive application programs, and that the average preparation time for each submission will be 5 hours. The estimate for the total annual hour burden on project sponsors in connection with the preparation and submission of documentation required for initial monitoring of competitive application projects is 2,500 hours (500 submissions × 5 hours).
FHFA estimates that project sponsors will make an annual average of 4,800 submissions of documentation to the Banks for purposes of the Banks' long-term monitoring of completed projects approved under their competitive application programs, and that the average preparation time for each submission will be 3 hours. The estimate for the total annual hour burden on project sponsors in connection with the preparation and submission of documentation required for long-term monitoring of competitive application projects is 14,400 hours (4,800 submissions × 3 hours).
FHFA estimates that Bank members will submit to the Banks an annual average of 13,000 applications and required certifications for AHP direct subsidies under the Banks' homeownership set-aside programs, and that the average preparation time for those submissions together will be 5 hours. The estimate for the total annual hour burden on members in connection with the preparation and submission of homeownership set-aside program applications and certifications is 65,000 hours (13,000 applications/certifications × 5 hours).
In accordance with the requirements of 5 CFR 1320.8(d), FHFA published an initial notice requesting comments regarding this information collection in the
In accordance with the requirements of 5 CFR 1320.10(a), FHFA is publishing this second notice to request comments regarding the following: (1) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FHFA functions, including whether the information has practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FHFA's estimates of the burdens of the collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on members and project sponsors, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Comments should be submitted in writing to both OMB and FHFA as instructed above in the COMMENTS section.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the filing of the following agreement under the Shipping Act of 1984. Interested parties may submit comments on the agreement to the Secretary, Federal Maritime Commission, Washington, DC 20573, within twelve days of the date this notice appears in the
By Order of the Federal Maritime Commission.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than December 23, 2016.
1.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has submitted the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The notice for the proposed information collection is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address any of the following: (a) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) Evaluate the accuracy of the agencies estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
To request additional information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plan and instruments, call (404) 639-7570 or send an email to
Comprehensive HIV Prevention and Care for Men Who Have Sex with Men of Color (THRIVE)—New—National Center for HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, STD, and TB Prevention (NCHHSTP), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Approximately 40,000 people in the United States are newly infected with HIV each year. Gay, bisexual, and other men who have sex with men (MSM) remain the population most affected by HIV infection in the United States. Among MSM, those who are black and Hispanic comprise 64% of all new infections. Goals of the National HIV Prevention Strategy include increasing the number of MSM of color living with HIV infection who achieve HIV viral suppression with antiretroviral treatment, and decreasing the number of new HIV infections among MSM of color at risk of acquiring an HIV infection. Achieving these outcomes requires that men utilize a broad variety of HIV prevention and care services.
In 2015, CDC developed a cooperative agreement program to promote use and adoption of Targeted Highly-Effective Interventions to Reverse the HIV Epidemic (THRIVE). Awardees are seven state and local health departments that are developing and implementing demonstration projects to provide comprehensive HIV prevention and care services for MSM of color. Each THRIVE awardee is creating a collaborative with community-based organizations, health care, behavioral health, and social services providers in its jurisdiction to strengthen referrals and coordination of HIV testing, prevention, and treatment services. Overall, approximately 80 partner organizations are participating in THRIVE collaboratives.
Each THRIVE collaborative is required to address a total of 24 HIV prevention and care services, including 13 HIV prevention services for MSM of color at substantial risk for HIV infection and 11 HIV care services for MSM of color living with HIV infection. HIV prevention services include: 1. HIV testing that uses lab-based 4th generation HIV tests; 2. Assessment of indications for pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP) and non-occupational post-exposure prophylaxis (nPEP); 3. Provision of PrEP and nPEP; 4. Adherence interventions for PrEP and nPEP; 5. Immediate linkage to care, antiretoriviral treatment, and partner services for those diagnosed with acute HIV infection; 6. Expedient linkage to care, antiretoriviral treatment, and partner services for those diagnosed with established HIV infection; 7. STD screening and treatment; 8. Partner services for patients with STDs; 9. Behavioral risk-reduction interventions; 10. Screening for behavioral health and social services needs; 11. Linkage to behavioral health and social services; 12. Navigators to assist utilizing HIV prevention and behavioral health and social services; 13. Navigators to assist enrollment in a health plan.
HIV care services include: 1. HIV primary care, including antiretroviral treatment; 2. Retention interventions; 3. Re-engagement interventions; 4. Adherence interventions; 5. STD screening and treatment; 6. Partner services; 7. Behavioral risk reduction interventions; 8. Screening patients for behavioral health and social services needs; 9. Linkage to behavioral health and social services; 10. Navigators to assist linking to care and accessing behavioral health and social services; 11. Navigators to assist enrollment in a health plan.
CDC requests OMB approval to collect the information needed to monitor and assess the demonstration projects. In general, information collection will be conducted in 2 steps: THRIVE
Information collection also includes an Annual Collaborative Process and Outcome Evaluation based on semi-structured interviews and completion of a questionnaire called the Annual Collaborative Assessment Tool. These information collections will allow CDC to assess how successful THRIVE awardees have been in creating, engaging, and sustaining collaborative partnerships and to understand how these partnerships contributed to achieving the goals of the project. Both tools will be submitted to CDC electronically on an annual basis.
CDC will use findings to provide technical assistance to THRIVE awardees and to develop recommendations for the coordination of comprehensive HIV testing, prevention, and treatment services for MSM of color.
OMB approval is requested for three years. Participation is required as a condition of THRIVE funding and there are no costs to respondents other than their time. The total estimated annualized burden hours are 1,543.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has submitted the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The notice for the proposed information collection is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address any of the following: (a) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) Evaluate the accuracy of the agencies estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
National Health Interview Survey (NHIS) (OMB No. 0920-0214, expires 01/31/2019)—Revision—National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Section 306 of the Public Health Service (PHS) Act (42 U.S.C. 242k), as amended, authorizes that the Secretary of Health and Human Services (DHHS), acting through NCHS, shall collect data on the extent and nature of illness and disability of the population of the United States.
The annual National Health Interview Survey is a major source of general statistics on the health of the U.S. population and has been in the field continuously since 1957. Clearance is sought for three years, to collect data from 2017 to 2019.
This voluntary and confidential household-based survey collects demographic and health-related information from a nationally representative sample of noninstitutionalized, civilian persons and households throughout the country. Personal identification information is requested from survey respondents to facilitate linkage of survey data with
A core set of data is collected each year that remains largely unchanged, whereas sponsored supplements vary from year to year. The core set includes socio-demographic characteristics, health status, health care services, and health behaviors. For 2017, supplemental questions will be cycled in pertaining to alternative and integrative medicine, cognitive disability, receipt of culturally and linguistically appropriate health care services, epilepsy, and heart disease and stroke. Supplemental topics that continue or are enhanced from 2016 pertain to the Affordable Care Act, chronic pain, diabetes, disability and functioning, family food security, ABCS of heart disease and stroke prevention, hepatitis B/C screening, immunizations, smokeless tobacco and e-cigarettes, vision, and children's mental health. Questions from 2016 on balance, Crohn's disease and colitis, and blood donation have been removed. In addition to these core and supplemental modules, a subsample of NHIS respondents and/or members of commercial survey panels may be identified to participate in short, Web-based methodological and cognitive testing activities that will inform the upcoming 2018 NHIS questionnaire redesign. The aims of these standalone assessments include pilot testing new and/or updated questionnaire items, evaluating the impact of different categorical response option formats on answer choices, and measuring respondent comprehension of health care-related terms and concepts.
In accordance with the 1995 initiative to increase the integration of surveys within the DHHS, respondents to the NHIS serve as the sampling frame for the Medical Expenditure Panel Survey conducted by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. The NHIS has long been used by government, academic, and private researchers to evaluate both general health and specific issues, such as smoking, diabetes, health care coverage, and access to health care. It is a leading source of data for the Congressionally-mandated “Health US” and related publications, as well as the single most important source of statistics to track progress toward the National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives, “Healthy People 2020.”
There is no cost to the respondents other than their time. The total estimated annualized burden hours are 49,000.
In compliance with the requirements of Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Administration for Children and Families is soliciting public comment on the specific aspects of the information collection described above. Copies of the proposed collection of information can be obtained and comments may be forwarded by writing to the Administration for Children and Families, Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, 330 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20201. Attn: ACF Reports Clearance Officer. Email address:
The Department specifically requests comments on (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted within 60 days of this publication.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has determined the regulatory review period for IXINITY and is publishing this notice of that determination as required by law. FDA has made the determination because of the submission of applications to the Director of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), Department of Commerce, for the extension of a patent which claims that human biological product.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published (see the
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Beverly Friedman, Office of Regulatory Policy, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51, Rm. 6250, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-3600.
The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-417) and the Generic Animal Drug and Patent Term Restoration Act (Pub. L. 100-670) generally provide that a patent may be extended for a period of up to 5 years so long as the patented item (human drug product, animal drug product, medical device, food additive, or color additive) was subject to regulatory review by FDA before the item was marketed. Under these acts, a product's regulatory review period forms the basis for determining the amount of extension an applicant may receive.
A regulatory review period consists of two periods of time: A testing phase and an approval phase. For human biological products, the testing phase begins when the exemption to permit the clinical investigations of the biological becomes effective and runs until the approval phase begins. The approval phase starts with the initial submission of an application to market the human biological product and continues until FDA grants permission to market the biological product. Although only a portion of a regulatory review period may count toward the actual amount of extension that the Director of the USPTO may award (for example, half the testing phase must be subtracted as well as any time that may have occurred before the patent was issued), FDA's determination of the length of a regulatory review period for a human biological product will include all of the testing phase and approval phase as specified in 35 U.S.C. 156(g)(1)(B).
FDA has approved for marketing the human biologic product IXINITY (Coagulation Factor IX (recombinant)). IXINITY is indicated for control and prevention of bleeding episodes and for perioperative management, in adults and children ≥12 years of age with hemophilia B. Subsequent to this approval, the USPTO received patent term restoration applications for IXINITY (U.S. Patent Nos. 7,645,602 and 8,603,823) from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and the USPTO requested FDA's assistance in determining the patents' eligibility for patent term restoration. In a letter dated March 10, 2016, FDA advised the USPTO that this human biological product had undergone a regulatory review period and that the approval of IXINITY represented the first permitted commercial marketing or use of the product. Thereafter, the USPTO requested that FDA determine the product's regulatory review period.
FDA has determined that the applicable regulatory review period for IXINITY is 2,437 days. Of this time, 1,318 days occurred during the testing phase of the regulatory review period, while 1,119 days occurred during the approval phase. These periods of time were derived from the following dates:
1.
2.
3.
This determination of the regulatory review period establishes the maximum potential length of a patent extension. However, the USPTO applies several statutory limitations in its calculations of the actual period for patent extension. In its applications for patent extension, this applicant seeks 1,526 days or 505 days of patent term extension.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published are incorrect may submit either electronic or written comments and ask for a redetermination (see
Submit petitions electronically to
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a collection of information entitled “Abbreviated New Drug Applications and 505(b)(2) Applications” has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852,
On October 6, 2016, the Agency submitted a proposed collection of information entitled “Abbreviated New Drug Applications and 505(b)(2) Applications” to OMB for review and clearance under 44 U.S.C. 3507. An Agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. OMB has now approved the information collection and has assigned OMB control number 0910-0786. The approval expires on November 30, 2019. A copy of the supporting statement for this information collection is available on the Internet at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of the guidance entitled “Mitigating the Risk of Cross-Contamination From Valves and Accessories Used for Irrigation Through Flexible Gastrointestinal Endoscopes.” Flexible gastrointestinal endoscopes and accessories are class II devices and identified with product codes such as FDF, FDS, and OCX. When using these devices during an entire day of procedures (
Submit either electronic or written comments on this guidance at any time. General comments on Agency guidance documents are welcome at any time.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
An electronic copy of the guidance document is available for download from the Internet. See the
Shanil Haugen, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. G104, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-0301.
Flexible gastrointestinal endoscopes and accessories (including valves and other devices used for irrigation) are class II devices regulated under 21 CFR 876.1500,
FDA is providing this guidance to highlight the cross-contamination risk posed by specific practices and types of irrigation valves and accessories; clarify terminology used to describe irrigation system components; and outline recommended mitigation strategies (
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The guidance represents the current thinking of FDA on Mitigating the Risk of Cross-Contamination From Valves and Accessories Used for Irrigation Through Flexible Gastrointestinal Endoscopes. It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
Persons interested in obtaining a copy of the guidance may do so by downloading an electronic copy from the Internet. A search capability for all Center for Devices and Radiological Health guidance documents is available at
This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in 21 CFR part 807, subpart E have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0120; the collections of information in 21 CFR part 820 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0073; and the collections of information in 21 CFR part 801 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0485.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by December 29, 2016.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, FAX: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, 8455 Colesville Rd., COLE-14526, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
Section 1701(a)(4) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u(a)(4)) authorizes the FDA to conduct research relating to health information. Section 1003(d)(2)(C) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 393(d)(2)(c)) authorizes FDA to conduct research relating to drugs and other FDA regulated products in carrying out the provisions of the FD&C Act.
The proposed study seeks to extend previous research on the effects of superimposed text (supers) in advertising to today's modern direct-to-consumer (DTC) pharmaceutical promotion. Although earlier research on the effects of supers in other consumer settings suggests that altering text size can influence consumer comprehension of information, it is unclear if these findings extend to DTC promotion of prescription drugs and are applicable over 20 years later when viewing promotional materials using today's modern technologies (
Part of FDA's public health mission is to ensure the safe use of prescription drugs; therefore it is important that the information provided in DTC promotion is clear and understandable for consumer audiences, avoids use of deceptive or misleading claims, and achieves “fair balance” in presentation of benefits and risks. For example, varying presentation formats including type size, bulleting, amount of white space, and use of “chunking” or headlines can all influence consumer perceptions of information (Ref. 2). A systematic review of presentation formats in prescription drug labeling found that these “clear communication” characteristics positively influenced consumer's comprehension of information and prescription drug behaviors (
Some early research in the late 1980s and 1990s examined the size of text information in advertising topics outside of prescription drugs (Refs. 6, 7, and 8). These studies all generally found that text size was associated with comprehension, such that larger text sizes increased understanding of the material (and, conversely, smaller text sizes interfered with comprehension). For example, Foxman and colleagues (Ref. 6) found that whereas “small” text size (<
We know of no studies that have examined other commonly variable factors, such as text/background contrast, that may interact with text size to influence comprehension. Early research on text readability determined that the contrast between text and background has a consistent but small effect. Specifically, while the contrast of color has a small effect (Ref. 9), the contrast in brightness, or luminance, makes the largest difference (Ref. 10). These studies showed that black text on a white background results in the highest readability (Ref. 11), but that other effects of color contrasts are unclear (Ref .1). Some studies have demonstrated that contrast interacts with text size, such that contrast becomes a more important discriminator as the text size decreases (Ref. 12).
The earlier research on supers is limited in their applicability to today's DTC promotion in several ways. None of these studies specifically focused on prescription drug promotion, but rather explored the effects of superimposed text in a variety of social and consumer advertising contexts. Another limitation is that these earlier studies were conducted with populations (
1. Does the size of the superimposed text, the contrast behind the superimposed text, and/or the device type influence the noticeability, recall, and perceived importance of the super information?
2. Does the size of the superimposed text, the contrast behind the superimposed text, and/or the device type influence the recall of and attitudes toward the promoted drug?
3. Are there any interaction effects among any combination of independent variables?
To test these research questions, we will conduct one randomized controlled study. We will examine reactions to supers in a fictitious DTC prescription drug promotional video on two types of viewing devices with a general population sample. The study design will be a 3 x 2 x 2 factorial design, where participants are randomly assigned to one of 12 experimental study arms differentiated by:
• Super text size (small, medium, large);
• Device type (television, tablet);
• Super text contrast (high, low).
For both the pretest and main study, we will work with two market research firms to recruit adult participants and conduct in-person data collection in three U.S. cities: Los Angeles, CA, Cincinnati, OH, and Tampa, FL. In addition to our aim for regional variation, we selected these three cities with the aim of recruiting a sample that is diverse on gender, race/ethnicity, education, and age characteristics.
Participants from the general population will be invited to a market research facility to watch one video for a fictional prescription drug that treats asthma. In-person administration of study procedures will enable us to control the television and tablet watching experience in terms of size, distance, and other variables. Participants will watch the video twice and then answer questions addressing recall of risks and benefits, perceptions of risks and benefits, and questions regarding the salience of information in text. The questionnaire is available upon request. Participation is estimated to take approximately 20 minutes.
To examine differences between experimental conditions, we will conduct inferential statistical tests such as analysis of variance (ANOVA).
Pretesting will take place before the main study to select super sizes for the main study and to evaluate the procedures and measures that will be used. We will exclude individuals who work in healthcare or marketing settings because their knowledge and experiences may not reflect those of the average consumer. We conducted a priori power analyses to determine sample sizes for the pretest and the main study.
In the
a.
b.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
To answer the second part of the comment, we are aware of no statistical or research standard that specifies that groups must contain 50 individuals. However, we conducted power analyses and determined that in order to have enough power for the proposed statistical tests, we will exceed this number per experimental cell.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
a.
b.
a.
b.
c.
d.
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
The following references are on display in the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, and are available for viewing by interested persons between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday; they are also available electronically at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS
Notice; correction.
The Food and Drug Administration is correcting a notice entitled “Novus International, Inc.; Filing of Food Additive Petition (Animal Use)” that appeared in the
Lisa Granger, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 32, Rm. 3330, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-9115,
In the
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the
Submit either electronic or written comments on the collection of information by January 30, 2017.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 11601 Landsdown St., 10A-12M, North Bethesda, MD 20852,
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.
FDA has established four programs intended to facilitate and expedite development and review of new drugs to address unmet medical needs in the treatment of serious or life-threatening conditions: (1) Fast track designation including rolling review, (2) breakthrough therapy designation, (3) accelerated approval, and (4) priority review designation. In support of these programs, the Agency has developed the guidance document, “Guidance For Industry: Expedited Programs for Serious Conditions—Drugs and Biologics.” The guidance outlines the programs' policies and procedures and describes applicable threshold criteria, including when to submit information to FDA. Respondents to the information collection are sponsors of drug and biological products appropriate for these expedited programs.
Accordingly, we estimate the burden of this information collection as follows:
The guidance also refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. The collections of information in 21 CFR parts 202.1, 314, and 601, and sections 505(a), 506(a)(1), 735, and 736 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355(a), 356(a)(1), 379(g), and 379(h)) have been approved under OMB control numbers 0910-0686, 0910-0001, 0910-0338, 0910-0014, and 0910-0297.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has determined the regulatory review period for NUWIQ and is publishing this notice of that determination as required by law. FDA has made the determination because of the submission of an application to the Director of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), Department of Commerce, for the extension of a patent which claims that human biological product.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published (see the
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted,
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Beverly Friedman, Office of Regulatory Policy, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51, Rm. 6250, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-3600.
The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-417) and the Generic Animal Drug and Patent Term Restoration Act (Pub. L. 100-670) generally provide that a patent may be extended for a period of up to 5 years so long as the patented item (human drug product, animal drug product, medical device, food additive, or color additive) was subject to regulatory review by FDA before the item was marketed. Under these acts, a product's regulatory review period forms the basis for determining the amount of extension an applicant may receive.
A regulatory review period consists of two periods of time: A testing phase and an approval phase. For human biological products, the testing phase begins when the exemption to permit the clinical investigations of the biological becomes effective and runs until the approval phase begins. The approval phase starts with the initial submission of an application to market the human biological product and continues until FDA grants permission to market the biological product. Although only a portion of a regulatory review period may count toward the actual amount of extension that the Director of USPTO may award (for example, half the testing phase must be subtracted as well as any time that may have occurred before the patent was issued), FDA's determination of the length of a regulatory review period for a human biological product will include all of the testing phase and approval phase as specified in 35 U.S.C. 156(g)(1)(B).
FDA has approved for marketing the human biologic product NUWIQ (Antihemophilic Factor (Recombinant)). NUWIQ is indicated for adults and children with Hemophilia A for:
• On-demand treatment and control of bleeding episodes;
• perioperative management of bleeding;
• routine prophylaxis to reduce the frequency of bleeding episodes.
FDA has determined that the applicable regulatory review period for NUWIQ is 2,622 days. Of this time, 2,165 days occurred during the testing phase of the regulatory review period, while 457 days occurred during the approval phase. These periods of time were derived from the following dates:
1.
2.
3.
This determination of the regulatory review period establishes the maximum potential length of a patent extension. However, the USPTO applies several statutory limitations in its calculations of the actual period for patent extension. In its application for patent extension, this applicant seeks 1,336 days of patent term extension.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published are incorrect may submit either electronic or written comments and ask for a redetermination (see
Submit petitions electronically to
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “Providing Postmarketing Periodic Safety Reports in the ICH E2C(R2) Format (Periodic Benefit-Risk Evaluation Report).” This guidance is intended to inform applicants of the conditions under which FDA will exercise its waiver authority to permit applicants to submit an International Council for Harmonisation (ICH) (formerly International Conference on Harmonisation) E2C(R2) Periodic Benefit-Risk Evaluation Report (PBRER) in place of the ICH E2C(R1) Periodic Safety Update Report (PSUR), U.S. Periodic adverse drug experience report (PADER), or U.S. Periodic adverse experience report (PAER), to satisfy the periodic safety reporting requirements in FDA regulations. The guidance describes the steps applicants can take to submit the PBRER, and discusses the format, content, submission deadline, and frequency of reporting for the PBRER.
Submit either electronic or written comments on the guidance at any time.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal:
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Submit written requests for single copies of this guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10001 New Hampshire Ave., Hillandale Building, 4th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002; or the Office of Communication, Outreach and Development, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER), Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 3128, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests. The guidance may also be obtained by mail by calling CBER at 1-800-835-4709 or 240-402-8010. See the
Jean Chung, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 22, Rm. 4466, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-2380; or Stephen Ripley, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration,10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 3128,
FDA is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “Providing Postmarketing Periodic Safety Reports in the ICH E2C(R2) Format (Periodic Benefit-Risk Evaluation Report).” We are issuing the guidance to describe the conditions under which FDA will exercise its waiver authority to permit the holders of approved new drug applications, abbreviated new drug applications, and biologics license applications (applicants) to use the reporting format of the PBRER to submit periodic safety reports for their marketed products. The harmonized PBRER is intended to promote a consistent approach to periodic postmarketing safety reporting among the ICH regions and to enhance efficiency by reducing the number of reports generated for submissions to the regulatory authorities.
FDA's postmarketing safety reporting regulations require applicants to submit periodic safety reports in the form of a Periodic adverse drug experience report (PADER) (for drugs) or a Periodic adverse experience report (PAER) (for biologics) (21 CFR 314.80(c)(2) and 600.80(c)(2), respectively). FDA has routinely granted waivers under 21 CFR 314.90(b) and 600.90(b) permitting applicants to submit an internationally harmonized Periodic Safety Update Report (PSUR) prepared in accordance with ICH E2C (see 62 FR 27470, May 19, 1997) and 69 FR 5551, February 5, 2004)) instead of a PADER/PAER under conditions stated in the waiver. On November 15, 2012, the ICH Steering Committee signed off on the ICH harmonized guideline “Periodic Benefit-Risk Evaluation Report (PBRER) E2C(R2)” and recommended that the PBRER format be adopted by the ICH regulatory bodies of the three regions. Therefore, the new and more comprehensive report format, the PBRER, has superseded the PSUR report format.
This guidance provides information on the steps applicants can take to submit a PBRER to the FDA in place of a PSUR, PADER, or PAER. The guidance discusses: (1) Applicants who have a waiver for their approved product to submit a PSUR instead of a PADER/PAER and (2) applicants who have not obtained a waiver and are currently submitting PADERs/PAERs as required under FDA regulations. Because the PBRER has replaced the PSUR as the ICH E2C harmonized postmarketing safety report format, FDA is permitting applicants with an existing PSUR waiver to substitute the PBRER for the PSUR without submitting a new waiver request. This guidance describes the steps an applicant should take to submit the PBRER instead of the PSUR. For applicants who do not have a PSUR waiver for their approved application but would like to submit the PBRER instead of the PADER/PAER, this guidance provides information on how to submit a waiver request if they wish to do so.
This guidance describes the content, format, and submission deadlines applicants should follow when submitting the PBRER, as well as U.S.-specific appendices that should be submitted with the PBRER. It also explains how applicants can fulfill FDA's annual reporting requirement while submitting a harmonized PBRER that covers a longer reporting interval. In addition, FDA will consider requests to waive the quarterly reporting requirement.
This guidance finalizes the draft guidance for industry entitled “Providing Postmarket Periodic Safety Reports in the ICH E2C(R2) Format (Periodic Benefit-Risk Evaluation Report),” which was announced in the
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The guidance represents the current thinking of FDA on providing postmarketing periodic safety reports in the ICH E2C(R2) PBRER format. It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the document at
This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information that are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information related to submission of waiver requests under §§ 314.90(a) and 600.90 have been approved under OMB control numbers 0910-0001 and 0910-0308. The guidance also refers to collections of information that have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0771 related to providing waiver-related materials in accordance with the guidance.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; extension of comment period.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or we) is extending the comment period for a notice that appeared in the
FDA is extending the comment period on the request for comments
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
• Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions): Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Cindy Burnsteel, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-130), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-0817,
In the
The Agency has received requests for an extension of the comment period. These requests conveyed concern that the current 90-day comment period does not allow sufficient time to develop a meaningful or thoughtful response to the request for comments.
FDA has considered the requests and is extending the comment period for 90 additional days, until March 13, 2017. The Agency believes that a 90-day extension allows adequate time for interested persons to submit comments without significantly delaying FDA's consideration of these important issues.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of public meeting; establishment of a public docket; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announces a forthcoming public advisory committee meeting of the Pharmaceutical Science and Clinical Pharmacology Advisory Committee. The general function of the committee is to provide advice and recommendations to the Agency on FDA's regulatory issues. The meeting will be open to the public.
The meeting will be held on March 15, 2017, from 7:30 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.
Omni Shoreham Hotel, the Ballroom, 2500 Calvert St. NW., Washington, DC 20008. The hotel telephone number is 202-234-0700. Answers to commonly asked questions including information regarding special accommodations due to a disability, visitor parking, and transportation may be accessed at:
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Jennifer Shepherd, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 31, Rm. 2417, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-9001, FAX: 301-847-8533,
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with disabilities. If you require accommodations due to a disability, please contact Jennifer
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Secretary.
Notice.
As required by the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services is hereby giving notice that a meeting of the Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Advisory Committee (CFSAC) will take place. This meeting will be open to the public.
Thursday, January 12, 2017, from 12:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. ET, and Friday, January 13, 2017, from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. ET.
Individuals may attend this meeting in person and/or by utilizing virtual technology. Information for in-person attendance will be posted on the CFSAC Web site,
Gustavo Seinos, MPH, Designated Federal Officer, Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Advisory Committee, Department of Health and Human Services, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Room 712E, Washington, DC 20201. Please direct all inquiries to
The CFSAC is authorized under 42 U.S.C. 217a, Section 222 of the Public Health Service Act, as amended. The purpose of the CFSAC is to provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services, through the Assistant Secretary for Health on topics related to myalgic encephalomyelitis/chronic fatigue syndrome (ME/CFS). The issues can include factors affecting access and care for persons with ME/CFS; the science and definition of ME/CFS; and broader public health, clinical, research, and educational issues related to ME/CFS.
The agenda for this meeting, call-in information, and location will be posted on the CFSAC Web site
Thirty minutes will be allotted for public comment via telephone or in person on each day of the meeting. Each individual will have three minutes to present their comments. Priority will be given to individuals who have not provided public comment within the previous year. We are unable to place international calls for public comments. Individuals are required to register to participate in the public comment sessions. To request a time slot for public comment, please send an email to
Individuals who would like for their testimony to be provided to the Committee members should submit a copy of the testimony prior to the meeting. It is preferred, but not required, that the submitted testimony be prepared in digital format and typed using a 12-pitch font. Copies of the written comment must not exceed 5 single-space pages, and it is preferred, but not required that the document be prepared in the MS Word format. Please note that PDF files, charts, and photographs cannot be accepted. Materials submitted should not include sensitive personal information, such as Social Security number, birthdate, driver's license number, passport number, financial account number, or credit or debit card number. If you wish to remain anonymous, then document must specify this.
The Committee welcomes input on any topic related to ME/CFS.
National Institutes of Health, HHS.
Notice.
The invention listed below is owned by an agency of the U.S. Government and is available for licensing and/or co-development to achieve expeditious commercialization of results of federally-funded research and development. Foreign patent applications are filed on selected inventions to extend market coverage for companies and may also be available for licensing and/or co-development.
Invention Development and Marketing Unit, Technology Transfer Center, National Cancer Institute, 9609 Medical Center Drive, Mail Stop 9702, Rockville, MD 20850-9702.
Information on licensing and co-development research collaborations, and copies of the U.S. patent applications listed below may be obtained by contacting: Attn. Invention Development and Marketing Unit, Technology Transfer Center, National Cancer Institute, 9609 Medical Center Drive, Mail Stop 9702, Rockville, MD 20850-9702, Tel. 240-276-5515 or email
Technology description follows.
Before testing drugs in humans, drug developers are required to demonstrate a reasonable expectation of safety and efficacy by performing so-called pre-clinical studies. A key element of such trials is the use of animal models,
To address these issues, researchers at NCI developed a means of more closely simulating in mouse models both melanoma cancer itself and the resulting physiological and immunological response by creating a genetically engineered mice (GEM)-derived allograft (GDA). This allograft both resembles human-like melanoma and has features that will stimulate a normal immunological response in the mouse. Thus, when transplanted into a host, the resulting tumor-containing mouse may be used to test conventional cancer therapies (
• This is a novel mouse allograft model that provides a preclinical model of human-like advanced-stage melanoma.
• This allograft model may be useful for preclinical testing of conventional therapies, targeted therapies, and immunotherapies.
• Hgf-tg;Cdk4R24C C57BL/6 mouse-derived melanoma allograft with humanized pathogenetics allows adoption of clinically relevant procedures and endpoints, facilitating clinical translation.
• Features a constitutively activated MET/MAPK pathway and disrupted CDKN2A pathway.
• Expresses typical diagnostic markers of human melanoma such as DCT and TRP1.
• Exhibits progression patterns relevant to human disease.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of meetings of the National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences.
The meetings will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and/or contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications and/or contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Open: 8:30 a.m. to 2:30 p.m.
Closed: 3:00 p.m. to 4:30 p.m.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Notice is hereby given of a change in the meeting of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel, December 14, 2016, 8:00 a.m. to December 15, 2016, 6:00 p.m., Doubletree Hotel Bethesda, (Formerly Holiday Inn Select), 8120 Wisconsin Avenue, Bethesda, MD 20814 which was published in the
This meeting notice is amended to change the start date of the meeting from December 14, 2016 to December 9, 2016. The meeting is closed to the public.
National Institutes of Health, HHS.
Notice.
The National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and Human Services, is contemplating the grant of an Exclusive Patent License to Braeburn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Braeburn”) located in Princeton, New Jersey to practice the inventions embodied in the patent applications listed in the
Only written comments and/or applications for a license which are received by the NCI Technology Transfer Center on or before December 14, 2016 will be considered.
Requests for copies of the patent applications, inquiries, and comments relating to the contemplated Exclusive Patent License should be directed to: Martha Lubet, Ph.D., Licensing and Patenting Manager, NCI Technology Transfer Center, 9609 Medical Center Drive, RM 1E530 MSC 9702, Bethesda, MD 20892-9702 (for business mail), Rockville, MD 20850-9702 Telephone: (240)-276-5530; Facsimile: (240)-276-5504; Email:
United States Provisional Patent Application No. 62/307600, filed March 14, 2016, entitled “Dopamine D3 Receptor Selective Antagonists/Partial Agonists; Methods of Making and Use Thereof” [HHS Reference No. E-053-2016]; and U.S. 8,748,608, Australian 2007354861, and Canadian 2690789 (which claim priority to PCT/US2007/71412 filed June 15, 2007) entitled “4-phenylpiperazine derivatives with functionalized linkers as dopamine D3 selective ligands and methods of use” [HHS Reference No. E-128-2006] (and U.S. and foreign patent applications or patents claiming priority to the aforementioned applications).
With respect to persons who have an obligation to assign their right, title and interest to the Government of the United States of America, the patent rights in these inventions have been assigned to the Government of the United States of America.
The prospective Exclusive Patent License territory may be worldwide for the treatment opioid use disorder schizophrenia, bipolar disorder and tetrahydrocannabinol dependence, as set forth in the Licensed Patent Rights.
The present invention describes Dopamine D3 receptor ligands and methods of using the ligands to treat substance use disorders, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder and other mental disorders.
This notice is made in accordance with 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404. The prospective Exclusive Patent License will be royalty bearing and may be granted unless within fifteen (15) days from the date of this published notice, the National Institute on Drug Abuse receives written evidence and argument that establishes that the grant of the license would not be consistent with the requirements of 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404.
Complete applications for a license in the prospective field of use that are timely filed in response to this notice will be treated as objections to the grant of the contemplated Exclusive Patent License. Comments and objections submitted to this notice will not be made available for public inspection and, to the extent permitted by law, will not be released under the
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Periodically, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) will publish a summary of information collection requests under OMB review, in compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35). To request a copy of these documents, call the SAMHSA Reports Clearance Officer on (240) 276-1243.
The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) is requesting an approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for an amendment to the FY 2016-2017 Uniform Application, Section III. Behavioral Health Assessment and Plan, C. Environmental Factors and Plan. The intent of this amendment is to gather information regarding the states' and jurisdictions' plans to implement elements of a syringe services program at 1 or more community-based organizations that receive amounts from the grant to provide substance use disorder treatment and recovery services to persons who inject drugs. In response to the emergence of prescription drug and heroin overdoses and associated deaths in many states and jurisdictions, SAMHSA issued guidance on April 2, 2014, to the states and jurisdictions regarding the use of SABG funds for prevention education and training regarding overdoses and the purchase of naloxone (Narcan®) and related materials to assemble overdose prevention kits.
Respondents are the 50 states and the jurisdictions (District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Guam, Republic of Marshall Islands, Republic of Palau, and the Red Lake Band of Chippewa Indians of Minnesota).
The following reporting burden is based on estimates developed considering the State substance abuse and mental health authorities responsible for these activities and represents the average total hours to assemble, format, and produce the requested information.
Link for the application, Guidance, and Amendment:
Written comments and recommendations concerning the proposed information collection should be sent by December 29, 2016 to the SAMHSA Desk Officer at the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB). To ensure timely receipt of comments, and to avoid potential delays in OMB's receipt and processing of mail sent through the U.S. Postal Service, commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0086, Great Lakes Pilotage; without change. Our ICR describe the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before January 30, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0801] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise the ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0801], and must be received by January 30, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act Of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, As Amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information without change: 1625-0087; U.S. Coast Guard International Ice Patrol (IIP) Customer Survey. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before January 30, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0600] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise the ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0600], and must be received by January 30, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Thirty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 the U.S. Coast Guard is forwarding an Information Collection Request (ICR), abstracted below, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0028, Course Approval and Records for Merchant Mariner Training Schools. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Review and comments by OIRA ensure we only impose paperwork burdens
Comments must reach the Coast Guard and OIRA on or before December 29, 2016.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0769] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
(1)
(2)
(3)
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. These comments will help OIRA determine whether to approve the ICR referred to in this Notice.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments to Coast Guard or OIRA must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR. They must also contain the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0769], and must be received by December 29, 2016.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
OIRA posts its decisions on ICRs online at
This request provides a 30-day comment period required by OIRA. The Coast Guard published the 60-day notice (81 FR 62162, September 8, 2016) required by 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2). That Notice elicited no comments. Accordingly, no changes have been made to the Collections.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Thirty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 the U.S. Coast Guard is forwarding an Information Collection Request (ICR), abstracted below, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0079, Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers (STCW), 1995, 1997 and 2010 Amendments to the International Convention. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Review and comments by OIRA ensure we only impose paperwork burdens commensurate with our performance of duties.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard and OIRA on or before December 29, 2016.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0770] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
(1)
(2)
(3)
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. These comments will help OIRA determine whether to approve the ICR referred to in this Notice.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments to Coast Guard or OIRA must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR. They must also contain the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0770], and must be received by December 29, 2016.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
OIRA posts its decisions on ICRs online at
This request provides a 30-day comment period required by OIRA. The Coast Guard has published the 60-day notice (81 FR 62163, September 8, 2016) required by 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2). That Notice elicited no comments. Accordingly, no changes have been made to the Collections.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting approval for the following new collection of information: 1625-NEW, State Registration Data. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before January 30, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2014-0713] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2014-0713], and must be received by January 30, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Coast Guard published a 60-day notice (79 FR 60483, October 7, 2014) required by 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2). That Notice elicited five public comment submissions.
In addition to the above comments submitted to the docket, the following comments and questions were received by Coast Guard program staff members:
The Coast Guard is publishing an additional 60-day Notice for public commenting due to the time that has elapsed since the initial 60-day Notice has published.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0093, Facilities Transferring Oil or Hazardous Materials in Bulk—Letter of Intent and Operations Manual. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before January 30, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0915] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0915], and must be received by January 30, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0084, Audit Reports under the International Safety Management Code. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before January 30, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0896] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise the ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0896], and must be received by January 30, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
General notice.
This document provides notice to customs brokers that the annual user fee of $138 that is assessed for each permit held by a broker, whether it may be an individual, partnership, association, or corporation, is due by February 3, 2017.
Payment of the 2017 Customs Broker User Fee is due by February 3, 2017.
Julia Peterson, Broker Management Branch, Office of Trade, (202) 863-6601.
Pursuant to section 111.96 of title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR 111.96(c)), U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) assesses an annual user fee of $138 for each customs broker
As required by 19 CFR 111.96, CBP must provide notice in the
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
30-Day notice and request for comments; extension of an existing collection of information.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) of the Department of Homeland Security will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act: Foreign Assembler's Declaration (with Endorsement by Importer). CBP is proposing that this information collection be extended with no change to the burden hours or to the information collected. This document is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Written comments should be received on or before December 29, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on this proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the OMB Desk Officer for Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security, and sent via electronic mail to
Requests for additional information should be directed to Paperwork Reduction Act Officer, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Regulations and Rulings, Office of Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177, or via email (
This proposed information collection was previously published in the
19 CFR 10.24(c) and (d) require that the importer/assembler maintain records for 5 years from the date of the related entry and that they make these records readily available to CBP for audit, inspection, copying, and reproduction. Instructions for complying with this regulation are posted on the CBP.gov Web site at:
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
30-Day notice and request for comments; extension of an existing collection of information.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) of the Department of Homeland Security will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act: Application and Approval to Manipulate, Examine, Sample or Transfer Goods (Form 3499). CBP is proposing that this information collection be extended with no change to the burden hours or to the information collected. This document is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Written comments should be received on or before December 29, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on this proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the OMB Desk Officer for Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security, and sent via electronic mail to
Requests for additional information should be directed to Paperwork Reduction Act Officer, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Regulations and Rulings, Office of Trade, 90 K Street NE., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20229-1177, or via email (
This proposed information collection was previously published in the
Title: Application and Approval to Manipulate, Examine, Sample or Transfer Goods.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Final notice.
New or modified Base (1-percent annual chance) Flood Elevations (BFEs), base flood depths, Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA) boundaries or zone designations, and/or regulatory floodways (hereinafter referred to as flood hazard determinations) as shown on the indicated Letter of Map Revision (LOMR) for each of the communities listed in the table below are finalized. Each LOMR revises the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs), and in some cases the Flood Insurance Study (FIS) reports, currently in effect for the listed communities. The flood hazard determinations modified by each LOMR will be used to calculate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings and their contents.
The effective date for each LOMR is indicated in the table below.
Each LOMR is available for inspection at both the respective Community Map Repository address listed in the table below and online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email)
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) makes the final flood hazard determinations as shown in the LOMRs for each community listed in the table below. Notice of these modified flood hazard determinations has been published in newspapers of local circulation and 90 days have elapsed since that publication. The Deputy Associate Administrator for Insurance and Mitigation has resolved any appeals resulting from this notification.
The modified flood hazard determinations are made pursuant to section 206 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4105, and are in accordance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, 42 U.S.C. 4001
For rating purposes, the currently effective community number is shown and must be used for all new policies and renewals.
The new or modified flood hazard information is the basis for the floodplain management measures that the community is required either to adopt or to show evidence of being already in effect in order to remain qualified for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).
This new or modified flood hazard information, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are the minimum that are required. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities.
This new or modified flood hazard determinations are used to meet the floodplain management requirements of the NFIP and also are used to calculate the appropriate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings, and for the contents in those buildings. The changes in flood hazard determinations are in accordance with 44 CFR 65.4.
Interested lessees and owners of real property are encouraged to review the final flood hazard information available at the address cited below for each community or online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on an extension, without change, of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning the State Administrative Plan for the procedural guide that details how the State will administer the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 30, 2017.
To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:
(1)
(2)
All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Nicole LaRosa, Grants Policy Branch, Mitigation Division, at (202) 646-3906. You may contact the Records Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at email address:
FEMA regulations in 44 CFR 206.437 require development and update of the State Administrative Plan by State Grantees as a condition of receiving Hazard Mitigation Grant Program (HMGP) funding under section 404 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act of 1988, 42 U.S.C. 5170c. Grantees can be any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, or an Indian tribal government that chooses to act as a grantee. Section 404 mandates FEMA approval of the State Administrative Plan before awarding any project grant assistance to a community or State applicant.
Comments may be submitted as indicated in the ADDRESSES caption above. Comments are solicited to (a) evaluate whether the proposed data collection is necessary for the proper performance of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, HUD.
Notice for comment.
On July 29, 2016, President Obama signed into law the Housing Opportunity Through Modernization Act of 2016 (HOTMA). One of the statutory amendments made by HOTMA adds an income limit to the Public Housing program. This notice informs the public of how HUD proposes to implement that income limit and solicits comments on that methodology.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this notice for comment. All communications must refer to the above docket number and title. There are two methods for submitting public comments.
1.
2.
If you have any questions, please send an email to
On July 29, 2016, President Obama signed HOTMA into law (Pub. L. 114-201, 130 Stat. 782). Section 103 places an income limitation on a public housing tenancy for families. The law requires that after a family's income has exceeded 120 percent of the area median income (AMI) for the most recent two consecutive annual reviews, a PHA must terminate the family's tenancy within 6 months of the second income determination or charge the family a monthly rent equal to the greater of (1) the applicable Fair Market Rent (FMR); or (2) the amount of monthly subsidy for the unit including amounts from the operating and capital fund. A PHA must notify a family of the potential changes to monthly rent after one year of the family's income exceeding 120 percent of the AMI. Pursuant to 24 CFR 960.503, this section does not apply to small PHAs that are renting to families with income over 120 percent of AMI. Each PHA must submit a report annually to HUD about the number of families residing in public housing with incomes exceeding the applicable income limitation and the number of families on the waiting lists for admission to public housing projects. Such reports must be publically available.
Section 103 of HOTMA sets a maximum amount of annual adjusted income for a family to occupy a public housing unit at 120 percent of the AMI. However, HUD has the ability to adjust that 120 percent if the Secretary determines that it is necessary to do so because of prevailing levels of construction costs, or unusually high or low family incomes, vacancy rates, or rental costs.
On February 3, 2016, at 81 FR 5677, HUD published an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR) soliciting public input on various questions dealing with the possibility of imposing an income limit for public housing.
There were also many suggestions on how to impose an income limit. Commenters asked for a maximum income based on the AMI or a percentage over the income limits for admission into public housing. Some commenters said that incorporating local housing conditions into the income limit would be too complicated, while others stated that not taking local conditions into account would be unfair to families. Some commenters stated that families reaching an income limit should be given a few months to find new housing, while others suggested families be allowed a period of several years. Some commenters noted that having an income limit did allow families with a greater need to move in, while others wrote that forcing the highest-income tenants out would increase the amount of subsidy a PHA would pay and decrease their ability to provide affordable housing.
Some of these comments and questions were made moot by the passage of HOTMA. However, as HUD exercises the discretion available in the new statute, HUD has taken into account the views and suggestions already submitted for the ANPR in its initial methodology factoring in local housing costs. HUD is providing for 30 days of public comment.
HUD calculates low-, very low-, and extremely low-income limits for the public housing program. These income limits are used for assessing program eligibility. Very low-income (VLI) limits are preliminarily calculated as 50 percent of the estimated area median family income. VLI limits include several adjustments to align the income limits with program requirements including:
For the purpose of determining the income limit, including any adjustments, HUD will use the VLI limit as the basis of the 120 percent income limit (by multiplying the VLI limit by a factor of 2.4). For those areas without an adjustment, the result is an income limit of 120 percent of AMI. For areas where HUD has made an adjustment to the VLI limit, the result of the multiplier will be higher or lower than 120 percent of AMI, depending on the adjustments made. For example, for the Los Angeles MSA, HUD's income limit methodology results in a high housing cost adjustment, therefore, the income limit for families residing in this area is 167 percent of AMI, due to the higher housing costs in this MSA.
HUD's income limits were developed by HUD's Office of Policy Development and Research, and are updated annually. Information about HUD's income limits and HUD's methodology for adjusting income limits as part of the income limit calculation can be found at:
HUD is seeking comments on the methodology described above. Specifically, HUD seeks comments on the following questions:
1. Does the methodology adequately consider local housing costs and make appropriate adjustments for higher housing costs?
2. What other factors should HUD consider when determining whether to make adjustments to the income limit? Please provide specific examples of circumstances that are not captured in HUD's proposed methodology.
This notice does not direct, provide for assistance or loan and mortgage insurance for, or otherwise govern or regulate real property acquisition, disposition, leasing, rehabilitation, alteration, demolition, or new construction; or establish, revise, or provide for standards for construction or construction materials, manufactured housing, or occupancy. Accordingly, under 24 CFR 50.19(c)(1), this notice is categorically excluded from environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321).
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, HUD.
Correction; notice.
This notice corrects the document HUD published at 81 FR 84608, November 23, 2016. HUD is amending both paragraphs on page 4. HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Kevin Stevens, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
This notice advises of FHA's review and proposed revisions to the Single Family Model Forward Mortgage document. Similar to FHA's review of its multifamily mortgage transactional documents, healthcare facilities transactional documents, and hospital transactional documents, FHA is reviewing its Single Family mortgage transactional documents to determine where revisions and updates may be needed. This notice presents one document that FHA has identified for
The following describes the changes proposed to be made to the Single Family Model Forward Mortgage document, which can be found, with the proposed changes to the document's terms highlighted, at HUD's Web site at
The majority of the proposed changes are conforming or technical in nature (
In addition to these technical changes, FHA is proposing one set of substantive changes to the Model Forward Mortgage, reflected in the judicial and non-judicial versions of Section 22 (hereinafter “Sections 22”) and Section 20. Prior to the September, 2014 publication of the current Model Forward Mortgage, the former Model Forward Mortgage contained the following provision: “[i]n many circumstances regulations issued by the Secretary will limit Lender rights, in the case of payment defaults, to require immediate payment in full and foreclose if not paid. This Security Instrument does not authorize acceleration or foreclosure if not permitted by regulations of the Secretary.” (hereinafter “Paragraph 9(d)”). Because Paragraph 9(d) is not necessarily entailed by FHA regulatory or statutory authority, its omission was a natural consequence of the adoption of the GSE security instrument covenants. Mortgagees are obliged to fulfill their contractual and regulatory obligations to the Department, including commencing foreclosure upon satisfaction of certain regulatory preconditions, regardless of whether certain of those obligations are recited in or incorporated by reference into a separate mortgage contract with a borrower.
Since publication of the current FHA Model Forward Mortgage, however, FHA has been informed that Paragraph 9(d) has been viewed by borrowers as providing certain defenses to foreclosure actions, and has, on occasion, been successfully used to assert such defenses under circumstances where mortgagees allegedly fail to satisfy certain preconditions to foreclosure reflected in the Department's regulations. The Department's regulations form the contract of mortgage insurance between FHA and the mortgagee, which has always been regarded as separate and distinct from the private mortgage contract between mortgagee and borrower. However, the Department also acknowledges the incidental benefits of incentivizing mortgagee compliance with FHA requirements by incorporation of a similar, separate contractual right in the private mortgage contract between the mortgagee and borrower. The reintroduction of language in the proposed change to Sections 22 similar to that contained in the previous Paragraph 9(d) may serve to again further this goal.
The Department is also proposing a revision to Section 20, which generally provides that the borrower is not a third-party beneficiary to the contract of mortgage insurance between the lender and FHA. Legally, FHA borrowers have never been deemed third-party beneficiaries of the mortgage insurance contract between FHA and the mortgagee, and therefore, have had no authority to enforce any provisions thereof. However, as reflected in the proposed changes to Sections 22, the borrower and lender will enjoy contractual rights and obligations under the private mortgage contract that happen to mirror elements of the mortgage insurance contract because they both separately rely on HUD's regulations. By asserting rights under the private mortgage contract, even those that incorporate elements of the regulations forming the mortgage insurance contract, borrowers would not be enforcing the contract of mortgage insurance and FHA regulations as such, but rather enforcing the private contractual terms incorporated into the mortgage contract that mirror those regulations.
While aiming to clearly delineate the lines between the private mortgage contract and the contract of mortgage insurance through the language contained in Section 20, the Department does not wish to cause any confusion concerning the borrower's ability to enforce his or her rights that have been granted through the incorporation of certain regulatory provisions. Therefore, for clarity, the Department is proposing a revision to Section 20 that eliminates any confusion regarding the borrower's ability to assert rights under the private mortgage contract with the mortgagee as provided in the proposed changes to Section 22. The proposed revision to Section 20 does not jeopardize the settled fact that borrowers are not third-party beneficiaries of the mortgage insurance contract and do not have the authority to enforce any provisions thereof. This is a consequence of well-established legal principals governing contractual relationships and privity, which will remain unchanged notwithstanding the proposed revision. HUD expects, therefore, that the proposed change renders Section 20 more apparently consistent with the proposed changes to Sections 22, but does not intend to create third-party rights under the mortgage insurance contract.
The following information regarding respondents and number of responses is based on information related to the actual legal mortgage document, not the model mortgage document.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice; request for comments.
We (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service) will ask the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve the information collection (IC) described below. As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and as part of our continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, we invite the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on this IC. We may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
To ensure that we are able to consider your comments on this IC, we must receive them by January 30, 2017.
Send your comments on the IC to the Information Collection Clearance Officer, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, MS BPHC, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803 (mail); or
To request additional information about this IC, contact Tina Campbell at
We will collect information on organizations' approaches to landscape scale conservation; their capacities, priorities, strategies, and approaches to collaboration; what other organizations they have sought advice from, collaborated with, or would like to collaborate with; their organizational type, size, and location; and where in the U.S. Pacific Northwest region they operate. The survey results will provide information about where, how, and with whom organizations working on coastal ecosystem issues focus their efforts, and will be used to facilitate opportunities for improved coordination and collaboration to enhance the collective impact of organizations working to protect and restore the health of U.S. Pacific Northwest coastal watersheds, estuaries, and associated ecosystems, and the communities that value, use, and depend on these resources.
We invite comments concerning this information collection on:
• Whether or not the collection of information is necessary, including whether or not the information will have practical utility;
• The accuracy of our estimate of the burden for this collection of information;
• Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents.
Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this IC. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of intent.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, intend to prepare a draft Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement (DSEIS) under the National Environmental Policy Act to consider potential impacts on the human environment from proposed amendments to an incidental take permit and associated habitat conservation plan. Under the Endangered Species Act, we issued the original permit to the Montana Department of Natural Resources and Conservation (DNRC) in December 2011, authorizing take of the grizzly bear, Canada lynx, bull trout, and two other fish species incidental to the DNRC's forest management activities. The purpose of this notice is to describe the proposed action and advise other Federal and State agencies, potentially affected tribes, and the public of our intent to prepare a DSEIS. The DNRC intends to jointly prepare the DSEIS to comply with its responsibilities under the Montana Environmental Policy Act. We are not soliciting comments at this time. The public will have opportunity to comment on the published DSEIS when we announce its availability in the
Ben Conard, Assistant Field Supervisor, at (406) 758-6882 or
Individuals who are hearing or speech impaired may call the Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8337 for TTY assistance. Information on this proposed action is also available at the DNRC's Web site, at
Under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA, 16 U.S.C. 1531
We intend to prepare a DSEIS under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA, 42 U.S.C. 4321
The DNRC is preparing an amendment to the HCP detailing how the proposed action would be adopted to comply with the HCP's required measures to avoid, minimize, and mitigate the effects of incidental take of the covered species to the maximum extent practicable. We provide this notice to (1) describe the proposed action and (2) advise other Federal and State agencies, potentially affected tribes, and the public of our intent to prepare a DSEIS. In the DSEIS, we will analyze potential effects to the covered species and other factors of the human environment from the proposed action and alternatives to the action.
In April 2009, the DNRC applied for a permit for take incidental to forest management activities for the grizzly bear (
The permit area covers approximately 548,500 acres of forested State trust lands in western Montana. However, because DNRC expected to transfer, exchange, or add lands for their forest management activities in the future, the HCP addressed the process and contingencies for doing so. Thus, the Service considered in the EIS the potential effects of amending the HCP and incidental take permit to cover such actions.
In April 2013, two environmental organizations challenged the issuance of the permit in a Federal District Court in Montana. The Court ruled in the Service's favor on all but one count. DNRC and the plaintiffs subsequently entered a settlement agreement for that count in September 2015. The future addition of lands to the HCP and permit were not part of the complaint or the settlement agreement.
The Service plans to prepare a supplement to the EIS to assess the effects of the proposed amendment to the HCP and permit and incorporation of the terms of the settlement agreement.
The terms of the settlement agreement focus primarily on adjusting management of DNRC's Class A lands under the Stillwater Block Transportation Plan in the HCP, which entailed a strategy of a cycle of 4 years of active forest management followed by 8 years of rest. The settlement agreement identifies seven distinct grizzly bear security zones totaling 22,007 acres. These security zones include the entirety of the original 19,400 acres of Class A lands in the Stillwater Block in the HCP, but also add 2,300 acres in a new area in Coal Creek State Forest. The amended HCP would replace the 4-year active/8-year rest management cycle on Stillwater Block Lands with specific measures for restricting forest management activities to the denning season in these grizzly bear security zones. All motorized activities below 6,300 feet in elevation within the grizzly security zones would be allowed during the grizzly denning season and prohibited all year round above that elevation. The same seasonal and elevation restrictions would apply
Since we issued the permit, DNRC has acquired an appreciable amount of forested lands within the original HCP area, and they are now requesting to amend the HCP and permit to cover an additional 81,416 acres. DNRC proposes to implement the HCP's existing conservation commitments on the additional lands. The six acquisition areas and their acreages are the Swan, which contains 16,446 acres; Chamberlain, which contains 14,537 acres; Potomac, which contains 32,266 acres; Lolo Land Exchange, which contains 11,066 acres; Upper Blackfoot, which contains 5,458 acres; and Southern Bitterroot, which contains 1,643 acres. The HCP would be amended to reflect inclusion of (1) the Swan acquisition lands in the Swan Transportation Plan, (2) the Swan acquisition area in the Swan Lynx Management Area (LMA), (3) a portion of the Chamberlain acquisition area in the Garnet LMA, and (4) increasing the acres of lynx critical habitat addressed in the HCP.
The original HCP requires the DNRC to complete corrective actions at sites identified with high risk of sediment delivery in bull trout watersheds in the HCP area by 2027. As directed by the settlement agreement, the HCP would be amended to prioritize and complete such corrective actions in federally designated bull trout critical habitat by 2024.
Lastly, over the past 5 years of HCP implementation, the Service and DNRC identified some commitment and procedural clarifications that would be incorporated into the HCP. These amendments would serve to help DNRC understand how to implement certain measures and would not entail any changes to the nature of the measures or how they affect the covered species.
Section 9 of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1538) and implementing regulations in title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) prohibit the taking of animal species listed as endangered or threatened. The term “take” is defined under the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1532(19)) to mean “harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any such conduct.” “Harm” is defined by the Service to include significant habitat modification or degradation where it actually kills or injures listed species by significantly impairing essential behavioral patterns, including breeding, feeding, and sheltering (50 CFR 17.3). “Harass” is defined by the Service as actions that create the likelihood of injury to listed species to such an extent as to significantly disrupt normal behavior patterns, which include, but are not limited to, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (50 CFR 17.3).
Section 10 of the ESA and implementing regulations specify requirements for the issuance of incidental take permits to non-Federal landowners for the incidental take of endangered and threatened species. Such take must be incidental to otherwise lawful activities and not appreciably reduce the likelihood of the survival and recovery of the species in the wild, and the impacts of the take on the listed species must be minimized and mitigated by the permittee to the maximum extent practicable. An applicant for an incidental take permit must prepare an HCP describing the impacts that will likely result from such taking, the conservation program for minimizing and mitigating those take impacts, the funding available to implement the conservation program, the alternatives considered by the applicant to avoid such taking, and the reason(s) such alternatives are not being implemented.
NEPA requires that Federal agencies conduct an environmental analysis of their proposed actions to determine if the actions may significantly affect the human environment. The Service determined that the final DNRC HCP EIS (September 17, 2010) requires a supplement since the changes in the proposed action may materially or substantially affect the analysis of impacts (40 CFR 1502.9 and 516 DM 4.5).
The DSEIS will be developed using the same process as the original DNRC HCP EIS. We are not soliciting comments at this time. The public will have opportunity to comment on the published DSEIS, which will be announced in the
The environmental review of this proposed action will be conducted in accordance with the requirements of NEPA, the Council on Environmental Quality Regulations (40 CFR parts 1500-1508), the Department of the Interior NEPA regulations (43 CFR part 46), other applicable Federal laws and regulations, and policies and procedures of the Service. This notice is being furnished in accordance with 40 CFR 1501.7 to notify the public of the Service's intent to prepare a DSEIS.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.
Notice.
This notice advises the public that the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA), as lead agency, intends to gather information necessary for preparing an environmental impact statement (EIS) in connection with the Redding Rancheria's (Tribe) application requesting that the United States acquire approximately 232 acres of land in trust in Shasta County, California, for the construction and operation of a casino resort.
To ensure consideration during the development of the EIS, written comments on the scope of the EIS should be sent as soon as possible and no later than December 29, 2016. The date of the public scoping meeting will be announced at least 15 days in advance through a notice to be published in the local newspapers (Redding Record Searchlight and Sacramento Bee) and online at
You may mail or hand-deliver written comments to Ms. Amy Dutschke, Regional Director, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Pacific Region, 2800 Cottage Way, Sacramento, California 95825. Please include your name, return address, and “NOI Comments, Redding Rancheria Project” on the first page of your written comments. You may also submit comments through email to John Rydzik, Chief, Division of Environmental, Cultural Resource Management and Safety, Bureau of Indian Affairs, at
The location of the public scoping meeting will be announced at least 15 days in advance through a notice to be published in the local newspaper (Redding Record Searchlight and Sacramento Bee) and online at
Mr. John Rydzik, Chief, Division of Environmental, Cultural Resource Management and Safety, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Pacific Regional Office, 2800 Cottage Way, Room W-2820, Sacramento, California 95825; telephone: (916) 978-6051; email:
The Tribe submitted an application to the Department of the Interior (Department) requesting the placement of approximately 232 acres of fee land in trust by the United States upon which the Tribe would construct a casino resort. The facility would include an approximately 140,000 square foot casino, an approximately 250-room hotel, an event/convention center, a retail center, and associated parking and infrastructure. The new facility would replace the Tribe's existing casino, and the exisiting casino buildings would be converted to a different use. Accordingly, the proposed action for the Department is the acquisition requested by the Tribe. The proposed fee-to-trust property is located in an unincorporated part of Shasta County, California, approximately 1.6 miles northeast of the existing Redding Rancheria, and about two miles southeast of downtown Redding. The proposed trust property includes seven parcels, bound by Bechelli Lane on the north, private properties to the south, the Sacremento River on the west, and Interstate 5 on the east. The Shasta County Assessor's parcel numbers (APNs) for the property are 055-010-011, 055-010-012, 055-010-014, 055-010-015, 055-050-001, 055-020-004 and 055-020-005. The purpose of the proposed action is to improve the economic status of the Tribal government so it can better provide housing, health care, education, cultural programs, and other services to its members.
The proposed action encompasses the various Federal approvals which may be required to implement the Tribe's proposed economic development project, including approval of the Tribe's fee-to-trust application. The EIS will identify and evaluate issues related to these approvals, and will also evaluate a range of reasonable alternatives. Possible alternatives currently under consideration are a reduced-intensity casino alternative, an alternate-use (non-casino) alternative, and one or more off-site alternatives. The range of issues and alternatives may be expanded based on comments received during the scoping process.
Areas of environmental concern identified for analysis in the EIS include land resources; water resources; air quality; noise; biological resources; cultural/historical/archaeological resources; resource use patterns; traffic and transportation; public health and safety; hazardous materials and hazardous wastes; public services and utilities; socioeconomics; environmental justice; visual resources/aesthetics; and cumulative, indirect, and growth-inducing effects. The range of issues and alternatives to be addressed in the EIS may be expanded or reduced based on comments received in response to this notice and at the public scoping meeting. Additional information, including a map of the project site, is available by contacting the person listed in the
This notice is published in accordance with sections 1501.7 and 1506.6 of the Council on Environmental Quality Regulations (40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508) implementing the procedural requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321-4345
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.
Notice.
This notice publishes the liquor control code of the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians, Michigan and Indiana (the Band). The liquor control code regulates and controls the possession, sale, manufacture, and distribution of alcohol in conformity with the laws of the State of Indiana.
This code will only become effective if and when the Band's pending trust applications for land in Indiana are approved and the transfer to trust status is complete.
Ms. Rebecca J. Smith, Tribal Relations Specialist, Eastern Regional Office, Bureau of Indian Affairs, 545 Marriott Drive, Suite 700, Nashville, Tennessee 37214, Telephone: (615) 564-6711, Fax: (615) 564-6701; or the Eastern Regional Office, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Telephone: (615) 564-6500.
Pursuant to the Act of August 15, 1953, Public Law 83-277, 67 Stat. 586, 18 U.S.C. 1161, as interpreted by the Supreme Court in
This notice is published in accordance with the authority delegated by the Secretary of the Interior to the Assistant Secretary-Indian Affairs. I certify that the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians, Michigan and Indiana Tribal Council duly adopted by Resolution the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians, Michigan and Indiana, Liquor Control Code (Indiana), enacted November 2, 2015 by Res. No. 15-11-02-05 and amended July 26, 2016 by Res. No. 16-07-26-13 to clarify language in section 7 and subsection 8(f) and to correct organizational errors.
The Pokagon Band Tribal Council hereby finds as follows:
(a) The importations, distribution, manufacture, and Sale of Alcoholic Liquor for commercial purposes on the Tribe's Reservation is a matter of special concern to the Tribe.
(b) Federal law as embodied in 18 U.S.C. 1161 provides that certain sections of the United States Code, commonly referred to as Federal Indian Liquor Laws, shall not apply to any act or transaction within any area of Indian country, provided such act or transaction is in conformity with both the laws of the state in which such act or transaction occurs, and with an act duly adopted by the tribe having jurisdiction over such area of Indian country.
(a) The Council hereby declares that the policy of the Tribe is to eliminate the problems associated with unlicensed, unregulated, and unlawful importation, distribution, manufacture, and Sale of Alcoholic Liquor for commercial purposes on the Tribe's Reservation, and to promote temperance in the use and consumption of Alcoholic Liquor by establishing and enforcing Tribal regulation over such activities on the Reservation.
(b) The importation, distribution, manufacture, and Sale of Alcoholic Liquor for commercial purposes on the Reservation shall be lawful, provided that such activity is conducted by the Tribe or by an authorized Tribal Enterprise, and is in conformity with this Code. Such conditions are necessary to increase the Tribe's ability to control and regulate the distribution, Sale, and possession of Alcoholic Liquor, while at the same time provide an important and necessary source of revenue for continued operation of the Tribal government and delivery of Tribal governmental services.
(a) The scope of this Code is limited to the areas of Indian country located in the State of Indiana over which the Tribe exercises jurisdiction. The Pokagon Band Liquor Control Code enacted by the Tribal Council on September 9, 2006 by adoption of Resolution No. 06-09-09-12, which was certified by the Secretary of the Interior and published in the
(b) The purpose of this Code is to prohibit the importation, manufacture, distribution, and Sale of Alcoholic Liquor for commercial purposes on the Reservation except pursuant to a License issued by the Commission under the provisions of this Code and other Tribal laws.
(a) In accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1161, the Tribe hereby adopts and applies as Tribal law those Indiana laws, as amended, relating to the Sale and regulation of Alcoholic Liquor encompassing the following areas: Sale to a minor; Sale to a visibly intoxicated individual; Sale of adulterated or misbranded liquor; hours of operation; and similar substantive provisions, including such other laws prohibiting the Sale of Alcoholic Liquor to certain categories of individuals. Said Tribal laws which are defined by reference to the substantive areas of Indiana laws referred to in this section shall apply in the same manner and to the same extent as such laws apply elsewhere in Indiana to off-Reservation transactions unless otherwise agreed by the Tribe and State; provided, that nothing in this Code shall be construed as a consent by the Tribe to the jurisdiction of the State of Indiana or any of its, agencies, courts or subordinate political subdivisions or municipalities within the Reservation over any activity arising under or related to the subject of this Code nor shall anything in this Code constitute an express or implied waiver of the sovereign immunity of the Tribe.
(b) In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between “adopted and applied” Indiana laws and this Code, the provisions of this Code shall govern to the extent allowed under 18 U.S.C. 1161.
(c) Whenever such Indiana laws are incorporated herein by reference, amendments by the State thereto shall also be deemed to be incorporated upon their effective date in the State of Indiana without further action by the Tribal Council.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(1) A driver's license or identification card issued by any state or U.S. territory;
(2) United States active duty military ID;
(3) A passport issued by the United States or any foreign country; or
(4) A Tribal identification card or other tribal identification card recognized by the Commission.
(k)
(a) Adopt and enforce rules and regulations for the purpose of implementing and enforcing this Code, which includes the setting of fees,
(b) Execute all necessary documents; and
(c) Perform all matters and things incidental to and necessary to conduct its business and carry out its duties and functions under this Code.
(a) “Alcohol” means the compound C2H5OH, known as ethyl alcohol, hydrated oxide of ethyl, or spirits of wine, from whatever source or by whatever process produced.
(b) “Alcoholic Liquor” means any spirituous, vinous, malt, or fermented liquor, liquids and compounds, whether or not medicated, proprietary, patented, and by whatever name called, containing one half of one percent (0.5%) or more of Alcohol by volume which is fit for use for beverage purposes and human consumption. The term Alcoholic Liquor does not include industrial alcohol.
(c) “Applicant” means any Person who submits an application to the Gaming Commission for a License and who has not yet received such a License.
(d) “Beer” means an Alcoholic Liquor obtained by the fermentation of an infusion or decoction of barley malt or other cereal and hops in water.
(e) “Brandy” means (1) an Alcoholic Liquor as defined in the federal regulations, 27 CFR 5.22(d) (1980) or any successor federal law; or (2) a beverage product that otherwise meets the Indiana statutory definition of “brandy”.
(f) “Commission” and “Gaming Commission” means the Pokagon Band Gaming Commission first established by the Pokagon Band Gaming Regulatory Act, as amended.
(g) “Constitution” and “Tribal Constitution” means the Constitution of the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians of Michigan and Indiana, adopted on November 1, 2005 and approved by the Secretary of the Interior on December 16, 2005, including all subsequent amendments ratified and approved pursuant to Tribal and federal law.
(h) “Council” and “Tribal Council” means the elected Tribal Council of the
(i) “License” means an Alcoholic Liquor license issued by the Gaming Commission under the provisions of this Code authorizing the importation, manufacture, distribution, or Sale of Alcoholic Liquor for commercial purposes on or within the Reservation consistent with federal law.
(j) “Licensee” means any holder of a License issued by the Gaming Commission pursuant to this Code and includes any employee or agent of the Licensee.
(k) “Manufacturer” means any Person engaged in the manufacture of Alcoholic Liquor.
(l) “Mixed Drink” means any drink prepared with one or more Alcoholic Liquors or other beverage containing Alcohol, provided that: (1) The mixed drink is served from the vessel in which it was prepared and (2) the Alcoholic Liquor used in the preparation of the mixed drink is drawn directly from the original container in which the Alcoholic Liquor was contained and is poured directly into the vessel in which the mixed drink is to be prepared.
(m) “Person” means:
(1) a natural individual, whether Indian or non-Indian;
(2) an Indian tribe, band, or group, whether recognized by the United States or otherwise, including any Tribal Enterprise and Licensee
(3) a firm;
(4) a corporation or joint corporation;
(5) a partnership or limited partnership;
(6) a limited liability company;
(7) an incorporated or unincorporated association, society, or any group of individuals acting as a unit, whether mutual, cooperative, fraternal, non-profit, or otherwise; or
(8) a receiver, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy, trust estate or other legal entity; whether acting by themselves or by a servant, an agent, or an employee.
(n) “Purchase” means to acquire, by Sale or otherwise, individual possession, ownership, or rights to goods or services.
(o) “Reservation” means: Pursuant to 25 U.S.C. 1300j-5 or other applicable federal law, (i) all lands located within the State of Indiana, the title to which is held in trust by the United States for the benefit of the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians; and (ii) all lands located within the State of Indiana that are proclaimed by the Secretary of the Interior to be part of the Tribe's reservation. The term Reservation includes any rights-of-way running through the Reservation.
(p) “Secretary of the Interior” means the Secretary of the United States Department of the Interior.
(q) “Sacramental Wine” means Wine containing not more than twenty-four percent (24%) of Alcohol by volume and is used for sacramental purposes.
(r) “Sale” means the exchange, barter, traffic, furnishing, or giving away for commercial purposes of possession, ownership, or rights to goods or services.
(s) “Tribal Court” means the Tribal Court of the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians.
(t) “Tribal Enterprise” means the Tribe or any activity or business owned, managed, or controlled by the Tribe or any agency, subordinate organization, or other entity of the Tribe, where the organic documents establishing such enterprise expressly allow for the Sale of Alcoholic Liquor.
(u) “Tribal Law” means the Tribal Constitution and all laws, acts, codes, and resolutions now and hereafter duly enacted by the Tribal Council and any rules or regulations duly promulgated by the Gaming Commission pursuant to this Code.
(v) “Tribe” means, and “Tribal” refers to, the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians, Michigan and Indiana.
(w) “Wine” means the product made by the normal alcoholic fermentation of the juice of sound, ripe grapes, or any other fruit with the usual cellar treatment, and containing not more than twenty-one percent (21%) of Alcohol by volume, including hard cider and other fermented fruit juices other than grapes and mixed wine drinks.
(a) Sales for Cash. All Alcoholic Liquor Sales on the Reservation or within its boundaries shall be on a cash or cash equivalent basis, including the use of ATM cards, debit cards, checks, major credit cards, or other instruments approved by the Gaming Commission.
(b) Sales for Personal Consumption. All Alcoholic Liquor Sales shall be for the personal use and consumption by the purchaser. Resale of any Alcoholic Liquor Purchased on the Reservation or within its boundaries is prohibited. Any Person not licensed pursuant to this Code who Purchases Alcoholic Liquor on the Reservation and sells it, whether in the original container or not, shall be guilty of a violation of this Code.
(a) The Commission may only issue a License permitting the Sale of Alcoholic Liquor on those areas of the Reservation where such activities have been authorized by the Tribal Council.
(b) In the exercise of its powers and duties under this Code, the Commission and its individual members shall be subject to the Pokagon Band Code of Ethics.
(a) “Retail on-sale general License” means a License authorizing the Applicant to sell Alcoholic Liquor at
(b) “Retail on-sale Beer and Wine License” means a License authorizing the Applicant to sell Beer and Wine at retail to be consumed by the buyer only on the premises or at the location designated in the License. This class includes, without limitation, hotels where Beer and/or Wine may be sold for consumption on the premises and in the rooms of bona fide registered guests.
(c) “Retail off-sale general License” means a License authorizing the Applicant to sell Alcoholic Liquor at retail to be consumed by the buyer off of the premises or at a location other than the one designated in the License.
(d) “Retail off-sale Beer and Wine License” means a License authorizing the Applicant to sell Beer and Wine at retail to be consumed by the buyer off of the premises or at a location other than the one designated in the License.
(e) “Manufacturer's License” means a License authorizing the Applicant to manufacture Alcoholic Liquor for the purpose of Sale on the Reservation.
(f) “Temporary License” means a License authorizing the Sale of Alcoholic Liquor on a temporary basis for premises temporarily occupied by the Licensee for a picnic, social gathering, or similar occasion. The Commission may, by appropriate Commission action, limit or restrict the number of Licenses issued or in effect in its sole discretion.
(a) The name and address of the Licensee, including the names and addresses of all of the principal officers and directors, and other employees with primary management responsibility related to the Sale of Alcoholic Liquor;
(b) The specific area, location, and/or premise(s) sought to be licensed;
(c) The class of License applied for (
(d) Whether a state Alcoholic Liquor license has been issued to the Applicant;
(e) A sworn statement by the Applicant to the effect that none of the Applicant's officers and directors, and employees with primary management responsibility related to the Sale of Alcoholic Liquor were ever convicted of a felony under any law and have not violated and will not violate or cause or permit to be violated any of the provisions of this Code; and
(f) The application shall be verified under oath and notarized by a duly authorized representative.
(a) The Applicant has materially misrepresented facts contained in the application;
(b) The Applicant is presently not in compliance with Tribal or federal laws;
(c) Granting of the License (or renewal or transfer thereof) would create a threat to the peace, safety, morals, health, or welfare of the Tribe;
(d) The Applicant has failed to complete the application properly or has failed to tender the appropriate fee; or
(e) A plea, verdict, or judgment of guilty, or the plea of
(f) The Applicant has a suspended or revoked state Alcoholic Liquor license.
(a) Material misrepresentation of facts contained in any License application;
(b) Not in compliance with Tribal or federal laws;
(c) Failure to comply with any condition of the License, including failure to pay a required fee;
(d) A plea, verdict, or judgment of guilty, or a plea of
(e) Failure to take reasonable steps to correct objectionable conditions constituting a nuisance on the licensed premises or any adjacent area within a reasonable time after receipt of a notice to make such corrections has been received from the Commission or its authorized representative; or
(f) Suspension or revocation of the Licensee's state Alcoholic Liquor license.
(a) On the Commission's own initiative through adoption of a resolution that sets forth allegations that if substantiated, would provide grounds under this Code for the Commission to suspend or revoke the License(s); or
(b) based on a signed request by any Person and filed with the Commission that alleges facts that would, if substantiated, provide grounds under this Code for the Commission to suspend or revoke the License(s).
The Gaming Commission shall cause the matter to be set for a hearing before the Commission on a date not later than thirty (30) days from the Commission's adoption of the resolution or its receipt of a request. Notice of the time, date, and place of the hearing shall be given the Licensee and the public in the same manner as set forth in Section 24. The notice shall state that the Licensee has the right to file a written response, verified under oath and signed by the Licensee, five (5) days prior to the hearing date.
If the Gaming Commission determines that the grounds for suspension or revocation of a License are supported by reliable evidence and that such grounds pose a substantial risk of imminent harm to the health, welfare, or safety of the public, the Gaming Commission may immediately suspend such License
(a) All Alcoholic Liquor within the Reservation held, owned, or possessed by any Person or Licensee operating in violation of this Code is hereby declared to be contraband and subject to forfeiture to the Tribe.
(b) Within three (3) weeks following the seizure of the contraband, a hearing shall be held by the Gaming Commission, at which time the operator or owner of the contraband shall be given an opportunity to present evidence in defense of his or her activities.
(c) Notice of the hearing shall be given to the Person from whom the property was seized, if known prior to hearing. If the Person is unknown, notice of the hearing shall be posted at the place where the contraband was seized and at other public places on the Reservation. The notice shall describe the property seized, and the time, place, and cause of seizure and give the name and place of residence, if known, of the Person from whom the property was seized.
(d) If upon hearing, the evidence warrants, or if no Person appears as a claimant, the Gaming Commission shall
(a) First, to the Commission for the payment of all necessary personnel, administrative costs, and legal fees for the administration of the provisions of this Code; and
(b) Second, to the Tribe any remainder.
(a) Challenge a final Gaming Commission decision to deny a License, to deny an application to renew or transfer a License, or to revoke a License; or
(b) to compel a Gaming Commission decision or action unreasonably delayed or unlawfully withheld more than sixty (60) days beyond any mandatory time limit established by law.
The Tribal Court shall hold unlawful and set aside any Gaming Commission decision it finds to be arbitrary, not in accordance with law, in excess of statutory authority, or unsupported by substantial evidence in the record. The Tribal Court shall give deference to the Gaming Commission's reasonable interpretations of this Code and any rules or regulations promulgated hereunder.
(a) The Tribe, and all of its constituent parts, which includes but is not limited to Tribal Enterprises, subordinate organizations, boards, committees, officers, employees and agents, are immune from suit in any jurisdiction except to the extent that such immunity has been expressly and unequivocally waived in writing by the Tribe.
(b) Nothing in this Code, and no enforcement action taken pursuant to this Code or otherwise, including without limitation the filing of suit by the Gaming Commission to enforce any provision of this Code or other Tribal Law, shall constitute a waiver of such sovereign immunity, either as to any counterclaim, regardless of whether the asserted counterclaim arises out of the same transaction or occurrence, or in any other respect.
30-day notice.
To comply with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) is notifying the public that we have submitted an information collection request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. The ICR pertains to the paperwork requirements in the regulations under 30 CFR 550, Subparts A, General; and K, Oil and Gas Production Requirements, as well as associated forms. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has assigned control number 1010-0114 to this information collection. This notice provides the public a second opportunity to comment on the paperwork burden of this collection.
Submit written comments by December 29, 2016.
Submit comments on this ICR to the Desk Officer for the Department of the Interior at OMB-OIRA at (202) 395-5806 (fax) or
Anna Atkinson, Office of Policy, Regulations, and Analysis at
The Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521) and OMB regulations at 5 CFR part 1320 provide that an agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Until OMB approves a collection of information, you are not obligated to respond. In order to obtain and renew an OMB control number, Federal agencies are required to seek public comment on information collection and recordkeeping activities (see 5 CFR 1320.8(d) and 1320.12(a)).
As required at 5 CFR 1320.8(d), the BLM published a 60-day notice in the
Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501,
The following information pertains to this request:
• BOEM-0127, Sensitive Reservoir Information Report;
• BOEM-0140, Bottomhole Pressure Survey Report;
• BOEM-1123, Designation of Operator; and
• BOEM-1832, Notification of Incidents of Non-Compliance.
Abstract: The Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) Lands Act, as amended (43 U.S.C. 1331
The Independent Offices Appropriations Act (31 U.S.C. 9701), the Omnibus Appropriations Bill (Pub. L. 104-133, 110 Stat. 1321, April 26, 1996), and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-25 authorize Federal agencies to recover the full cost of services that confer special benefits. Under the Department of the Interior's (DOI) implementing policy, the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) is required to charge fees for services that provide special benefits or privileges to an identifiable non-Federal recipient above and beyond those that accrue to the public.
This ICR covers 30 CFR 550, Subpart A, General, and Subpart K, Oil and Gas Production Requirements, which deal with regulatory requirements of oil, gas, and sulphur operations on the OCS. This request also covers the related Notices to Lessees and Operators (NTLs) that BOEM issues to clarify and provide guidance on some aspects of our regulations, and forms BOEM-0127, BOEM-0140, BOEM-1123, and BOEM-1832.
The BOEM uses the information collected under the Subpart A and K regulations to ensure that operations in the OCS are carried out in a safe and environmentally sound manner, do not interfere with the rights of other users in the OCS, and balance the protection and development of OCS resources. Specifically, we use the information collected to:
• Determine the capability of a well to produce oil or gas in paying quantities or to determine the possible need for additional wells resulting in minimum royalty status on a lease.
• Provide lessees/operators greater flexibility to comply with regulatory requirements through approval of alternative equipment or procedures and departures if they demonstrate equal or better compliance with the appropriate performance standards.
• Ensure that subsurface storage of natural gas does not unduly interfere with development and production operations under existing leases.
• Record the designation of an operator authorized to act on behalf of the lessee/operating rights owner and to fulfill their obligations under the OCS Lands Act and implementing regulations, or to record the local agent empowered to receive notices and comply with regulatory orders issued (Form BOEM-1123, Designation of Operator). This form requires the respondent to submit general information such as lease number, name, address, company number of designated operator, and signature of the authorized lessee and designated operator. With this renewal, BOEM is adding a signature line for the designated operator. We also updated the form instructions by removing references to the Gulf of Mexico, so this form can be used nationally.
• Determine if an application for right-of-use and easement complies with the OCS Lands Act, other applicable laws, and BOEM regulations; and does not unreasonably interfere with the operations of any other lessee.
• Provide for orderly development or disqualification of leases to determine the appropriateness of lessee/operator performance.
• Approve requests to cancel leases and ascertain if/when the Secretary may cancel leases.
• Ensure the protection of any discovered archaeological resources.
• Regulate production rates from sensitive reservoirs (Form BOEM-0127, Sensitive Reservoir Information Report). BOEM engineers and geologists use the information for rate control and reservoir studies. The form requests general information about the reservoir and the company, volumetric data, and fluid analysis and production data.
• Manage reservoirs in our efforts to conserve natural resources, prevent waste, and protect correlative rights, including the Government's royalty interest (Form BOEM-0140, Bottomhole Pressure Survey Report). Specifically, BOEM uses the information in reservoir evaluations to determine maximum production and efficient rates and to review applications for downhole commingling to ensure that action does not harm ultimate recovery or undervalued royalties. The form requests information about the well and operator; test data information such as shut-in time, bottomhole temperature, kelly bushing elevation; and bottomhole pressure points that consist of measured depth(s), true vertical depth(s), pressure(s), and pressure gradient(s).
• Determine that respondents have corrected any Incidents of Non-Compliance (INCs), Form BOEM-1832, identified during compliance reviews. The BOEM issues this form to the operator and the operator then corrects the INC(s), signs and returns the form to the BOEM Regional Supervisor.
We will protect proprietary information according to the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), its implementing regulations (43 CFR 2), 30 CFR 252, and 30 CFR 550.197, “Data and information to be made available to the public or for limited inspection.” Proprietary information concerning geological and geophysical data will be protected according to 43 U.S.C. 1352. No items of a sensitive nature are collected. Responses are mandatory.
Public Availability of Comments: Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Notice is hereby given that, on October 25, 2016, pursuant to Section 6(a) of the National Cooperative Research and Production Act of 1993, 15 U.S.C. 4301
Also, DISCUS Software Company, Columbus, OH; and Capvidia NA LLC, New Ulm, MN, have withdrawn as parties to this venture.
No other changes have been made in either the membership or planned activity of the group research project. Membership in this group research project remains open, and 3D PDF intends to file additional written notifications disclosing all changes in membership.
On March 27, 2012, 3D PDF filed its original notification pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Act. The Department of Justice published a notice in the
The last notification was filed with the Department on August 5, 2016. A notice was published in the
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, Department of Justice.
60-day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until January 30, 2017.
If you have additional comments, particularly with respect to the estimated public burden or associated response time, have suggestions, need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions, or desire any additional information, please contact Mark Pawielski, Firearm & Ammunition Technology Division either by mail at 244 Needy Road, Martinsburg, WV 25405, by email at
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Evaluate whether and if so how the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected can be enhanced; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Overview of this information collection:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
On November 22, 2016, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed Consent Decree with the United States District Court for the Northern District of Indiana in the lawsuit entitled
The proposed Consent Decree puts an end to litigation and resolves allegations in the Clean Air Act Complaint filed on August 1, 2012, by the United States on behalf of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and by Co-Plaintiffs the State of Indiana, the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality and the State of Illinois, against Defendant U.S. Steel Corporation (U.S. Steel). Under the proposed Decree, U.S. Steel agrees to undertake measures to reduce pollution and improve environmental compliance at its three Midwest iron and steel manufacturing plants in Gary, Indiana; Ecorse, Michigan; and Granite City, Illinois. U.S. Steel also agrees to pay a $2.2 million civil penalty; perform seven supplemental environmental projects, valued at $1.9 million, in the communities affected by U.S. Steel's pollution; and conduct an environmentally beneficial project, valued at $800,000, at two of its affected plants.
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the proposed Consent Decree. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the proposed Consent Decree may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department Web site:
We will provide a paper copy of the proposed Consent Decree upon written request and payment of reproduction costs. Please mail your request and payment to: Consent Decree Library, U.S. DOJ—ENRD, P.O. Box 7611, Washington, DC 20044-7611.
Please enclose a check or money order for $20.75 (25 cents per page reproduction cost), payable to the United States Treasury.
Civil Rights Division, Department of Justice.
30-Day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Civil Rights Division, Federal Coordination and Compliance Section, will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This collection was previously published in the
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for an additional 30 days until December 29, 2016.
If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Christine Stoneman, Acting Chief, Federal Coordination and Compliance Section, 950 Pennsylvania Avenue NW-NWB, Washington, DC 20005 (phone: 202-307-2222). Written comments and/or suggestions can also be sent to the Office of Management and Budget, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention Department of Justice Desk Officer, Washington, DC 20503 or sent to
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
Overview of this information collection:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Information is used to find jurisdiction to investigate the alleged discrimination, to seek whether a referral to another agency is necessary and to provide information needed to initiate investigation of the complaint. Respondents are individuals.
5.
6.
If additional information is required contact: Jerri Murray, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, Room 3W-1407B, 145 N Street NE., Washington, DC 20530.
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL), Employment Training Administration (ETA) is soliciting comments concerning a proposed extension for the authority to conduct the information collection request (ICR) titled, “Job Corps Application Data.” This comment request is part of continuing Departmental efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501
Consideration will be given to all written comments received by January 30, 2017.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free by contacting Andrea Kyle by telephone at 202-693-3008, TTY 877-889-5627, (these are not toll-free numbers) or by email at
Submit written comments about, or requests for a copy of, this ICR by mail or courier to the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Job Corps, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Room N4507, Washington, DC 20210; by email:
Contact Andrea Kyle by telephone at 202-693-3008 (this is not a toll-free number) or by email at
44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A).
The DOL, as part of continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information before submitting them to the OMB for final approval. This program helps to ensure requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements can be properly assessed.
Job Corps is the nation's largest residential, educational, and career technical training program for young Americans. The Economic Opportunity Act established Job Corps in 1964 and it currently operates under the authority of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) of 2014. For over 51 years, Job Corps has helped prepare nearly 3 million at-risk young people between the ages of 16 and 24 for success in our nation's workforce. With 126 centers in 50 states, Puerto Rico, and the District of Columbia, Job Corps assists students across the nation in attaining academic credentials, including High School Diplomas (HSD) and/or High School Equivalency (HSD), and career technical training credentials, including industry-recognized certifications, state licensures, and pre-apprenticeship credentials.
Job Corps is a national program administered by the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) through the Office of Job Corps and six Regional Offices. DOL awards and administers contracts for the recruiting and screening of new students, center operations, and the placement and transitional support of graduates and former enrollees. Large and small corporations and nonprofit organizations manage and operate 99 Job Corps centers under contractual agreements with DOL. These contract Center Operators are selected through a competitive procurement process that evaluates potential operators' technical expertise, proposed costs, past performance, and other factors, in accordance with the Competition in Contracting Act and the Federal Acquisition Regulations. The remaining 27 Job Corps centers, called Civilian Conservation Centers, are operated by the U.S. Department of Agriculture Forest Service, via an interagency agreement. The DOL has a direct role in the operation of Job Corps, and does not serve as a pass-through agency for this program.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to provide comments to the contact shown in the
Submitted comments will also be a matter of public record for this ICR and posted on the Internet, without redaction. The DOL encourages commenters not to include personally identifiable information, confidential business data, or other sensitive statements/information in any comments.
The DOL is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sponsored information collection request (ICR) revision titled, “Consumer Expenditure Surveys: Quarterly Interview and Diary,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for use in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995. Public comments on the ICR are invited.
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before December 29, 2016.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-BLS, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or sending an email to
This ICR seeks approval under the PRA for revisions to the Consumer Expenditure Surveys: Quarterly Interview and Diary. The BLS uses the Consumer Expenditure Surveys to gather information on expenditures, income, and other related subjects. The data is updated periodically in the national Consumer Price Index. In addition, the data is used by a variety of researchers in academia, government agencies, and the private sector. The data is collected from a national probability sample of households designed to represent the total civilian non-institutional population. The purpose of this revision request is to make changes to the two Consumer Expenditure (CE) Surveys: The Quarterly Interview Survey (CEQ) and the Diary Survey (CED) as part of an ongoing effort to improve data quality, maintain or increase response rates, and reduce data collection costs. The Census Authorizing Statute and BLS Authorizing Statute authorize this information collection.
The ICR has been characterized as a revision for several reasons. More specifically, three major changes are proposed for the CED. (1) In an effort to alleviate burden and improve response rates, an alternative version of the paper CED has been developed. The new version consolidates the four main diary categories into two, facing, diary pages so that all expenses for a single day can be entered without flipping pages. An effort was also made to reduce the amount of instructions and examples so that respondents are not confused or intimidated. (2) The earliest placement date and last placement date restrictions for the Diary will be removed allowing Field Representatives to place the diary on any day within the collection month. (3) In order to simplify procedures and reduce costs, all Diaries will be double placed. As a result, the second Field Representative interview to pick up the Week 1 Diary and place the Week 2 Diary will be eliminated. Additionally, the CE will delete several tax questions that were deleted from CEQ in 2015 as data received from the IRS have enabled CE to calculate this data rather than collect it. Several changes will also be implemented in CEQ in order to keep the CEQ questionnaire current. These changes include changes to question wording, deletions, additions, and section restructurings.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
The OMB is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Dated: November 22, 2016.
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.
Announcement of a NACOSH meeting.
NACOSH will meet December 14, 2016, in Washington, DC. In conjunction with that meeting, the NACOSH Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Professionals Pipeline Work Group will meet December 13, 2016.
OSHA will post in the NACOSH docket, without change, any comments, requests to speak, and speaker presentations, including any personal information that you provide. Therefore, OSHA cautions interested parties about submitting personal information such as Social Security numbers and birthdates.
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSH Act) (29 U.S.C. 651, 656) established NACOSH to advise, consult with and make recommendations to the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Health and Human Services on matters relating to the administration of the OSH Act. NACOSH is a continuing advisory committee of indefinite duration.
NACOSH operates in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (5 U.S.C. App. 2), its implementing regulations (41 CFR part 102-3), and OSHA's regulations on NACOSH (29 CFR part 1912a).
The tentative agenda for the NACOSH meeting includes:
• An update from the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health on key OSHA initiatives;
• Remarks from the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health;
• Consideration of draft regulatory text that the NACOSH Emergency Response and Preparedness Subcommittee developed. (To read or download subcommittee documents in the NACOSH docket, go to Docket No. OSHA-2015-0019 at
• An update on the NACOSH OSH Professionals Pipeline Work Group meeting.
OSHA transcribes and prepares detailed minutes of NACOSH meetings. OSHA posts transcripts and minutes in the public docket along with written comments, speaker presentations, and other materials submitted to NACOSH or presented at NACOSH meetings.
Individuals requesting special accommodations to attend the NACOSH and NACOSH Work Group meetings should contact Ms. Walker.
Because of security-related procedures, receipt of submissions by regular mail may experience significant delays. For information about security procedures for submitting materials by hand delivery, express mail, and messenger/courier service, please contact the OSHA Docket Office.
• The amount of time requested to speak;
• The interest you represent (
• A brief outline of the presentation.
PowerPoint presentations and other electronic materials must be compatible with PowerPoint 2010 and other Microsoft Office 2010 formats. The NACOSH Chair may grant requests to address NACOSH as time and circumstances permit.
OSHA also places in the NACOSH docket meeting transcripts, meeting minutes, documents presented at the NACOSH meeting, and other documents pertaining to the NACOSH and NACOSH Subcommittee/Work Group meetings. These documents may be available online at
Electronic copies of this
David Michaels, Ph.D., MPH, Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, directed the preparation of this notice under the authority granted by 5 U.S.C. App. 2; 29 U.S.C. 656; 29 CFR part 1912a; 41 CFR part 102-3; and Secretary of Labor's Order No. 1-2012 (77 FR 3912 (1/25/2012)).
Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor.
Notice.
The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a preclearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA95). This program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. Currently, the Wage and Hour Division is soliciting comments concerning its proposal to extend Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of the Information Collection: Housing Occupancy Certificate—Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection Act. A copy of the proposed information request can be obtained by contacting the office listed below in the
Written comments must be submitted to the office listed in the
You may submit comments identified by OMB Control Number 1235-0006, by either one of the following methods:
Robert Waterman, Compliance Specialist, Division of Regulations, Legislation, and Interpretation, Wage and Hour, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210; telephone: (202) 693-0406 (this is not a toll-free number). Copies of this notice may be obtained in alternative formats (Large Print, Braille, Audio Tape, or Disc), upon request, by calling (202) 693-0023 (not a toll-free number). TTY/TTD callers may dial toll-free (877) 889-5627 to obtain information or request materials in alternative formats.
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
National Archives and Records Administration (NARA).
Notice of availability of proposed records schedules; request for comments.
The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) publishes notice at least once monthly of certain Federal agency requests for records disposition authority (records schedules). Once approved by NARA, records schedules provide mandatory instructions on what happens to records when agencies no longer need them for current Government business. The records schedules authorize agencies to preserve records of continuing value in the National Archives of the United States and to destroy, after a specified period, records lacking administrative, legal, research, or other value. NARA publishes notice in the
NARA must receive requests for copies in writing by December 29, 2016. Once NARA finishes appraising the records, we will send you a copy of the schedule you requested. We usually prepare appraisal memoranda that contain additional information concerning the records covered by a proposed schedule. You may also request these. If you do, we will also provide them once we have completed the appraisal. You have 30 days after we send to you these requested documents in which to submit comments.
You may request a copy of any records schedule identified in this notice by contacting Records Appraisal and Agency Assistance (ACRA) using one of the following means:
You must cite the control number, which appears in parentheses after the name of the agency that submitted the schedule, and a mailing address. If you would like an appraisal report, please include that in your request.
Margaret Hawkins, Director, by mail at
Each year, Federal agencies create billions of records on paper, film, magnetic tape, and other media. To control this accumulation, agency records managers prepare schedules proposing records retention periods and submit these schedules for NARA's approval. These schedules provide for timely transfer into the National Archives of historically valuable records and authorize the agency to dispose of all other records after the agency no longer needs them to conduct its business. Some schedules are comprehensive and cover all the records of an agency or one of its major subdivisions. Most schedules, however, cover records of only one office or program or a few series of records. Many of these update previously approved schedules, and some include records proposed as permanent.
The schedules listed in this notice are media neutral unless otherwise specified. An item in a schedule is media neutral when an agency may apply the disposition instructions to records regardless of the medium in which it creates or maintains the records. Items included in schedules submitted to NARA on or after December 17, 2007, are media neutral unless the item is expressly limited to a specific medium. (See 36 CFR 1225.12(e).)
Agencies may not destroy Federal records without Archivist of the United States' approval. The Archivist approves destruction only after thoroughly considering the records' administrative use by the agency of origin, the rights of the Government and of private people directly affected by the Government's activities, and whether or not the records have historical or other value.
In addition to identifying the Federal agencies and any subdivisions requesting disposition authority, this notice lists the organizational unit(s) accumulating the records (or notes that the schedule has agency-wide applicability when schedules cover records that may be accumulated throughout an agency); provides the control number assigned to each schedule, the total number of schedule items, and the number of temporary items (the records proposed for destruction); and includes a brief description of the temporary records. The records schedule itself contains a full description of the records at the file unit level as well as their disposition. If NARA staff has prepared an appraisal memorandum for the schedule, it also includes information about the records. You may request additional information about the disposition process at the addresses above.
1. Department of Agriculture, Farm Service Agency (DAA-0145-2016-0016, 1 item, 1 temporary item). Records related to the Forestry Incentive and Land Enhancement Programs, including annual performance reviews, correspondence, program development files, payment documents, appeals, and participant folders.
2. Department of Commerce, National Telecommunications and Information Administration (DAA-0417-2016-0001, 1 item, 1 temporary item). Strip chart records to include recordings of very low frequency radio waves for measuring natural phenomena.
3. Department of Defense, National Guard Bureau (DAA-0168-2016-0007, 4 items, 4 temporary items). Records relating to the administration of protocol including copies of personnel records and forms, military awards files, records pertaining to graphics and printing operations, and related program files.
4. Department of Homeland Security, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (DAA-0567-2016-0005, 4 items, 4 temporary items). Records related to office administration and personnel, including records of meetings, internal performance reviews, change of employment station records, and records pertaining to recovery of personnel from work-related trauma.
5. Department of State, Bureau of Diplomatic Security (DAA-0059-2016-0006, 4 items, 4 temporary items). Records of the Victims' Resource Advocacy Program including routine administrative files, training materials, and intake forms.
6. Central Intelligence Agency, Agency-wide (N1-263-12-2, 7 items, 7 temporary items). Records related to human resources, payroll administration, secrecy agreements, and intelligence collection and operations.
7. Central Intelligence Agency, Agency-wide (DAA-0263-2016-0004, 2 items, 2 temporary items). Records related to open source audio and video collected with minimal or no business value.
8. National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Agency-wide (DAA-0255-2016-0001, 1 item, 1 temporary item). Routine employee safety activity records such as safety meeting minutes, fire extinguisher location logs, and safety visit documents.
9. National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Agency-wide (DAA-0255-2016-0002, 2 items, 2 temporary items). Routine employee reports on agency facility safety concerns and safety suggestions.
10. National Archives and Records Administration, Agency-wide (DAA-0064-2016-0003, 3 items, 2 temporary items). Records related to special studies. Proposed for permanent retention are significant studies that change agency policies and procedures.
11. National Archives and Records Administration, Agency-wide (DAA-0064-2016-0005, 3 items, 2 temporary items). Records related to special projects. Proposed for permanent retention are significant projects that result in a change of agency policies and procedures, have a major impact on the archival or records management profession, or have historical significance relating to the agency mission.
12. National Archives and Records Administration, Agency-wide (DAA-0064-2016-0015, 1 item, 1 temporary item). Records related to committees not sponsored by the agency, including membership lists, briefing books, by-laws, meeting minutes, questionnaires, surveys, studies, publications, speeches, and reports.
13. National Archives and Records Administration, Federal Records Center Program (DAA-0064-2016-0016, 1 item, 1 temporary item). Records related to the records management services program.
14. National Archives and Records Administration, Office of the Chief Records Officer (DAA-0064-2016-0017, 1 item, 1 temporary item). Records related to Federal agency records management assistance projects, including memorandums of understanding, reports, customer satisfaction surveys, correspondence, and project documentation.
15. National Archives and Records Administration, Office of Human Capital (DAA-0064-2016-0007, 2 items, 2 temporary items). Records related to the accountability program, including reports, statistical studies, working papers, correspondence, subject files, training materials, and surveys.
16. National Archives and Records Administration, Office of Human Capital (DAA-0064-2016-0009, 3 items, 3 temporary items). Records related to workplace protection, including reports, correspondence, working papers, and training materials regarding domestic violence, sexual assault, and stalking.
17. National Archives and Records Administration, Office of Inspector General (DAA-0064-2016-0006, 5 items, 4 temporary items). Routine investigative case files; closed complaint, referral, and preliminary files; investigative training records; and related materials. Proposed for permanent retention are significant investigative case files.
18. National Archives and Records Administration, Research Services (DAA-0064-2016-0008, 3 items, 3 temporary items). Records related to pest management, including planning strategy documents, working papers, reports, responses, statistical studies, findings, and assessments.
19. Special Inspector General for Afghanistan Reconstruction, Agency-wide (DAA-0220-2016-0003, 11 items, 9 temporary items). Records of the Inspector General's office including peer review records, conference and event planning materials, and related materials. Proposed for permanent retention are special project reports and final lessons learned reports.
National Archives and Records Administration (NARA).
Notice of proposed extension request.
NARA proposes to request an extension from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) of approval to use two information collections. The first is used by researchers who wish to do biomedical statistical research in archival records containing highly personal information. The second is prepared by organizations that want to make paper-to-paper copies of archival holdings with their personal copiers at the National Archives at the College Park facility. We invite you to comment on these proposed information collections pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
We must receive written comments on or before January 30, 2017.
Send comments to Paperwork Reduction Act Comments (ID), Room 4400; National Archives and Records Administration; 8601 Adelphi Road; College Park, MD 20740-6001, fax them to 301-713-7409, or email them to
Contact Tamee Fechhelm by telephone at 301-837-1694 or fax at 301-713-7409 with requests for additional information or copies of the proposed information collection and supporting statement.
Pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13), NARA invites the public and other Federal agencies to comment on proposed information collections. The comments and suggestions should address one or more of the following points: (a) Whether the proposed information collections are necessary for NARA to properly perform its functions; (b) NARA's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collections and its accuracy; (c) ways NARA could enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information it collects; (d) ways NARA could minimize the burden on respondents of collecting the information, including through information technology; and (e) whether these collections affect small businesses. We will summarize any comments you submit and include the summary in our request for OMB approval. All comments will become a matter of public record. In this notice, NARA solicits comments concerning the following information collections:
1.
2.
National Credit Union Administration (NCUA).
Notice and request for comment.
NCUA, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on the submission for reinstatement of a previously approved collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35). NCUA is soliciting comment on the reinstatement of the information collection described below.
Comments should be received on or before January 30, 2017 to be assured consideration.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the information collection to Dawn Wolfgang, National Credit Union Administration, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314-3428; Fax No. 703-548-2279; or Email at
Requests for additional information should be directed to the address above.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (DFA) amended a number of consumer financial protection laws, including most provisions of FCRA. In addition to substantive amendments, the DFA transferred rulemaking authority for most provisions of FCRA to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB). Pursuant to the DFA and FCRA, as amended, CFPB promulgated Regulation V, 12 CFR 1022, to implement those provisions of FCRA for which CFPB has rulemaking authority.
Regulation V contains several requirements that impose information collection requirements: The negative information notice; risk-based pricing; the procedures to enhance the accuracy and integrity of information furnished to consumer reporting agencies; the duties upon notice of dispute from a consumer; the affiliate marketing opt-out notice; and the prescreened consumer reports opt-out notice.
The DFA did not transfer certain rulemaking authority under FCRA. Specifically, the DFA did not transfer to CFPB the authority to promulgate: The requirement to properly dispose of consumer information; the rules on identity theft red flags and corresponding interagency guidelines on identity theft detection, prevention, and mitigation; and the rules on the duties of card issuers regarding changes of address.
These provisions are promulgated in NCUA's Fair Credit Reporting regulation, 12 CFR 717, which applies to federal credit unions.
The collection of information pursuant to Parts 1022 and 717 is triggered by specific events and disclosures and must be provided to consumers within the time periods established under the regulation. To ease the compliance cost (particularly for small credit unions), model clauses and sample forms are appended to the regulations.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
By Gerard Poliquin, Secretary of the Board, the National Credit Union Administration, on November 22, 2016.
National Credit Union Administration (NCUA).
Notice and request for comment.
NCUA, as part of a continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on an extension of a currently approved collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35).
Written comments should be received on or before January 30, 2017 to be assured consideration.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the information collection to Dawn Wolfgang, National Credit Union Administration, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314-3428, Suite 5067; Fax No. 703-519-8579; or Email at
Requests for additional information should be directed to the address above.
By Gerard Poliquin, Secretary of the Board, the National Credit Union Administration, on November 22, 2016.
In accordance with the purposes of Sections 29 and 182b of the Atomic Energy Act (42 U.S.C. 2039, 2232b), the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards (ACRS) will hold a meeting on November 30-December 2, 2016, 11545 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Procedures for the conduct of and participation in ACRS meetings were published in the
Thirty-five hard copies of each presentation or handout should be provided 30 minutes before the meeting. In addition, one electronic copy of each presentation should be emailed to the Cognizant ACRS Staff one day before meeting. If an electronic copy cannot be provided within this timeframe, presenters should provide the Cognizant ACRS Staff with a CD containing each presentation at least 30 minutes before the meeting.
In accordance with Subsection 10(d) of Public Law 92-463 and 5 U.S.C. 552b(c), certain portions of this meeting may be closed, as specifically noted above. Use of still, motion picture, and television cameras during the meeting may be limited to selected portions of the meeting as determined by the Chairman. Electronic recordings will be permitted only during the open portions of the meeting.
ACRS meeting agendas, meeting transcripts, and letter reports are available through the NRC Public Document Room at
Video teleconferencing service is available for observing open sessions of ACRS meetings. Those wishing to use this service should contact Mr. Theron Brown, ACRS Audio Visual Technician (301-415-8066), between 7:30 a.m. and 3:45 p.m. (ET), at least 10 days before the meeting to ensure the availability of this service. Individuals or organizations requesting this service will be responsible for telephone line charges and for providing the equipment and facilities that they use to establish the video teleconferencing link. The availability of video teleconferencing services is not guaranteed.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Environmental assessment and finding of no significant impact; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is considering renewal of Facility Operating License No. R-103, held by the Curators of the University of Missouri (the licensee) for the continued operation of its University of Missouri-Columbia Research Reactor (MURR or the reactor). The NRC is issuing an environmental assessment (EA) and finding of no significant impact (FONSI) associated with the renewal of the license.
The EA and FONSI are available on November 29, 2016.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2013-0090 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Geoffrey A. Wertz, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-0893; email:
The NRC is considering renewal of Facility Operating License No. R-103, held by the Curators of the University of Missouri, which would authorize continued operation of its reactor for 20 years from date of issuance, located in the University Research Park, Columbia, Boone County, Missouri. As required by section 51.21 of title 10 of the
The MURR facility is located on 7.5 acres of land in the central portion of the 84-acre University Research Park in Boone County. Boone County is located in the central part of the state and consists of an area of approximately 683 square miles (1,769 square km) and is approximately 41 miles (66 km) in its greatest north-to-south length and 22 miles (35.4 km) in its greatest east-to-west width. The University Research Park is an extension of the University of Missouri-Columbia, main campus and is located approximately 1.6 kilometers (1 mile) southwest of the main campus. The MURR facility includes a five-story reactor containment building which is centrally located and integrated into a one-story laboratory building. Immediately surrounding the MURR facility are other research buildings and parking lots associated with the University Research Park. Facilities beyond the University Research Park include a golf course to the west; campus sports arenas and fields to the northeast, east, and south; and the University's main campus. The City of Columbia is to the north. There are few permanent residences nearby with only 225 persons living within 1 kilometer (0.6 miles) of the MURR facility. The nearest permanent residence is located approximately 760 meters (0.5 miles) north of the site. The nearest dormitories are located approximately 1 kilometer (0.6 miles) from the MURR facility. The MURR is a tank-type (pressure vessel) reactor where the tank is located in an open pool. The reactor is light water moderated and cooled. It is licensed to operate at a maximum thermal steady state power level of 10 megawatts (MWt). The reactor core is located in a pressure vessel within the lined reactor pool. The reactor pool is 3 meters (10 feet) in diameter and 9 meters (30 feet) deep. The reactor is fueled with highly-enriched uranium plate-type fuel contained in eight fuel elements. A detailed description of the reactor can be found in the MURR safety analysis report (SAR). There have been no major modifications to the MURR since issuance of Operating License Amendment No. 2 on July 9, 1974, which authorized the MURR to operate at its current power level. However, the facility has added several laboratories and hot cells over the intervening time period in order to conduct research activities. A complete description of these changes will be provided in the NRC staff's safety evaluation report (SER) accompanying the issuance of the renewed license.
The proposed action would renew Facility Operating License No. R-103 for an additional 20 years from the date
The proposed action is needed to allow the continued operation of the reactor to routinely provide training, research, and services to the research community and the commercial sector for a period of 20 years.
Gaseous radioactive effluents are discharged through a multi-stage filtration system to the facility ventilation exhaust stack during reactor operations. The stack height is 21 meters (70 feet) above grade level; however, the effective stack height is greater due to the stack exhaust volumetric flow rate of 864 cubic meters per minute (30,500 cubic feet per minute). Other parts of the MURR facility are maintained at a negative pressure with respect to the reactor exhaust system which helps ensure that any release pathways are through the facility ventilation exhaust stack that provides an elevated release point for dispersion of the effluent. The licensee indicated that the most significant radionuclide released from reactor operation into the gaseous effluent stream is Argon-41 (Ar-41), which accounts for greater than 99 percent of the radioactivity released. The licensee measures the quantity of Ar-41 released annually from the facility ventilation exhaust stack under normal reactor steady-state operating conditions and provides the results in their annual reports. The licensee also provided calculations, using the maximum annual Ar-41 radioactivity release allowed by Technical Specification (TS) 3.7, “Radiation Monitoring Systems and Airborne Effluents,” which results in a maximum potential dose to a member of the public of 0.0235 milliSieverts (mSv) (2.35 mrem), which occurs at the nearest residence: A location which is 760 meters (2493 feet) from the licensee's release point (elevated stack). The NRC staff performed independent calculations to verify that the licensee's calculated public dose from Ar-41 represented a conservative estimate. The NRC staff calculated a maximum public dose from Ar-41 of 0.0415 mSv (4.15 mrem).
A review of the licensee's annual reports for the 5 years of operation from 2010 through 2015 shows that Ar-41 constitutes the significant radioactive isotope released from the MURR facility. The maximum annual release of Ar-41 was approximately 78 percent of the TS 3.7 limit in 2013, and the average Ar-41 release was approximately 70 percent of the TS 3.7 limit over the period from 2010 through 2015.
The licensee also considered the radiological effect of nitrogen-16 (N-16), which is produced from neutron activation of oxygen-16 in the reactor primary cooling system and pool coolant water. N-16 decays with a very short half-life of 7 seconds. Because the primary cooling system is a closed system that is shielded or located in areas with restricted access to the MURR staff during reactor operation, radiation exposure from or release of N-16 are not concerns. The MURR has hold-up tanks in both the primary coolant demineralizer loop and the pool coolant system, which allows the majority of N-16 in these systems to decay. The hold-up tanks are located in an area designated as a high radiation area which has locked, restricted access. Therefore, most of the N-16 has been removed through decay prior to reaching the pool surface or in areas where the MURR staff requires access. Other radioactive gaseous effluents released, as reported in the licensee's annual reports were approximately 1 percent or less of the air effluent concentration limits set by 10 CFR part 20, appendix B, “Annual Limits on Intake (ALIs) and Derived Air Concentrations (DACs) of Radionuclides for Occupational Exposure; Effluent Concentrations; Concentrations for Release to Sewerage,” Table 2, “Effluent Concentrations,” Column 1, “Air.”
Since the potential annual radiation dose resulting from the maximum effluent release from the normal operation of the MURR to a member of the public in the unrestricted area at the nearest residence is 2.35 mrem (0.0235 mSv) to 4.15 mrem (0.0415 mSv), the licensee demonstrates compliance with the dose limit of 100 mrem (1 mSv) set by 10 CFR 20.1301, “Dose limits for individual members of the public.” Additionally, this potential radiation dose also demonstrates compliance with the “as low as is reasonably achievable” (ALARA) air emissions dose constraint of 10 mrem (0.1 mSv) specified in 10 CFR 20.1101, “Radiation protection programs,” paragraph (d). The NRC staff reviewed the radiological dose calculations provided by the licensee, the assumptions used, and the results of several years of effluent releases from the licensee's annual reports, as well as toured the facility, and finds the results of the licensee's dose estimates to be reasonable.
The licensee directs all potentially radioactive liquid waste into a liquid waste retention system until the liquid waste can be assayed for radioactive content, and chemically treated, if necessary, for disposal by discharge to the sanitary sewer system. Discharge of any liquid waste to the sanitary sewer requires the use of the MURR procedures to ensure that the liquid discharge meets the requirements of 10 CFR 20.2003, “Disposal by release into sanitary sewerage,” prior to release into the sanitary sewer. A review of the licensee's disposal data from its annual reports over the years 2010 through 2015, indicates that tritium constitutes more than 90 percent of the total activity released to the sanitary sewer, and all radioactive liquid releases were well below 10 percent of the regulatory limits in 10 CFR part 20, appendix B.
The MURR Health Physics Group oversees the handling of solid low-level radioactive waste generated at the MURR facility. This waste consists mainly of contaminated items such as demineralizer resins, filters, plastic bags, gloves, absorbent material, and wipes, as well as reactor equipment or components that are no longer of use. The MURR Health Physics Group disposes of the waste by shipment to a low level waste broker, or directly to a waste processing site for final disposal, in accordance with all applicable regulations for transportation of radioactive materials.
The licensee transfers mixed waste, consisting of substances having both hazardous and radioactive materials, to the Missouri University Environmental Health and Safety Department for disposal. If the mixed waste contains only short-lived radioactive materials, it may be stored until the short-lived materials decay to background levels and is then disposed of as hazardous waste. Mixed waste with long-lived radioactive material is transferred to an authorized facility for disposal.
To comply with the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, the licensee has entered into a contract with the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) that
The MURR is cooled by three coolant systems: Primary, pool, and secondary. Natural convection can be used to cool the reactor core up to a license limit power of 50 kilowatts thermal (kWt), and forced circulation is required for higher power levels up to the license limit of 10 MWt. Above 50 kWt, the reactor core is cooled by the primary cooling system which circulates pressurized primary coolant through the reactor pressure vessel and then through the primary coolant heat exchangers, which transfer the heat to the secondary cooling system. The reactor pool, which contains the reactor pressure vessel and other reactor systems, is cooled by the pool cooling system which circulates the flow of pool coolant through the pool coolant heat exchanger and transfers the heat to the secondary cooling system. The heat from the primary and pool coolant systems is transferred to the secondary coolant system which dissipates the heat to the atmosphere from a mechanical cooling tower. The temperature control of the primary and pool cooling systems is maintained by an automatic temperature control system which adjusts secondary coolant flow to support the desired heat transfer and coolant temperature. The primary coolant is monitored for fission product activity by the Fuel Element Failure Monitoring System, which provides a continuous indication of the primary coolant radioactivity to the control room operators. The Secondary Coolant Monitoring System continuously monitors the secondary coolant for radioactivity which could indicate a leak from the primary or pool coolant heat exchangers. Continuously monitoring both cooling systems for radioactivity helps to ensure that the potential for any radioactivity to leak into the secondary cooling system, and environment, are minimized. The licensee also conducts periodic tests of the coolant systems to further reduce the likelihood of secondary system contamination.
As described in Chapter 11 of the MURR SAR, personnel exposures are well within the limits set by 10 CFR 20.1201, “Occupational dose limits for adults,” and the ALARA dose criteria in 10 CFR 20.1101, paragraph (b). The MURR Health Physics Group tracks personnel exposures, which are usually less than 5.0 milliSieverts (500 millirem) per year. The MURR ALARA program requires the Health Physics Group to investigate any personnel exposure that exceed 0.3 milliSieverts (30 millirem) in a month, which is less than 1 percent of the annual limit of 50 milliSieverts (5,000 millirem) specified in 10 CFR 20.1201. Environmental dosimeters mounted in several locations in and around the MURR facility provide a quarterly measurement of total radiation exposures at those locations. These dosimeters typically measure annual doses of less than 0.3 milliSieverts (30 millirem), except in the area of the loading dock, where packages containing radioactive materials in transit may be stored for short periods of time. In this location, the environmental dosimeters measure annual doses typically less than 1.0 milliSievert (100 millirem). The proposed action does not authorize any changes in the design or operation of the facility that would alter these occupational dose levels. There is no significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure as a result of license renewal.
The licensee conducts an environmental monitoring program to record and track the radiological impact of the MURR operation on the surrounding unrestricted area. The program consists of soil and vegetation collected semi-annually from eight locations; water samples collected semi-annually from three locations; and quarterly radiation exposure measurements at 45 locations of varying distances and directions from the MURR facility and at two control locations away from any direct influence from the reactor. The MURR Health Physics Group administers the program and maintains the appropriate records. Based on a review of the licensee's annual reports over the years from 2010 through 2015, the survey program indicated that radioactivity and radiation levels at the monitoring locations were not significantly higher than those measured prior to the start of activities at the MURR facility. Year-to-year trends in radioactivity and radiation levels are consistent between monitoring locations. Also, no correlation exists between total annual reactor operation and annual radioactivity and radiation levels measured at the monitoring locations. Based on the NRC staff's review of data from the annual reports over the years from 2010 through 2015, the NRC staff concludes that operation of the MURR does not have any significant radiological impact on the surrounding environment. No changes in reactor operation that would affect off-site radiation levels are proposed as part of the license renewal.
Because occupational and public exposures are below regulatory limits, the NRC staff concludes that the proposed action would not have a significant radiological impact.
Accident scenarios are provided in the guidance in NUREG-1537, “Guidelines for Preparing and Reviewing Applications for the Licensing of Non-Power Reactors,” issued February 1996, and the results of the licensee's analysis was provided in Chapter 13 of the MURR SAR. The most significant radiological fission product release accident at a research reactor is considered as the maximum hypothetical accident (MHA), which for the MURR is the failure of a fueled experiment during irradiation. The MHA scenario involves the irradiation of a 5-gram low-enriched uranium target, for approximately 150 hours, producing approximately 150 Curies of Iodine-131 through Iodine-135, as well as other radioactive isotopes. The scenario assumes that 100 percent of the activity of the sample is released into the reactor pool water; 100 percent of the noble gases in the pool rise to the surface, and becomes airborne, and 0.1 percent of the radioiodine in the pool also becomes airborne via pool water evaporation. The containment ventilation system isolates on actuation of the pool surface radiation monitors, and the radiation workers evacuate the reactor containment within 5 minutes. The licensee conservatively calculated doses to facility personnel during evacuation and the maximum potential doses to members of the public at various locations around the MURR facility. The license estimated an occupational dose of 1,180 mrem (11.80 mSv), for a five minute (evacuation) duration, and 0.0112 mrem (0.00012 mSv) for the maximum exposed member of the public. The NRC staff performed independent calculations to verify that the licensee's calculated doses represented conservative estimates for the MHA. The NRC staff, using conservative assumptions, estimated a dose to a worker of 2,001 mrem (20.01 mSv) for a five minute duration, and 66 mrem (0.66 mSv) for the maximum exposed member of the public. The
Because the licensee has not requested any changes to the facility design or operating conditions as part of its application for license renewal, the proposed action will not significantly increase the probability or consequences of accidents and there will be no significant changes in the type or significant increase in the effluents that may be release off site. The licensee has systems in place for controlling the release of radiological effluents and implements a radiation protection program to monitor personnel exposures and releases of radioactive effluents. The systems and radiation protection program are appropriate for the types and quantities of effluents expected to be generated by continued operation of the reactor. In addition, the NRC staff evaluated information contained in the licensee's renewal application, and data the licensee reported to the NRC for the last 5 years of operation to determine the projected radiological impact of the facility on the environment during the period of the renewed license. The NRC staff found that releases of radioactive material and personnel exposures have been well within applicable regulatory limits.
Based on its evaluation, the NRC staff concludes that continued operation of the reactor would not have a significant radiological impact.
As discussed above, the MURR is cooled by three coolant systems: Primary, pool, and secondary. The MURR facility uses approximately 38 million gallons of water per year (or 72 gallons per minute), the majority of which is used to provide make-up water for the secondary system (50 gallons per minute). The source of this water is the University of Missouri Columbia raw water supply system, which draws water from 5 deep wells, and which can provide up to 4,700 gallons per minute. Therefore, the water usage needed to replenish the secondary coolant lost due to evaporation from the MURR facility cooling tower would not impact the University of Missouri Columbia raw water supply, which has excess capacity. Release of thermal effluents from the MURR cooling tower will not have a significant effect on the environment. Chemicals are used in the treatment of secondary coolant and liquid radioactive waste. Sulfuric acid is used to control the potential of Hydrogen (pH) of the secondary coolant, and other chemicals are added to control water hardness and microbiological growth. Chemical treatment of liquid radioactive waste is used to precipitate radionuclides for removal as solids, or to adjust the pH level for disposal. Other chemicals are routinely used in the performance of experiments, which are evaluated and controlled by procedure. Given that the proposed action does not involve any change in the operation of the reactor or change in the emissions or heat load dissipated to the environment, the proposed action would not have a significant impact on land use, visual resources, air quality, noise, non-radiological wastes, or terrestrial or aquatic resources. Additionally, because the MURR does not discharge cooling water directly to the environment, the proposed action would have no effect on surface waters. Furthermore, in preparation for replacement of the secondary coolant cooling towers in 2012, the licensee sampled the cooling tower sump sludge for radioactivity and found none. The MURR's continued use of 38 million gallons of groundwater per year from wells owned and maintained by the University of Missouri-Columbia represents a negligible portion of water compared to that used by the University as a whole. The proposed action would result in no groundwater conflicts, degradation of groundwater, or other significant impacts to groundwater resources.
Based on its evaluation, the NRC staff concludes that the proposed action would have no significant non-radiological impacts.
In addition to the National Environmental Policy Act, the NRC has responsibilities that are derived from other environmental laws, including the Endangered Species Act, Coastal Zone Management Act, National Historic Preservation Act, Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, and the Executive Order 12898—Environmental Justice. The following is a brief discussion of impacts associated with these laws and other requirements.
The ESA was enacted to prevent further decline of endangered and threatened species and restore those species and their critical habitat. Section 7 of the ESA requires Federal agencies to consult with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife's (FWS) or National Marine Fisheries Service regarding actions that may affect listed species or designated critical habitats.
The NRC staff conducted a search of Federally listed species and critical habitats that have the potential to occur in the vicinity of the MURR using the FWS Environmental Conservation Online System (ECOS) Information for Planning and Conservation (IPaC) system. The IPaC system report identified four Federally endangered or threatened species that may occur or could potentially be affected by the proposed action (ADAMS Accession No. ML16190A040). However, none of these species are likely to occur near the MURR because the facility is located within the University Research Park, an 84-acre developed area used for research and academic purposes. The MURR was constructed in the 1960s and has remained in use since that time. University Research Park is bordered by a golf course, athletic fields, other academic and office buildings associated with the University of Missouri-Columbia, and residential properties. Accordingly, the area does not provide suitable habitat for any Federally listed species. Further, the IPaC report determined that no critical habitat is within the vicinity of the MURR. Accordingly, the NRC concludes that the proposed license renewal of the MURR would have no effect on Federally listed species or critical habitats. Federal agencies are not required to consult with the FWS if the agencies determine that an action will not affect listed species or critical habitats (ADAMS Accession No. ML16120A505). Thus, the ESA does not require consultation for the proposed the MURR license renewal, and the NRC considers its obligations under ESA Section 7 to be fulfilled for the proposed action.
The CZMA, in part, encourages States to preserve, protect, develop, and where possible, restore or enhance, resources. Applicants for Federal licenses to conduct an activity that affects any land or water use or natural resource of the coastal zone of a state must provide a certification in that the proposed activities complies with the State's approved coastal zone management program and will conduct activities consistent with that program.
The State of Missouri does not contain any coastal zones. Because the
The NHPA requires Federal agencies to consider the effects of their undertakings on historic properties. As stated in the Act, historic properties or resources are any prehistoric or historic district, site, building, structure, or object included in, or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP). The NRHP lists one historical site located on the University of Missouri campus. The site is the East Campus Neighborhood Historic District. The location of the East Campus Neighborhood Historic District is approximately 4 kilometers (2.4 miles) northeast of the MURR facility. The closest off-campus historical site is the Sanborn Field and Soil Erosion Plots located 2 kilometers (1.2 miles) northeast of the MURR facility. Given the distance between the MURR facility and the Sanborn Field and Soil Erosion Plots, continued operation of the MURR will not impact any historical sites. Based on this information, the NRC finds that the potential impacts of license renewal would have no adverse effect on historic and archaeological resources.
The FWCA requires Federal agencies that license water resource development projects to consult with the FWS (or NMFS, when applicable) and State wildlife resource agencies regarding the potential impacts of the project on fish and wildlife resources.
The licensee is not planning any water resource development projects, including any modifications relating to impounding a body of water, damming, diverting a stream or river, deepening a channel, irrigation, or altering a body of water for navigation or drainage. Therefore, no coordination with other agencies pursuant to the FWCA is required for the proposed action.
Executive Order 12898, “Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations,” 59 FR 7629 (February 16, 1994), directs agencies to identify and address the disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of their actions on minority and low-income populations, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law.
The environmental justice impact analysis evaluates the potential for disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental effects on minority and low-income populations that could result from the relicensing and the continued operation of the MURR. Such effects may include human health, biological, cultural, economic, or social impacts. Minority and low-income populations are subsets of the general public residing around the MURR, and all are exposed to the same health and environmental effects generated from activities at the MURR.
According to the U.S. Census Bureau's 2015 American Community Survey 1-Year Estimates, the median household income for Missouri was $50,238, while 14.8 percent of the state population and 10.2 percent of families were found to be living below the Federal poverty threshold. Boone County had a slightly higher median household income average ($50,520) and a higher percentage of persons (18.5 percent) and lower percentage of families (6.9 percent) living below the poverty level, respectively.
Based on this information and the analysis of human health and environmental impacts presented in this EA, the proposed action would not have disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental effects on minority and low-income populations residing in the vicinity of the MURR.
As an alternative to license renewal, the NRC considered denial of the proposed action (
The proposed action does not involve the use of any different resources or significant quantities of resources beyond those previously considered in the issuance of Amendment No. 2 to Facility Operating License No. R-103 for the MURR dated July 9, 1974, which authorized the MURR to operate at a maximum steady-state power level of 10 MWt.
In accordance with NRC policy, the staff consulted with the Missouri State Liaison Officer on October 28, 2016, regarding the environmental impact of the proposed action, explained the environmental reviews and forwarded a draft of this environmental assessment. On November 16, 2016, the Missouri State Liaison Officer indicated, by electronic mail, that the State understood the NRC review and had no comments regarding the proposed action (ADAMS Accession No. ML16321A511).
The NRC staff also consulted with the State of Missouri, Department of Natural Resources, State Historic Preservation Office (Missouri SHPO) pursuant to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act by letter dated June 17, 2010 (ADAMS Accession No. ML101730044). The Missouri SHPO responded by letter dated July 2, 2010 (ADAMS Accession No. ML101950104). The Missouri SHPO informed the NRC that the MURR in Columbia is eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places. However, the SHPO stated that because the proposed license renewal would not involve any new construction, excavation, demolition or rehabilitation, the action should have no adverse effect.
The NRC is considering issuance of a renewed Facility Operating License No. R-103, held by the Curators of the University of Missouri for the continued operation of the MURR for an additional 20 years.
On the basis of the EA included in Section II of this notice and incorporated by reference in this finding, the NRC staff finds that the proposed action will not have a significant impact on the quality of the human environment. The NRC staff's evaluation considered information provided in the licensee's application, as supplemented, and the NRC staff's review of related environmental documents. Section IV below lists the environmental documents related to the proposed action and includes information on the availability of these documents. Accordingly, the NRC has determined not to prepare an environmental impact statement for the proposed action.
The following table identifies the environmental and other documents cited in this document and related to the NRC's FONSI. These documents are available for public inspection online through ADAMS at
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing recent Postal Service filings for the Commission's consideration concerning negotiated service agreements. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition or removal of a negotiated service agreement from the market dominant or the competitive product list, or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the market dominant or the competitive product list.
Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, the title of each Postal Service request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each request.
The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's Web site (
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) in the captioned docket(s) are consistent with the policies of title 39. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern market dominant product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3622, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3010, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern competitive product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3632, 39 U.S.C. 3633, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comment deadline(s) for each request appear in section II.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
This notice will be published in the
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the allocation of Directed Orders as it relates to Complex Orders.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of this rule change is to amend the allocation of Directed Orders at Rule 1014(g)(viii) to except Directed Complex Orders from receiving a participation guarantee. A Directed Order is any order (other than a stop or stop-limit order as defined in Rule 1066) to buy or sell which has been directed to a particular specialist, RSQT, or SQT by an Order Flow Provider (“OFP”).
In May 2005 the Exchange adopted rules for Phlx XL that permit Exchange specialists, Streaming Quote Traders (“SQTs”),
At this time, the Exchange is excepting Directed Complex Orders from a Directed Orders allocation because the Exchange's system cannot prevent a participation allocation for Directed Complex Orders when the Exchange's disseminated best bid or offer is not at the NBBO when the Directed Complex Order is received. The Exchange may offer a participation allocation for Directed Complex Orders at a later date by filing a proposed rule change with the Commission, after it has a limitation in place to systematically enforce Rule 1080(l)(ii) with respect to Directed Complex Orders. With this proposal, Complex Orders may continue to be marked as Directed Orders, but these orders will not receive a participation allocation pursuant to Exchange Rule 1014(g)(viii). Instead, these Complex Orders will be allocated pursuant to Exchange Rule 1014(g)(vii).
Today, as noted above, a Directed Order is defined in 1080(1)(i)(A) as any order (other than a stop or stop-limit order as defined in Rule 1066) to buy or sell which has been directed to a particular specialist, RSQT, or SQT by an OFP. Pursuant to Exchange Rule 1080(l), OFPs must transmit Directed Orders to a particular specialist, SQT, or RSQT electronically. If the Exchange's disseminated best bid or offer is at the NBBO when the Directed Order is received, the Directed Order is automatically executed on Phlx XL and allocated to the orders and quotes represented in the Exchange's quotation. A Directed Specialist, SQT, or RSQT will receive a participation allocation pursuant to Exchange Rule 1014(g)(viii) if the Directed Specialist, SQT, or RSQT was quoting at the NBBO at the time that the Directed Order was received.
The Exchange's proposal would result in Directed Complex Orders not receiving a participation guarantee as a Directed Order pursuant to Exchange Rule 1014(g)(viii). Directed Simple Orders would continue to receive a participation guarantee pursuant to Rule 1014(g)(viii).
The Exchange believes that Directed Orders reward specialists, SQTs, and RSQTs for actively engaging in marketing activities and establishing relationships with Order Flow Providers (“OFPs”) that generate Directed Orders sent to the Exchange by such OFPs. The Exchange believes that continuing to provide a participation guarantee for simple orders which are directed, will continue to result in additional order flow to the Exchange, thus adding depth and liquidity to the Exchange's markets, and enabling the Exchange to continue to compete effectively with other options exchanges for order flow. The Exchange also believes that no longer providing a participation guarantee when a Directed Complex Order executes will not adversely impact the market or the opportunity for such orders to execute. Directed Complex Orders will continue to be provided the same access to liquidity on the Exchange as today. The Exchange intends to discontinue the participation allocation prior to December 1, 2016.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. With this proposal, the Exchange would not provide a participation guarantee for Directed Complex Orders which are submitted to the Exchange. All Phlx members and member organizations would continue to receive a participation guarantee for simple orders directed to the Exchange but not receive a participation guarantee for Complex Orders that are directed.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the proposed rule change does not (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative prior to 30 days after the date of filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.1(c) regarding the requirements for the listing of securities that are issued by the Exchange or any of its affiliates. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.1(c) (Listing of an Affiliate or Entity that Operates and/or Owns a Trading System or Facility of the Corporation) (“Rule 5.1(c)”) regarding the requirements for the listing of securities that are issued by the Exchange or any of its affiliates. The proposed changes are based on Rule 497 of the Exchange's affiliate New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) and Rule 497-Equities of the Exchange's affiliate NYSE MKT LLC (“NYSE MKT”) (together, “Rule 497”).
Rule 5.1(c) provides that if a “security of an affiliate of the Corporation or any entity that operates and/or owns a trading system or facility of the Corporation” is listed pursuant to the rules of NYSE Arca Equities, then NYSE Arca Equities shall:
• File monthly reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) regarding its monitoring of the issuer's compliance with listing standards and trading in the security;
• have an independent accounting firm conduct an annual review of compliance with listing standards and provide a copy of the review to the Commission; and
• notify any non-compliant issuer and provide the Commission with information regarding the non-compliance and plan of remediation.
Rule 497 sets forth similar reporting requirements regarding securities issued by the Exchange's ultimate parent, Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”), and its affiliates. However, Rule 497 goes further in its requirements than Rule 5.1(c) in several ways.
First, in its first sentence, Rule 5.1(c) states that securities “of an affiliate of the Corporation or any entity that operates and/or owns a trading system or facility of the Corporation”
“ICE Affiliate” means ICE and any entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with ICE, where “control” means that one entity possesses, directly or indirectly, voting control of the other entity either through ownership of capital stock or other equity securities or through majority representation on the board of directors or other management body of such entity.
A second, substantive difference between the rules is that, unlike Rule 5.1(c), Rule 497 applies not just to securities issued by ICE Affiliates, but also to any listed option on such securities, as set forth in the definition of “Affiliate Security.”
The Exchange proposes to include the definitions of “ICE Affiliate” and “Affiliate Security” in revised Rule 5.1(c), adding them as a new sub-paragraph (a), together with a definition of “NYSE Arca Equities, Inc.” stating that it is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE. A new sub-paragraph (b) would incorporate the Rule 497 pre-listing requirements. The existing reporting requirements would be included as sub-paragraphs (c)(1)-(c)(3), the text of which would be revised consistent with Rule 497.
As a result of such changes, under the proposed Rule 5.1(c), prior to listing any security issued by an ICE Affiliate or a new class of options on a security issued by an ICE Affiliate, Exchange regulatory staff would be required to make a finding that the security or option class satisfied the Exchange's rules for listing, and the Exchange's ROC would be required to approve such finding. Throughout the continued listing and trading of the Affiliate Security on the Exchange, NYSE Arca Equities would prepare quarterly reports and have annual reviews conducted by an independent accounting firm, providing copies of both reports to the Commission and the Exchange's ROC. Finally, if an Affiliate Security were not in compliance with listing standards, Exchange regulatory staff would notify the issuer, request a plan of compliance, and provide the Commission with information regarding the non-compliance and plan of compliance.
Rule 497 requires that the quarterly report describe the monitoring of the Affiliate Security's compliance with applicable listing standards, including the Affiliate Security's compliance with both the minimum share price requirement and the quantitative listing requirements. Because NYSE Arca Equities requirements differ from those of NYSE and NYSE MKT, proposed Rule 5.1(c)(1) would include “bid price requirement” in place of “minimum share price requirement”
Finally, the Exchange notes that the proposed Rule 5.1(c) would be consistent with Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. (“BZX”) Rule 14.3 regarding requirements for the listing of securities listed by BZX or any of its affiliates.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Exchange Act
Specifically, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change would remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors and the public interest by requiring heightened oversight of the listing and trading on the Exchange of Affiliate Securities and related reporting to the Commission and the ROC. The proposed changes would help protect against concerns that the Exchange will not effectively enforce its rules with respect to the listing and trading of such securities. The proposed defined terms would add clarity regarding what entities would be considered to be an affiliate and what securities fall within the scope of the rule. Expanding Rule 5.1(c) to incorporate Exchange-listed options on any security issued by an ICE Affiliate and require pre-listing requirements would strengthen the rule's requirements. In addition, the proposed changes would enhance reporting requirements by requiring NYSE Arca Equities to provide copies of both the annual and quarterly reports to the Commission and the Exchange's ROC. For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposed amendments to Rule 5.1(c) would continue to eliminate any perception of a potential conflict of interest if an ICE Affiliate seeks to list a security on the Exchange.
The proposed changes will provide greater harmonization between NYSE Arca Equities, NYSE and NYSE MKT rules of similar purpose, resulting in more comparable and consistent information being provided to the Commission and ROCs. As such, the proposed rule change would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act. The proposed rule change is not intended to address competitive issues but rather provide market participants with additional specificity and transparency regarding the Exchange's controls that are in place to address the potential conflicts of interest that may arise in the listing of Affiliate Securities on the Exchange.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Because the proposed rule change does not (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On August 16, 2016, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
On September 23, 2016, the NYSE submitted a response (“Response Letter”).
On November 2, 2016, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change.
The proposed rule change seeks to amend the co-location services offered by the Exchange to (1) provide additional information regarding the access to trading and execution services and connectivity to data provided to Users with local area networks available in the data center; and (2) establish fees relating to a User's
As discussed more fully in the Notice, a User can purchase access to the Liquidity Center Network (“LCN”) and/or internet protocol (“IP”) network in the data center through the purchase of a 1, 10, or 40 Gb LCN circuit, a 10 Gb LX Circuit, bundled network access, Partial Cabinet Solution bundle, or 1, 10 or 40 Gb IP network access.
As discussed more fully below, the Exchange offers connectivity to three types of data products: Included Data Products, Premium NYSE Data Products, and Third Party Data Feeds.
As part of its data product offerings, the Exchange now proposes to provide connectivity to Premium NYSE Data Products from the Exchange and its Affiliate SROs to Users over either the LCN and/or IP network “because such access and connectivity is directly related to the purpose of co-location.”
As discussed more fully in the Notice, the Premium NYSE Data Products are “equity market data products that are variants of the equity Included Data Products. Each Premium NYSE Data Product integrates, or includes data elements from, several Included Data Products.”
As is the case with Included Data Products, a User of Premium NYSE Data Products must enter into a contract with the data provider for each feed and the provider would then authorize the Exchange to provide connectivity of the particular feed to that User's LCN or IP Network port.
The Exchange's proposal further seeks to offer Third Party Data Feeds to Users and to charge a connectivity fee per feed as reflected on its Fee Schedules.
In order to connect to a Third Party Data Feed, a User must enter into a contract with the relevant third party market or content service provider, under which the third party market or content service provider charges the User for the data feed.
As part of its data center offerings, the Exchange also seeks to provide access and connectivity to Third Party Systems/content service providers, the DTCC
For each service, a User must execute a contract with the respective Service Provider and/or third party certification and testing feed provider(s) pursuant to which a User pays each the associated fee(s) for their services.
As noted above, the Commission received one comment letter on a related filing which is equally applicable to this filing.
As discussed above, the Exchange submitted a response to the commenter on the related filing.
In response to the commenter's argument regarding different methods of access to trading, the Exchange stated that “it is a vendor of fair and non-discriminatory access, and like any vendor with multiple product offerings, different purchasers may make different choices regarding which products they wish to purchase.”
In Amendment No. 1, the Exchange offers additional justification for the proposed rule change.
The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act, the Commission is providing notice of the following grounds for disapproval that are under consideration:
• Section 6(b)(4) of the Act, which requires that the rules of a national securities exchange “provide for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other persons using its facilities,”
• Section 6(b)(5) of the Act, which requires, among other things, that the rules of a national securities exchange be “designed to perfect the operation of a free and open market and a national market system” and “protect investors and the public interest,” and not be “designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers,”
• Section 6(b)(8) of the Act, which requires that the rules of a national securities exchange “not impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of [the Act].”
As discussed above, the Exchange's proposal would, among other things, establish fees relating to a User's access to trading and execution services, connectivity to data feeds and to testing and certification feeds, connectivity to clearing, and other services. The Exchange believes that the proposed fees are consistent with Sections 6(b)(4), (5), and (8) of the Act because the fees charged for co-location services are constrained by the active competition for the order flow and other business from such market participants.
The commenter suggests that Users do not in fact have alternatives to paying the connectivity fee to obtain Premium NYSE Data Products.
Additionally, the Exchange states that both Included Data Products and Premium NYSE Data Products are “directly related to the purpose of co-location.” The Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not made clear why including the cost of connectivity to the Included Data Products in the purchase of a LCN or IP network connection and charging an additional fee to obtain the Premium NYSE Data Products is an equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among Users in the data center; does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers; and does not impose a burden on competition which is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not identified a distinction between the provision of connectivity to Included Data Products and the provision of connectivity to Premium NYSE Data Products, as opposed to a distinction between the utility of the Included Data Products and Premium NYSE Data Products to Users, which the Exchange has demonstrated, even though these are all NYSE proprietary data products. Therefore, the Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not identified a reasonable basis for charging Users a separate connectivity fee for the Premium NYSE Data Products while including connectivity in the purchase price for a LCN/IP network connection. The Exchange stated in its filing that both are “directly related to the purpose of co-location” but it has not clearly justified why this permits including the connectivity fee for Included Data Products as part of the LCN or IP Network connection, even for those Users that do not use the Included Data Products, but not including the connectivity fee for the Premium NYSE Data Products as well. Similarly, the Exchange justifies the costs associated with providing these feeds by stating “[i]n order to offer connectivity to the Premium NYSE Data Products, the Exchange must provide, maintain and operate the data center facility hardware and technology infrastructure. The Exchange must handle the installation, administration, monitoring, support and maintenance of the connectivity, including by ensuring that the network infrastructure has the necessary bandwidth for the Premium NYSE Data Products and responding to any production issues.”
The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data and arguments with respect to the concerns identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with Sections 6(b)(4), (5), or (8)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment No. 1, should be approved or disapproved by December 20, 2016. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's submission must file that rebuttal by January 3, 2017. In light of the concerns raised by the proposed rule change, as discussed above, the Commission invites additional comment on the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, as the Commission continues its analysis of the proposed rule change's consistency with Sections 6(b)(4), (5) and (8),
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend NYSE MKT Rule 901NY to permit the Chief Executive Officer of the Exchange or his or her designee to take certain actions in connection with the trading of securities on the NYSE Amex Options marketplace. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend NYSE Amex Options Rule 901NY (Trading Sessions) to permit the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Exchange or his or her designee to take certain actions in connection with the trading of securities on the Exchange.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change would make Rule 901NY more reflective of the organizational structure of the Exchange. At the same time, the proposed rule changes would ensure that the Board of Directors of the Exchange continues to have the authority to take action it deems necessary or appropriate in particular situations.
The first paragraph of Rule 901NY provides that, unless otherwise ruled by the Board of the Exchange or its designee, the Exchange shall be open for the transaction of business daily except on Saturdays and Sundays, and that the hours at which trading sessions shall open and close shall be established by the Board or its designee. Commentary .01 to Rule 901NY notes that, except under unusual conditions as may be determined by the Board or its designee, hours during which transactions in options on individual securities may be made on the Exchange shall correspond to the normal hours for business set forth in the rules of the primary exchange listing the securities underlying the options.
The Exchange proposes to amend the first paragraph of Rule 901NY to provide that, except as may be otherwise determined by the Board as to particular days, the Exchange shall be open for the transaction of business on every business day. The Exchange proposes to remove the current exclusion of Saturdays and Sundays because Saturdays and Sundays are not business days and therefore no exclusion is needed. Finally, the amended paragraph would provide that the hours at which trading sessions shall open and close may be specified by Exchange rule, as well as by the Board. The two paragraphs of the present rule would become paragraphs (a) and (b). These proposed rule changes are based in part Exchange Rule 51(a)—Equities as well as on New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE LLC”) Rule 51(a).
The Exchange proposes to add new paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) to Rule 901NY. These proposed changes are based on Rule 51(b)-(d)—Equities and NYSE Rule 51(b) and (c). New paragraph (c) would provide that, except as may be otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the CEO of the Exchange or his or her designee may halt or suspend trading in some or all securities traded on the Exchange; extend the hours for the transaction of business on the Exchange; close some or all Exchange facilities; determine the duration of any such halt, suspension or closing undertaken; or determine to trade securities on the Exchange's disaster recovery facility.
New paragraph (d) would provide that the CEO or his or her designee shall take any of the actions described in new paragraph (c) only when he or she deems such action to be necessary or appropriate for the maintenance of a fair and orderly market, or the protection of investors or otherwise in the public interest, due to extraordinary circumstances such as:
• Actual or threatened physical danger, severe climatic conditions, civil unrest, terrorism, acts of war, or loss or interruption of facilities utilized by the Exchange,
• a request by a governmental agency or official, or
• a period of mourning or recognition for a person or event.
New paragraph (e) would require that the CEO or his or her designee notify the Board of Directors of actions taken pursuant to the rule, except for a period of mourning or recognition for a person or event, as soon thereafter as is feasible.
The Exchange proposes that commentary .01 to Rule 901NY be amended by deleting “under unusual conditions” and a reference to the Board's designee, and by adding a reference to the authority of the CEO or his or her designee under new subparagraph (c).
Finally, the Exchange proposes to change the name of Rule 901NY from “Trading Sessions” to “Hours of Business,” which would make it consistent with Rule 51—Equities.
Currently, Rule 901NY requires Board action if extraordinary circumstances arise. However, the Board of Directors may not be able to convene and act quickly, thereby delaying any potential response. Pursuant to the operating agreement of the Exchange, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors must be Independent Directors.
Current Rule 901NY partially addresses this concern by allowing the Board of Directors to name designees. However, use of a designee requires that the Board make the delegation before any unusual conditions arise. Further, Rule 901NY does not set any limits on when designees may act under the rule, unlike proposed paragraphs (c) and (d). Accordingly, the Exchange proposes to delete the references to a Board designee in the first paragraph of Rule 901NY and commentary .01. Such proposed deletions would make Rule 901NY consistent with Rule 51(a)—Equities, NYSE Rule 51(a) and NYSE Arca Equities Rule 7.1, none of which contemplate the board of directors appointing a designee to set the hours for business.
The Exchange believes designating by rule that the CEO of the Exchange or his or her designee may take certain actions in extraordinary circumstances would make Rule 901NY more reflective of the organizational structure of the Exchange. As described above, the CEO or his or her designees would be able to take such action only when they deem it to be necessary or appropriate for the maintenance of a fair and orderly market, or the protection of investors or otherwise in the public interest, due to extraordinary circumstances.
The proposed amendments would ensure that the Board of Directors continues to have the authority to take action it deems necessary or appropriate in particular situations. In addition, as proposed, the amended rule would ensure that the Board of Directors would remain informed, by requiring the CEO to notify the relevant Board of actions taken pursuant to the authority granted under the rule, with the exception of a period of mourning or recognition for a person or event, as soon thereafter as is feasible.
The proposed changes would have the additional benefit of bringing Rule 901NY into greater conformity with Rule 51—Equities, as well as NYSE Rule 51.
The Exchange notes that the trading rules of Bats BZX Exchange, Inc., Bats BYX Exchange, Inc., Bats EDGX Exchange, Inc., and Bats EDGA Exchange, Inc. also provide that the CEO of the relevant exchange may halt, suspend trading in any and all securities traded on the exchange, close some or all exchange facilities, and determine the duration of any such halt, suspension, or closing, when he deems such action necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets, the protection of investors, or otherwise in the public interest. The lists of special circumstances set out in such trading rules are substantially similar to those in Rule 51—Equities and NYSE Rule 51.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change would remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors and the public interest, and enable the Exchange to be so organized as to have the capacity to be able to carry out the purposes of the Act, because it would make Rule 901NY more reflective of the organizational structure of the Exchange. In this manner, it would strengthen the ability of the Exchange to respond appropriately and in a timely fashion to
In addition, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change would remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, protect investors and the public interest, and enable the Exchange to be so organized as to have the capacity to be able to carry out the purposes of the Act, because they would ensure that the Board of Directors continues to have the authority to take action it deems necessary or appropriate in particular situations. In addition, as proposed, the amended rule would ensure that the Board of Directors would remain informed, by requiring the CEO to notify the relevant Board of actions taken pursuant to the authority granted under the rule, with the exception of a period of mourning or recognition for a person or event, as soon thereafter as is feasible.
For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act. The proposed rule change is not intended to address competitive issues but rather is concerned solely with the administration and functioning of the Exchange.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Because the proposed rule change does not (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On August 9, 2016, Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange” or “BZX”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)
The Exchange proposes to list and trade shares (the “Shares”) of the Funds under BZX Rule 14.11(c)(4), which governs the listing and trading of Index Fund Shares based on fixed income securities indexes. The Shares will be offered by the Trust, which is a Delaware statutory trust and is registered with the Commission, as an open-end investment company.
BlackRock Fund Advisors is the investment adviser (“BFA” or “Adviser”) to the Funds.
The Funds seek to replicate as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2023 Index (the “2023 Index”) and Municipal Series Dec 2024 Index (the “2024 Index” and, together with the 2023 Index, the “Indices”), respectively. The Exchange submitted the proposed rule change because the Shares of the Funds meet all of the “generic” listing requirements of BZX Rule 14.11(c)(4) applicable to the listing of index fund shares based on fixed income securities indexes except for those set forth in BZX Rule 14.11(c)(4)(B)(i)(b). Specifically, for the iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF, components that comprised only 5.83% of the weight of the 2023 Index have a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. Further, for iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF, only 5.72% of the weight of the 2024 Index have a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. In contrast, BZX Rule 14.11(c)(4)(B)(i)(b) provides that components that in the aggregate account for at least 75% of the weight of the index or portfolio each shall have a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more.
The 2023 Index measures the performance of the non-callable investment-grade, tax-exempt U.S. municipal bonds with specific annual maturities (“Municipal Securities”). As of July 18, 2016, there were 4,612 issues in the 2023 Index. 73.56% of the weight of the 2023 Index components was comprised of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities of the offering. In addition, the total face amount outstanding of issues in the 2023 Index was approximately $38.5 billion, the market value was $46.4 billion, and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the 2023 Index was approximately $8.3 million. Further, the most heavily weighted component represented 1.61% of the weight of the 2023 Index, and the five most heavily weighted components represented 3.66% of the weight of the 2023 Index.
To be included in the 2023 Index, a bond must have an investment grade rating and must have an outstanding par value of at least $2 million. The bonds included in the 2023 Index have a maturity range of January 1, 2023, to December 1, 2023. The following types of bonds are excluded from the 2023 Index: Bonds subject to the alternative minimum tax, bonds with early redemption dates (callable provisions), bonds with sinking fund provisions, commercial paper, conduit bonds where the obligor is a for-profit institution, derivative securities, non-rated bonds (except pre-refunded/escrowed to maturity bonds), notes, taxable municipals, tobacco bonds, and variable rate debt (except for known step-up/down coupon schedule bonds).
The 2023 Index is calculated using a market value weighting methodology and its composition is rebalanced monthly. The 2023 Index value is calculated and disseminated at least once daily. The components of the 2023 Index and their percentage weighting will be available from major market data vendors.
The Fund will generally invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Fund's benchmark index, except during the last months of the Fund's operations.
Under normal circumstances, the Fund may also to a limited extent (less than 20% of the Fund's net assets) invest in the following: Certain listed derivatives;
The portfolio of securities held by the Fund will be disclosed on the Fund's Web site at
The 2024 Index measures the performance of Municipal Securities. As of July 18, 2016, there were 3,624 issues in the 2024 Index. 72.27% of the weight of the 2024 Index components was comprised of individual maturities that were part of an entire municipal bond offering with a minimum original principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more for all maturities of the offering. In addition, the total face amount outstanding of issues in the 2024 Index was approximately $29.9 billion, the market value was $36.4 billion, and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the 2024 Index was approximately $8.3 million. Further, the most heavily weighted component represented 0.72% of the weight of the 2024 Index, and the five most heavily weighted components represented 2.74% of the weight of the 2024 Index.
To be included in the 2024 Index, a bond must have an investment grade rating and must have an outstanding par value of at least $2 million. The bonds in the 2024 Index have a maturity range of January 1, 2024, to December 1, 2024. The following types of bonds are excluded from the 2024 Index: Bonds subject to the alternative minimum tax, bonds with early redemption dates (callable provisions), bonds with sinking fund provisions, commercial paper, conduit bonds where the obligor is a for-profit institution, derivative securities, non-rated bonds (except pre-refunded/escrowed to maturity bonds), notes, taxable municipals, tobacco bonds, and variable rate debt (except for known step-up/down coupon schedule bonds).
The 2024 Index is calculated using a market value weighting methodology and its composition is rebalanced monthly. The 2024 Index value is calculated and disseminated at least once daily. The components of the 2024 Index and their percentage weighting will be available from major market data vendors.
The Fund will generally invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Fund's benchmark index, except during the last months of the Fund's operations.
Under normal circumstances, the Fund may also to a limited extent (less than 20% of the Fund's net assets) invest in the following: Certain listed derivatives;
The portfolio of securities held by the Fund will be disclosed on the Fund's Web site at
After careful review, the Commission finds that the Exchange's proposal to list and trade the Shares is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
Quotation and last sale information for the Shares will be available via the CTA high speed line.
On each business day, before commencement of trading in Shares during Regular Trading Hours on the Exchange, each Fund will disclose on its Web site the identities and quantities of the portfolio of securities and other assets in the daily disclosed portfolio held by the Funds that formed the basis for each Fund's calculation of NAV at the end of the previous business day.
The Commission believes that the proposal to list and trade the Shares is reasonably designed to promote fair disclosure of information that may be necessary to price the Shares appropriately and to prevent trading when a reasonable degree of transparency cannot be assured. The Exchange will obtain a representation from the issuer of the Shares that the NAV will be calculated daily and that the NAV and the disclosed portfolio will be made available to all market participants at the same time.
Any advisory committee, supervisory board, or similar entity that advises a Reporting Authority, as defined in BZX Rule 14.11(c)(1)(C) or that makes decisions on the index composition, methodology and related matters, must implement and maintain, or be subject to, procedures designed to prevent the use and dissemination of material non-public information regarding the applicable index.
Prior to the commencement of trading, the Exchange will inform its members in an Information Circular of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares. Specifically, the Information Circular will discuss the following: (1) The procedures for purchases and redemptions of Shares in Creation Units (and that Shares are not individually redeemable); (2) BZX Rule 3.7, which imposes suitability obligations on Exchange members with respect to recommending transactions in the Shares to customers; (3) how information regarding the Intraday Indicative Value is disseminated; (4) the risks involved in trading the Shares during the Pre-Opening and After Hours Trading Sessions when an updated Intraday Indicative Value will not be calculated or publicly disseminated; (5) the requirement that members deliver a prospectus to investors purchasing newly issued Shares prior to or concurrently with the confirmation of a transaction; and (6) trading information. The Exchange states that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of the Shares on the Exchange during all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and the applicable federal securities laws.
The Exchange represents that all statements and representations made in the Exchange's filing regarding (a) the description of the portfolio, (b) limitations on portfolio holdings or reference assets, or (c) the applicability of Exchange rules and surveillance procedures constitute continued listing requirements for listing the Shares on the Exchange.
The Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares and the underlying exchange-traded instruments via the ISG, from other exchanges that are members or affiliates of the ISG, or with which the Exchange has entered into a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement.
The Commission notes that the Fund and the Shares must comply with the requirements of BZX Rule 14.11(c)(4) to be initially and continuously listed and traded on the Exchange. The Exchange represents that it deems the Shares to be equity securities, thus rendering trading in the Shares subject to the Exchange's existing rules governing the trading of equity securities. In support of this proposal, the Exchange, in addition to the representations as noted above, has made the following representations:
• For initial and/or continued listing, the Funds and the Trust must be in compliance with Rule 10A-3 under the Act.
• A minimum of 50,000 Shares of each Fund will be outstanding at the commencement of trading on the Exchange.
This approval order is based on all of the Exchange's representations, including those set forth above and in the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendments No. 1 and No. 2. For the foregoing reasons, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendments No. 1 and No. 2, is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning whether Amendments No. 1 and No. 2 are consistent with the Exchange Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
The Commission finds good cause to approve the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendments No. 1 and No. 2, prior to the thirtieth day after the date of publication of notice of the filing of Amendment No. 1 in the
It is therefore ordered, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Public Law 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission will hold a closed meeting on Thursday, December 1, 2016 at 12 p.m.
Commissioners, Counsel to the Commissioners, the Secretary to the Commission, and recording secretaries will attend the closed meeting. Certain staff members who have an interest in the matters also may be present.
The General Counsel of the Commission, or her designee, has certified that, in her opinion, one or more of the exemptions set forth in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(3), (5), (7), 9(B) and (10) and 17 CFR 200.402(a)(3), (a)(5), (a)(7), (a)(9)(ii) and (a)(10), permit consideration of the scheduled matter at the closed meeting.
Chair White, as duty officer, voted to consider the items listed for the closed meeting in closed session, and determined that no earlier notice thereof was possible.
The subject matter of the closed meeting will be:
Institution and settlement of injunctive actions;
Institution and settlement of administrative proceedings;
Resolution of litigation claims; and
Other matters relating to enforcement proceedings.
At times, changes in Commission priorities require alterations in the scheduling of meeting items.
For further information and to ascertain what, if any, matters have been added, deleted or postponed; please contact Brent J. Fields from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The principal purpose of the changes is to modify certain aspects of the ICE Clear Europe Finance Procedures.
In its filing with the Commission, ICE Clear Europe included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. ICE Clear Europe has prepared summaries, set forth in sections (A), (B), and (C) below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of the amendments is to modify certain aspects of the ICE Clear Europe Finance Procedures. In paragraph 2.1 of the Finance Procedures, amendments are made to add South African rand (“ZAR”) as a currency eligible for Variation Margin and settlement payments for financials and softs contracts which settle in such currency. Other conforming changes have been made in the Finance Procedures (including in paragraph 4) to reflect the addition of ZAR as an eligible currency for such purposes. As with the other currencies currently eligible to be used as Variation Margin and settlement payments for financials and softs contracts, ZAR will be subject to haircuts determine [sic] pursuant to the [sic] Finance Procedures and existing ICE Clear Europe haircut policies. [sic] A typographical error and erroneous cross-reference have also been corrected in paragraph 2.2.
In paragraph 6.1(e) of the Finance Procedures, the daily deadline for a Clearing Member to provide manual cash settlement instructions for same-day USD payments has been extended from 16:00 to 16:45 (London time). ICE Clear Europe is making this change to accommodate a request of Clearing Members, and does not believe it will adversely affect the Clearing House's treasury or other operations. In paragraph 6.1(i)(vii), a change has been made to clarify that end-of-day or ad hoc payments by a Clearing Member to the Clearing House may include, in addition to other listed categories of payments, transfers of Surplus Collateral.
Amendments have been made to paragraph 8.3 of the Finance Procedures, which generally provides that the Clearing House will not recognize any value for non-cash collateral (such as securities collateral) within a specified period prior to its redemption or maturity. Under the existing rule, this period commences one business day prior to redemption or maturity. The amendments adopt a different approach for UK government bonds, for which the period will commence seven business days prior to redemption or maturity. This approach is designed to reflect limitations imposed by the relevant securities settlement system on the transfer of UK government bonds during the seven business day period prior to redemption or maturity.
In paragraph 11.3(b), which addresses procedures for transfer of non-cash permitted cover, an incorrect statement that the Clearing House does not support cross-border or inter-settlement facility settlements, bridge transactions or similar transactions has been removed. In paragraph 11.4, certain account details and matching deadlines for particular securities transfer systems
Paragraph 13.9 has been revised to remove an erroneous reference to a letter of credit.
ICE Clear Europe believes that the changes described herein are consistent with the requirements of Section 17A of the Act
ICE Clear Europe does not believe the proposed changes to the rules would have any impact, or impose any burden, on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act. ICE Clear Europe is adopting the amendments to the Finance Procedures in order to clarify certain aspects of the settlement of cash and non-cash permitted cover for cleared contracts . . . [sic] ICE Clear Europe does not believe the amendments would materially affect the cost of clearing, adversely affect access to clearing in these products for Clearing Members or their customers, or otherwise adversely affect competition in clearing services. The changes will apply to all Clearing Members. Although certain changes may affect the cost of using UK government bonds as collateral (during the period immediately prior to redemption or maturity of such collateral), those changes are, in ICE Clear Europe's view, necessary and appropriate to reflect limitations on transfer of such bonds in such period. As a result, ICE Clear Europe believes that any impact or burden on competition from such amendments would be appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act.
Written comments relating to the proposed changes to the rules have not been solicited or received. ICE Clear Europe will notify the Commission of any written comments received by ICE Clear Europe.
The foregoing rule change has become effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On August 16, 2016, NYSE MKT LLC (the “Exchange” or “NYSE MKT”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
On September 23, 2016, the NYSE submitted a response (“Response Letter”).
On November 2, 2016, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change.
The proposed rule change seeks to amend the co-location services offered by the Exchange to (1) provide additional information regarding the access to trading and execution services and connectivity to data provided to Users with local area networks available in the data center; and (2) establish fees relating to a User's
As discussed more fully in the Notice, a User can purchase access to the Liquidity Center Network (“LCN”) and/or internet protocol (“IP”) network in the data center through the purchase of a 1, 10, or 40 Gb LCN circuit, a 10 Gb LX Circuit, bundled network access, Partial Cabinet Solution bundle, or 1, 10 or 40 Gb IP network access.
As discussed more fully below, the Exchange offers connectivity to three types of data products: Included Data Products, Premium NYSE Data Products, and Third Party Data Feeds.
As part of its data product offerings, the Exchange now proposes to provide connectivity to Premium NYSE Data Products from the Exchange and its Affiliate SROs to Users over either the LCN and/or IP network “because such access and connectivity is directly related to the purpose of co-location.”
As discussed more fully in the Notice, the Premium NYSE Data Products are “equity market data products that are variants of the equity Included Data Products. Each Premium NYSE Data Product integrates, or includes data elements from, several Included Data Products.”
As is the case with Included Data Products, a User of Premium NYSE Data Products must enter into a contract with the data provider for each feed and the provider would then authorize the Exchange to provide connectivity of the particular feed to that User's LCN or IP Network port.
The Exchange's proposal further seeks to offer Third Party Data Feeds to Users and to charge a connectivity fee per feed as reflected on its Fee Schedules.
In order to connect to a Third Party Data Feed, a User must enter into a contract with the relevant third party market or content service provider, under which the third party market or content service provider charges the User for the data feed.
As part of its data center offerings, the Exchange also seeks to provide access and connectivity to Third Party Systems/content service providers, the DTCC
For each service, a User must execute a contract with the respective Service Provider and/or third party certification and testing feed provider(s) pursuant to which a User pays each the associated fee(s) for their services.
As noted above, the Commission received one comment letter on a related filing which is equally applicable to this filing.
As discussed above, the Exchange submitted a response to the commenter on the related filing.
In response to the commenter's argument regarding different methods of access to trading, the Exchange stated that “it is a vendor of fair and non-discriminatory access, and like any vendor with multiple product offerings, different purchasers may make different choices regarding which products they wish to purchase.”
In Amendment No. 1, the Exchange offers additional justification for the proposed rule change.
The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act, the Commission is providing notice of the following grounds for disapproval that are under consideration:
• Section 6(b)(4) of the Act, which requires that the rules of a national securities exchange “provide for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other persons using its facilities,”
• Section 6(b)(5) of the Act, which requires, among other things, that the rules of a national securities exchange be “designed to perfect the operation of a free and open market and a national market system” and “protect investors and the public interest,” and not be “designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers,”
• Section 6(b)(8) of the Act, which requires that the rules of a national securities exchange “not impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of [the Act].”
As discussed above, the Exchange's proposal would, among other things, establish fees relating to a User's access to trading and execution services, connectivity to data feeds and to testing and certification feeds, connectivity to clearing, and other services. The Exchange believes that the proposed fees are consistent with Sections 6(b)(4), (5), and (8) of the Act because the fees charged for co-location services are constrained by the active competition for the order flow and other business from such market participants.
The commenter suggests that Users do not in fact have alternatives to paying the connectivity fee to obtain Premium NYSE Data Products.
Additionally, the Exchange states that both Included Data Products and Premium NYSE Data Products are “directly related to the purpose of co-location.” The Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not made clear why including the cost of connectivity to the Included Data Products in the purchase of a LCN or IP network connection and charging an additional fee to obtain the Premium NYSE Data Products is an equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among Users in the data center; does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers; and does not impose a burden on competition which is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not identified a distinction between the provision of connectivity to Included Data Products and the provision of connectivity to Premium NYSE Data Products, as opposed to a distinction between the utility of the Included Data Products and Premium NYSE Data Products to Users, which the Exchange has demonstrated, even though these are all NYSE proprietary data products. Therefore, the Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not identified a reasonable basis for charging Users a separate connectivity fee for the Premium NYSE Data Products while including connectivity in the purchase price for a LCN/IP network connection. The Exchange stated in its filing that both are “directly related to the purpose of co-location” but it has not clearly justified why this permits including the connectivity fee for Included Data Products as part of the LCN or IP Network connection, even for those Users that do not use the Included Data Products, but not including the connectivity fee for the Premium NYSE Data Products as well. Similarly, the Exchange justifies the costs associated with providing these feeds by stating “[i]n order to offer connectivity to the Premium NYSE Data Products, the Exchange must provide, maintain and operate the data center facility hardware and technology infrastructure. The Exchange must handle the installation, administration, monitoring, support and maintenance of the connectivity, including by ensuring that the network infrastructure has the necessary bandwidth for the Premium NYSE Data Products and responding to any production issues.”
The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data and arguments with respect to the concerns identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with Sections 6(b)(4), (5), or (8)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment No. 1, should be approved or disapproved by December 20, 2016. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's submission must file that rebuttal by January 3, 2017. In light of the concerns raised by the proposed rule change, as discussed above, the Commission invites additional comment on the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, as the Commission continues its analysis of the proposed rule change's consistency with Sections 6(b)(4), (5) and (8),
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice of an application for an order under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) for an exemption from sections 2(a)(32), 5(a)(1), 22(d), and 22(e) of the Act and rule 22c-1 under the Act, under sections 6(c) and 17(b) of the Act for an exemption from sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act, and under section 12(d)(1)(J) for an exemption from sections 12(d)(1)(A) and 12(d)(1)(B) of the Act. The requested order would permit (a) index-based series of certain open-end management investment companies (“Funds”) to issue shares redeemable in large aggregations only (“Creation Units”); (b) secondary market transactions in Fund shares to occur at negotiated market prices rather than at net asset value (“NAV”); (c) certain Funds to pay redemption proceeds, under certain circumstances, more than seven days after the tender of shares for redemption; (d) certain affiliated persons of a Fund to deposit securities into, and receive securities from, the Fund in connection with the purchase and redemption of Creation Units; and (e) certain registered management investment companies and unit investment trusts outside of the same group of investment companies as the Funds (“Funds of Funds”) to acquire shares of the Funds.
OWLshares Trust (“Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust registered under the Act as an open-end management investment company with multiple series, New Millennium Macro, LLC d/b/a OWLshares Advisors (the “Initial Adviser”), a Nevada limited liability company registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“Distributor”), a Colorado corporation and broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”).
The application was filed on June 11, 2015 and amended on October 23, 2015, June 29, 2016 and October 13, 2016.
An order granting the requested relief will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on December 19, 2016, and should be accompanied by proof of service on applicants, in the form of an affidavit, or for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.
Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090; Applicants: OWLshares Trust, 312 Arizona Avenue, Santa Monica, CA 90401; New Millennium Macro, LLC, 312 Arizona Avenue, Santa Monica, CA 90401; and ALPS Distributors, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203.
Kay-Mario Vobis, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6728, or Mary Kay Frech, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6821 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. Applicants request an order that would allow Funds to operate as index exchange traded funds (“ETFs”).
2. Each Fund will hold investment positions selected to correspond generally to the performance of an Underlying Index. In the case of Self-Indexing Funds, an affiliated person, as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Act (“Affiliated Person”), or an affiliated person of an Affiliated Person (“Second-Tier Affiliate”), of the Trust or a Fund, of the Adviser, of any sub-adviser to or promoter of a Fund, or of the Distributor will compile, create, sponsor or maintain the Underlying Index.
3. Shares will be purchased and redeemed in Creation Units and generally on an in-kind basis. Except where the purchase or redemption will include cash under the limited circumstances specified in the application, purchasers will be required to purchase Creation Units by depositing specified instruments (“Deposit Instruments”), and shareholders redeeming their shares will receive specified instruments (“Redemption Instruments”). The Deposit Instruments and the Redemption Instruments will each
4. Because shares will not be individually redeemable, applicants request an exemption from section 5(a)(1) and section 2(a)(32) of the Act that would permit the Funds to register as open-end management investment companies and issue shares that are redeemable in Creation Units only.
5. Applicants also request an exemption from section 22(d) of the Act and rule 22c-1 under the Act as secondary market trading in shares will take place at negotiated prices, not at a current offering price described in a Fund's prospectus, and not at a price based on NAV. Applicants state that (a) secondary market trading in shares does not involve a Fund as a party and will not result in dilution of an investment in shares, and (b) to the extent different prices exist during a given trading day, or from day to day, such variances occur as a result of third-party market forces, such as supply and demand. Therefore, applicants assert that secondary market transactions in shares will not lead to discrimination or preferential treatment among purchasers. Finally, applicants represent that share market prices will be disciplined by arbitrage opportunities, which should prevent shares from trading at a material discount or premium from NAV.
6. With respect to Funds that effect creations and redemptions of Creation Units in kind and that are based on certain Underlying Indexes that include foreign securities, applicants request relief from the requirement imposed by section 22(e) in order to allow such Funds to pay redemption proceeds within fifteen calendar days following the tender of Creation Units for redemption. Applicants assert that the requested relief would not be inconsistent with the spirit and intent of section 22(e) to prevent unreasonable, undisclosed or unforeseen delays in the actual payment of redemption proceeds.
7. Applicants request an exemption to permit Funds of Funds to acquire Fund shares beyond the limits of section 12(d)(1)(A) of the Act; and the Funds, and any principal underwriter for the Funds, and/or any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act, to sell shares to Funds of Funds beyond the limits of section 12(d)(1)(B) of the Act. The application's terms and conditions are designed to, among other things, help prevent any potential (i) undue influence over a Fund through control or voting power, or in connection with certain services, transactions, and underwritings, (ii) excessive layering of fees, and (iii) overly complex fund structures, which are the concerns underlying the limits in sections 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Act.
8. Applicants request an exemption from sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act to permit persons that are Affiliated Persons, or Second Tier Affiliates, of the Funds, solely by virtue of certain ownership interests, to effectuate purchases and redemptions in-kind. The deposit procedures for in-kind purchases of Creation Units and the redemption procedures for in-kind redemptions of Creation Units will be the same for all purchases and redemptions and Deposit Instruments and Redemption Instruments will be valued in the same manner as those investment positions currently held by the Funds. Applicants also seek relief from the prohibitions on affiliated transactions in section 17(a) to permit a Fund to sell its shares to and redeem its shares from a Fund of Funds, and to engage in the accompanying in-kind transactions with the Fund of Funds.
9. Section 6(c) of the Act permits the Commission to exempt any persons or transactions from any provision of the Act if such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Section 12(d)(1)(J) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security, or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions, from any provision of section 12(d)(1) if the exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors. Section 17(b) of the Act authorizes the Commission to grant an order permitting a transaction otherwise prohibited by section 17(a) if it finds that (a) the terms of the proposed transaction are fair and reasonable and do not involve overreaching on the part of any person concerned; (b) the proposed transaction is consistent with the policies of each registered investment company involved; and (c) the proposed transaction is consistent with the general purposes of the Act.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
On September 28, 2016, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Commission received no comments on the proposed rule change. This order grants approval of the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1.
The Exchange proposes to list and trade the Shares of each Fund under Nasdaq Rule 5745, which governs the listing and trading of Exchange-Traded Managed Fund Shares, which are defined in Nasdaq Rule 5745(c)(1). Each Fund is a series of Gabelli NextShares Trust (“Trust”).
Gabelli Funds, LLC (“Adviser”) will be the adviser to the Funds. G.distributors, LLC will be the principal underwriter and distributor of each Fund's Shares. The Bank of New York Mellon will act as custodian and transfer agent. BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. will act as the sub-administrator to the Funds.
The Exchange has made the following representations and statements in describing the Funds.
According to the Exchange, each Fund will be actively managed and will pursue the various principal investment strategies described below.
The Gabelli ESG Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation. The Gabelli ESG Fund will seek to achieve its objective by investing substantially all, and in any case no less than 80%, of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in common and preferred stocks of companies that meet the Gabelli ESG Fund's guidelines for social responsibility at the time of investment. Pursuant to its social responsibility guidelines, the Gabelli ESG Fund will not invest in publicly traded fossil fuel (coal, oil, and gas) companies, the top 50 defense/weapons contractors, or in companies that derive more than 5% of their revenues from the following areas: Tobacco, alcohol, gaming, defense/weapons production, and companies involved in the manufacture of abortion-related products.
The Gabelli All Cap Fund primarily seeks to provide capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the Gabelli All Cap Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes in common stocks and preferred stocks of companies of all capitalization ranges that are listed on a recognized securities exchange or similar market. The Gabelli All Cap Fund may also invest in common and preferred securities of foreign issuers.
The Gabelli Equity Income Fund seeks a high level of total return on its assets with an emphasis on income. The Gabelli Equity Income Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective through a combination of capital appreciation and current income by investing, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes in income-producing equity securities. Income-producing equity securities include, for example, common stock and preferred stock.
The Gabelli Small and Mid Cap Value Fund seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal market conditions, the Gabelli Small and Mid Cap Value Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes in equity securities (such as common stock and preferred stock) of companies with small or medium-sized market capitalizations (“small cap” and “mid cap” companies, respectively). The Gabelli Small and Mid Cap Value Fund defines “small cap companies” as those with a market capitalization generally less than $3 billion at the time of investment and “mid cap companies” as those with a market capitalization between $3 billion and $12 billion at the time of investment. The Gabelli Small and Mid Cap Value Fund may invest in the equity securities of companies of any market capitalization, subject to its policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets in the equity securities of small-cap and mid-cap companies at the time of investment. In addition, the Gabelli Small and Mid Cap Value Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in a single industry.
The Gabelli Media Mogul Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes in (a) companies that were spun-off from Liberty Media Corporation
Consistent with the disclosure requirements that apply to traditional open-end investment companies, a complete list of current Fund portfolio positions will be made available at least once each calendar quarter, with a reporting lag of not more than 60 days. Funds may provide more frequent disclosures of portfolio positions at their discretion.
As defined in Nasdaq Rule 5745(c)(3), the “Composition File” is the specified portfolio of securities, cash, or both that a Fund will accept as a deposit in issuing a Creation Unit of Shares, and the specified portfolio of securities, cash, or both that a Fund will deliver in a redemption of a Creation Unit of Shares. The Composition File will be disseminated through the National
Because the Funds seek to preserve the confidentiality of their current portfolio trading program, a Fund's Composition File generally will not be a pro rata reflection of the Fund's investment positions. Each security included in the Composition File will be a current holding of a Fund, but the Composition File generally will not include all of the securities in the Fund's portfolio or match the weightings of the included securities in the portfolio. Securities that the Adviser is in the process of acquiring for a Fund generally will not be represented in the Fund's Composition File until their purchase has been completed. Similarly, securities that are held in a Fund's portfolio but in the process of being sold may not be removed from its Composition File until the sale program is substantially completed. Funds creating and redeeming Shares in kind will use cash amounts to supplement the in-kind transactions to the extent necessary to ensure that Creation Units are purchased and redeemed at NAV. The Composition File also may consist entirely of cash, in which case it will not include any of the securities in the Fund's portfolio.
For each Fund, an estimated value of an individual Share, defined in Nasdaq Rule 5745(c)(2) as the “Intraday Indicative Value,” will be calculated and disseminated at intervals of not more than 15 minutes throughout the Regular Market Session
Shares of a Fund will be purchased and sold in the secondary market at prices directly linked to the Fund's next-determined NAV using a trading protocol called “NAV-Based Trading.” All bids, offers, and execution prices of Shares will be expressed as a premium or discount (which may be zero) to a Fund's next-determined NAV (
Trade executions will be binding at the time orders are matched on Nasdaq's facilities, with the transaction prices contingent upon the determination of NAV. Nasdaq represents that all Shares listed on the Exchange will have a unique identifier associated with their ticker symbols, which will indicate that the Shares are traded using NAV-Based Trading.
According to the Exchange, member firms will utilize certain existing order types and interfaces to transmit Share bids and offers to Nasdaq, which will process Share trades like trades in shares of other listed securities.
To avoid potential investor confusion, Nasdaq represents that it will work with member firms and providers of market data services to seek to ensure that representations of intraday bids, offers, and execution prices of Shares that are made available to the investing public follow the “NAV-$0.01/NAV+$0.01” (or similar) display format. Specifically, the Exchange will use the NASDAQ Basic and NASDAQ Last Sale data feeds to disseminate intraday price and quote data for Shares in real time in the “NAV-$0.01/NAV+$0.01” (or similar) display format. Member firms may use the NASDAQ Basic and NASDAQ Last Sale data feeds to source intraday Share prices for presentation to the investing public in the “NAV-$0.01/NAV+$0.01” (or similar) display format. Alternatively, member firms may source intraday Share prices in proxy price format from the Consolidated Tape and other Nasdaq data feeds (
After careful review, the Commission finds that the Exchange's proposal to list and trade the Shares is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
The Shares will be subject to Rule 5745, which sets forth the initial and continued listing criteria applicable to Exchange-Traded Managed Fund Shares. A minimum of 50,000 Shares and no less than two creation units of each Fund will be outstanding at the commencement of trading on the Exchange.
Nasdaq deems the Shares to be equity securities, thus rendering trading in the Shares subject to the Exchange's existing rules governing the trading of equity securities. Every order to trade Shares of the Funds is subject to the proxy price protection threshold of plus/minus $1.00, which determines the lower and upper threshold for the life of the order and provides that the order will be canceled at any point if it exceeds $101.00 or falls below $99.00, the established thresholds.
Nasdaq also represents that trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances, administered by both Nasdaq and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws.
Prior to the commencement of trading, the Exchange will inform its members in an Information Circular of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares. Specifically, the Information Circular will discuss the following: (a) The procedures for purchases and redemptions of Shares in creation units (and that Shares are not individually redeemable); (b) Nasdaq Rule 2111A, which imposes suitability obligations on Nasdaq members with respect to recommending transactions in the Shares to customers; (c) the dissemination of information regarding the Intraday Indicative Value and Composition File; (d) the requirement that members deliver a prospectus to investors purchasing Shares prior to or concurrently with the confirmation of a transaction; and (e) information regarding NAV-Based Trading protocols.
The Information Circular also will identify the specific Nasdaq data feeds from which intraday Share prices in proxy price format may be obtained. As noted above, all orders to buy or sell Shares that are not executed on the day the order is submitted will be automatically canceled as of the close of trading on that day. The Information Circular will discuss the effect of this characteristic on existing order types. In addition, Nasdaq intends to provide its members with a detailed explanation of NAV-Based Trading through a Trading Alert issued prior to the commencement of trading in Shares on the Exchange.
Nasdaq states that the Adviser is not a registered broker-dealer, although it is affiliated with a broker-dealer.
The Commission also finds that the proposal to list and trade the Shares on the Exchange is consistent with Section 11A(a)(1)(C)(iii) of the Act,
Once a Fund's daily NAV has been calculated and disseminated, Nasdaq will price each Share trade entered into during the day at the Fund's NAV plus or minus the trade's executed premium or discount. Using the final trade price, each executed Share trade will then be disseminated to member firms and market data services via an FTP file
The Exchange will obtain a representation from the issuer of the Shares that the NAV per Share will be calculated daily (on each business day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading) and provided to Nasdaq via the Mutual Fund Quotation Service (“MFQS”) by the fund accounting agent. As soon as the NAV is entered into MFQS, Nasdaq will disseminate the value to market participants and market data vendors via the Mutual Fund Dissemination Service so that all firms will receive the NAV per share at the same time.
The Exchange further represents that it may consider all relevant factors in exercising its discretion to halt or suspend trading in Shares. Nasdaq will halt trading in Shares under the conditions specified in Nasdaq Rule 4120 and in Nasdaq Rule 5745(d)(2)(C). Additionally, Nasdaq may cease trading Shares if other unusual conditions or circumstances exist that, in the opinion of Nasdaq, make further dealings on Nasdaq detrimental to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market. To manage the risk of a non-regulatory Share trading halt, Nasdaq has in place back-up processes and procedures to ensure orderly trading.
Prior to the commencement of market trading in Shares, each Fund will be required to establish and maintain a public Web site through which its current prospectus may be downloaded. In addition, a separate Web site (
The Exchange represents that all statements and representations made in this filing regarding (a) the description of the Funds' portfolios, (b) limitations on portfolio holdings or reference assets, or (c) the applicability of Exchange rules and surveillance procedures shall constitute continued listing requirements for listing the Shares of the Funds on the Exchange. The issuer has represented to the Exchange that it will advise the Exchange of any failure by any Fund to comply with the continued listing requirements, and, pursuant to its obligations under Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, the Exchange will monitor for compliance with the continued listing requirements.
This approval order is based on all of the Exchange's representations, including those set forth above, in the Notice and Amendment No. 1,
For the foregoing reasons, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act
It is therefore ordered, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Amendment 2.
This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the Commonwealth of Virginia (FEMA-4291-DR), dated 11/02/2016.
11/17/2016.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.
The notice of the Presidential disaster declaration for the Commonwealth of Virginia, dated 11/02/2016 is hereby amended to include the following areas as adversely affected by the disaster:
All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Amendment 14.
This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of North Carolina (FEMA-4285-DR), dated 10/10/2016.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.
The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for the State of North Carolina, dated 10/10/2016 is hereby amended to extend the deadline for filing applications for physical damages as a result of this disaster to 01/09/2017.
All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania dated 11/18/2016.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 14987 6 and for economic injury is 14988 0.
The State which received an EIDL Declaration # is Pennsylvania.
Surface Transportation Board.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521 (PRA), the Surface Transportation Board (STB or Board) gives notice that it is requesting from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of an extension of the information collections required for (1) complaints filed under 49 U.S.C. 1321, 10701-10707, 11101 and 11701-11707 and 49 CFR 1111; (2) petitions for declaratory orders under 5 U.S.C. 554(e) and 49 U.S.C. 1321; and (3) catch-all petitions (for relief not otherwise specified) under 49 U.S.C. 1321 and 49 CFR part 1117. Under these statutory and regulatory sections, the Board provides procedures for persons to make a broad range of claims and to seek a broad range of remedies before the Board. The information collections relevant to these complaints and petitions are described separately below.
Comments on this information collection should be submitted by January 28, 2017.
Direct all comments to Chris Oehrle, PRA Officer, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001, or to
For further information regarding this collection, contact Michael Higgins, Deputy Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance at (202) 245-0284 or at
For each collection, comments are requested concerning: (1) The accuracy of the Board's burden estimates; (2) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; (3) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology, when appropriate; and (4) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Board, including whether the collection has practical utility. Submitted comments will be summarized and included in the Board's request for OMB approval.
Under the PRA, a federal agency that conducts or sponsors a collection of information must display a currently valid OMB control number. A collection of information, which is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c), includes agency requirements that persons submit reports, keep records, or provide information to the agency, third parties, or the public. Under 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A), federal agencies are required to provide, prior to an agency's submitting a collection to OMB for approval, a 60-day notice and comment period through publication in the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
The FAA has determined that the minimum random drug and alcohol testing percentage rates for the period January 1, 2017, through December 31, 2017, will remain at 25 percent of safety-sensitive employees for random drug testing and 10 percent of safety-sensitive employees for random alcohol testing.
Ms. Vicky Dunne, Office of Aerospace Medicine, Drug Abatement Division, Program Policy Branch (AAM-820), Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Room 806, Washington, DC 20591; Telephone (202) 267-8442.
Similarly, 14 CFR 120.217(c), requires the decision on the minimum annual random alcohol testing rate to be based on the random alcohol test violation rate. If the violation rate remains less than 0.50%, the Administrator may continue the minimum random alcohol testing rate at 10%. In 2015, the random alcohol test violation rate was 0.083%. Therefore, the minimum random alcohol testing rate will remain at 10% for calendar year 2017.
If you have questions about how the annual random testing percentage rates are determined please refer to the Code of Federal Regulations Title 14, section 120.109(b) (for drug testing), and 120.217(c) (for alcohol testing).
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of applications for exemptions; request for comments.
FMCSA announces receipt of applications from 31 individuals for exemption from the vision requirement in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. They are unable to meet the vision requirement in one eye for various reasons. The exemptions will enable these individuals to operate commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce without meeting the prescribed vision requirement in one eye. If granted, the exemptions would enable these individuals to qualify as drivers of commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in interstate commerce.
Comments must be received on or before December 29, 2016. All comments will be investigated by FMCSA. The exemptions will be issued the day after the comment period closes.
You may submit comments bearing the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket No. FMCSA-2016-0212 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Ms. Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, (202) 366-4001,
Under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA may grant an exemption from the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations for a 2-year period if it finds “such exemption would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved absent such exemption.” FMCSA can renew exemptions at the end of each 2-year period. The 31 individuals listed in this notice have each requested such an exemption from the vision requirement in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(10), which applies to drivers of CMVs in interstate commerce. Accordingly, the Agency will evaluate the qualifications of each applicant to determine whether granting an exemption will achieve the required level of safety mandated by statute.
Mr. Bartolo, 59, has a chorioretinal scar in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in 1980. The visual acuity in his right eye is counting fingers, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “Ocular Trauma, nail went in eye, 1980. He has been stable for over 20 years . . . James has driven without any problems and I do not foresee any problems driving a commercial vehicle in the future.” Mr. Bartolo reported that he has driven straight trucks for 16 years, accumulating 480,000 miles. He holds an operator's license from California. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Bumps, 68, has glaucoma in his left eye due to a traumatic incident in 1976. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, hand motion. Following an examination in 2016, his ophthalmologist stated, “In my opinion I feel he has sufficient vision to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Bumps reported that he has driven straight trucks for 40 years, accumulating 360,000 miles and tractor-trailer combinations for 40 years, accumulating 200,000 miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Vermont. His driving record for the last 3 years shows one crash for “limitation on backing for due regard to safety” and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Castoldi, 44, has a central vein occlusion in his right eye since 2012. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/80, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “Given Brian's visual handicap, I believe he is both capable and safe to drive a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Castoldi reported that he has driven straight trucks for 8 years, accumulating 874,000 miles and tractor-trailer combinations for 9 years, accumulating 1.23 million miles. He holds an operator's license from Connecticut. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Friend, 54, has had amblyopia in his left eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/150. Following an examination in 2016, his ophthalmologist stated, “In my medical opinion, I feel that he has sufficient vision to perform required [
Mr. George, 70, has a macular scar in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/100, and in his left eye, 20/25. Following an examination in 2016, his ophthalmologist stated, “In my opinion, Mr. Willie George level [sic] vision is sufficient for him to continue to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. George reported that he has driven straight trucks for 15 years, accumulating 510,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 30 years, accumulating 2.25 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from New York. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Goff, 62, has had a retinal detachment in his right eye since 1978. The visual acuity in his right eye is hand motion, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “In my opinion, Mr. Goff has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Goff reported that he has driven straight trucks for 15 years, accumulating 45,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 10 years, accumulating 12,000 miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Massachusetts. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Golebiowski, 36, has prosthetic left eye due to a traumatic incident in childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, no light perception. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “In my opinion Mr. Golebiowski regardless his left eye blindness and mil [
Mr. Gould, 55, has had amblyopia in his left eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/200. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “In my opinion, Mr. Gould has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Gould reported that he has driven straight trucks for 30 years, accumulating 150,000 miles. He holds a Class B CDL from Maine. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Gowdy, 64, has complete loss of vision in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in 2003. The visual acuity in his right eye is no light perception, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “In my medical opinion, Mr. Gowdy has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Gowdy reported that he has driven tractor-trailer combinations for 40 years, accumulating 2.6 million miles. He holds an operator's license from Mississippi. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and 2 convictions for moving violations in a CMV; one for exceeding the speed limit by 16 mph and the other for exceeding the speed limit by 15 mph.
Mr. Hadler, 49, has had a macular scar in his left eye since 2011. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/200. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “I feel Mr. Hadler's vision is stable for a commercial driver's license.” Mr. Hadler reported that he has driven straight trucks for 2 years, accumulating 120,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 17 years, accumulating 2.04 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Minnesota. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Harrison, 28, has had amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/80, and in his left eye, 20/25. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “Donald meets all the vision
Mr. Herrell, 47, has had amblyopia in his left eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/60. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “It is my professional opinion that the patient meets the visual requirements to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Herrell reported that he has driven straight trucks for 26 years, accumulating 13,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 26 years, accumulating 23,400 miles. He holds an operator's license from Maryland. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Hovey, 67, has exotropia in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is light perception, and in his left eye, 20/25. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “He demonstrates sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Hovey reported that he has driven straight trucks for 51 years, accumulating 1 million miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 35 years, accumulating 2.63 million miles. He holds a Class AM CDL from New York. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Huffman, 53, has had amblyopia in his left eye since birth. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/300. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “He is now 52 years old and has driven commercially previously, and currently has sufficient vision to perform driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle, as nothing has changed visually.” Mr. Huffman reported that he has driven tractor-trailer combinations for 29 years, accumulating 2.9 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Illinois. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Kinney, 63, has had amblyopia in his left eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/150. Following an examination in 2016, his ophthalmologist stated, “He has been driving a commercial vehicle for several years without incident and his current ophthalmologic [
Mr. Lovell, 25, has had amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/80, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “Based on the results of this testing I believe Mr. Lovell qualifies for a medical exemption regarding his visual status. Although he has permanently reduced acuity in a single eye his peripheral vision and binocular acuity remain adequate based on the requirements set forth by the FMCSA.” Mr. Lovell reported that he has driven straight trucks for 4 years, accumulating 40,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 4 years, accumulating 420,000 miles. He holds an operator's license from Nebraska. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Mack, 34, has chorioretinal scarring in his right eye due to a traumatic incident childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/50, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “In my opinion, Jason's vision loss does not prohibit him from operating a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Mack reported that he has driven straight trucks for 15 years, accumulating 375,000 miles. He holds an operator's license from Pennsylvania. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Montgomery, 62, has had amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/50, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “In my medical opinion as a license [
Mr. O'Doherty, 53, has had amblyopia in his left eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/70. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “It is my opinion that Mr. O'Doherty has sufficient vision for a commercial driver's license.” Mr. O'Doherty reported that he has driven straight trucks for 4 years, accumulating 100,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 21 years, accumulating 18.9 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Minnesota. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Rivera, 53, has complete loss of vision in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in 1990. The visual acuity in his right eye is no light perception, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his ophthalmologist stated, “I believe Mr. Antonio Rivera has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Rivera reported that he has driven tractor-trailer combinations for 13 years, accumulating 1.3 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Pennsylvania. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Rivera, 68, has had optic nerve atrophy in his left eye since 2007. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, count fingers. Following an examination in 2016, his ophthalmologist stated, “Using both eyes, sufficient vision is present (20/20 ou) to perform Driving [sic] tasks Required [sic] to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Rivera reported that he has driven tractor-trailer combinations
Mr. Sinclair, 66, has had amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/70, and in his left eye, 20/25. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “He has a history of congenital strabismic amblyopia. Based on the last visual field test, there is no indication that the visual field in either eye is adversely affected, and the visual fields should not impede Mr. Sinclair's ability to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Sinclair reported that he has driven straight trucks for 32 years, accumulating 1.28 million miles. He holds an operator's license from Iowa. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Smith, 32, has had amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/50, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “I feel his vision is stable and is capable of operating a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Smith reported that he has driven straight trucks for 5 years, accumulating 125,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 5 years, accumulating 25,000 miles. He holds a Class AM CDL from Texas. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Smith, 55, has had amblyopia in his right eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/50, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “In my opinion Mr. Smith's vision in his right eye will not limit his ability to drive a commercial vehicle; and his condition is stable and should not worsen over time.” Mr. Smith reported that he has driven straight trucks for 37 years, accumulating 740,000 miles, tractor-trailer combinations for 37 years, accumulating 185,000 miles, and buses for 37 years, accumulating 37,000 miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Georgia. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Smith, 45, has had amblyopia in his right since birth. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/400, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “Mr. Venton has sufficient vision to continue operating a vehicle with caution. Please note that I am not a vehicle examiner and my opinion alone cannot determine Mr. Venton's ability to operate a commercial vehicle. The purpose of this letter is to summarize testing required by the DOT.” Mr. Smith reported that he has driven straight trucks for 3 years, accumulating 195,000 miles. He holds a Class A CDL from California. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Smith, 58, has central corneal opacity in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in 1985. The visual acuity in his right eye is counting fingers, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “Given that he has a long-standing medical condition that he is fully adapted to with the left eye being fully functional, in my medical opinion he has sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Smith reported that he has driven tractor-trailer combinations for 36 years, accumulating 7.87 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Texas. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Stake, 43, has had eccentric fixation in his left eye due to retrobulbar optic nerve damage since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/25, and in his left eye, 20/80. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “I feel that he will safely pass and use a commercial driver's license, despite retrobulbar optic nerve damage form accident at age 5.” Mr. Stake reported that he has driven straight trucks for 6 years, accumulating 300,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 16 years, accumulating 1.6 million miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Ohio. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Stork, 57, has had a prosthetic in his right eye due to a traumatic incident in 1984. The visual acuity in his right eye is no light perception, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his ophthalmologist stated, “Upon visual field findings included and full eye exam, I find the patient can perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Stork reported that he has driven straight trucks for 14 years, accumulating 840,000 miles, and tractor-trailer combinations for 10 years, accumulating 540,000 miles. He holds a Class AM CDL from Illinois. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Tann, 35, has had amblyopia in his left eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/100. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “Mr. Tann's vision in his left eye has been weak since childhood, this is nothing new and is stable. Mr. Tann should have no problems operating a commercial vehicles.” Mr. Tann reported that he has driven tractor-trailer combinations for 6 years, accumulating 90,000 miles. He holds a Class A CDL from North Carolina. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Trager, 35, has choroidal melanoma in his right eye since 2012. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/400, and in his left eye, 20/20. Following an examination in 2016, his ophthalmologist stated, “I believe he should have sufficient vision to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Trager reported that he has driven straight trucks for 9 years, accumulating 32,400 miles. He holds a Class A CDL from Ohio. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and no convictions for moving violations in a CMV.
Mr. Wagner, 62, has had amblyopia in his left eye since childhood. The visual acuity in his right eye is 20/20, and in his left eye, 20/200. Following an examination in 2016, his optometrist stated, “It is my opinion that Mr. Wagner has sufficient visual ability at present to perform the driving tasks required to operate a commercial vehicle.” Mr. Wagner reported that he has driven straight trucks for 38 years, accumulating 988,000 miles. He holds an operator's license from Illinois. His driving record for the last 3 years shows no crashes and 1 conviction for a
FMCSA encourages you to participate by submitting comments and related materials.
If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this notice, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation. You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. FMCSA recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so the Agency can contact you if it has questions regarding your submission.
To submit your comment online, go to
FMCSA will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. FMCSA may issue a final determination at any time after the close of the comment period.
To view comments, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, DOT.
Notice of final disposition; grant of application for exemption; correction.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration published its decision in the
Effective on November 29, 2016.
Mr. Tom Yager, Chief, FMCSA Driver and Carrier Operations Division; Office of Carrier, Driver and Vehicle Safety Standards; Telephone: 614-942-6477. Email:
In the
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FMCSA announces its plan to submit the Information Collection Request (ICR) described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. The FMCSA requests approval to extend an existing ICR titled, “Transportation of Hazardous Materials, Highway Routing.” The information reported by States and Indian tribes is necessary to identify designated/restricted routes and restrictions or limitations affecting how motor carriers may transport certain hazardous materials on their highways, including dates that such routes were established and information on subsequent changes or new hazardous materials routing designations. FMCSA received no comments in response to the 60-day
Please send your comments by December 29, 2016. OMB must receive your comments by this date in order to act on the ICR.
All comments should reference Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket Number FMCSA-2016-0196. Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the attention of the Desk Officer, Department of Transportation/Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and sent via
Vincent Babich, Office of Enforcement and Compliance, Hazardous Materials Division, Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 6th Floor, West Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Telephone: 202-366-4871; Email Address:
In 49 CFR 397.73, the FMCSA requires that each State and Indian tribe, through its routing agency, provide information identifying new, or changes to existing, hazardous materials routing designations within its jurisdiction within 60 days after their establishment (or 60 days of the change). That information is collected and consolidated by FMCSA and published annually, in whole or as updates, in the
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FMCSA announces its plan to submit the Information Collection Request (ICR) described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for its review and approval and invites public comment. This new collection of information is for the National Consumer Complaint Database (NCCDB), which is an online interface allowing consumers, drivers and others to file complaints against unsafe and unscrupulous companies and/or their employees, including shippers, receivers and transportation intermediaries, depending on the type of complaint. These complaints cover a wide range of activities, including but not limited to driver harassment, coercion, movement of household goods, financial responsibility instruments for brokers and freight forwarders, and Americans with Disability Act (ADA) complaints.
We must receive your comments on or before January 30, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket Number FMCSA-2016-0407 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Mr. James Dubose, Department of
The FMCSA maintains online information and resources to assist drivers, others in the motor carrier industry and members of the general public in filing safety complaints regarding household goods (HHG) carriers, hazardous material (HM) carriers, property carriers, cargo tank facilities, and passenger carriers. There is also information pertaining to the filing of consumer complaints, particularly regarding HHG transportation and ADA compliance.
The NCCDB grew out of a telephone hotline known as the Safety Violation Hotline Service. Congress mandated this hotline in Section 4017 of the “Transportation Equity Act of the 21st Century,” Public Law 105-178, 112 Stat. 107, June 9, 1998. The Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act of 1999, Public Law 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748, December 9, 1999, created the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and section 213 of the Act expanded the Safety Violation Hotline Service to include a 24-hour operation. On August 10, 2005, Congress enacted the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, and Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, (SAFETEA-LU), Public Law 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144. Section 4214 of SAFETEA-LU requires DOT to create a system to record and log aggregate complaint information regarding violations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.
The NCCDB fulfills the requirements of these mandates. Complaints will be accepted through the NCCDB in connection with other statutory mandates, including, but not limited to, protection of drivers against harassment and coercion under sections 32301(b) and 32911, respectively, of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, Public Law 112-141, 126 Stat. 405. The NCCDB will also accept complaints from interested parties regarding third party intermediaries (brokers and freight forwarders) and their associated financial responsibility instruments.
There is no complaint history for the recently added coercion and harassment complaint categories, or for complaints regarding financial responsibility instruments for brokers and/or freight forwarders. This data will be collected and included in future renewals for the NCCDB.
Office of the Secretary, U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of intent to designate proving grounds.
It is the policy of the U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT” or the “Department”) to foster the safe deployment of advanced automated vehicle technologies to achieve national goals while understanding the long-term societal and ethical impacts that these technological advancements may impose. To further this understanding, the DOT is requesting proposals from applicants to form an initial network of multiple proving grounds, focused on the advancement of automated vehicle technology. These entities will be designated as a Community of Practice to develop and share best practices around the safe testing, demonstration and deployment of automated vehicle technology.
Proposals must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. EST on December 19, 2016.
Final proposals must not exceed 15 pages in length, and must be submitted electronically to:
For further information concerning this notice, please send inquiries to
The Department is requesting applications to be designated as USDOT Automated Vehicle Proving Grounds. Please read this notice in its entirety so that you have all the information to determine whether you would like to submit a proposal.
Benefits of Designation as a USDOT Automated Vehicle Proving Ground: Automated and connected vehicle technologies are advancing, but the pace of innovation can accelerate through the safe testing and deployment of vehicles on closed tracks, on campuses and on limited roads. For this purpose, the DOT is seeking applications from eligible entities that would like to be designated USDOT Automated Vehicle Proving Grounds. The Department anticipates that the designation will encourage new levels of public safety while contributing to a strong innovative foundation able to transform personal and commercial
The Secretary of Transportation will make all designations under this notice. A designation as a USDOT Automated Vehicle Proving Ground is not an award of Federal financial assistance.
The following entities are eligible for designation as a USDOT Automated Vehicle Proving Ground. Individuals are not eligible for designation under this notice. Facilities will not be limited to a predetermined size, number or variety of domains/capabilities. The Department actively encourages the inclusion of minority institutions//businesses (
(1) Test tracks or testing facilities
(2) Race tracks
(3) Cities/urban cores
(4) Highway corridors
(5) Campuses (corporate or academic)
The Secretary of Transportation will make all designations. Selections will be based on meeting the mandatory criteria and the level of ability of the applicant to meet one or more of the other criteria identified below:
• A Designated Safety Officer responsible for the entity's safety management plan and who will participate in the Community of Practice's regular quarterly meeting of Safety Officers.
• Commitment to sharing the entity's approaches to safety and safety data generated through testing and operation.
• The extent to which the applicant meets the above eligibility and administers an established automated vehicle program, either independently or through a partnership.
• The capability of the applicant to provide leadership in making national and regional contributions to the solution of both long-range and immediate mobility challenges through the testing and deployment of automated vehicle technology.
• The applicant's proposed contributions to the Community of Practice. Examples include established safety management plans, access to testing data, engagement with stakeholders or ability to generate results that have broad applicability.
• As part of participation in the Community of Practice, Designated Proving Grounds applicant's ability and willingness to maintain a working relationship with the Department's relevant research program offices. The application should describe this proposed relationship, including aspects such as potential participation in conferences, meetings, joint research efforts, and submission of significant activity reports to the DOT on a routine basis.
• The demonstrated capability to control risks through the implementation of robust safety precautions through a published safety management plan in all proving ground testing and operations.
• Applicant demonstrates that specific safety considerations have been met over the course of operation, including safety of proving ground personnel, safety protocols when making use of public roads, and attention to safe design, deployment, and operation of automated devices.
• The extent to which the State or locality in which the applicant is located can provide applicable solutions for the broader region and surrounding corridor for improved mobility through the advancement of automated vehicle technology.
• The demonstrated research and extension resources available to the applicant for carrying out activities and programs as they relate to automated vehicle advancements.
• The degree to which the applicant can disseminate results of automated vehicle research through a statewide or region-wide education program to support the national deployment of automated vehicle technology.
• A commitment to open data and sharing performance metrics and results of objective tests.
• In facilitating automated vehicle testing, applicants demonstrate commitment through one or more of the following:
(1) Capital improvements to the proving grounds to advance automated vehicles;
(2) Authorization for the proving grounds, either through State legislation or regulation, to address regulatory challenges associated with higher levels of automation;
(3) Testing or deployment underway to determine automated vehicle technology feasibility.
(1) Designated facility is open for testing, or the ability of the applicant to demonstrate that the facility will be open for testing, by January 1, 2018.
(2) The facility supports testing by multiple users, or the data generated by the proving ground is shared openly to the public.
(3) Designated facility provides a Designated Point of Contact.
(4) If making use of public roads, the applicant demonstrates that it has engaged with any affected communities and can show that it is actively working with those communities to address any concerns.
• The degree to which the application addresses how the automated vehicle testing facility will adhere to all state and local laws and federal regulations.
• If making use of public roads, the applicant demonstrates adherence to those primary subject areas outlined in the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's (NHTSA) policy for automated vehicles (
DOT will review all applications received by the deadline. The designation review and selection process consists of two phases: Eligibility & Technical Review and Senior Review. In the Eligibility & Technical Review phase, DOT staff will (1) ensure that the applicant is eligible (see Eligibility Information section) and (2) assess the applicant's ability to meet the mandatory criteria and one or more of the other Selection Criteria enumerated above. In the Senior Review phase, which includes senior leadership from DOT, specific applications may be advanced to the Secretary for selection. In making recommendations, the Senior Review team may seek to ensure an equitable geographic distribution and the inclusion of minority institutions/businesses (
The Secretary will announce designations by posting a list of USDOT Automated Vehicle Proving Grounds at
For further information concerning this notice, please contact the Department via email at
All information submitted as part of or in support of any application shall use publicly available data or data that can be made public and methodologies that are accepted by industry practice and standards, to the extent possible. If the application includes information you consider to be a trade secret or confidential commercial or financial information, the applicant should do the following: (1) Note on the front cover that the submission “Contains Confidential Business Information (CBI)”; (2) mark each affected page “CBI”; and (3) highlight or otherwise denote the CBI portions. DOT protects such information from disclosure to the extent allowed under applicable law. In the event DOT receives a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request for the information, DOT will follow the procedures described in its FOIA regulations at 49 CFR 7.17. Only information that is ultimately determined to be confidential under that procedure will be exempt from disclosure under FOIA.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice.
Publication of the tier 2 tax rates for calendar year 2017 as required by section 3241(d) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 3241). Tier 2 taxes on railroad employees, employers, and employee representatives are one source of funding for benefits under the Railroad Retirement Act.
The tier 2 tax rates for calendar year 2017 apply to compensation paid in calendar year 2017.
Kathleen Edmondson, CC:TEGE:EOEG:ET1, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, Telephone Number (202) 317-6798 (not a toll-free number).
Departmental Offices, U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Notice of Open Meeting.
This notice announces that the Department of the Treasury's Advisory Committee on Risk-Sharing Mechanisms (“Committee”) will convene a meeting on Thursday, December 15, 2016, in Room 4121, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220, from 1:30-4:30 p.m. Eastern Time. The meeting is open to the public, and the site is accessible to individuals with disabilities.
The meeting will be held on Thursday, December 15, 2016, from 1:30-4:30 p.m. Eastern Time.
The Advisory Committee on Risk-Sharing Mechanisms meeting will be held in Room 4121, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220. The meeting will be open to the public, and will be held in a secured facility. Members of the public who plan to attend the meeting must either:
1. Register online. Attendees may visit
Online registration will close at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on Thursday, December 8, 2016.
2. Contact the Federal Insurance Office (FIO), at (202) 622-3220, by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on Thursday, December 8, 2016, and provide registration information.
Requests for reasonable accommodations under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act should be directed to Mariam G. Harvey, Office of Civil Rights and Diversity, Department of the Treasury at (202) 622-0316, or
Lindsey Baldwin, Senior Policy Analyst, FIO, Room 1410, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220, at (202) 622-3220 (this is not a toll-free number). Persons who have difficulty hearing or speaking may access this number via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339.
Notice of this meeting is provided in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. II 10(a)(2), through implementing regulations at 41 CFR 102-3.150.
• Send electronic comments to
• Send paper statements in triplicate to the Advisory Committee on Risk-Sharing Mechanisms, Room 1410, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220.
In general, the Department of the Treasury will post all statements on its Web site
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection requests to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, on or after the date of publication of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before December 29, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimates, or any other aspect of the information collections, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submissions may be obtained by emailing
Form SS-8PR is the Spanish version for use in Puerto Rico of form SS-8 Determination of Worker Status for Purposes of Federal Employment Taxes and Income Tax Withholding. IRS uses this information to make the determination.
Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice of Emergency OMB Extension and Emergency Clearance Requests.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) is providing notice of its agency request for Emergency Extension of OMB Control Numbers 2900-0619 (Inquiry Routing & Information System (IRIS)) and 2900-0111 (Statement of Purchaser or Owner Assuming Seller's Loan (VA Form 26-6382) under Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA). VA has also requested Emergency Clearance of OMB Control Number 2900-0524 (VA Police Officer Pre-Employment Screening Checklist) and 2900-0752 (Universal Stakeholder Participation Questionnaire (uSPEQ®)) under Veterans Health Administration (VHA). Concurrent to this notice, the regular 60 and 30-day
This notification is published in the
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, at 202-461-5870 or email
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Health Administration (VHA), Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2017.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Brian McCarthy at (202) 461-6345.
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506 (c)(2)(A) of the PRA. With respect to the following collection of information, VHA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VHA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VHA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
By direction of the Secretary.
Office of Operations, Security, and Preparedness, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
The Office of Operations, Security, and Preparedness (OSP), Department of Veterans Affairs is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2017.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Please refer to “OMB Control No. 2900-0524 (Police Officer Pre-Employment Screening Checklist)” in any correspondence. During the comment period, comments may be viewed online through FDMS.
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor,
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), Federal agencies must obtain approval from OMB for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, OSP invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of OSP's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of OSP's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
The Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2017.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor,
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-21), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA. With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
By direction of the Secretary:
Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of Education.
Final regulations.
The Secretary amends the regulations implementing programs under title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to implement changes to the ESEA by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) enacted on December 10, 2015. The Secretary also updates the current ESEA general regulations to include requirements for the submission of State plans under ESEA programs, including optional consolidated State plans.
These regulations are effective January 30, 2017.
Meredith Miller, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., room 3C106, Washington, DC 20202-2800.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
In particular, the ESSA significantly modified the accountability requirements of the ESEA. Whereas the ESEA, as amended by the NCLB, required a State educational agency (SEA) to hold schools accountable based solely on results on statewide assessments and one other academic indicator, the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, requires each SEA to have an accountability system that is State-determined and based on multiple indicators, including, but not limited to, at least one indicator of school quality or student success and, at a State's discretion, an indicator of student growth. The ESSA also significantly modified the requirements for differentiating among schools and the basis on which schools must be identified for further comprehensive or targeted support and improvement. Additionally, the ESSA no longer requires a particular sequence of escalating interventions in title I schools that are identified and continue to fail to make adequate yearly progress (AYP). Instead, it gives SEAs and local educational agencies (LEAs) discretion to determine the evidence-based interventions that are appropriate to address the needs of identified schools.
In addition to modifying the ESEA requirements for State accountability systems, the ESSA also modified and expanded upon the ESEA requirements for State and LEA report cards. The ESSA continues to require that report cards be concise, presented in an understandable and uniform format, and, to the extent practicable, in a language that parents can understand, but now also requires that they be developed in consultation with parents and that they be widely accessible to the public. The ESSA also requires that report cards include additional information that was not required to be included on report cards under the ESEA, as amended by the NCLB, such as information regarding per-pupil expenditures of Federal, State, and local funds; the number and percentage of students enrolled in preschool programs; where available, the rate at which high school graduates enroll in postsecondary education programs; information regarding the number and percentage of English learners achieving English language proficiency (ELP), and certain data collected through the Civil Rights Data Collection (CRDC). In addition, the ESSA requires that report cards include certain information for subgroups of students for which information was not previously required to be reported, including homeless students, students in foster care, and students with a parent who is a member of the Armed Forces.
Further, the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, authorizes an SEA to submit, if it so chooses, a consolidated State plan or consolidated State application for covered programs, and authorizes the Secretary to establish, for each covered program, the descriptions, information, assurances, and other material required to be included in a consolidated State plan or consolidated State application.
On May 31, 2016, the Secretary published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) for the title I, part A program and general ESEA regulations in the
• Section 200.12 has been revised to clarify that if an authorized public chartering agency, consistent with State charter school law, acts to decline to renew or to revoke a charter for a particular charter school, the decision of the agency to do so supersedes any notification from the State that the school must implement a comprehensive or targeted support and improvement plan under §§ 200.21 or 200.22.
• The Department made a number of changes to § 200.13, which describes a State's long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for achievement, graduation rates, and progress toward ELP for English learners:
• In § 200.14, which describes the requirements related to the five indicators—Academic Achievement, Academic Progress, Graduation Rate, Progress in Achieving English Language Proficiency, and School Quality or Student Success—within the statewide accountability system, the final regulations include the following significant changes:
• Section 200.15, which describes the requirements related to participation in statewide assessments and the annual measurement of achievement, is revised as follows:
• In § 200.16, which describes the requirements related to inclusion of subgroups of students, the final regulations include the following significant changes:
• Section 200.17 is revised to clarify that if a State proposes to use an n-size above 30 students, the justification it provides in its State plan must include data on the number and percentage of schools that will not be held accountable for the performance of each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a) compared to such data if the State had selected an n-size of 30.
• Within section 200.18, the Department made the following substantial revisions from the NPRM, primarily to better align requirements for differentiation in § 200.18 with requirements for identification of schools in § 200.19:
• The Department made several changes to § 200.19, primarily for clarification or to align requirements with other sections of the regulations:
• The Department made revisions to § 200.20 for clarity, including:
• Within sections §§ 200.21 and 200.22, Comprehensive Support and Improvement and Targeted Support and Improvement, the Department made the following substantial revisions from the NPRM, primarily to strengthen and clarify the requirements for school improvement:
• The Department has revised § 200.23 as follows:
• The Department has made the following significant changes to § 200.24, which describes requirements for school improvement funding under section 1003 of the ESEA:
• The Department revised § 200.30 for clarity, including as follows:
• The Department revised § 200.31 for clarity, including as follows:
• The Department revised § 200.34, which provides the requirements on how to calculate the adjusted cohort graduation rate, including the following significant changes:
• The Department has revised § 200.35 for clarity, including:
• The Department made a number of changes to § 299.13, which provides an overview of the State plan requirements.
• The Department made the following changes in § 299.14, which describes the framework and the requirements when submitting a consolidated State plan:
• The Department made the following changes in § 299.15, which describes the requirements related to consultation on the consolidated State plan:
• The Department made a number of changes to § 299.16, which describes the requirements related to challenging academic assessments, including:
• The Department has revised some provisions in § 299.17 for clarification and alignment with revisions to other provisions in the final regulations as follows:
• The Department made a number of changes in § 299.18, which provides the requirements related to supporting excellent educators as follows:
• The Department made a number of changes in § 299.19, which provides the requirements for an SEA to describe how it will ensure a well-rounded and supportive education for all students, including the following:
Please refer to the
We discuss substantive issues under the sections of the proposed regulations to which they pertain, with the exception of a number of cross-cutting issues, which are discussed together under the heading “Cross-Cutting Issues.” Generally, we do not address technical and other minor changes, or suggested changes the law does not authorize us to make under the applicable statutory authority. In addition, we do not address general comments that raised concerns not directly related to the proposed regulations or that were otherwise outside the scope of the regulations, including comments that raised concerns pertaining to particular sets of academic standards or the Department's authority to require a State to adopt a particular set of academic standards, as well as comments pertaining to the Department's regulations on statewide assessments.
During the consultation session held on June 27, 2016, which was held during the public comment period, the attendees discussed a range of topics
A number of participants at the June 27, 2016 consultation session provided input pertaining to these regulations. For example, a number of participants expressed concerns about the consultation, or lack of consultation, conducted by States and districts with local tribes. Participants wished to be more involved in the development of State and local policies that affect Native students. A few participants expressed specific concerns that the proposed regulation regarding the minimum number of students that must be in a subgroup for that subgroup to be included in accountability determinations would not ensure that Native students were included in accountability determinations to the maximum extent possible.
The Department considered the input provided during the first three consultation sessions in developing the proposed requirements. We considered input from the June 27, 2016 tribal consultation session on the topics that are within the scope of these regulations, as part of public comments received on the NPRM. We respond to the comments from that session that are within the scope of these regulations under the sections of the proposed regulations to which they pertain.
The provisions of these regulations are wholly consistent with the Department's rulemaking authority. In particular, section 1001 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, establishes the purpose of title I of the statute, which is “to provide all children significant opportunity to receive a fair, equitable, and high-quality education, and to close educational achievement gaps.” In furtherance of that goal, section 1111(a) requires any State that desires to receive a grant under title I, part A to file with the Secretary a plan that meets certain specified requirements, which may be submitted as part of a consolidated plan under section 8302 of the ESEA. Section 1111(c)(1) of the ESEA requires each State plan to describe a statewide accountability system that complies with the requirements of subsections 1111(c) and 1111(d). In addition, section 1111(h)(1) of the ESEA requires a State that receives assistance under title I, part A to prepare and disseminate widely to the public an annual State report card for the State as a whole that meets the requirements of that paragraph, and section 1111(h)(2) requires an LEA that receives assistance under title I, part A to prepare and disseminate an annual LEA report card that includes certain specified information on the agency as a whole and each school served by the agency.
The Department has determined that each of these regulations is necessary to provide clarity with respect to provisions of the law that are vague or ambiguous, or to reasonably ensure that States and LEAs implement key requirements in title I of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA—particularly the requirements regarding accountability systems, State and LEA report cards, and consolidated State plans—consistent with the statute and with the statutory purpose of the law.
In developing these regulations, we carefully considered each of the statutory restrictions on the Department's authority, including the restrictions in section 1111(e)(1)(A) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, as well as the more specific restrictions on the Department's authority to regulate particular aspects of statewide accountability systems in section 1111(e)(1)(B). We were also mindful of the fact that one of the goals of the reauthorization of the ESEA through the ESSA was to provide greater discretion and flexibility to States and LEAs than had been provided to them under the ESEA, as amended by NCLB, and have taken steps to ensure that States and LEAs have significant discretion and flexibility with respect to how they implement these regulations.
However, we disagree with the contention that any regulation that is not explicitly authorized by the statute and places any limitation on a State's or LEA's discretion either violates the specific statutory restrictions or is otherwise inconsistent with the statute. A regulation would be inconsistent with the statute if it were directly contrary to the statutory requirements, or if it would be impossible for a State or LEA to comply with both the statutory and regulatory requirements. Regulatory requirements that provide greater specificity regarding how a State must implement certain requirements are not inconsistent with the statute or the Department's rulemaking authority in any way.
We similarly disagree with the contention that any of the regulations governing statewide accountability systems add new requirements that are outside the scope of title I, part A of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. All of the regulatory requirements governing statewide accountability systems fall squarely within the scope of title I, part A, as those requirements implement the statutory requirements in sections
Moreover, given that the Secretary has general rulemaking authority, it is not necessary for the statute to specifically authorize the Secretary to issue a particular regulatory provision. Rather, the Secretary may issue any regulation governing title I that is consistent with the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, that enables the Secretary to “carry out functions otherwise vested in the Secretary by law or by delegation of authority pursuant to law,” and, with respect to regulations under title I of the ESEA, that the Secretary deems “necessary to reasonably ensure that there is compliance with” that title.
In promulgating these regulations, the Secretary has exercised his authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and under sections 1601(a) and 8302(a) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, to issue regulations that are necessary to reasonably ensure that States, LEAs, and schools comply with the requirements for statewide accountability systems, consolidated State plans, and State and LEA report cards, and that they do so in a manner that advances the statutory goals.
Finally, it is not necessary for the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, to specifically authorize the Secretary to clarify that the statewide accountability system must be a single statewide accountability system, as this regulatory requirement is being promulgated pursuant to the Secretary's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and is fully consistent with section 1111(e) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA (see discussion of the Department's general rulemaking authority under the heading
Another commenter expressed concern that under the ESEA, as amended by NCLB, State charter school laws emphasized the use of high-stakes testing to assess school performance; this commenter requested that the final regulations support accountability for charter schools based on the same multi-measure systems required by the ESEA, as reauthorized by the ESSA, for traditional public schools.
A few commenters called for increased regulation and accountability for charter schools.
Other commenters recommended that the Department give States flexibility to use different measures in setting long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for academic achievement,
Commenters also suggested that the grade-level proficiency requirement be retained, but revised to reflect that:
• grade-level proficiency must be aligned with minimum State requirements to enroll in college or enter a career; and
• achieving proficiency is the minimum goal for academic achievement, and so the phrase “at a minimum” should be added before every instance of “grade-level proficiency.”
In response to commenters who asserted that the proposed requirement violates the provision in section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(I)(bb) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, we note that the requirement in § 200.13(a)(1) for States to set goals for academic achievement based on grade-level proficiency is consistent with section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(I)(bb) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, because it does not prescribe the numeric long-term goals that a State establishes for academic achievement, or the progress that is expected for each subgroup toward those goals. Further, the Department has determined that the requirement in § 200.13(a)(1)is necessary to clarify that the reference to academic achievement as “measured by proficiency” in section 1111(c)(4)(B)(i)(I) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, means academic achievement as measured by the percentage of students attaining
We recognize that States may find value in accounting for students who are not yet proficient or performing above grade-level or measuring how students are performing against other measures of performance, such as student growth. We note that States can set goals for measures other than grade-level proficiency for their own purposes, if they so choose, and we further discuss in response to comments in § 200.14 how progress and performance of students who are below or above the proficient level may be included in the Academic Achievement indicator or other indicators in the accountability system and how student growth is included in the Academic Progress indicator.
However, multiple other commenters opposed this requirement, variously stating that students progress at different rates; that no subgroup should be expected to progress at a greater rate than any other student subgroup; that the requirement is too prescriptive in view of Congressional intent to allow States flexibility in establishing goals; and that it ignores section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(I)(bb) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, which states that nothing in the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, authorizes the Department to prescribe the progress expected from any subgroup of students in meeting long-term goals.
Given that the requirement thus falls squarely within the Secretary's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA (see discussion of the Department's rulemaking authority under the heading
We believe it is appropriate for a State to retain the flexibility to adopt a uniform procedure for establishing its own maximum timeline, with applicable timelines within that maximum for each category of English learners to attain proficiency, based on selected student characteristics it chooses from the list in § 200.13(c) and research, for purposes of its long-term goals. Thus, we are revising the final regulations to require that a State set an overall maximum timeline for English learners to achieve ELP on the basis of research and describe its procedure and rationale in its State plan, in § 200.13(c)(2)-(3).
Additionally, based on the comments received in response to the directed question, we believe greater clarity is needed to explain how the State-determined maximum timeline interacts with the student-level characteristics of English learners included in § 200.13 that are used to set timelines and student-level progress targets. More specifically, the proposed regulations were not sufficiently clear that a State must create and use a consistent method for evaluating selected student-level characteristics, including the student's level of ELP at the time of a student's identification as an English learner, and, based on those characteristics, determine the appropriate timeline for the student to attain ELP within the State's overall maximum timeline. The applicable timeline for a particular category of English learners is then broken down to create targets for progress on the annual ELP assessment for that category of English learners. In this way, the State's uniform procedure is used to create student-level targets for English learners who share particular characteristics. We are revising § 200.13(c) to provide greater clarity on this process for setting timelines and student-level targets. Further, we note that both the proposed and final regulations make clear that an English learner must not be exited from English learner services or status until attaining English language proficiency, without regard to such timeline.
Further, we are revising § 200.13(c) to make a clearer distinction between the State-determined maximum timeline that informs the student-level targets (the topic on which we asked a directed question in the NPRM) and the overall timeframe for which the State establishes long-term goals. Thus, the final regulations specify that the State-level long-term goals and measurements of interim progress are based on increases in the percentage of all English learners in the State who make annual progress toward ELP (
In addition, a number of commenters recommended including additional student-level characteristics, including disability status, the type of language instruction educational program an English learner receives, and other State-proposed characteristics that could have an impact on a student's progress in achieving ELP.
Similarly, we appreciate that students enrolled in certain types of language instructional programs, including dual language programs, may take longer to attain ELP, and it was not our intent to discourage LEAs or schools from adopting such methods. However, we believe that the current list of characteristics in § 200.13 that may be considered already includes significant flexibility for States to design appropriate and achievable goals and measurements of interim progress for English learners. We believe that encouraging implementation of high-quality programs that support English learners toward acquisition of ELP is better addressed in non-regulatory guidance.
Moreover, we do not agree that the requirements in § 200.13(c) would require States to establish attainment goals similar to AMAO-2 under the ESEA, as amended by the NCLB. Rather, States will set goals and measurements of interim progress based on the percentage of students attaining their student-level progress targets each year, as clarified in revised § 200.13(c)(1)-(2). There is no requirement for States to set a goal regarding the number or percentage of English learners achieving English language proficiency.
With respect to the comment that proposed § 200.13(c) was contrary to statutory intent in this area, and that any additional requirements regarding long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for English learners should be left to State discretion, as previously described in the discussion of
• Set academic achievement goals for reading/language arts and mathematics separately;
• establish goals for student subgroups as well as for all students; and
• use the same multi-year timeline to set long-term goals for all student subgroups.
With regard to the comment about instruction through a Native American language, nothing in § 200.13 addresses the language of instruction, and thus no change is needed.
We share the commenters' concerns that a focus exclusively on percent proficient could create an incentive for schools to focus too narrowly on students who are just above, or just below, the threshold for attaining proficiency and that additional ways of measuring proficiency could improve the statistical validity and reliability of a State's accountability system. For these reasons, we are revising § 200.14(b)(1)(ii) to clarify that the scores of students at other levels of achievement may be incorporated into the Academic Achievement indicator. Under the revisions to § 200.14(b)(1)(ii), a State that chooses to recognize schools for the performance of students that are below the proficient level and, at its discretion, for the performance of students that are above the proficient level within the Academic Achievement indicator must do so in a way such that (1) a school receives less credit for the score of a student that is not yet proficient than for the score of a student that has reached or exceeded proficiency, and (2) the credit a school receives for the score of an advanced student does not fully mask or compensate for the performance of a student who is not yet proficient. For example, a State may award each school 0.5 points in the achievement index for every student that scores at a level below the proficient level on the State's assessment, 1.0 points for every student that achieves a score at the proficient level, and 1.25 points for every student that scores at levels above the proficient level, but may not award 1.5 points for each of these more advanced students (as such an approach would fully compensate for the performance of a student who is not yet proficient). These safeguards allow for the scores of students at other levels of achievement
Because the calculation of an average scale score treats scores above the proficient level the same as scores below the proficient level, however, the use of such scores in the Academic Achievement indicator could result in an average scale score for the school above the proficient level even if a majority of the students in the school are not yet proficient. Such an outcome on the Academic Achievement indicator would not be consistent with the statutory requirement to measure students' proficiency on the State assessments, and is thus excluded from the list of additional measures that a State may incorporate in its Academic Achievement indicator under new § 200.14(b)(1)(ii).
We also note that the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, offers ample flexibility for States to account for student progress and achievement at all levels in their statewide accountability systems, particularly by using measures of student growth in the Academic Progress indicator (for elementary and middle schools) or Academic Achievement indicator (for high schools), or in, for example, measures related to students taking and succeeding in accelerated coursework or the percentage of students scoring at advanced levels on statewide assessments as a School Quality or Student Success indicator. We strongly encourage States to consider these other ways to help recognize the work schools are doing to help low-performing students reach grade-level standards and high-performing students in maintaining excellence and support schools in increasing access to advanced pathways for all students, while maintaining the focus of the Academic Achievement indicator on grade-level proficiency based on the State assessments.
While we recognize other commenters' concerns regarding a focus on grade-level proficiency on State assessments in the Academic Achievement indicator, we disagree that its inclusion is unwarranted. First, section 1111(c)(4) of the ESEA requires the accountability system to be based on the State's challenging academic standards, which includes challenging academic achievement standards for each grade level and subject that must be assessed and included in the accountability system. Second, section 1111(c)(4)(B)(i) specifies that the Academic Achievement indicator must be measured by proficiency on the annual assessments required by section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I), which must assess student performance against the challenging academic achievement standards for the grade in which a student is enrolled, and in the case of students with the most significant cognitive disabilities, may assess performance against alternate academic achievement standards that are aligned with the State's academic content standards for the grade in which a student is enrolled. In addition, section 1111(c)(4)(C) of the ESEA requires that the Academic Achievement indicator receive “substantial” weight in the accountability system, a distinction not afforded to the indicators of School Quality or Student Success, thus demonstrating intent that the Academic Achievement indicator based on State assessments receive greater emphasis in statewide accountability systems.
Finally, there are significant opportunities for States to design multi-measure accountability systems under the law and the final regulations that emphasize student performance and growth at all levels, not just proficient and above, as well as non-test-based measures that examine whether the school is providing a high-quality and well-rounded education. For example, we encourage States to consider using measures of student growth on their annual assessments, as these measures can identify schools where students that are not yet proficient but are making significant gains over time and closing achievement gaps. States may also consider adding measures related to students taking and succeeding in accelerated coursework as a School Quality or Student Success indicator to recognize the work schools are doing with high-performing students and encourage schools to increase access to and participation in advanced pathways for all students.
In addition, as noted earlier in these regulations, it is not necessary for the statute to specifically authorize the Secretary to issue a particular regulatory provision, given the Secretary's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and that these regulations fall squarely within the scope of section 1111(c) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, consistent with section 1111(e) (see discussion of the Department's general rulemaking authority under the heading
Some commenters generally recommended that States be given broad flexibility in developing and implementing indicators of School Quality or Student Success within their new statewide accountability systems.
Other commenters suggested the Department provide additional examples of measures and indicators of School Quality or Student Success within the regulatory requirements but not require States to use specific indicators. For example, these commenters suggested that the Department highlight health-based measures, specific measures of school climate and school discipline, and measures of participation in advanced or gifted programs.
Other commenters expressed interest in examples, which could be made available either in regulation or non-regulatory guidance, of valid and reliable indicators that could measure School Quality or Student Success and support equity and excellence, as well as tools that may be used to measure performance on these indicators (
Other commenters supported the proposed requirement because it ensures that measures within each indicator are likely to close educational achievement gaps, consistent with the purpose of title I of the ESEA. Of those commenters that supported the requirement, one recommended adding that the indicators should not only be linked to student achievement, but would also be appropriate for accountability purposes. Some commenters supported the requirement but recommended modifying the regulations to allow States to demonstrate that proposed measures used in indicators of School Quality or Student Success are supported by research that performance or progress on such measures is likely to increase at least one of a variety of outcomes beyond student achievement and graduation rates, including student educational outcomes, college completion, postsecondary or career success, employment or workforce outcomes, civic engagement, military readiness, student access to and participation in well-rounded education subject areas, or student learning and development. Finally, one commenter suggested that States be required to demonstrate that the indicator they select to use in middle school is linked to student achievement or graduation rates because waiting until high school to focus on indicators that are linked to graduation is too late.
Further, these requirements do not contravene the provisions in sections 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(IV)-(V) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, because they do not prescribe either the weight of any measure or indicator or the specific methodology that States must use to meaningfully differentiate and identify schools.
However, we recognize that many measures may be supported by research demonstrating a positive impact on a broader array of student outcomes that are related to college and career readiness and are revising § 200.14(d) accordingly.
One commenter offered specific guidance for the Department and States to consider in identifying or selecting research-based, non-academic, or non-cognitive School Quality or Student Success indicators.
Other commenters expressed support for proposed § 200.15(b)(1) and encouraged the Department to clarify in the final regulations how it must be implemented, including that students who opt out of State assessments must be part of the denominator for the Academic Achievement indicator calculation and that the only students who may be excluded from the denominator are those who were enrolled in a school for less than half of the academic year, as provided under proposed § 200.20(b).
The proposed regulations provide a menu of options for States to use to help ensure that all schools meet the statutory 95 percent participation rate requirement. We believe these options will help protect the integrity of a State's accountability system; ensure that participation rate is included in a State's accountability system in a meaningful, transparent manner; and ensure that parents and teachers get the information they need to support students. For these reasons, the final regulations retain a menu of actions from which States may select for schools that do not test at least 95 percent of their students in reading/language arts and mathematics.
Further, the provisions of § 200.15 are consistent with, and within the scope of, the provisions of title I, part A of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, as well as with the Department's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and Section 1601(a) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA (previously described in the discussion on Cross-Cutting Issues), because they are necessary to reasonably ensure that States factor participation rate into statewide accountability systems, as required in section 1111(c)(4)(E) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and comply with the statutory requirement in section 1111(1)(b)(2)(B)(i) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, that a State assess all public elementary and secondary school students in the State. As such, they also do not violate section 1111(e).
Finally, the proposed participation rate improvement plans are intended to support effective State and local implementation of the statutory 95 percent participation rate requirement through a collaborative, locally determined improvement process designed to minimize the need for more heavy-handed compliance actions by State or Federal authorities. Consequently, we believe the improvement plan requirements in the final regulations also are fully appropriate and consistent with the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA.
While we agree that States should have flexibility to determine the action taken in the school based on the scope or extent to which a school fails to meet the participation rate requirement, we disagree that States should be permitted to take less rigorous actions based on the reason for a school failing to meet the 95 percent participation rate requirement. Ensuring that all schools meet this requirement is essential for the integrity of the statewide accountability systems required by the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and permitting interventions that are not sufficiently rigorous risks sending the message that it is acceptable to miss the 95 percent participation rate requirement in some circumstances—an outcome that would not be consistent the requirements of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA.
Some commenters highlighted that a combined subgroup can be important as an additional subgroup, as it may allow a State to include students in the statewide accountability system that would not otherwise be included. One commenter provided a State-level example to highlight how many more students are identified in a State accountability system when a combined subgroup is used in addition to individual subgroups.
A few commenters supported the use of combined subgroups for accountability and believe a State should be able to use them in place of each of the required subgroups. Other commenters suggested that holding schools accountable for individual subgroups of students could raise questions regarding the validity and reliability of statewide accountability systems. Some commenters suggested that combined subgroups should be permitted for accountability, but that individual subgroups should be maintained for reporting.
These regulations do not create an additional subgroup for accountability or for reporting purposes on the performance of students with disabilities who receive services under Section 504 or title II of the ADA who are also English learners. Additionally, we note that under section 3121(a)(2) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, an LEA must provide disaggregated data when reporting the number and percentage of English learners making progress toward ELP for English learners
A few commenters indicated that a State should have the flexibility to include the scores of former children with disabilities for the purpose of calculating the Academic Achievement indicator for up to four years, consistent with the statutory approach for former English learners. One commenter indicated that this approach would recognize that the student population changes over time and allow schools to be rewarded for the progress they have made in supporting former children with disabilities even after they exit from special education services. Another commenter asserted that the proposed flexibility would be important as students are still often receiving specialized supports when they have recently exited from special education services. A few commenters endorsed this approach so that students in the children with disabilities subgroup would be treated the same way as students formerly in the English learner subgroup. Another commenter believed that the flexibility should be more expansive so that a State could include the scores of former children with disabilities for as long as the State determines to be appropriate. The commenter cited the example of a student with a language-based disability who is instructed in a Native American language and may overcome the disability as related to the Native American language, and then encounter the disability again when transferred to a school where the student receives instruction in English.
A number of commenters supported States having the flexibility to include the scores of former children with disabilities in the children with disabilities subgroup for the purpose of calculating the Academic Achievement indicator for up to two years. The commenters contended that this flexibility would provide appropriate incentives to exit students from special education when they no longer require services and receive credit for the progress that schools have made in supporting such students. A few commenters also noted that it would ensure that schools remain accountable for the academic progress of children with disabilities once they exit from special education services. One commenter highlighted that students who transfer from special education back to general education make up about 9.3 percent of students aged 14-21 who exit a State's special education services under IDEA and explained that allowing their scores to be counted in the children with disabilities subgroup for up to two years would allow a State to continue monitoring and better understand special education and general education student performance.
On the other hand, many commenters objected to allowing a State to include the scores of former children with disabilities in the children with disabilities subgroup for purposes of calculating the Academic Achievement indicator. Most of these commenters agreed that the last year a student should count in the subgroup of children with disabilities is the year in which the student exits from receiving special education services. These commenters emphasized the need for accountability systems to accurately reflect students who are currently receiving special education services in the subgroup of children with disabilities. One commenter suggested that this flexibility would confound the baseline data in States, while a few commenters noted that unlike with respect to former English learners, the law does not explicitly provide States with the flexibility to include former children with disabilities in the subgroup of children with disabilities. One commenter asserted that extending flexibility to former children with disabilities would exceed the Department's rulemaking authority because such flexibility is not included in statute. A few other commenters suggested that past reasons for including former children with disabilities in the subgroup of children with disabilities are irrelevant under the ESSA because of changes to the accountability requirements. One commenter indicated that including the achievement of former children with disabilities for purposes of determining the achievement of the subgroup of children with disabilities under the ESSA's accountability structure will result in a system in which former children with disabilities are included for some purposes, but not all—adding confusion to the system and undermining transparency. A few commenters objected to this flexibility, noting that while English learners are expected to gain proficiency and exit English learner status, the goal for children with disabilities is not necessarily to exit special education services. One commenter indicated that there is not sufficient data on how many States, if any, are currently using this option and another suggested it is not the methodology employed within its State.
Finally, one commenter suggested that former children with disabilities who are included in the subgroup of children with disabilities should also be counted in calculations of whether a school's subgroup of children with disabilities exceeds the State's n-size.
We believe the flexibility to count the scores of former children with disabilities in the subgroup of children with disabilities for up to two years after the student exits services for the limited
However, we are not persuaded that either available data or current practices related to including former children with disabilities in the subgroup of children with disabilities justify extending this flexibility beyond two years, whether it be up to four years as is the case for former English learners or for a State-determined period of time as recommended by one commenter.
We do not agree that the fact that Congress specifically provided flexibility to include the scores of former English learners in the subgroup of English learners precludes the Department from offering flexibility to include the scores of former children with disabilities in the subgroup of children with disabilities. Nothing in the statute indicates that, by offering flexibility for one subgroup of students, Congress intended to prohibit similar flexibility for other subgroups of students. Providing this flexibility with respect to former children with disabilities constitutes a reasonable exercise of the Department's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and does not violate section 1111(e) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA (see discussion of the Department's general rulemaking authority under the heading
For all of these reasons, we are revising § 200.16 to retain the flexibility provided in the current regulations for former children with disabilities. We also are revising § 200.16 to require States to count former children with disabilities who are included in the subgroup of children with disabilities for purposes of determining whether a school's subgroup of children with disabilities exceeds the State's n-size for the purposes of calculating any indicator that is based on State assessment data, in accordance with the similar treatment for former English learners.
One commenter disagreed with the proposed regulation, stating that an English learner who has a disability that prevents the student from being assessed in one or more domains of language on the ELP assessment should be excluded from all calculations.
We appreciate the concerns of the commenter who requested that we add examples of particular accommodations and discuss issues of validity and reliability with regard to composite scores that do not include performance in all four domains. While we believe this information is critical to the field, we believe that the recommended clarifications would be best addressed through non-regulatory guidance. Further, we note that specific issues regarding the statewide ELP assessment, including validity, reliability, and accommodations, are outside the scope of these regulations, as they pertain to regulations on State assessments under part A of title I.
The State-determined n-size must meet several requirements in the statute, including to support valid and reliable accountability determinations and data reporting; to protect student privacy; and to support the inclusion of each subgroup of students for purposes of measuring student progress against the State's long-term goals and indicators, annually meaningfully differentiating schools based on those indicators, identifying schools with low-performing and consistently underperforming subgroups, and providing support for improvement in those schools. We agree with commenters that stakeholder engagement is critically important in selecting an n-size that works in the context of each State; in fact, under the statute and §§ 299.13 and 299.15, States are required to conduct meaningful and timely stakeholder engagement to establish their accountability systems, including their n-size. That said, we disagree that additional parameters for a State to consider in setting its n-size are unnecessary or best discussed in non-regulatory guidance only. Setting an n-size that is statistically sound
In support of their suggestion that we lower to 10 the threshold above which a State must provide further justification for its proposed n-size, some commenters cited research, including a 2016 Alliance for Excellent Education
Finally, a few commenters challenged the research basis for the proposal of 30 as the n-size above which a justification is required—but instead of recommending a lower threshold, the commenters either requested that the final regulations provide States greater flexibility in selecting an n-size, or require States to describe how their n-size minimizes error and provides for adequate validity and reliability of school-level reporting and accountability decisions generally.
The Department believes that requiring additional information for an n-size above 30 students is warranted, because, based on basic statistics and research analyses, an n-size that exceeds 30 is less likely to meet the requirements in the statute, particularly those requiring States to adopt school accountability systems that reflect the performance of individual subgroups of students, and thus, requires justification as part of the State plan review and approval process. Validity and reliability are not the only statutory and regulatory requirements for a State in selecting its n-size; these criteria must be balanced with the requirement for an n-size that is small enough to provide for the inclusion of each student subgroup in school-level accountability and reporting. Not only is this critical to maintain educational equity and protect historically underserved populations of students, but it is also a clear purpose of accountability systems under section 1111(c) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, as disaggregation is required when measuring student progress against the State's long-term goals and indicators and notifying schools with a consistently underperforming subgroup of students for targeted support and improvement. Thus, it is equally important for States to justify how their n-size preserves accountability for subgroups as it is for States to demonstrate validity and reliability as a result of their chosen n-size. Research demonstrates how n-sizes larger than 30 require further justification to show that subgroups of students will be included. For example, under NCLB, 79 percent of students with disabilities were included in the accountability systems of States with an n-size of 30, but only 32 percent of students with disabilities were included in States with an n-size of 40.
In addition, while there are many desirable and stable statistical properties that are attributable to an n-size of 30, because that is the sample size at which a distribution approaches normality (an assumption for strong validity for most statistical tests of inference based on the Central Limit Theorem), the subgroups of students that are included for school accountability and reporting purposes are
Accordingly, the Department does not dispute that an n-size lower than 30 students, such as 10 or 20, may also be valid, reliable, and maximally inclusive of subgroups—especially for reporting purposes—which is why we believe further justification in a State selecting such an n-size is unnecessary. In specifying 30 as the threshold, we were not only considering the current state of research, but also current practice; only eight States use an n-size for accountability greater than 30 students,
We also note that § 200.17(a)(2)(iv) would permit States to use a lower n-size, such as 10, for reporting, while using a different n-size for accountability. Further, § 200.20(a) permits a State to average school-level data across grades or over time for particular accountability purposes, including calculating each indicator, so that a State choosing to take advantage of this flexibility may sum the number of students with valid data in a particular subgroup and increase the likelihood that a school meets the minimum n-size (see final § 200.20(a)(1)(A)). For example, the indicators for a school that served a total of ten English learners for each of the last three years will, if an SEA chooses to combine results over three years, be calculated as a combined average of its data from all grades and years; the LEA would have 30 students in this subgroup.
This decision to maintain a threshold of 30, above which a State must justify its proposed n-size, is independent of the different analysis and proposal accompanying the Equity in IDEA proposed regulations, which was based on the context and experience of the IDEA and not the statewide accountability systems required by the ESEA. Finally, as the ESEA provides States with discretion to develop their own challenging academic standards and aligned assessments, ambitious long-term goals and measurements of interim progress, and unique measures and indicators for differentiation of schools, it is not clear that simply setting a lower n-size would support meaningful cross-State comparisons, since even if there was additional information available at a school-level for particular subgroups, such comparisons would be meaningless across States as the underlying measures are, more often than not, unique to each State.
In response to those that believe a lower threshold is appropriate, because such a lower number (
Some commenters recommended that the Department clarify that a State may use these classifications of schools in the statute (
Alternatively, several other commenters stated that the requirement for a summative rating was inconsistent with the statute, an overreach of the Department's authority, and at odds with the law's intent to provide more flexibility and create less burden for States with regard to accountability. Some of these commenters also asserted that the requirement for a summative rating violates section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(V) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, which provides that nothing in the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, authorizes or permits the Secretary to prescribe the specific methodology used by States to meaningfully differentiate or identify schools under title I, part A.
Given the clarification in § 200.18(a)(4) that a State may meet this requirement by identifying, at a minimum, the two statutorily required categories of schools along with a third category of schools that are not identified, we believe it is clear that this regulation falls squarely within the Department's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and within the scope of section 1111(c) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, consistent with section 1111(e) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA (see further discussion of these authorities in the discussion of
Many commenters noted that a summative rating and detailed indicator-level information in a “dashboard” are not mutually exclusive, and voiced support for a summative rating requirement that, as provided for in the proposed regulations, also requires performance on each indicator to be reported, so that parents and the public have information on overall school quality in the summative rating—which would drive identification of schools—alongside more detailed information breaking down performance on each indicator—which would drive continuous improvement. A number of commenters also cited the benefits of summative ratings for school improvement efforts, asserting that such ratings support meaningful differentiation of schools, promote successful interventions by helping direct resources to schools that are most in need of support, and, as suggested by research, motivate and are associated with successful efforts to improve and achieve a higher rating.
However, numerous other commenters suggested removing the requirement for a single rating, because they believe it undermines the value and transparency of an accountability system based on multiple measures—including the addition of new indicators under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA—by reducing school performance, and any subsequent improvement efforts, to a single label. The commenters asserted parents and educators alike would find data on individual indicators more useful and straightforward than a single rating, particularly when designing improvement strategies targeted to a school's needs. Other commenters suggested that requiring a summative rating for each school would result in one-size-fits-all accountability systems that discourage innovative accountability approaches, such as data “dashboards,” and demoralize educators by promoting punitive accountability systems that are focused on ranking schools against each other, which some linked with increased staff turnover. Many of these commenters associated a summative rating with a requirement to assign all schools an A-F letter grade or a single score, and noted their objections to such methodologies. One commenter requested the Department allow States to either award schools with a single, overall summative determination, or multiple determinations (
Finally, a number of commenters believed the requirement for a single summative rating would create arbitrary, invalid, and unfair distinctions among schools or objected to such a requirement as inconsistent with research on school performance and improvement.
We agree that the accountability requirements in the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, move away from a one-size-fits-all approach by requiring multiple indicators of school success, beyond test scores and graduation rates, to play a factor in accountability decisions. However, we disagree that a summative determination will undermine these positive steps, diminish the ability of States to develop innovative models, and lead to a narrow focus on ranking schools—or on test scores or overall school grades—at the expense of other indicators. Under the regulations, States can design a number of approaches to produce an overall determination, based on all indicators, for each school—including an approach that utilizes data “dashboards,” A-F school grades, a two-dimensional matrix based on the accountability indicators, or other creative mechanisms to communicate differences in overall school quality to parents and the public. These approaches must also be developed through meaningful and timely stakeholder engagement, including parents and educators, as described in §§ 299.13 and 299.15.
Moreover, we believe the requirement for a summative determination is most consistent with research on what makes an effective accountability and improvement system. For example, in addition to research cited in the NPRM, additional studies have shown the positive benefits of providing schools with a summative determination on student academic achievement.
We agree with commenters that ensuring transparent, clear information on school quality for parents, educators, and the public is an essential purpose of accountability for schools under the ESEA, an opinion shared by those commenting in support of and opposition to the proposed requirement for summative ratings. Further, we agree that the increased number of required accountability indicators under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, provides a valuable opportunity for States to provide a more nuanced picture of school performance that includes both academic and non-academic factors. This is why our regulations would require both a summative determination and information on each indicator, which must be reported separately as described in the statute and in §§ 200.30 through 200.33 and which could be presented as part of a data “dashboard.” In this way, parents, educators, and the public have a wealth of school-level information, including information disaggregated by subgroups, at their disposal—information that will be critical in supporting effective school improvement. Given that many commenters did not recognize that a data “dashboard” or other mechanism for indicator-level reporting
A number of other commenters, however, objected to the proposed requirements for States to report the level of performance, from among at least three levels, for each indicator on LEA report cards and use the
Several commenters called for giving States more flexibility to design their own systems for differentiating performance on indicators. Some of these commenters believe this would result in a less complicated and more user-friendly accountability system, while one commenter noted that the same policy goals behind performance levels could be reached in other ways, such as comparing performance on each indicator to State averages or similar schools. Other commenters asserted that the requirement for performance levels is inconsistent with the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, or that it violates the prohibition in section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(V) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, regarding the specific methodology used by States to meaningfully differentiate or identify schools—noting that the only performance levels required under the statute are the academic achievement standards under section 1111(b)(1).
We note, however, that performance levels are not intended to create AYP-like thresholds for individual subgroups that definitively determine school identification, which some commenters viewed as undermining the validity and reliability of schools' accountability designations in the past; rather, States must report school results on each indicator against the State-determined performance levels as part of their overall system of meaningful differentiation of schools on LEA report cards. We also note that States have discretion to develop their own criteria for performance levels, including norm-referenced approaches linked to State averages or performance quartiles—so long as the levels are consistent with attainment of the long-term goals and measurements of interim progress and clear and understandable, as demonstrated in its State plan. In addition, to help clarify the role of performance levels in providing schools with a summative determination and the distinction between this more flexible approach and AYP, we are revising § 200.18(a)(4) to indicate that the summative determination is “based on differing levels of performance on the indicators,” rather than on “each indicator.”
In response to commenters who stated that the requirement to establish at least three levels of performance on all indicators exceeds the Department's authority because it was not explicitly included in the statutory text, as previously discussed (see discussion of the Department's legal authority under the heading
By increasing transparency, performance levels help reinforce the statutory purpose of title I: “to provide all children significant opportunity to receive a fair, equitable, and high-quality education, and to close educational achievement gaps.” Without such a requirement, publicly reported information on the accountability system would lack the comparative information needed to determine whether all children were receiving an equitable education and closing such gaps on a host of measures. This is because data presented on LEA report cards “must include a clear and concise description of the State's accountability system” consistent with section 1111(h)(1)(C)(i) and 1111(h)(2)(c) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, yet is not (with the exception of academic assessments under section 1111(b)(2)) presented in any context, such as by reporting on the distribution of data at the State or LEA level compared to a school's results. Thus, any contextual information for parents and the public from the accountability system regarding whether schools and LEAs are living up to this purpose would be missing, absent a performance level requirement.
Additionally, these requirements are not inconsistent with section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(V) because they do not prescribe a particular methodology that a State must use to annually differentiate or identify schools. States will have discretion to determine how best to meet the requirement within the overall design of their system. For example, each State will need to decide what the performance levels should be for each indicator; whether the same performance levels should be used for each indicator; how many levels are appropriate; how the levels will be incorporated into the overall system, such as whether they will be part of the basis for identifying consistently underperforming subgroups; and the particular methodology it will use to determine a level for each school.
Finally, we also agree with the commenter that to ensure differentiation for consistently underperforming subgroups, as required by section 1111(c)(4)(C)(iii) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, it is helpful to require any school with a consistently underperforming subgroup of students to receive a lower summative determination than it would have otherwise received, and we are revising § 200.18(c)(3) accordingly.
Finally, we have renumbered and revised § 200.18(c)(3) to require that each State, in order to meet the requirements for annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18(a), demonstrate that any school with a consistently underperforming subgroup of students receives a lower summative determination than it otherwise would have received had no subgroups in the school been so identified.
Similarly, the intent of the provision was to encourage State-determined performance levels that provide meaningful information on each indicator. Merely reporting that a school received 55 out of a possible score of 100 on an indicator, for example, does not include any context about whether a 55 is a typical score, or whether this is an area where the school is lagging or exceeding expectations. Thus, a continuous measure does not meet the requirement to establish at least three levels of performance for each indicator, as it would otherwise be no different than reporting raw data for each indicator; the performance levels must be “discrete.” We recognize that a data “dashboard” holds potential to be a useful tool for communicating information on school quality and may be used by a State to meet this requirement, as reflected in revised § 200.18(a)(3), so long as the data on the “dashboard” is presented in context by creating bands of performance or performance thresholds, so that parents and the public have clear information on whether a school's level of performance is acceptable. The requirement for performance levels on each indicator does not prohibit the use of a data “dashboard” that shows the full scale of values for an indicator; rather, it requires States to make distinctions between schools based on the data presented in the “dashboard,” such as by performance bands or quartiles.
Numerous commenters, however, objected to these requirements, stating that they would prevent new School Quality or Student Success indicators from having a meaningful impact in statewide accountability systems, including by affecting the differentiation of school performance, identification for support and improvement, or the school improvement process. While they recognized that these indicators are not afforded “substantial” weight under the statute, they believed the proposed regulations would result in little or zero weight for these measures and an overemphasis on test-based measures. In addition, several commenters believed the requirements related to demonstrating the weighting of indicators discourage the collection of more nuanced accountability measures such as school climate or chronic absenteeism. Other commenters variously stated that the requirements for weighting would be best determined by stakeholders; result in more a complex and less transparent system for parents and the public; inhibit creative approaches to differentiating school performance and be overly prescriptive; inappropriately limit State flexibility in a manner that is inconsistent with the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA; or violate section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(IV)-(V) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, which provides that nothing in the statute authorizes or permits the Secretary to prescribe the weight of any measure or indicator or the specific methodology used by States to meaningfully differentiate or identify schools.
In response to commenters who argued that the requirements for these demonstrations exceed the Department's authority because they are not explicitly authorized by the statute, as previously discussed (see discussion of the Department's general rulemaking authority under the heading
Additionally, the requirements in § 200.18(c), as renumbered, for States to demonstrate how they have weighted their indicators and ensured differentiation of consistently underperforming subgroups by examining the results of the system of annual differentiation and the schools that are identified for support and improvement are consistent with section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(IV)-(V) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, because they do not prescribe the weight of any indicator, nor a particular methodology that a State must use to annually differentiate schools, such as an A-F grading system. There are numerous weighting schemes and processes for differentiating and identifying schools that could meet these requirements—including percentages for each indicator, business rules or other mechanisms to ensure certain schools are identified or flagged for having a consistently underperforming subgroup or low performance on “substantial” indicators, or a matrix approach where a particular combination of performance across various indicators results in identification.
We agree with many commenters that an approach that focuses on outcomes (
We recognize and agree that the intention of the ESSA was to create State accountability systems based on multiple measures; however, we disagree with commenters that § 200.18(c) will result in a less transparent, overly complicated, and test-driven accountability system. Under both the NCLB and ESEA flexibility waivers, States often adopted business rules or other mechanisms to ensure school identification based on their accountability systems was aligned with definitions for categories of identified schools, and we are confident that similar approaches can be used to ensure compliance with the definitions and requirements in the ESSA. Further, section 1111(h)(1) of the ESEA and §§ 200.30-200.33 require annual State and LEA report cards to include a full description of the accountability system, including the weighting of indicators, to ensure parents have a clear understanding of how differentiation and identification work in their State. Under these regulations, States ultimately have the responsibility to design accountability systems that meet the statutory requirements for weighting of indicators and as a result, may develop systems for weighting that are either straightforward or more complex. We strongly encourage States to consider the value of clarity and transparency in developing their systems, and to develop them in close consultation with stakeholders who will be regularly using the information produced by the accountability system, including parents, educators, and district-level officials, among others.
Finally, we note that School Quality or Student Success indicators must, and should, play a role in providing schools with annual determinations and identifying them for improvement and clarify that the requirements in § 200.18(c) do not prohibit School Quality or Student Success indicators from being taken into account for these purposes. Each school's overall determination under § 200.18(a)(4) must reflect all of the indicators the State uses, and we believe there are significant opportunities for States to develop new and meaningful indicators, as discussed further in response to comments on § 200.14. Because these demonstrations are simply meant to ensure that—regardless of a school's summative determination—the substantially weighted indicators receive sufficient emphasis in determining whether a school needs support and improvement, we believe the final regulations do not discourage the adoption of innovative approaches to measure school success or the collection of new indicators and that many methods (as previously described) can meet them.
In addition, several commenters had specific concerns about these provisions, feeling that under proposed § 200.18(d)(1)-(2) a School Quality or Student Success indicator could only be used to penalize, rather than reward, schools in the State's system of annual meaningful differentiation. In doing so, they believed the proposed regulations eliminated a valid rationale (
We also disagree that the proposed regulations failed to account for the positive role that School Quality or Student Success indicators can play in a State's accountability system or would lead to invalid determinations because these factors were not considered; we believe that some of these concerns may be ameliorated by further explanation and clarification of how the demonstrations will work. Under the proposed and final regulations, each school's level of performance on all
These requirements are completely distinct from exit criteria, which are described in §§ 200.21-200.22 and apply to schools that have been implementing comprehensive and targeted support and improvement plans. The demonstrations described in § 200.18(c)(1)-(2) happen earlier in the accountability process to help determine which schools should be identified and subsequently placed in support and improvement. In particular, a State would meet these demonstrations for indicator weighting by flagging any unidentified school that met two conditions: (1) The school would have been identified if only substantially weighted indicators had been considered; and (2) the school did not show significant progress from the prior year, as determined by the State, on any substantially weighted indicator. While schools are expected, under §§ 200.21-200.22, to make progress in order to exit improvement status, the progress referenced in proposed § 200.18(d)(1)-(2) could avoid entry into improvement status altogether. We believe that minor clarifications to proposed § 200.18(d)(1)-(2) can help clarify how these requirements are intended to be implemented.
Because States retain the discretion to develop numerous methods for annual meaningful differentiation, including those that build on data “dashboards”, use a two-dimensional matrix, or rely on categorical labels rather than a numerical index, we believe it would be inappropriate to regulate that a particular percentage for each indicator, or set of indicators, would meet the statutory requirements to afford academic indicators “substantial” and “much greater” weight, as it could imply that only numerical indices were permitted. Although we are not including any percentages in the final regulations, we also note that we disagree with commenters suggesting that “much greater” weight for academic indicators could be as little as half of the overall weight in the system of differentiation—“much greater” implies that these indicators should be afforded well over 50 percent of the weight.
However, a number of commenters raised additional concerns that were specific to proposed § 200.18(d)(3). Several commenters felt the requirement would undermine the transparency of summative ratings, because a single low-performing subgroup could prevent a school from receiving the highest possible distinction in the State's accountability system. They further noted that the proposed demonstrations felt like a return to the top-down and prescriptive system of AYP, which the ESSA eliminated in favor of greater flexibility for States with respect to the design of accountability systems and determinations. In addition, a few commenters suggested eliminating this provision, citing their overall objection to summative ratings.
Other commenters suggested replacing this demonstration with a requirement that would emphasize differentiation of schools with consistently underperforming subgroups of students, believing that § 200.18(d)(3), as proposed, created incentives for States to establish a very small “highest” rating category (
We agree with commenters that these ends, however, would be better realized by revising the proposed regulations to require that a school with a consistently underperforming subgroup of students receive a lower summative determination than it would have otherwise received if the subgroup were not consistently underperforming, given the commenters' argument that the proposed regulations did not adequately include the statutory requirement differentiate schools with a consistently underperforming subgroup. We believe the suggestion of linking this demonstration to consistently underperforming subgroups of students better reinforces the requirement in section 1111(c)(4)(C)(iii) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, for a State's system of annual meaningful differentiation to include differentiation of schools with a consistently underperforming subgroup; we agree that if a school is able to receive the same overall determination, regardless of whether a subgroup is underperforming, a State has not met this requirement. We also agree with the commenter that this approach will provide less of an incentive for States to create a very small “highest” category (an “A+” category), rather than remove schools from an exemplary category (an “A” grade) due to subgroup performance.
While we recognize commenters' concerns that this demonstration, as proposed, would undermine the transparency of school determinations or would require States to develop an AYP-like accountability system, we believe that such concerns are outweighed by the statutory requirement that consistently underperforming subgroups must be meaningfully differentiated each year and be identified for targeted support and improvement—and believe that an accountability system is not communicating school performance clearly to the public if a consistently underperforming subgroup is not reflected in a school's overall performance designation. Finally, in response to commenters that opposed this provision as proposed due to their opposition to summative ratings for schools, as the final regulation clarifies that the summative determination may be aligned to the categories required for school identification (in which case, schools with a consistently underperforming subgroup would be in targeted support and improvement), we believe the revisions to § 200.18(a)(4) address their concerns.
We recognize that it is challenging to have a system of annual meaningful differentiation with completely uniform weighting, given differences in school size, grade configurations, and special populations of students served. Therefore, we are revising the regulations, as discussed previously, to permit States to propose alternative approaches that are used to accommodate special kinds of schools. However, very small schools or schools with variant grade configurations that do not fit into a single grade span are the exception, not the norm; we believe it is paramount to ensure that schools are treated consistently in the system of annual meaningful differentiation given the consequential decisions (
Thus, it is crucial that all of the accountability indicators be afforded the same relative weights across schools within a grade span to reasonably ensure compliance with the statutory requirements in section 1111(c) regarding a
In general, because the Progress in Achieving English Language Proficiency indicator is the sole indicator that is measured for a single subgroup, we believe it is helpful to clarify that the relative weighting of indicators must be maintained when a school cannot be held accountable for this indicator due to serving a low number of English learners; as the n-size will be determined by each State, and as some schools may not serve any English learners, we cannot require all schools to be held accountable on the basis of this indicator. Since the statute creates this distinction (by creating one of the five required indicators around a single subgroup), we believe it is appropriate to include a specific exception to the relative weighting requirement based on this indicator, but to limit other exceptions to the relative weighting requirement.
This flexibility, which is similar to past practice under NCLB, is also intended to apply to both annual meaningful differentiation and identification of schools under §§ 200.18 and 200.19, and allows a State, if it desires, to propose an alternative way for producing an annual determination for these schools (based on the same, or modified, indicators) and for identifying these schools for comprehensive or targeted support and improvement. We are revising § 200.18(d)(1)(iii) to include the list of schools for which a State may use a different methodology for accountability previously included in § 299.17, with additional clarification or examples to better explain why such schools might require this flexibility. We note, however, that this provision allows for this flexibility only where it is impossible or inappropriate to include all of the indicators a State typically uses to differentiate schools, and thus is not generally applicable to regular public schools, including most rural schools.
Another tribal organization raised concerns about a lack of accountability for schools served by the Bureau of Indian Education (BIE) and requested that separate accountability measures should apply to tribally-controlled schools, and that schools located on Indian lands should be funded and monitored directly by the Department rather than by States.
In addition, under section 8204(c)(1) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, the Secretary of the Interior must use a negotiated rulemaking process to develop regulations pertaining to standards, assessments, and accountability, consistent with section 1111, for BIE-funded schools “on a national, regional, or tribal basis, as appropriate, taking into account the unique circumstances and needs of such schools and the students served by such schools.” Given the specific rulemaking process required for schools funded by the BIE, we cannot address in these regulations the role of individual schools under the BIE accountability system. We do note, however, that section 8204(c)(2) permits a tribal governing body or school board of a BIE-funded school to waive, in part or in whole, the requirements that BIE establishes and to submit a proposal to the Secretary of the Interior for alternative standards, assessments, and an accountability system, consistent with section 1111, that takes into account the unique circumstances and needs of the school or schools and students served. The Secretary of the Interior, along with the Secretary of Education, must approve those alternative standards, assessments, and accountability system unless the Secretary of Education determines that they do not meet the requirements of section 1111.
With respect to the comment about the funding and monitoring of schools located on Indian lands, to the extent that the comment is referring to State-funded public schools, State funding and oversight are matters of State law and are outside the scope of these regulations.
We note that it may not be necessary for some interventions developed and implemented as part of a school's comprehensive or targeted support and improvement plan (
We recognize, however, that the language in the proposed regulations stating that a State's identification of schools for comprehensive support and improvement must include “at a minimum” the three types of schools specified in the statute and regulations, and similar language regarding the two types of schools specified in the statute and regulations for targeted support and improvement, may have created some confusion as to whether a State has authority to identify additional types of schools for comprehensive and targeted support and improvement, and thereby to make such additional schools eligible for funds that are to be provided specifically to schools identified for comprehensive or targeted support and improvement. To clarify this issue, we are removing the words “at a minimum” from those paragraphs of the final regulations.
Additionally, section 1111(c)(4)(D)(i)(I) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, is clear that State must identify “not less than” the lowest-performing five percent of title I schools for comprehensive support. To clarify that this permits a State to identify more than the lowest-performing five percent of title I schools (
Additionally, consistent with the existing regulations and practice across many States, § 200.20 allows a State to average school-level data across grades and across no more than three years in determining a school's performance for accountability purposes. Therefore, the Department is removing references in § 200.19(a)(1) to averaging summative determinations over no more than three years because, although States may use data that have been averaged over up to three years to calculate performance on indicators consistent with § 200.20, the determinations themselves are not averaged. For clarity, we are also removing other references to data averaging throughout § 200.19 because § 200.20 provides the full parameters under which States may average school-level data over school years and across grades.
Some commenters believe that an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate is a more appropriate measure because it would recognize the importance of serving students who may take longer than four years to graduate. Many of these commenters suggested that the use of the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate only to identify schools is inconsistent with the inclusion, at the State's discretion, of extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rates in the calculation of long-term goals, measurements of interim progress, and indicators under section 1111(c)(4)(A)(i)(I)(bb)(BB) and 1111(c)(4)(B)(iii)(II) of the ESEA and proposed §§ 200.13-200.14. Some of these commenters also stated that the statute's silence on the rate to be used for purposes of identifying schools should be interpreted as providing States flexibility in this area.
Commenters were particularly concerned that identifying schools based solely on the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate would discourage schools from serving over-age or under-credited youth who may take longer than four years to graduate, is inconsistent with many States' provision of a Free Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) until a student turns 21, and would inappropriately identify alternative schools such as dropout recovery schools, schools for students in neglected or delinquent facilities, and schools for recently arrived immigrants. One commenter stated the proposed regulations were inconsistent with title IV of the ESEA, which creates a priority for charter schools to serve students at risk of dropping out or who have dropped out of school (Section 4303(g)(2)(E) of the ESEA) and with the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), which encourages schools and States to reengage out of school youth and provide a high school diploma as a preferred credential for those aged 16 to 24. Another commenter recommended that the Department
A few commenters noted that the Department previously recognized the need for flexibility under its 2008 title I regulations by allowing States to use a four-year adjusted cohort rate and an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate in calculating AYP for high schools. Other commenters suggested that a more nuanced approach that allowed a State to use an extended-year rate for certain alternative education programs would be appropriate. One commenter noted that, under the proposed regulations, nearly all of the alternative high schools in its State would be identified.
However, we recognize that for a small subset of schools that serve unique populations of students, an extended-year rate may be a more appropriate indicator of a school's performance, and we have revised § 200.18(d)(1)(iii) to clarify that States have flexibility to develop and implement alternate accountability methods—which may include the use of extended-year graduation rates—for schools designed to serve special student populations, including alternative schools, dropout recovery programs, and schools for neglected and delinquent youth. Under this provision, a State could, for example, propose through its State plan to use a five- or six-year adjusted cohort graduation rate to determine if an alternative or dropout recovery school's graduation rate was 67 percent or less for the purposes of identifying those schools.
Given this flexibility, the Department does not believe that requiring States to use the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate will result in the inappropriate or over-identification of schools that primarily serve special populations of students.
Further, in response to commenters who noted the statute's silence on the particular rate to use for identification of low graduation rate high schools, given the Secretary's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA (see discussion of the Department's general rulemaking authority under the heading
One commenter suggested that the Department reconsider its definition of chronically low-performing subgroup schools and move this definition into non-regulatory guidance. The commenter is concerned that this requirement, in conjunction with other provisions in this section, will result in very high rates of identification of schools for comprehensive support and improvement.
The regulations do not require reporting of subgroup-specific summative determinations. However, they do require a consistent approach in order to ensure that States are meeting the requirement in section 1111(d)(2)(C) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, to identify each school with an individual subgroup whose performance on its own would result in the school's identification in the lowest-performing five percent of title I schools.
As an alternative, one commenter suggested that a State be permitted to identify schools based on whether an individual subgroup had been low-performing on the majority of current year indicators or demonstrated low
However, in reviewing the comments, the Department has determined that some of the definitions proposed in § 200.19(c)(3) were unclear or inconsistent with the proposed requirement in § 200.19(c)(2) to consider each indicator used for annual meaningful differentiation. Accordingly, we are revising § 200.19(c)(2)-(3) for clarity to ensure that: (1) Each State's methodology to identify schools with a consistently underperforming subgroup must be based on all indicators a State uses for annual meaningful differentiation; and (2) States defining consistently underperforming subgroups on the basis of long-term goals or measurements of interim progress also consider indicators for which the State is not required to establish goals or measurements of interim progress. In this way, States defining a consistently underperforming subgroup on the basis of its long-term goals and indicators can, for example, develop a methodology that considers all goals and indicators, even if identification for targeted support and improvement is made only on the basis of a single goal or indicator.
Commenters believed that the delayed timelines they proposed were necessary to allow States to engage in more robust consultation with stakeholders, to better align with the Department's intended State plan submission and review timeline, and to ensure consistency with sections 1111(c)(4)(D)(i) and 1111(d)(2)(D) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. In particular, commenters were concerned that schools would be identified on the basis of results generated under States' prior accountability systems, using existing indicators with a heavy emphasis on test-based data, rather than the broader range of academic and non-academic indicators required by the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. They suggested that the originally proposed timeline would not allow States to meaningfully establish systems—including taking the time to design new indicators to satisfy the requirements of the Student Success or School Quality indicator—and collect information on new indicators that had not previously been part of the accountability system.
Some commenters also encouraged the Department to allow States, under the proposed extended implementation timelines, to maintain their lists of identified schools from the 2016-2017 school year into the 2017-2018 school year consistent with the flexibility for the 2016-2017 school year under the ESSA transition provisions.
Other commenters opposed the requirement to identify schools by the beginning of each school year, primarily because they believed the requirement does not take into account State timelines for the collection, validation, and reporting of the data that will be used to identify schools. Some commenters recommended alternatives to the requirement that States identify schools by the beginning of the school year. For example, some commenters suggested requiring that schools be identified no later than one month after school starts, by the end of the first quarter of the school year, in the fall, by December 31 of each year, or on a State-determined timeline developed in consultation with stakeholders and submitted with State plans.
Some commenters opposed any specific timeline for school identification because they asserted the statute does not identify a point during the school year by which identification must occur.
Further, as discussed in response to comments on § 200.19, we believe the proposed regulations were not sufficiently clear about which school-level data could be considered over multiple years—the measures that are included in a particular indicator used for annual meaningful differentiation, or a school's overall determination. We are revising § 200.20(a) to clarify that the indicators may be averaged over up to three school years or across all grades in a school, and that these indicators are subsequently used for differentiation and identification of schools. Further, we are revising § 200.20(a), as previously discussed in response to comments on § 200.15, to clarify that a State may average school-level data for the limited purpose of meeting the requirement in § 200.15(b)(2), and the adjusted cohort graduation rate for purposes of identifying high schools with low graduation rates. Any further clarification of these requirements will be provided in non-regulatory guidance.
Further, we believe the requirement to use the same uniform data averaging procedure for all public schools is necessary to ensure that the Statewide accountability system is applied in a fair and consistent manner to all public schools in a State. Additionally, the requirement to report data for a single year, even if a State averages data for accountability purposes, is necessary to ensure compliance with the requirement in section 1111(h) of the ESEA that report cards be presented in an “understandable and uniform format.” Accordingly, the parameters that the regulation places on a State's use of data averaging fall squarely within the scope of section 1111 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, consistent with section 1111(e), and constitute an appropriate exercise of the Department's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA (
Some commenters supported the requirements but suggested additional modifications to the proposed notice requirements, including defining “promptly” so as to specify a timeline for notifying parents (
Several commenters, however, stated that the proposed parental notification requirements exceeded the Department's authority under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and recommended eliminating any language not in the statute or making § 200.21(b)(1)-(b)(3) permissive rather than required.
Other commenters opposed the specific requirements regarding written and oral translation because they believe there is no statutory authority for the requirement. One commenter specifically stated that this is an issue that should be left to the States.
We also disagree with commenters that we should require only written translations and not allow for oral translations, or that we should require oral translations and alternate formats only to the extent practicable. Parents with disabilities or limited English proficiency have the right to request notification in accessible formats. Whenever practicable, written translations of printed information must be provided to parents with limited English proficiency in a language they understand. However, if written translations are not practicable, it is practicable to provide information to limited English proficient parents orally in a language that they understand. This requirement is consistent with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (Title VI), as amended, and its implementing regulations. Under Title VI, recipients of Federal financial assistance have a responsibility to ensure meaningful access to their programs and activities by persons with limited English proficiency. It is also consistent with Department policy under Title VI and Executive Order 13166 (Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency).
We decline to further define the term “to the extent practicable” under these regulations, but remind States and LEAs of their Title VI obligation to take reasonable steps to communicate the information required by the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, to parents with limited English proficiency in a meaningful way.
We disagree, however, with commenters' suggested revisions regarding the optional use of a school's performance on additional, locally selected indictors. Section 200.21(c)(4) allows, at the LEA's discretion, examination of an identified school's performance on additional, locally selected measures that are not included in the State's system of annual meaningful differentiation and that affect school outcomes in the school. We do not want to reduce local discretion on these measures for use in the needs assessment by adding specific requirements in the areas suggested by the commenters. Consequently, we decline to regulate further in this area.
We also disagree with commenters who indicated that the Department lacks authority to specify the minimum requirements of the needs assessment. We believe these requirements are necessary to reasonably ensure that the needs assessment is meaningful and results in the development of a support and improvement plan that meets all requirements for such plans and will ultimately meet the statutory goal of improving student achievement and school success and closing academic achievement gaps. Accordingly, the regulation constitutes a proper exercise of the Department's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA and falls squarely within the scope of section 1111(d), consistent with section 1111(e) (
We also agree that the tribal consultation requirement in section 8538 of the ESEA, which requires certain school districts to consult with tribal representatives before submitting a plan or application under ESEA-covered programs, applies to comprehensive support and improvement plans under § 200.21(d). We are therefore adding language to § 200.21(d)(1) to specify that, for those affected LEAs, the stakeholders with whom the LEA works to develop the plan must include Indian tribes.
The requirements of section 8538 do not apply to the needs assessments under § 200.21(c) because there is no LEA plan or application that must be submitted. However, because the needs assessment is an important part of developing a comprehensive support and improvement plan, we encourage affected LEAs to involve local tribes in the needs assessment process. The tribal consultation requirement does not apply to the other provisions requested by the commenter, either because the regulatory requirements do not apply to LEAs (proposed § 200.19 contains State requirements, not LEA plan requirements; proposed §§ 200.15(c) and 200.22 apply to school-level rather than LEA-level plans) or because the LEA application requirement is not for a covered program (proposed § 200.24 contains application requirements for school improvement funds under section 1003(a) of the ESEA, which is not a covered program).
Other commenters opposed the inclusion of certain interventions on the list, citing concerns about the research base and/or effectiveness of the examples on the list, whether they would necessarily be appropriate in all local contexts, and whether the appearance of an “approved” list in the regulations is consistent with local discretion to select appropriate interventions responding to local needs. One commenter recommended striking the list of examples in favor of simply requiring that interventions meet the definition of “evidence-based” under section 8101(21) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, or revising the
Some commenters opposed the proposed requirements in § 200.21(d)(3)(i)-(iv) and § 200.22(c)(4)(i)-(iv) regarding the selection of evidence-based interventions, asserting that these requirements inappropriately exceed those of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. One commenter stated that many districts do not have the capability to meet these requirements and may have to rely on costly external consultants for this purpose. This commenter also noted that the highest three tiers of evidence in the evidence-based definition are required only for interventions funded with State-awarded school improvement grants under section 1003 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA.
We disagree with commenters who indicated that § 200.21(d)(3) exceeds the Department's rulemaking authority. These requirements clarify how an LEA is to comply with the new and complex statutory requirement to select and implement evidence-based interventions in schools identified for comprehensive or targeted support and improvement; without such clarification, an LEA might have difficulty meeting this requirement. Moreover, these clarifications of the statutory requirements are necessary to reasonably ensure that the selected interventions will advance the statutory goals of improving student academic achievement and school success and closing achievement gaps and therefore fall squarely within the scope of section 1111 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, consistent with section 1111(e). Accordingly, these requirements constitute an appropriate exercise of the Department's rulemaking authority under GEPA, the DEOA, and section 1601(a) of the ESEA.
Further, we disagree that the requirement to identify and address resource inequities by reviewing certain resources violates section 8527 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. That provision states that nothing in the ESEA authorizes an officer or employee of the Federal Government “to mandate, direct, or control” a State, LEA, or school's allocation of State or local resources. As the regulations require the review of certain resources in order to identify and address resource inequities but do not require that such inequities be addressed in any particular way, they in no way “mandate, direct, or control” the allocation of State or local resources.
We also believe, however, that the final regulations are more likely to promote meaningful resource reviews by focusing on a discrete list of required elements while continuing to reserve significant discretion to LEAs and schools in the conduct of such reviews. For this reason, we are revising the final regulations to make access to advanced coursework as well as access to both preschool and full-day kindergarten required elements of resource reviews. We also are adding as a required element access to specialized instructional support personnel, as defined in section 8101(47) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. Specialized instructional support personnel such as school counselors are an important resource for creating and maintaining a safe and positive school climate and it is essential that students in all schools, but particularly low-performing schools, have access to those resources.
Finally, we decline to add school climate or suspension rates to the list of resources for review. Although these are important aspects of a school that should be evaluated and analyzed, they are not resources that are allocated. We encourage an LEA conducting a needs assessment pursuant to § 200.21(c) to examine a school's unmet needs with respect to school climate, including by reviewing data reported under section 1111(h)(1)(C)(viii)(I) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, on rates of in-school suspensions, expulsions, school-related arrests, referrals to law enforcement, chronic absenteeism, and incidences of violence, including bullying and harassment.
Under these regulations, “student outcomes” are not limited to outcomes on statewide assessments. Accordingly, a State may establish exit criteria that are based on measures in addition to or other than test scores, such as, for example, improvements on any indicator in the accountability system, including a School Quality or Student Success indicator. States also have flexibility to determine what constitutes “improvement” on an indicator, and the Department encourages States in establishing these parameters to consider whether a school has sustained improvements and is likely to not be re-identified. We also believe that the regulations strike the proper balance between setting safeguards to ensure meaningful exit criteria and providing each State with ample flexibility to establish the exit criteria most appropriate for its State context. Further, we believe the regulations are consistent with section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(VII) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, because they do not prescribe exit criteria. Rather, the regulations set broad parameters around exit criteria to ensure that the criteria are linked with improved schools as opposed to, for example, arbitrary measures unrelated to student outcomes. A State may establish whatever exit criteria it believes are appropriate within those parameters such as, for example, improved performance on the School Quality or Student Success indicator or improvements in other student outcomes, as required under section 1111(d)(3) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. Additionally, we believe that the regulations fall within the scope of, and are necessary to ensure compliance with, the requirements in section 1111(d)(3)(A)(i) of the ESEA, which
Additionally, given the balance struck by the regulations, the Department declines to specify more rigorous parameters for exit criteria in the final regulations. Further, we note that the regulatory provision specifying that the State-determined timeline for meeting the exit criteria may not exceed four years merely restates the statutory provision in section 1111(d)(3)(A)(i)(I) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA.
Several commenters stated that the minimum grant sizes are inconsistent with the statutory provisions allowing the State to establish the method to allocate the funds and requiring the grants to be of sufficient size to enable an LEA to effectively implement improvement activities. One commenter stated that the minimum grant size requirement assumes that additional funding is the key to successful school improvement, while other commenters suggested that many low-performing or rural schools may struggle to spend such significant amounts of funding.
Several commenters also noted that for some States, requiring awards of at least $500,000 to schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement would make it impossible to serve all such schools, or to make any awards to schools identified for targeted support and improvement. On the other hand, one commenter suggested that the proposed $50,000 minimum award for targeted support and improvement schools might not be sufficient to prevent such schools from ultimately becoming comprehensive support and improvement schools. Another commenter recommended different minimum award sizes, suggesting $30,000 for targeted support schools and $100,000 for comprehensive support schools, and suggested that rather than requiring the LEA's application demonstrate that a smaller award is appropriate, that the LEA's application must demonstrate that a larger award is appropriate. A few commenters also opposed requiring LEAs to justify awards below the proposed minimum award sizes.
Finally, several commenters recommended alternatives to regulating minimum grant sizes, including allowing States to propose their own minimum grant sizes or to simply base award sizes on such factors as the school size, the needs of students, and the interventions to be implemented.
Although we strongly agree that schools with low-performing and consistently underperforming subgroups need additional support, including additional fiscal resources to do so, we recognize that resources under section 1003 are limited and are therefore requiring that States focus those funds on the lowest performing schools overall. While LEAs have the discretion to determine which comprehensive support and improvement schools they serve first, it would be inconsistent with the statute to serve targeted support schools first.
Further, we disagree that the requirements in § 200.24(c)(4)(ii) violate section 8527 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. That provision states that nothing in the ESEA authorizes an officer or employee of the Federal Government “to mandate, direct, or control” a State, LEA, or school's allocation of State or local resources. As the requirements in § 200.24(c)(4)(ii) simply establish the factors a State must consider in determining how to prioritize awards of Federal school improvement funds, it in no way “mandates, directs, or controls” the allocation of State or local resources.
The Department values transparency, consistent with the statute, and disagrees that efforts to support improvements in teaching and learning have not benefited from the State and LEA report card provisions under the ESEA, as amended by NCLB. With respect to LEA report cards in particular, there is evidence that when school quality information, including information about school accountability results, is provided to parents, they pay attention and respond.
Charbonneau, E., & Van Ryzin, G.G. (2012). “Performance measures and parental satisfaction with New York City Schools.” American Review of Public Administration, 42 (1): 54-65.
Figlio, D.N. & Lucas, M.E. (2004). “What's in a grade? School report cards and the housing market.” American Economic Review, 94 (3): 591-604.
Hastings, J.S. & Weinstein, J.M. (2008). “Information, school choice, and academic achievement: Evidence from two experiments.” Quarterly Journal of Economics, 123 (4): 1373-414.
Jacobsen, R. & Saultz, A. (2013). “Do good grades matter? Public accountability data and perceptions of school quality.” In The Infrastructure of Accountability, ed. Anagnostopoulos, D., Rutledge, S.A., & Jacobsen, R. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press.
Jacobsen, R., Saultz, A. & Snyder, J.W. (2013). “When accountability strategies collide: Do policy changes that raise accountability standards also erode public satisfaction?” Educational Policy, 27 (2): 360-89.
Koning, P. & Wiel, K.V.D. (2013). “Ranking the Schools: How school-quality information affects school choice in the Netherlands.” Journal of the European Economic Association, 11 (2): 466-493.
Nunes, L.C., Reis. A.B., & Seabra, C. (2015). “The publication of school rankings: A step toward increased accountability?” Economics of Education Review, 49 (December): 15-23.
Rockoff, J.E. & Turner, L.J. (2008).
In response to commenters who generally opposed the requirements on the ground that they exceed the statutory requirements, as discussed previously in the discussion of
States and LEAs have discretion to include other stakeholders in the development of their report cards and we believe they are likely to include many of the individuals suggested by commenters. As noted previously, however, the emphasis of the regulations on parental consultation is based on the requirements of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. For these reasons, we decline to specify additional stakeholders in the final regulations.
While a small number of commenters supported the accessibility requirements generally, several commenters asserted that the requirements do not sufficiently ensure that parents and other stakeholders are able to access the documentation and information discussed in the proposed requirements. Specifically, many commenters expressed concern regarding the accessibility for individuals with disabilities, and requested that we strengthen the requirements. For example, commenters recommended requiring that Web sites conform with the World Wide Web Consortium's Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 Level AA and the Web Accessibility Initiative Accessible Rich Internet Applications Suite (WAI-ARIA) 1.0 for web content. In addition, some commenters recommended that States and LEAs ensure that parents without home access to the Internet are provided with the information included on State and LEA report cards.
Further, many commenters suggested that the Department strengthen the provisions to accommodate parents with limited English proficiency by, for example, requiring that such documentation and information be available in the most populous languages in the State or LEA, as applicable, or that the Department define certain terms in the proposed accessibility requirements (
Although the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and its implementing regulations require that certain information on State or LEA Web sites be “accessible,” the requirement that Web sites be accessible to individuals with disabilities is also based on the Federal civil rights requirements of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. 794, title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. 12131
Although the Department does not currently require States and LEAs to use specific Web site accessibility standards, under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and Federal civil rights laws and regulations, States and LEAs must ensure that information provided through electronic and information technology, such as on Web sites, is accessible to individuals with disabilities. In OCR's enforcement experience, where a State or LEA provides required information through Web sites, it may be difficult to ensure compliance with accessibility requirements without adherence to modern standards such as the WCAG 2.0 Level AA standard, which includes criteria that provide comprehensive Web accessibility to individuals with disabilities—including those with visual, auditory, physical, speech, cognitive, developmental, learning, and neurological disabilities. Accordingly, we strongly encourage States and LEAs that disseminate information via Web sites to consider that standard as they take steps to ensure that their Web sites comply with requirements of these regulations and with Federal civil rights laws. WCAG 2.0 has been designed to be technology neutral to provide Web developers more flexibility to address accessibility of current as well as future Web technologies; in addition, Level AA conformance is widely used, indicating that it is generally feasible for Web developers to implement. The developers of WCAG 2.0 have made an array of technical resources available on the W3C Web site at no cost to assist entities in implementing the standard. For more information, see
Similarly, the Department expects that States and LEAs will provide access for parents who may not have online access, such as by providing online access at their local school or LEA administrative office. Regarding requests to add accessibility requirements to ensure that parents with limited English proficiency can access documentation and information, including by defining certain terms in the proposed accessibility requirements (
Finally, with respect to making SEA and LEA report card data available to be downloaded, while the Department encourages States and LEAs to make available the information included on report cards in easily accessible, downloadable formats that are freely open to the public, the Department declines to impose additional potentially burdensome requirements on States and LEAS given the extent of information required by the statute for inclusion on report cards.
Several commenters requested that the Department require additional data elements or information not required by the statute be included on State and LEA report cards, including, for example, disaggregation by additional subgroups such as justice-involved youth and American Indians; further disaggregation within subgroups currently required including Asian American/Pacific Islanders, English learners, and students with disabilities; indication of subgroups too small for reporting; reporting on whether an LEA chooses the exemption under § 200.21(g) for a high school identified for comprehensive support and improvement and, if so, the reason for such exemption; more prominent information on subgroups whose performance declined so that school-level declines are not attributed to any one subgroup; data on access to technology resources; data on access to the arts in high- versus low-poverty schools; and information on how LEAs will use funds under title I and elsewhere to support activities that coordinate and integrate before- and after-school programs.
One commenter appreciated the Department indicating that States and LEAs can add information related to the number and percentage of students attaining career and technical proficiencies. Finally, two commenters requested additional information, including student achievement data on subject areas in addition to reading/language arts and mathematics (report cards also require results of the State's science assessments) and results on the indicators in a State's accountability system for all schools, including those that have not been identified as comprehensive or targeted support and improvement schools.
With respect to additional requirements that commenters recommended the Department add to the State and LEA report card regulations, while we agree that States and LEAs should strive to develop report cards that convey data and information in ways that maximize use by parents and others, we believe that the requirements for State and LEA report cards under section 1111(h)of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and §§ 200.30 through 200.37 sufficiently ensure that State and LEA report cards will be transparent and maximally useful to parents and other stakeholders. Further, States and LEAs can, if they choose to do so, display graphically, or in other ways, comparisons of State, LEA, and school performance on data elements other than student academic achievement on the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2). States choosing to meet the cross-tabulation assurance under section 1111(g)(2)(N) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, via their State report cards, can provide the data—as well as other data reported on report cards—in certain file formats to ensure that it can be easily downloaded and analyzed. The Department believes that doing so would facilitate use by a wide range of consumers of report cards, including people who may use the data to identify trends that may be of use to States, LEAs, and schools in engaging in data driven decision making. However, we are not requiring States to do so, as this may impose additional burden for some States.
With respect to requiring additional information on State and LEA report cards that is not required under section 1111(h)(1)-(2) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and proposed §§ 200.30-200.37, given the extent of information that is required for inclusion on State and LEA report cards, the Department declines to require additional information. However, sections 1111(h)(1)(C)(xiv) and (h)(2)(C)(iii) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, provide for both States and LEAs, at their discretion, to include additional information that they believe will help parents and other stakeholders understand State, LEA, and school performance and progress. Such additional information could include any or all of the data elements that commenters noted above. In particular, in light of the student demographics in particular States, LEAs, or schools, States or LEAs may wish to report on the performance of additional student subgroups not required under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, or further disaggregate required reporting elements by subgroups that are not required under the ESEA. For example, States and LEAs may wish to disaggregate data by subgroups, such as justice-involved youth or American Indians, that are not required under the ESSA, as amended by the ESSA. Doing so may help to better identify the needs of students in these subgroups and support State, LEA, and school efforts to improve teaching and learning for these students.
In general, States and LEAs have flexibility to go beyond what section 1111(h)(1)(C), (2)(C) and §§ 200.30 through 200.37 require regarding presentation and information required on State and LEA report cards. For example, States and LEAs can provide report card data in formats that can be easily downloaded, add additional information unique to their State and local contexts, and include additional comparative data or provide mechanisms for the public to generate such comparisons. The Department supports State and LEA report cards that both align with the requirements in the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and are tailored to the unique composition and needs of States and LEAs.
Conversely, some commenters opposed the overview section requirements on either or both the State and LEA report card. Some commenters asserted that the overview requirements extend beyond what is required for State and/or LEA report cards under sections 1111(h)(1)-(2) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. Others asserted that the parameters were too prescriptive and decisions of content and format for the overview sections would best be left to States and LEAs or addressed in non-regulatory guidance. A few commenters specified that States should be able to decide, in particular, whether or not to include a school's summative rating on the LEA report card overview for each school served by the LEA. One commenter recommended that the Department allow for States to differentiate the content of the State and LEA report card overview sections so that these sections can be tailored to what parents need to know most given the particular State and LEA context. One commenter suggested that providing disaggregated data for some subgroups but not others on the report card overview section could be confusing.
Specific to the format of the LEA report card overview for each school served by the LEA, several commenters contended that the required information would not fit on a single sheet of paper as required in proposed § 200.31(b)(3). Others suggested that the Department be mindful of the need to ensure that the font size on the LEA report card overview for each school served by the LEA be of sufficient size to be able to effectively communicate information. One commenter suggested that the page length of the LEA report card overview for each school served by the LEA cannot be appropriately determined until a State finalizes the elements of its accountability system. Finally, other commenters requested clarification regarding what exactly constitutes a single sheet of paper.
The State and LEA report card overviews align with the requirement in sections 1111(h)(1)(B) and 1111(h)(2)(B) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, that report cards be concise and presented in an understandable and uniform format. In particular, the overview sections serve to succinctly convey State, LEA, and school performance and progress while not abandoning minimum statutory report card requirements related to transparent and accurate presentation of a broad range of data and therefore fall squarely within the scope of section 1111(h) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, consistent with section 1111(e). As discussed previously in the discussion of
Regarding the subgroups included on the overview section, States and LEAs have discretion as to whether to include all disaggregated subgroups required under section 1111(c)(2) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and § 200.16(a), while including, at a minimum, the subgroups a State uses for accountability purposes consistent with § 200.16. While the Department believes that it is critical to identify the needs of all subgroups for which the statute requires disaggregated reporting, gathering an understanding of the performance that led to a school's accountability determination can help frame school performance overall and provide context for the further disaggregation that will be provided in the full State and LEA report cards.
Further, the Department agrees with several commenters that the LEA overview section for each school served by the LEA must be of sufficient length and font size to meet the goal of providing critical information to help parents and other stakeholders understand key metrics of State, LEA, and school performance. We also agree that additional flexibility is needed to do so. To help determine the most appropriate length and font size of the LEA overview for each school served by the LEA, LEAs should include discussion of this LEA report card section when they consult with parents in the development of the LEA report cards as required under § 200.31(b)(1).
Finally, given the concern regarding length of the overview section, rather than prescribe a particular length, we are deleting the requirement for that the LEA report card overview for each school served by the LEA be limited to a single piece of paper. Thus, the regulations need not clarify what constitutes a single sheet of paper.
Regardless of the method selected for providing this information to parents,
Some commenters also claimed that the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, does not authorize the Department to require a specific deadline for dissemination of State and LEA report cards. These commenters argued that December 31 is an arbitrary reporting deadline not found in statute.
A few commenters cited challenges meeting the deadline specifically for reporting graduation rates, per pupil expenditures, and postsecondary enrollment. Responses to those comments are provided below in separate comment summaries specific to these data elements.
We acknowledge that the newly required report card elements under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, may, initially, be more difficult for States and LEAs to implement. For this reason, §§ 200.30 and 200.31 include a one-time, one-year extension for those reporting elements. Although we decline to extend the general report card dissemination deadline, as discussed below, we have revised §§ 200.30(e) and 200.31(e) to permit States and LEAs to delay inclusion of data on per-pupil expenditures on annual State and LEA report cards until no later than June 30 following the December 31 deadline, provided that the report cards otherwise meet the December 31 dissemination deadline and include a description of when per-pupil expenditure data will be made available. We note that specific comments related to the timeline for reporting graduation rates, per pupil expenditures, and postsecondary enrollment are discussed more fully below.
In response to commenters who questioned our authority in this area, as discussed previously in the discussion of
We also disagree with commenters suggesting that a State should be permitted to lag its graduation rate data. Data are most useful and meaningful when they represent the most recent year. If a State reports lagged data in 2018, then it would be reporting 2016-17 graduation rates in December of the 2018-19 school year, meaning that the data available to parents would be a
A majority of these commenters requested that we change the annual per-pupil expenditure reporting deadline to June 30 annually. Other commenters suggested extending the deadline to March 31, while some recommended using a State-determined date for publishing per-pupil expenditure data on report cards. One commenter supported the December 31 annual deadline for per-pupil expenditures and two additional commenters generally supported the December 31 annual deadline for disseminating report cards, although they did not specifically mention per-pupil expenditures.
Therefore, we have added new §§ 200.30(e)(2) and 200.31(e)(2), which permit a State or LEA that is unable to include per-pupil expenditures on report cards by the December 31 deadline to update its report card with such data no later than the following June 30. Additionally, the Department will provide technical assistance and support to States and LEAs in implementing the per-pupil expenditure reporting requirement.
We also recognize that there are circumstances that prevent students from immediately enrolling in programs of postsecondary education, but the time frame in which students can be included in this metric is also in the statute, which specifies that it must be in the first academic year that follows the student's graduation. However, we believe that the first academic year can include students that first enroll in the fall, spring, or summer, which allows for the inclusions of students that may be unable to enroll by the fall.
Two commenters requested the Department expand the definition of parent to include caretakers such as legal guardians, custodians, State-determined definitions of the legal guardians and custodians, and stepparents. These commenters also requested the Department specify at what time during the school year service by a military-connected parent is to be counted for purposes of identification.
One commenter asked the Department to explain the definition of all active duty and whether it includes deployed military parents only or also full-time military who are not deployed. One commenter asked why Congress included this identifier under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and if there is evidence of delayed academic progress for children of parents in the military. One commenter argued the military-connected identifier will result in an unlawful violation of privacy.
One commenter requested that the Impact Aid regulatory requirements and these regulations be aligned, where possible, to limit administrative burden for LEAs, and that the Department gather feedback from LEAs that educate a significant number of military-connected students to ensure effective implementation of the new requirement. One commenter requested that the military-connected identifier be aligned with the reporting requirements under 20 U.S.C. 7703 (
We recognize the importance of service in the Reserve components of the military services and part-time National Guard. We note, however, that the statute focuses on full-time and active duty service in the military. As such, the Department declines to further extend the requirement regarding disaggregation by military-connected status.
We appreciate requests for additional clarification related to legal guardian status and when service by a military connected parent are to be counted for purposes of identification, but believes these questions are best addressed in non-regulatory guidance. We note though, that section 8101(38) defines a parent to include a legal guardian. With respect to the meaning of active duty, the term is clearly defined in the § 200.30(f)(iv)(B) consistent with the statutory definition in 10 U.S.C. 101(d)(1) and, as a result, the Department does not believe additional clarification is needed. However, the Department will consider providing additional information regarding this term in non-regulatory guidance.
The Department is unable to provide additional clarity related to the intent of Congress in requiring States and LEAs to disaggregate student achievement based on military-connected status. Nor is the Department able to provide evidence of delayed academic progress for children of parents in the military, primarily because the requirement to track academic performance of this subgroup of students did not exist prior to the enactment of the ESSA. The Department respects the concerns a commenter raised about student privacy, particularly of military-connected students, but is comforted by strong privacy protections under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, FERPA, and § 200.30, which it expects will be faithfully implemented by States and LEAs.
Although the Department declines to require States and LEAs to further disaggregate the military-connected student subgroup to distinguish between military connected students who utilize special education services under the IDEA and those that do not, the Department encourages State and LEAs to include reporting on additional subgroups, as appropriate. Further, we remind commenters that under section 1111(g)(2)(N) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, States are able to provide cross-tabulated information by additional subgroups beyond the minimum requirements, which include major racial and ethnic group, gender, English proficiency status, and children with or without disabilities.
While the Department seeks to create consistency across program requirements where possible, there is a misalignment of military-connected statutory definitions between 20 U.S.C. 7703 (
With respect to the comments regarding the potential difficulties associated with identifying an appropriate comparison group, the regulations provide flexibility for a State to determine the appropriate comparison, which may include the LEA or LEAs from which the charter school draws a significant portion of its students or a more specific, State-determined geographic community within an LEA. To ensure they are able to determine the appropriate comparison, we encourage States to consult with the charter school community, including authorized public chartering agencies. Further, we believe the benefits that will result from this reporting requirement in terms of increased transparency and accountability for this growing segment of public schools outweigh any burden it might impose on a State.
However, some commenters opposed the requirement that State and LEA report cards include a school's identification as a comprehensive or targeted support and improvement school and the reason that led to such identification, suggesting that these particular requirements extend beyond what sections 1111(h)(1)(C) and (h)(2)(C) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, require. Another commenter suggested that proposed § 200.32(c)(2) and (c)(3) be expanded to require that LEA report cards include additional information regarding a school's identification as a comprehensive or targeted support and improvement school, specifically “any missed targets.” A few commenters requested that State and LEA report cards include additional information related to a State's minimum n-size for accountability, such as the number and percentage of all students and students in each subgroup for whose results schools in the LEA are not held accountable in the State's system of meaningful differentiation.
Two commenters supported the option in proposed § 200.32(b) for State and LEA report cards to provide the Web address or URL of, or a direct link to, the State's State plan or other location on the SEA's Web site where one can access the required description of a State's accountability system. Finally, one commenter requested that the Department replace the term “rating” with the term “determination.”
We decline to require additional information on State and LEA report cards related specifically to schools identified as comprehensive or targeted support and improvement or implications of a State's minimum n-size beyond what section 1111(h)(1)(C)(i) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and § 200.32 require. However, States and LEAs may include any additional information that they believe will provide parents and other stakeholders with important information about school performance and progress. Further, with respect to one commenter's request for additional information regarding a State's minimum n-size, we note that § 299.17(b)(4) requires States to provide additional detail related to their minimum n-size in either their consolidated State plan or individual title I plan. Thus, because § 299.13(f) requires the State plan to be published on a State's Web site, such information will be publicly available.
We concur with the commenters who supported the option to allow States and LEAs to provide the Web address or URL of, or a direct link to, the State's State plan or other location on the State's Web site where one can access the description of a State's accountability system required under section 1111(h)(1)(C)(i), (h)(2) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and § 200.32. Given the amount of information on State and LEA report cards, we recognize that a detailed description of some of the accountability system elements may not add significantly to parents' or other stakeholders' understanding of school performance and progress and thus believe it is appropriate to allow the State or LEA to provide a Web address for, or direct link to, the State plan or another location on the SEA's Web site for detailed information on the accountability system. We do encourage States and LEAs, in developing report cards, to consider the amount of information needed to help parents and other stakeholders engage in and understand the State accountability system. Finally, the Department is
With respect to reporting on student achievement using a metric other than percent proficient, sections 1111(h)(1)(C)(xiv) and (h)(2)(C)(2)(iii) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, provide for States and LEAs to include on report cards any additional information they believe will best provide parents, students, and other members of the public with information regarding the progress of each of the State's public elementary and secondary schools. This could include additional metrics of school, LEA, and State performance.
We decline to require States to disaggregate graduation rates for students with disabilities those receiving a regular high school diploma and the State-defined alternate diploma, in part because we believe minimum n-size requirements would limit meaningful reporting of students receiving the alternate diploma in most districts. While States have discretion to include such disaggregated graduation rate data for students with disabilities on their report cards, they must comply with applicable local, State, and Federal privacy protections.
Entitlement to FAPE under IDEA could last until an eligible student's 22nd birthday, depending on State law or practice. However, under 34 CFR 300.102(a)(3)(i) a State's obligation to make FAPE available to all children with disabilities does not apply with respect to children with disabilities who have graduated from high school with a regular high school diploma. However, § 300.102(a)(3)(ii) clarifies that this exception does not apply to children with disabilities who have not graduated from high school with a regular high school diploma. Because a State-defined alternate diploma for students with the most significant cognitive disabilities does not align with the definition of a regular high school diploma, graduation from high school with such a diploma does not terminate the obligation of a State and its public agencies to make FAPE available until students awarded such a diploma are appropriately exited from special education and related services in accordance with § 300.305(e)(1) of the IDEA Part B regulations or exceed the age of eligibility for the provision of FAPE under State law. Because the IDEA regulations already address this obligation, no further clarification in these final regulations is needed.
Although we are removing the limitation on extended-year rates, we nonetheless believe that most students not graduating after four years will graduate in five or six years. Further, students with the most significant cognitive disabilities receiving a State-defined alternate diploma within the time period in which most States ensure the availability of FAPE can be included in both the four-year and extended-year graduation rates. For these reasons, the Department encourages States to limit extended-year rates to five or six years in order to capture the most meaningful information about student graduation outcomes for use in reporting and accountability systems.
With respect to the recommendation that States and LEAs not be required to report the four-year and extended-year rates separately, and that instead States and LEAs should be able to report only one, we note that section 1111(h)(1)(C)(iii)(II) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, specifically requires reporting on four-year graduation rates and, if adopted by the State, extended-year graduation rates. If a State chooses to implement an extended-year graduation rate, such information is most useful if reported separately from the four-year rate so that stakeholders can see the differences in graduation rate outcomes in the additional years beyond the four-year rate. Consequently, the Department believes that it is important that those rates be reported separately.
We appreciate suggestions from commenters about topics for potential guidance on this issue. Should we determine that further guidance is needed related to this issue, we will take these comments into consideration.
Some commenters focused generally on standard criteria for all four subgroups identified in the directed question. Several of these commenters supported basing a student's inclusion in a subgroup on being part of that subgroup at any time during the cohort period. Several commenters supported creating standard criteria, but suggested either different criteria based on the specific characteristics of the subgroup, or getting input from stakeholders, such as States and advocates, about the appropriate criteria for each subgroup.
Several commenters opposed requiring standard criteria, specifying that the decision should be left to States. Of these, two commenters included recommendations for the Department to consider if it decided to require standard criteria. One commenter recommended including students in the subgroup if they were part of that subgroup at any time during the cohort period. The other recommended that the Department consider current practices of States and align the requirements to the method used by a majority of States.
Many commenters addressed children with disabilities specifically. The majority of commenters supporting standardization suggested including children with disabilities if (1) they were a member of the subgroup at graduation and (2) they had spent the majority of their time in high school in the subgroup. The rest of the supporting commenters suggested varied approaches for standardization (
Some commenters addressed English learners specifically. One commenter requested special criteria and additional disaggregation for students who are English learners and have been part of Native American Language Schools and Programs for at least six years. Other commenters supported requiring standard criteria, but suggested different approaches for determining those criteria. Commenters suggested: Basing a student's membership in a cohort if they were part of that subgroup at any time during the cohort period; requiring standard criteria appropriate to the characteristics of the subgroups; and aligning the criteria with other definitions associated with English learners (
Many other commenters addressed concerns related to students who are homeless and students who are in foster care specifically and supported requiring standard criteria. All commenters supporting standard criteria for these groups suggested basing a student's membership in a cohort on whether they were part of that subgroup at any time during the cohort period and emphasized that this is particularly important for these groups since they may move in and out of that subgroup multiple times while they are in school and point in time counts would underrepresent the population. A subset of these commenters suggested that graduation rates should be reported both for students that were part of that subgroup at any time during the cohort period and students who were part of that subgroup at the time of graduation. Commenters indicated that if only one rate for these groups was possible, their preference was for the former. One commenter requested additional clarity regarding the assignment of students to particular subgroups. The commenter requested clarity as to whether a student could be assigned to multiple subgroups (
We disagree with the recommended approach of those commenters that supported standardizing the criteria for how children with disabilities are included in the cohort graduation rate calculation. The commenters suggested including children with disabilities if (1) they were a member of the subgroup at graduation and (2) they had spent the majority of their time in high school in the subgroup. The Department is unaware of any State that currently uses this approach when including children with disabilities in the cohort. Moreover, the Department believes that States, LEAs, and schools should be able to count children with disabilities if such children remain in that subgroup throughout high school or if they successfully exit from special education services in high school, as the data represent the long-term effort by States, LEAs, and schools to serve these students. The Department is also concerned that following the suggested approach could encourage States to unnecessarily retain some higher functioning students with disabilities in special education services in order to count these students in the disability subgroup. Additionally, we note that, under § 299.14(c)(5), each State must assure that it has policies and procedures in place regarding the appropriate identification of children with disabilities consistent with the child find evaluation requirements in section 612(a)(3) and (a)(7) of the IDEA. We feel confident that this will mitigate against the risk of students being inappropriately identified.
In response to commenters indicating that a student should be included in the English learners subgroup for purposes of reporting the adjusted cohort graduation rate if he or she was part of that subgroup at any time during the cohort period, we are revising § 200.34(e)(2) to require this practice for the limited purpose of reporting the adjusted cohort graduation rate under the ESEA. As with students with disabilities, this approach under the ESEA recognizes the long-term effort by States, LEAs, and schools to serve these students even if they are not English learners at the time they graduate.
We agree with commenters indicating that students who are homeless and students who are in foster care should be included in those subgroups for purposes of reporting the adjusted cohort graduation rate if they were part of the subgroup at any time during the cohort period. We agree that these students will move in and out of these subgroups depending on their current situation and that only capturing these students at the time of graduation would risk significantly underreporting these students.
On balance, the Department believes that the final regulations will create more consistency in graduation rate reporting for specific subgroups, which is an important improvement to current reporting practices which have made it difficult to compare certain subgroups across States. We believe that the long term benefits of increasing the comparability across States outweigh the interruption of the longitudinal data and the one-time effort to change business rules. Further, it seems appropriate to use this opportunity to require this approach for subgroups newly required for purposes of reporting adjusted cohort graduation rates under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, (
We note that a number of commenters indicated that further disaggregation of certain subgroups would provide the most useful information for understanding student graduation outcomes. While we understand that this information may be useful, the statute includes a specific list of subgroups for which disaggregation is required. As such, the Department will not require further disaggregation; however, States and LEAs are free to add further information to their report cards if they believe that further detail will convey useful context for their stakeholders.
Additionally, the Department notes that a commenter requested further clarification about subgroup inclusion. In this regard, we note that students can be included in multiple subgroups, and we expect that an individual student will be counted in any subgroup that applies to that student. For example, a student with a disability who is also an English learner would be counted in both subgroups.
Many commenters suggested further clarifying the requirement in a number of other ways, including by specifying that, to be removed from a sending school's cohort, a student must be “meaningfully participating” in an education program while in a prison or juvenile facility, that documentation of the transfer must include written confirmation of the student's enrollment in an educational program from which he or she can expect to receive a regular high school diploma, and that the provisions related to partial enrollment also apply to students in prison or juvenile facilities. A few commenters recommended adding a requirement to disaggregate graduation rate data for students who are in the juvenile justice system.
Two commenters opposed the proposed requirement, indicating that States may have trouble complying because they may lack authority over juvenile facilities and students in those facilities. One commenter noted that it would not be possible to produce consistent data across States.
Several commenters requested further guidance from the Department about responsibilities for educating students in juvenile facilities. Most of these commenters requested that the Department address the timing for transferring a student from the sending school, the process for transferring a student from a prison or juvenile facility back into a school, and requirements for oversight and accountability of schools in these facilities. One commenter requested further clarification on which LEA is responsible for a student that enters a prison or juvenile facility that does not award the applicable diploma types.
We also agree that a student should not be removed from a cohort unless the student will be in a facility long enough that he or she can expect to receive a regular high school diploma or, if applicable, a State-defined alternate diploma for students with the most significant cognitive disabilities from the facility. While the Department does not agree with comments suggesting that a student must remain in the facility for at least a year before being removed the sending school's cohort, the Department does believe that it is reasonable to clarify that a student should be in a facility long enough to receive a diploma from that facility. Otherwise, the student should remain in the cohort of the sending school, since the student would be expected to transfer back to the sending school before the time of his or her graduation. Further, upon a student's release from a prison or juvenile facility, it is critical for the LEA or school that the student previously attended to re-engage with the student to ensure a positive and supportive
The Department appreciates the suggestion that a student must “meaningfully participate” in an education program in a prison or juvenile facility, but, given the inherent challenge in defining that term, we decline to add it to the regulation. We do, however, encourage States to implement procedures to ensure that educational programs in prisons and juvenile facilities are of high quality.
The Department does not believe that it is necessary to revise the language on partial enrollment to clarify that the requirements related to reporting on students partially enrolled also apply to students in juvenile facilities. The Department believes that the language as written will apply to those facilities, and that adding specific language to that section will not clarify the requirement, but will instead create confusion.
The Department notes that some commenters have indicated that disaggregating data for students in juvenile justice facilities will provide useful information for understanding their graduation outcomes. While we understand that this information may be useful, we decline to expand the statutory list of subgroups for which disaggregation is required. We note, however, that States are free to add to their report cards information that they believe will be useful for their stakeholders.
We appreciate suggestions from commenters about topics for potential guidance on this issue. Should we determine that further guidance is needed related to this issue, we will take these comments into consideration.
Therefore, to encourage consistent, fair, and aligned reporting practices across States and LEAs, we decline to change the manner in which the number of students is determined for purposes of calculating per-pupil expenditures. We are, however, modifying the regulation to clarify that the NCES CCD enrollment count data that is used to calculate per-pupil expenditures for annual report card purposes must reflect enrollment data from “on or about” October 1.
However, we do not specify or require the use of particular account codes because we believe that States should have flexibility to develop and implement the uniform statewide procedures for calculating and reporting per-pupil expenditures that work best for the unique configurations and capacities of their LEAs and schools. Nevertheless, we encourage States to adopt statewide account code definitions aligned with those found in the NCES Financial Accounting for Local and State School Systems handbook (NCES handbook, available at:
Many commenters requested further clarification of the requirements, including, for example, specifying a uniform standard procedure for allocating expenditures at the school level or even requiring LEAs to assign all expenditures to the school level.
One commenter stated that the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, allows central office expenditures to be excluded from school-level reporting and that assigning expenditures to individual schools would be complicated by different LEA accounting methodologies, resulting in data quality issues.
One commenter suggested the Department add requirements that LEAs report the comparison between LEA average expenditures and individual schools and the percentage of LEA expenditures on administration and shared services. One commenter expressed concern over the reporting procedures for State payments to private preschool providers. One commenter recommended that the Department not specify an order of operation for calculating per-pupil expenditures, stating that some States are capable of calculating school-level expenditures without LEA reports.
Based on the comments received, it also appears some commenters may have misinterpreted the proposed regulations. Although States will determine which expenditures are reported at the school level, under proposed § 200.35 it is up to States to determine if expenditures such as superintendent salaries or food service costs are excluded from school-level reporting and only reported at the LEA level.
In addition, we believe that the establishment of national uniform school-level reporting procedures could stifle innovative approaches to reporting per-pupil expenditures and would fail to take into account local considerations and State laws. Because the statewide approaches will be uniformly applied within a State, implementation of proposed § 200.35 preserves the ability of within and cross-LEA comparisons of per-pupil expenditures.
Regarding the comment referencing the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principals, and Audit Requirements in part 200 of title 2 of the Code of Federal Regulations, the Department disagrees with claims that single audit requirements are misaligned with per-pupil expenditure requirements, as these separate requirements are in place for different purposes under different regulations. The administration of a single audit ensures that Federal funds are expended properly, while universal per-pupil reporting requirements ensure the public has access to comparable fiscal data.
We do not agree that the definition should accommodate students with disabilities who receive certificates of completion. This metric is intended to capture postsecondary enrollment of students earning diploma types consistent with the graduation rate requirements in § 200.34. States are able to include additional metrics of postsecondary actions if they wish to provide more robust information to parents and other stakeholders.
However, the Department is cognizant of the many reporting requirements already included in the State report card, as well as the particular challenge involved in linking secondary and postsecondary information. As such, the Department declines to impose additional burden on States by requiring additional postsecondary measures on State and LEA report cards. We note, however, that at its discretion a State may choose to include additional information on report cards.
We recognize that linking secondary and postsecondary data systems is challenging and requires an investment in new system infrastructure and processes. States are free to obtain the data from any source available to them, and States currently linking their systems approach this in a number of ways. Some States use the National Student Clearinghouse, which houses the most comprehensive information on postsecondary actions, but also requires an ongoing investment. States are not required to use this source, and some States are developing other innovative ways of obtaining data, including data sharing agreements or memoranda of understanding with other agencies. States engaging in data sharing agreements may contribute data to centralized repositories (centralized model), or store data separately and link data on demand (federated model). Acknowledging the added challenge of obtaining data on private or out-of-State institutions, Congress specifically differentiated requirements for those institution types compared to public, in-State institutions by adding “to the extent practicable” to the statutory requirements. The Department understands that new data elements, particularly those that involve the complexity of navigating multiple systems, will have data quality challenges; however, we believe that States need to continue to proactively develop the necessary processes to report these metrics in order for critical information on postsecondary actions to improve. States should clearly document limitations in their reported data to ensure that it is interpreted appropriately.
The Department also understands that data-sharing agreements can create privacy concerns and encourages States to use the Department's Privacy Technical Assistance Center, which provides resources on best practices for ensuring the confidentiality and security of personally identifiable information.
One commenter indicated that the requirements for educator qualification definitions in §§ 200.37 and 299.18(c)(2) extend beyond that which the statute requires, and, in addition, the different reporting timelines in these sections would be problematic. Another commenter suggested that the timeline for implementing the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, is overly aggressive and does not provide States with sufficient time to make necessary changes to State law regarding educator qualification definitions. This same commenter further contended that the statute prohibits the Department from mandating that States define certain terms as required in §§ 200.37 and 299.18(c)(2). In a related sentiment, one commenter requested that the Department add text to § 200.37(b) to indicate that States can use definitions for the terms “inexperienced” and “not teaching in the subject or field for which the teacher is certified or licensed” that may already exist in State law. Another commenter asserted that the requirement in § 299.18(c)(2)(ii) and (iii) that States use the same definitions of “out-of-field teacher” and “inexperienced teacher” as States adopt under proposed § 200.37(b) will necessitate a change in LEA hiring practices and will preclude them from hiring novice teachers and novice teachers from teaching in a school of their choice.
We believe that standardized statewide definitions of “inexperienced” and “not teaching in the subject or field for which the teacher is certified or licensed,” adopted by each State and used consistently in reporting teacher qualification data on State and LEA report cards, will ensure transparency and increase understanding of staffing needs in high-poverty and difficult-to-staff schools. Furthermore, we believe that uncovering such needs may encourage States to target efforts to recruit, support, and retain excellent educators in these schools. However, given variation in State laws and contexts, we believe States are best positioned to select the required statewide definitions of “inexperienced” and “not teaching in the subject or field for which the teacher is certified or licensed” and therefore decline to require use of a particular definition as require under § 200.37.
With respect to defining what constitutes a high- and low-poverty school, we disagree that the definitions are arbitrary as they are consistent with the definitions of these terms under the ESEA, as amended by NCLB. This ensures that States can continue to use
With respect to commenters asserting that the Department does not have the authority to require definitions of certain teacher qualification terms required under §§ 200.37(b) and 299.18(c)(2) and that the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, prohibits requirements for such definitions, please see discussion below in § 299.18 in response to other similar comments on this topic. With respect to commenters' concerns that the existing State laws regarding definitions of “inexperienced” and “not teaching in the subject or field for which the teacher is certified or licensed” would need to be revised, as long as current definitions for these terms meet the requirements under §§ 200.37(b) and 299.18(c)(2), States can, in fact, use them to meet the requirements in §§ 200.37(b) and 299.18(c)(2). As to the impact of the required definitions of these terms being the same in §§ 200.37(b) and 299.18(c)(2), LEAs need not necessarily revise their hiring policies, and could instead implement other strategies, such as modifying teacher recruitment and retention policies and procedures. Nevertheless, regardless of the strategies that an LEA elects to implement, it must report and, as necessary, address any differences in rates.
Finally, regarding the timelines for reporting the information required in § 200.37 not being sufficient for States to meet the requirements, States have been reporting on teachers teaching with emergency or provisional credentials as required under the ESEA, as amended by NCLB. With respect to the teacher qualification reporting requirements new under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, as noted previously, States and LEAs can request a one-year, one-time extension of such new requirements. Further, States and LEAs can choose to align the reporting timelines for information reported under § 299.18(c)(2) with the December 31 deadline for State and LEA report cards.
The regulatory provisions in §§ 299.13-299.19 specify that the State plan requirements are being issued in accordance with the authority granted to the Secretary by GEPA, DEOA, and section 8302 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. With respect to the commenter's specific concern that States should be allowed the discretion to establish State plan procedures and timelines, §§ 299.13-299.19 are not inconsistent with individual program State plan requirements or the consolidated State plan requirements in section 8302 because the Secretary has the authority to establish the time and manner for submission of individual program State plans and establish the procedures and criteria for a consolidated State plan under section 8302.
Additionally, one commenter requested that States provide the assurances in section 1111(g) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, specifically emphasizing that the Committee of Practitioners has been involved in the development of the State plan.
However, the Department declines to include an additional assurance regarding the Committee of Practitioners. All statutory assurances for covered programs are generally applicable under section 8304(a) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, which requires that each SEA assure that each program covered by the State plan be administered in accordance with all applicable statutes, regulations, program plans and applications. Furthermore, section 8302(b)(3) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, requires the Secretary to include only assurances that are absolutely necessary for the consideration of consolidated State plans. Therefore, we do not think it is necessary to include a specific assurance regarding the Committee of Practitioners.
Additional commenters asked that the regulation be amended to require States to: (1) Provide 60 days public notice of the draft State plan; (2) provide written agendas prior to meetings and written responses to public comments; and (3) ensure high quality two-way communications between the State and stakeholders about the State plan. In particular, some commenters asked that two-way communication be required with teachers, and with parents and families. Another commenter suggested that the final regulations require that stakeholder engagement include meetings that educators can attend, which one commenter specifically provided should be through the provision of flexible leave to school employees for attendance at such meetings.
In response to the comments requesting that we extend the public notice period from 30 days to 60 days, the Department encourages all States to provide as much time for public notice and outreach as possible. However, since section 1111(a)(8) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, on which this requirement is based, only requires a State to make the State plan available for “not less than 30 days,” the Department declines to make this change. With regard to adding language requiring agendas and written follow up to comments, the Department encourages States to provide this sort of feedback to stakeholders, whenever possible, but finds making this a requirement would be unduly burdensome. Given the volume of comments received indicating that the consolidated State plan requirements, as drafted, are overly burdensome, the Department will not add the additional requirements to the consolidated State plan.
In response to the commenter who asked that State plan approval be conditioned upon proof of meaningful consultation with Tribal nations, § 299.13(b)(3) requires States to describe how consultation and public comment were taken into account in the consolidated or individual State plan. We believe that this requirement addresses the commenter's concerns. Therefore, we decline to add additional language.
Many commenters praised the Department for including the protections for children in foster care in the State plan requirements, but many also proposed that the final regulations mirror the statutory requirements for collaboration. Other commenters suggested that the regulations require the procedures developed by the LEA and child welfare agency to include a dispute resolution process. Some commenters specified that it should be the child welfare agency that pays the additional costs of transportation, and
The Department likewise recognizes that there may be circumstances where a dispute resolution process is required if an LEA and child welfare agency are unable to reach agreement as to which agency or agencies will pay any additional costs that may be associated with providing transportation to children in foster care to and from their schools of origin. However, the Department does not believe it is necessary to mandate a specific dispute resolution process as the statute clearly requires that LEAs collaborate with child welfare agencies to develop procedures that ensure that children in foster care needing transportation promptly receive such transportation.
In order to ensure this statutory requirement is met, the Department is clarifying that the SEA must assure that an LEA receiving funds under title I, part A has developed procedures that describe how such transportation will be provided and funded if the agencies cannot reach agreement, whether through a dispute resolution process or through default cost sharing. An SEA's assurance here means that the SEA must take a leading and active role to ensure that LEAs collaborate with State and local child welfare agencies to develop clear and written procedures regarding how children in foster care will receive transportation, as necessary, to their school of origin when determined to be in their best interest.
We appreciate commenters' concerns about children in foster care continuing to receive transportation to the schools of origin while disputes are pending, along with concerns about which agency or agencies should be responsible for providing this transportation, and are clarifying that the written procedures must also describe which agency or agencies will initially pay the additional costs incurred in providing transportation so that transportation is provided promptly during the pendency of the dispute. We believe that the appropriate agency or agencies responsible for initially paying the additional costs incurred may vary depending on the individual child's circumstances. The LEA and local child welfare agency should explore a variety of options that consider such circumstances. For example, for one child, the foster parent may be willing to transport the child to the child's school of origin; for another child, there may existing transportation readily available; and there may be instances that necessitate the child's transportation being funded.
The Department declines to move submission timelines up to December 2016 because doing so would not allow sufficient time for each SEA to engage in timely and meaningful consultation consistent with § 299.13(b). The Department also declines to reduce its time to review plans from 120 to 60 days; sections 1111(a)(4)(A)(v) and 8451 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, allow 120 days for review and the Department believes that a 60-day review period allows inadequate time for the required peer review. While the Department appreciates the idea of allowing SEAs to submit their plans in parts, the Department believes that the entire consolidated State plan must be submitted at one time to ensure fully coordinated strategies.
Additionally, proposed § 299.13(b)(2)(iii) required timely and meaningful consultation prior to the submission of any significant revisions or amendments to the consolidated State plan. In order to distinguish the requirements for revising an initial State plan from the timely and meaningful consultation requirements for an approved State plan, the Department is clarifying the language in § 299.13(b)(2)(iii) to apply to an approved consolidated State plan or individual program State plan rather than an initial consolidated State plan.
In response to the concern that the Department may be promoting specific education policies through the peer review process for the consolidated State plan, the Department is required under section 8452 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, to ensure that any portion of a consolidated State plan that is related to title I, part A is subject to the peer review process described in section 1111(a)(4) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. The Department intends to administer a peer review of consolidated State plans consistent with the purpose of the peer review under section 1111(a)(4)(B) to “maximize collaboration with each State; promote effective implementation of challenging State standards through State and local innovation; and provide transparent, timely, and objective feedback to States designed to strengthen the technical and overall quality of the State plans.”
However, given the concerns expressed by several commenters and the Department's desire to eliminate unnecessary burden from State plans, we believe that some of the requirements within and across the consolidated State plan regulations can be further consolidated. Therefore, in an effort to reduce additional burden on States, we are changing some previously required descriptions into either an optional description or an assurance, and removing some previously required descriptions entirely from the consolidated State plan. Additionally, in an effort to streamline the requirements, we are reorganizing the structure of the consolidated State plan to place all cross cutting requirements in § 299.15, including required descriptions on consultation and performance management. For performance management, each SEA would only have to discuss these cross-cutting requirements once rather than under each component as proposed in § 299.14(c). Furthermore, we also believe that some of the requirements were not clear and therefore were interpreted to be more burdensome than intended. As a result, we are clarifying some consolidated State plan requirements to address those instances where a lack of clarity in the regulatory language resulted in an increase in perceived burden. The discussion of the exact changes to reduce burden in §§ 299.16-299.19 of the consolidated State plan are discussed below in the specific section where the changes were made.
In contrast, two commenters suggested that the consultation requirements be removed from the consolidated State plan regulations to permit States additional flexibility to establish State plan procedures and timelines.
We appreciate the best practices in consultation and stakeholder engagement highlighted by many of the commenters, including information sharing and providing vehicles for responding, as well as the proposed definition that one commenter provided for the phrase “to be developed in partnership with stakeholders.” We encourage the use of these best practices throughout the consultation process. We further appreciate that many commenters emphasized that their voice should be honored and not undermined, and we believe the final regulations will help ensure that a wide range of stakeholders will be consulted throughout the process of consolidated State plan development and implementation. See § 299.13 for a discussion of additional comments related to timely and meaningful consultation.
However, we note that commenters highlighted two critical stakeholder groups that were not included in § 299.15(a) of the proposed regulations and have unique perspectives to provide to a State in its development of its consolidated State plan: Representatives of private school students, and early childhood educators and leaders. We find particularly compelling commenters' arguments that consolidated State plans may not sufficiently reflect the interests of these two stakeholder groups-representatives of private school students, and early childhood educators and leaders-without the explicit inclusion of these groups in the required list of stakeholders with whom a State must consult in developing and implementing its consolidated State plan. Therefore, we are expanding the list of required stakeholder groups to explicitly include these two stakeholder groups. Additionally, in order to address the concerns of commenters who did not see their particular constituency represented in the required list of stakeholders with whom a State must consult on its consolidated State plan, we are clarifying in the final regulations that the required group of stakeholders with whom a State must consult is a mandatory, but non-exhaustive list, and may be supplemented by States as appropriate, based on local context and need.
In order to avoid any confusion that proposed § 299.16(a)(1) may have raised, the Department is removing the provisions in § 299.16 related to section 1111(b)(1) and replacing them with a general assurance of compliance with relevant statutory and regulatory provisions regarding standards and assessments in final § 299.14(c)(2). Because the statutory language is clear, we do not believe that further regulatory efforts in the consolidated State plan are necessary other than a general assurance that a State will comply with the standards and assessment requirements in sections 1111(b)(1)(A)-(F) and 1111(b)(2) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and applicable regulations.
We agree with the commenter's concern that the term “adequate preparation” was insufficiently rigorous, and are revising § 299.18(a)(2) to better reflect our expectations for educator preparation programs, including by clarifying that the description should describe State strategies to improve teacher preparation programs rather than a system of preparation.
As noted in the regulatory language itself, we believe that proposed § 299.18(a) is consistent with sections 2101 and 2102 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and is not outside of the Department's statutory authority in section 8302 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, to establish the process and criteria for submitting a consolidated State plan. Additionally, given that the Secretary has general rulemaking authority under GEPA and DEOA, it is not necessary for the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, to specifically authorize the Secretary to issue a particular regulatory provision. However, we agree that it is important for the final regulations to be clear about where uses of funds were permissive, rather than mandatory. For this reason and in response to the comments regarding the overall burden associated with submitting a consolidated State plan, we are revising the language in § 299.18(a) to provide that the required descriptions are applicable only to SEAs who intend to use funds under one or more of the covered programs for the activities in § 299.18(a)(1)-(3). Additionally, we are revising § 299.18(a)(3) to further clarify that an SEA is permitted, but not required, to include a description of how it will work with LEAs in the State to develop or implement State or local teacher, principal, or other school leader evaluation and support systems.
We also note that requirements related to teacher preparation programs generally are governed by the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), rather than the ESEA. The Department recently finalized regulations regarding teacher preparation under, available at:
However, consistent with commenters' suggestions to clarify the connection between Federal funds and certain activities, we have moved the requirements that were originally found at proposed § 299.18(b)(ii) and (iii) to § 299.18(a)(3), where it is clear that such activities must be included in State plans only to the extent that they are supported with Federal funds.
With respect to the specific suggestions regarding what should be addressed in the definitions of “ineffective,” we believe that the regulations appropriately ensure that these definitions are developed at the State and local level. We further note that the final regulations ensure that each SEA determine and make public a definition, or provide statewide guidelines to its LEAs to determine a definition of “ineffective.” Local context and discretion is important, and we believe it is critical that States and districts are the ones to define the term “ineffective.” Therefore, we decline to include these recommendations in the regulations.
We further clarify that the regulations are intended to ensure that each definition is be wholly unique and based on entirely different criteria. That is, an SEA may not use part of any definition for each of the terms “ineffective,” “inexperienced,” or “out-of-field” in defining each of the other terms. We believe that this requirement is necessary and appropriate to ensure that each of these terms is defined in a manner that reflects the statutory intent of providing three unique pieces of information on teacher characteristics related to ensuring equitable access to effective teaching. Additionally, allowing an SEA to use a part of a definition for one particular term in the definition of another term is likely to impact the ability of the data to provide useful information about educator equity.
One study
Another multi-site, multi-year study
Though some commenters suggested removing the student-level data requirement altogether, the Department has determined that requiring student-level data is not only justified, but indeed, necessary to ensure compliance with the statutory requirement in section 1111(g)(1)(B) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, that an SEA describe how low-income and minority children enrolled in schools assisted under title I, part A are not served at disproportionate rates than other children in the State by ineffective, out-of-field and inexperienced teachers. Because the required analysis is of the rates at which particular groups of children are served by teachers, and not the rates at which particular schools are served by teachers, requiring SEAs to use student-level data to inform the required description in order to ensure that they meet the statutory requirement constitutes a proper exercise of the Department's rulemaking authority.
We appreciate commenters' suggestions regarding clarification of how to implement the student-level data requirement and note that the Department plans to provide technical assistance and other support in this area, building in part on best practices from States already collecting and reporting student-level data.
With respect to commenters' concern that the selected comparison group would not sufficiently illuminate between-school or within-school inequities, as discussed above in the
We also agree with the commenter who advised that, to maximize the benefits associated with student-level data, the Department require that an SEA analyze the extent to which disparities at different levels contribute to the statewide differences in rates, and the causes of the disparities at each of those levels. As discussed in the student-level data discussion above, the benefits associated with calculating and reporting student-level data statewide are substantial because it illuminates within-school disparities; accordingly, we have amended this portion of the regulation to take advantage of the student-level data requirement in § 299.18(c)(3).
We have further revised § 299.18(c)(5)(i) to clarify that an SEA must identify whether the differences in rates at which certain student subgroups are taught by teachers with certain characteristics reflect differences between districts, within districts, and within schools, as well as the likely causes of those differences in rates, for example: Teacher shortages, working conditions, school leadership, compensation, or other factors.
Other commenters recommended allowing States to prioritize strategies focused on the teacher attribute with the most negative effects on student outcomes; for example, if State data showed that student performance suffered the most from inexperienced teachers, an SEA could elect to focus its efforts on reducing students' disproportionate exposure to inexperienced teachers.
Other commenters claimed that requiring SEAs to define and report on “ineffective teachers” inherently requires State evaluations that include an indicator for effectiveness, which commenters assert is prohibited in the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA.
Other commenters asserted that the requirements in § 299.18(c)(2)(v) must not violate individual privacy rights of teachers. Commenters noted that educator evaluation data are protected by law in some States, and claimed that reporting information required by the proposed regulation is prohibited. Commenters recommended that publication of data must be consistent with State and Federal privacy laws and principles, in addition to any other policies regarding the confidentiality of personnel information, and should not
As discussed earlier, we do not agree that requiring each SEA to define and report on ineffective teachers is prohibited by the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, because it is necessary for meeting the requirements of section 1111(g)(1)(B) of the ESEA. Further, consistent with the statutory provision in section 1111(e)(1)(B)(iii)(X), the final regulations, like the proposed regulations, require SEAs to establish their own definitions of “ineffective teacher” and do not prescribe the use of any specific definition.
We agree with commenters that the requirements in § 299.18(c)(2)(v) must not violate individual privacy rights of teachers. Section 1111(i)(1) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, specifies that “information shall be collected and disseminated in a manner that protects the privacy of individuals consistent with section 444 of GEPA (20 U.S.C. 1223g, commonly known as [FERPA]) and this Act.” Consistent with these requirements, we are revising the final regulations to clarify that reporting under § 299.18(c) must be consistent with FERPA. Commenters noted that evaluation data are protected by law in some States, and claimed that reporting information required by the proposed regulation is prohibited. However, this is not the case because there is no requirement that any of these data be personally identifiable.
Other commenters suggested that the Department include additional requirements in § 299.19, such as consultation requirements specific to this section; efforts to engage families of traditionally underserved students; and reporting on equitable access to a well-rounded coursework.
Other commenters stated that the proposed requirements in § 299.19(a) were overly burdensome and were not necessary to consider a consolidated State plan under section 8302 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA.
Consistent with this effort to streamline requirements in § 299.18(a), we also decline to include additional strategies in the required descriptions of SEA activities and plans or to extend the continuum of education covered by such plans beyond grade 12. However, we note that § 299.19(a)(1)(i) continues to require an SEA to describe how it will support a student's transition beyond high school. We also believe that consultation related to § 299.19(a) is adequately addressed by the consultation requirements in § 299.15(a) that requires that each SEA to consult with stakeholders on each component of the consolidated State plan. Further, the Stakeholder DCL provides recommendations on how States can meaningfully engage with stakeholders, including strategies to ensure engagement with parents of students from socioeconomically diverse backgrounds, parents of students from subgroups identified by the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and parents of students with disabilities. The Stakeholder DCL is available at
The appropriate identification of students with disabilities is addressed in the IDEA and its implementing regulations in sections 612(a)(3) and (a)(7) and 614(a)-(c) and 34 CFR 300.111, 300.122, and 300.300-300.311. In order to be eligible for an IDEA Part B grant, a State is required to submit a plan that provides assurances that the State has in effect policies and procedures to ensure that the State meets specific conditions prescribed in section 612 of the IDEA, including that all children with disabilities residing in the State, regardless of the severity of their disabilities, and who are in need of special education and related services, are identified, located, and evaluated in accordance with applicable IDEA Part B requirements. These requirements are designed to ensure that eligible children are appropriately identified and provided required special education and related services in a timely manner.
Proposed § 299.19(a)(1)(vi) also required the accurate identification of English learners which unnecessarily duplicated other statutory and regulatory requirements, including section 3113(b)(2) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and § 299.13(c)(2) of these final regulations.
Finally, some commenters expressed various concerns. Specifically, one commenter opposed the requirement to include criteria and not just procedures in proposed § 299.19(c)(3), asserting that the statute does not require criteria but only procedures; another expressed concern that proposed § 299.19(c)(3) does not allow for locally administered assessments as part of an SEA's exit criteria, and one questioned the need for proposed § 299.19(c)(3)(iv), which references civil rights obligations, given that proposed § 299.13(c)(2) appears to address the requirement.
With regard to including local input in an SEA's exit criteria, under proposed § 299.19(c)(3), which is moved to § 299.19(b)(4) in the final regulations, an SEA may incorporate local input that is valid, reliable, objective, and applied and weighted the same way across the State. For example, an SEA's exit criteria may include local input such as the use of an observational protocol or rubric-graded portfolio, as long as such input is applied and weighted consistently across the State. Thus, the regulations permit a local team to recommend continuing a student in English learner status even if the student scores proficient on the State's ELP assessment.
We also note that a student may continue to receive English language support with local or State funds even after exiting from English learner status. Furthermore, we will consider reemphasizing this in guidance.
Regarding concern over the requirement that an SEA's standardized entrance and exit procedures must also include criteria, as discussed earlier, under GEPA and DEOA, the Secretary has general rulemaking authority. Therefore, it is not necessary for the Act to specifically authorize the Secretary to issue a particular regulatory provision. Given the title III, part A requirement to describe statewide entrance and exit procedures under section 3113(b)(2) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, we believe it is within our regulatory authority to ensure that the procedures include criteria that will ensure the purposes of title III, part A are met, including to ensure that English learners attain ELP and develop high levels of academic achievement in English. With respect to the use of locally administered assessments, the Department believes that final § 299.19(b)(4) appropriately precludes use of locally administered ELP assessments as part of its exit criteria, as local assessments, by definition, are not standard across the State. However, local assessments may be used to help identify the needs of and appropriate instructional supports for English learners so that they can attain English proficiency. Finally, we agree with the commenter regarding proposed § 299.19(c)(3)(iv) on civil rights obligations, and are moving that provision to § 299.13(c)(2).
Commenters who opposed the restriction generally sought greater flexibility in using the results of content area assessments to inform decisions on both continuing a student in or exiting a student from English learner status. For example, some commenters stated that it may be appropriate to use the results of content assessments to continue a student's English learner status if the ELP assessment is not fully aligned with a State's academic content standards or the cut scores on the ELP assessment have not been set at appropriate levels and thus could result in a student prematurely exiting English learner status (and potentially violating a student's civil rights). Among commenters who supported using the results of content assessments to exit students from English learner status, one commenter asserted that a student who scores proficient on the State's reading/language arts assessment, but just below a score of proficient on the State's ELP assessment, should be permitted to exit English learner status, and that such flexibility could help account for error in ELP assessments. Finally, one commenter requested clarification as to what academic content assessments means under proposed § 299.19(c)(3).
The Department continues to believe that while performance on content area assessments may be affected by a student's level of ELP, such assessments are not valid and reliable measures of ELP and, if used to continue a student's status as an English learner, may do so inappropriately (
It would be equally inappropriate use a proficient score on the reading/language arts assessment to exit a student whose ELP assessment results are close to the cut score. The reading/language arts assessment typically does not assess all four domains (reading, writing, listening, and speaking); consequently, using results on such an assessment as part of exit criteria may result in a student exiting who is not able to succeed in a classroom in which listening and speaking in English are crucial skills. Finally, we agree that using the results on content area assessments to help establish cut scores on an ELP assessment may contribute to more meaningful cut scores on the English language proficiency assessment, and we note that the final regulations do not restrict the use of content area assessment results for this purpose.
With respect to a student whose parents may have chosen to opt the student out of all State standardized testing, a high-quality assessment system, including State standardized tests, helps parents, teachers, and other stakeholders to understand and address the needs of individual and groups of students. A State's ELP assessment, along with other indicators of a student's performance and progress at achieving ELP, can focus efforts on areas where students most need support to help ensure their academic success, attainment of a regular high school diploma, and pursuance of postsecondary education or a career of their own choosing.
Under Executive Order 12866, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) must determine whether this regulatory action is significant and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive order and subject to review by OMB. Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines “significant regulatory action” as an action likely to result in a rule that may—
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affect a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities in a material way (also referred to as an “economically significant” rule);
(2) Create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees,
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles stated in the Executive order.
This final regulatory action is an economically significant regulatory action subject to review by OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866.
We have also reviewed these regulations under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—
(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);
(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account, among other things and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and
(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives such as user fees or marketable permits, to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.
Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”
We are issuing these final regulations only on a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs. In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, we selected those approaches that maximize net benefits. Based on the analysis that follows, the Department believes that these final regulations are consistent with the principles in Executive Order 13563.
We have also determined that this regulatory action will not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
We have assessed the costs and benefits of this regulatory action. The costs associated with the final regulations are those resulting from statutory requirements and those we have determined as necessary for administering these programs effectively and efficiently. Elsewhere in this section under
In assessing the costs and benefits—both quantitative and qualitative—of these final regulations, we have determined that the benefits justify the costs.
The Department believes that the majority of the changes in these final regulations will not impose significant costs on States, LEAs, or other entities that participate in programs addressed by this regulatory action. Other changes will impose costs, but in many cases they are one-time or initial costs that will not recur, and the Department believes that the benefits resulting from the regulations will exceed the costs by a significant margin. We also note that while the Department received over 20,000 public comments on the proposed regulations, only four commenters addressed the Regulatory Impact Analysis, with one commenter supporting the cost estimates in the NPRM and three commenters asserting that the estimates did not fully reflect the costs of implementation. We believe that this relatively low level of concern about administrative burdens and costs confirms our view, as expressed in the NPRM, that the regulatory framework in these regulations for State accountability systems based on the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, closely parallels current State systems, which include long-term goals and measurements of interim progress; multiple indicators, including indicators of Academic Achievement, Graduation Rates, and other academic measures selected by the State; annual differentiation of school performance; the identification of low-performing schools; and the implementation of improvement plans for identified schools.
In addition, the final regulations, consistent with the requirements of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, provide considerable flexibility to States and LEAs in determining the specific approaches to meeting new requirements, including the rigor of long-term goals and measurements of interim progress, the timeline for meeting those goals, the selection and weighting of indicators of student and school progress, the criteria for identification of schools for improvement, and the development and implementation of improvement plans. This flexibility allows States and LEAs to build on existing measures, systems, and interventions rather than creating new ones, and to determine the most cost-efficient and least burdensome means of meeting proposed regulatory requirements, instead of a standardized set of prescriptive requirements. For all of these reasons, this final cost-benefit analysis generally is consistent with the Department's original estimates.
One commenter asserted that virtually the entire reduced burden in the proposed regulations resulted from statutory rather than regulatory changes, implying that the cost-benefit analysis improperly attributed burden reduction to the regulations. The commenter also asserted that in reducing flexibility for States compared to statutory requirements, the proposed regulations would likely increase costs for States due to the additional administrative burdens of meeting new requirements. In response, we note that, consistent with OMB requirements, our cost-benefit analysis in the final regulations, as in the proposed regulations, takes into account the estimated costs of both statutory and regulatory changes compared to previous statutory and regulatory requirements.
Accordingly, we identify certain statutory changes to the accountability systems and school improvement requirements of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, which would result in a significant reduction in costs and administrative burdens for States and LEAs. First, the previous regulations, which are based on the core goal of ensuring 100 percent proficiency in reading and mathematics for all students and all subgroups, potentially result in the identification of the overwhelming majority of participating title I schools for improvement, corrective action, or restructuring. Such an outcome would produce unsustainable demands on State and local capacity to develop, fund, implement, and monitor school improvement plans and related school improvement supports. It was the prospect of this outcome that drove the development of, and rapid voluntary requests for, waivers of certain
Second, under the final regulations, LEAs will not be required to make available supplemental educational services (SES) to students from low-income families who attend schools identified for improvement. This means that States will not be required to develop and maintain lists of approved SES providers, review provider performance, monitor LEA implementation of SES requirements, or set aside substantial amounts of title I, part A funding for SES. States and LEAs also will no longer be required to report on either student participation or expenditures related to public school choice or SES. While States participating in ESEA flexibility generally already have benefited from waivers of the statutory and regulatory requirements related to public school choice and SES, the final regulations will extend this relief to all States and LEAs without the additional burden of seeking waivers.
Third, the final regulations will eliminate requirements for State identification of LEAs for improvement and the development and implementation of LEA improvement and corrective action plans. As would be the case for schools, the current regulations would require such plans for virtually all participating title I LEAs; the final regulations will not require States to identify any LEAs for improvement.
While most of the elements and requirements of State accountability systems required by the final regulations involve minimal or even significantly reduced costs compared to the requirements of the previous regulations, there are certain proposed changes that could entail additional costs, as described below.
Section 200.13 requires States to establish a uniform procedure for setting long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for English learners that can be applied consistently and equitably to all students and schools for accountability purposes and that consider individual student characteristics (
Under § 200.14(b)(5), States will be required to develop at least one indicator of School Quality or Student Success that measures such factors as student access to and completion of advanced coursework, postsecondary readiness, school climate and safety, student engagement, educator engagement, or any other measure the State chooses. Section 200.14(c) specifies that measures within School Quality or Student Success indicators must, among other requirements, be valid, reliable, and comparable across all LEAs in the State and support meaningful differentiation of performance among schools. We recognize that the development and implementation of new School Quality or Student Success indicators, which may include the development of instruments to collect and report data on one or more such measures, could impose significant additional costs on a State that elects to develop an entirely new measure. However, the Department also believes, based in part on its experience in reviewing waiver requests under ESEA flexibility, that all States currently collect data on one or more measures that may be suitable as an indicator of School Quality or Student Success consistent with the requirements of § 200.14(b)(5). Consequently, we believe that all, or nearly all, States will choose to adapt a current measure to the purposes of § 200.14(b)(5), rather than developing an entirely new measure, and thus that the final regulations will not impose significant new costs or administrative burdens on States and LEAs.
Section 200.15(b)(2)(iv) provides flexibility for a State to develop and submit for approval—as part of either a consolidated State plan or a title I, part A State plan—a State-determined action or set of actions for factoring the 95 percent participation rate requirement into its system of annual meaningful differentiation of schools that is sufficiently rigorous to improve a school's assessment participation rate so that it meets the 95 percent participation rate requirement. We note that a State may avoid the administrative burden and cost of developing its own State-determined action, or set of actions, by adopting one or more of the alternative actions provided in § 200.15(b)(2)(i)-(iii). Nevertheless, we estimate that 26 States will take advantage of this flexibility and incur the one-time costs of developing or adopting and submitting for approval to the Department a State-determined action or set of actions for schools that miss the 95 percent participation rate. The Department further estimates that these 26 States would need, on average, 32 hours to develop or adopt and submit for peer review and approval such a State-determined action. At $40 per hour, the average cost per State would be $1,280, resulting in total costs of $33,280 for the estimated 26 States. We expect that States generally would use Federal education funds they reserve for State administration under title I, part A to cover these one-time costs.
In addition, § 200.15(c)(2) requires an LEA with a significant number of schools that fail to assess at least 95 percent of all students or 95 percent of students in any subgroup to develop and implement an improvement plan that includes support for school-level plans to improve participation rates that must be developed under § 200.15(c)(1). Section 200.15(c)(2) further requires States to review and approve these LEA plans.
These improvement plan requirements are similar to previous regulations that required States to: Annually review the progress of each LEA in making AYP; identify for improvement any LEA that fails to make AYP for two consecutive years, including any LEA that fails to make AYP as a result of not assessing 95 percent of all students or each subgroup of students; and provide technical assistance and other support related to the development and implementation of LEA improvement plans. Current regulations also require States to take certain corrective actions in LEAs that miss AYP for four or more consecutive years, including LEAs that miss AYP due to not assessing 95 percent of all students or each subgroup of students. As noted previously, the final regulations no longer require annual State review of LEA progress; State identification of LEAs for improvement; or the development, preparation, or implementation of LEA improvement or corrective action plans. This significant reduction in State burden more than offsets the burden in the final regulations related to both the potential one-time cost of developing a State-determined action for schools that miss the 95 percent participation rate and reviewing and approving LEA plans to address low assessment participation rates in their schools. In addition, State discretion to define the threshold for “a significant number of schools” that would trigger the requirement for LEA plans related to missing the 95 percent participation rate will provide States a measure of control over the burden of complying with the final regulations. Consequently, the Department believes that the final regulations related to the 95 percent participation rate will not increase costs or administrative burdens significantly for States, as compared to the current regulations. Moreover, we believe that these requirements will have the significant benefit of helping to ensure that the plans include effective interventions that will improve participation in assessments, facilitate transparent information for families and educators on student progress, and assist schools in supporting high-quality instruction and meeting the demonstrated educational needs of all students.
The school improvement requirements in the final regulations generally are similar to those required under the current regulations. The previous regulations required identification of schools for multiple improvement categories, State and LEA notification of identified schools, the development and implementation of improvement plans with stakeholder involvement, State support for implementation of improvement plans, LEA provision of public school choice and SES options (the latter of which also imposes significant administrative burdens on States), and more rigorous actions for schools that do not improve over time. In addition, the previous regulations included a prescriptive timeline under which schools that do not improve must advance to the next stage of improvement, typically only after a year or two of implementation at the previous stage (
The final regulations also clarify certain elements of the school improvement process required by the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, including the needs assessment for schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement, the use of evidence-based interventions in schools identified for both comprehensive support and improvement and targeted support and improvement, and the review of resource inequities required for schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement as well as for schools with low-performing subgroups identified for targeted support and improvement under § 200.19(b)(2). Section 200.21 requires an LEA with such a school to carry out, in partnership with stakeholders, a comprehensive needs assessment that takes into account, at a minimum, the school's performance on all indicators used by the State's accountability system and the reason(s) the school was identified. The final regulations also require the LEA to develop a comprehensive support and improvement plan that is based on the needs assessment and that includes one or more evidence-based interventions. These requirements are similar to the requirements in the previous regulations, under which LEAs with schools identified for improvement must develop improvement plans that include consultation with stakeholders. Thus we believe that the final regulations related to conducting a needs assessment and the use of evidence-based interventions will not increase costs or administrative burdens significantly for LEAs, as compared to the previous statutory and regulatory requirements. Moreover, we believe that these requirements will have the significant benefit of helping to ensure that the required improvement plans include effective interventions that meet the demonstrated educational needs of students in identified schools, and ultimately improve outcomes for those students.
Section 200.21 also requires LEAs with schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement, as well as schools with low-performing subgroups identified for targeted support and improvement that also must receive additional targeted support under § 200.19(b)(2), to identify and address resource inequities, including any disproportionate assignment of ineffective, out-of-field, or inexperienced teachers and possible inequities related to the per-pupil expenditures of Federal, State, and local funds. These requirements involve an additional use of data and methods that LEAs would be required to develop and apply to meet other statutory and regulatory requirements in the final regulations, including requirements related to ensuring that low-income and
Section 200.21 establishes a new requirement for State review and approval of each comprehensive support and improvement plan developed by LEAs with one or more schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement, as well as proposed amendments to previously approved plans. This requirement potentially imposes additional costs compared to the previous regulations. One commenter noted that while cost estimates in the NPRM captured a portion of the costs of these plans, the estimates did not recognize other start-up costs, such as preparing for the collection and review of plans and training LEAs on plan requirements, as well as ongoing costs related to monitoring comprehensive support and improvement plans and revising plans when necessary. The commenter further noted that States would likely have to engage both LEAs and schools to ensure the development and implementation of effective improvement plans. The Department agrees that its initial estimates likely understated the average costs that States would incur in creating an application process, training LEA staff, collecting applications, and reviewing and approving comprehensive support and improvement plans for the estimated 4,000 schools that will be identified for comprehensive support and improvement under the final regulations. Consequently, we are increasing the number of hours that we estimate these activities would take, on average, for each identified school from 20 hours to 30 hours, representing the addition of 5 hours for training and 5 hours for administrative processing of each application. Assuming a cost of $40 per hour for State staff, the total estimated State costs related to comprehensive support and improvement plans rises from $3,200,000 in the NPRM to $4,800,000 in these final regulations. States are expected to incur these costs just once over the course of the four-year authorization of the law due to the delayed timeline for identification of the initial cohort of comprehensive support and improvement schools, which under the final regulations will take place at the beginning of the 2018-2019 school year. We also note that this cost represents less than 3 percent of the funds that States are authorized to reserve annually for State-level administrative and school improvement activities under part A of title I of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. Given the critical importance of ensuring that LEAs implement rigorous improvement plans in their lowest-performing comprehensive support and improvement schools, and that a significant proportion of the approximately $1 billion that States will reserve annually under section 1003 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, will be used to support effective implementation of these plans, we believe that the potential benefits of a robust State review and approval role will far outweigh the costs. Moreover, those costs would be fully paid for with formula grant funds made available through the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, including the 1 percent administrative reservation under title I, part A and the 5 percent State-level share of section 1003 school improvement funds.
We further note that the analysis in the NPRM did account for the requirement that the State monitor and periodically review each LEA's implementation of approved comprehensive support and improvement plans. As described in the NRPM, these activities are essentially the same as those carried out under the previous statute and regulations for schools identified for improvement, corrective action, and restructuring, as well as State-level monitoring requirements under the School Improvement Grants program, and thus do not represent new burden or costs for States. In addition, section 1003 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, which requires States to reserve a total of approximately $1 billion annually to support implementation of comprehensive support and improvement and targeted support and improvement plans, permits States to use up to 5 percent of these funds for State-level activities, including “monitoring and evaluating the use of funds” by LEAs using section 1003 funds for comprehensive support and improvement plans. For these reasons, we believe that the requirement in the final regulations to monitor and periodically review each LEA's implementation of approved comprehensive support and improvement plans would impose few, if any, additional costs compared to previous regulatory requirements, and that any increased costs would be paid for with Federal funding provided for this purpose.
The final regulations also require States to establish exit criteria for schools implementing comprehensive support and improvement plans and for certain schools with low-performing subgroups identified for targeted support and improvement that also must receive additional targeted support under § 200.19(b)(2) and implement enhanced targeted support and improvement plans. In both cases, the final regulations require that the exit criteria established by the State ensure that a school (1) has improved student outcomes and (2) no longer meets the criteria for identification. Schools that do not meet exit criteria following a State-determined number of years will be identified for additional improvement actions (as outlined by an amended comprehensive support and improvement plan for schools already implementing such plans, and a comprehensive support and improvement plan for schools previously identified for targeted support and improvement due to low-performing subgroups that also receive additional targeted support). We believe that these additional requirements will be minimally burdensome and entail few, if any, additional costs for States. Moreover, most States already have developed similar exit criteria for their priority and focus schools under ESEA flexibility, and likely will be able to adapt existing criteria for use under the final regulations. Rigorous exit criteria linked to additional improvement actions are essential for ensuring that low-performing schools, and, more importantly, the students who attend
In addition to requiring States to review and approve comprehensive support and improvement plans, monitor implementation of those plans, and establish exit criteria, the final regulations require States to provide technical assistance and other support to LEAs serving a significant number of schools identified either for comprehensive support and improvement or targeted support and improvement.
Section 200.23 requires each State to periodically review available resources between LEAs and between schools. The final regulations also require each State to take action, to the extent practicable, to address any resource inequities identified during its review. These reviews generally will not require the collection of new data and, in many cases, will involve re-examining information and analyses provided to States by LEAs during the process of reviewing and approving comprehensive support and improvement plans and meeting title I requirements regarding disproportionate assignment of low-income and minority students to ineffective, out-of-field, or inexperienced teachers. In addition, the final regulations give States flexibility to identify the LEAs targeted for resource reviews. Consequently, we believe that the final regulations regarding State resource reviews will be minimally burdensome and entail few if any new costs, while contributing to the development of statewide strategies for addressing resource inequities that can help improve outcomes for students served under ESEA programs.
Similarly, § 200.23(b) of the final regulations requires each State to describe in its State plan the technical assistance it will provide to each of its LEAs serving a significant number of schools identified for either comprehensive support and improvement or targeted support and improvement. The final regulations also specify minimum requirements for such technical assistance, including how the State will assist LEAs in developing and implementing comprehensive support and improvement plans and targeted support and improvement plans, conducting school-level needs assessments, selecting evidence-based interventions, and reviewing and addressing resource inequities. We believe that these requirements related to State-provided technical assistance to certain LEAs will be better differentiated, more reflective of State capacity limits, and significantly less burdensome and costly than previous regulatory requirements related to LEA improvement and corrective action and the operation of statewide systems of support for schools and LEAs identified for improvement. Moreover, given the schools that would be targeted for technical assistance, most costs could be paid for with the State share of funds reserved for school improvement under section 1003 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA.
The ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, expanded reporting requirements for States and LEAs in order to provide parents, practitioners, policy makers, and public officials at the Federal, State, and local levels with actionable data and information on key aspects of our education system and the students served by that system, but in particular those students served by ESEA programs. The final regulations implement these requirements primarily by clarifying definitions and, where possible, streamlining and simplifying reporting requirements consistent with the purposes of the ESEA. Although the regulatory changes in §§ 200.30 through 200.37 involve new requirements that entail additional costs for States and LEAs, we believe the costs are reasonable in view of the potential benefits, which include a more comprehensive picture of the structure and performance of our education system under the new law. Importantly, the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, gives States and LEAs considerable new flexibility to develop and implement innovative, evidence-based approaches to addressing local educational needs, and the final regulations help ensure that the comprehensive data reporting requirements of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, capture the shape and results of that innovation without imposing unreasonable burdens on program participants.
The Department estimates that the new data reporting requirements impose a one-time increased burden of 230 hours per State. Assuming an average cost of $40 an hour for State staff, we estimate a total one-time cost of $478,400 for meeting the new State report card requirements. The Department further estimates that the preparation and dissemination of LEA report cards will require a new one-time average burden of 80 hours per respondent in the first year and annual burden of 10 hours per respondent, resulting in a one-time total burden across 16,970 LEAs of 1,357,600 hours and annual burden of 169,700 hours per LEA.
A key challenge faced by States in meeting current report card requirements has been developing clear, effective formats for the timely delivery of complex information to a wide range of customers. Sections 200.30 and 200.31 specify requirements intended to promote improvements in this area, including a required overview aimed at ensuring essential information is provided to parents in a manageable, easy-to-understand format; definitions for key elements; dissemination options; accessible formats; and deadlines for publication. We believe the benefits of the final regulations are significant and include transparency, timeliness, and wide accessibility of data to inform educational improvement and accountability.
Section 200.32 streamlines reporting requirements related to State and local accountability systems by permitting States and LEAs to meet those requirements by referencing or obtaining data from other existing documents and descriptions created to meet other requirements in the final regulations. For example, § 200.32 allows States and LEAs to meet the requirement relating to a description of State accountability systems through a link to a Web address, rather than trying to condense a complex, lengthy
A critical new requirement in the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, is the collection and reporting of per-pupil expenditures. Section 200.35 includes requirements and definitions aimed at helping States and LEAs collect and report reliable, accurate, and comparable data on these expenditures. We believe that these data will be essential in helping districts meet their obligations under the supplement not supplant requirement in title I-A, which requires districts to develop a methodology demonstrating that Federal funds are used to supplement State and local education funding. In addition, making such data widely available has tremendous potential to highlight disparities in resource allocations that can have a significant impact on both the effective use of Federal program funds and educational opportunity and outcomes for the students served by ESEA programs. Broader knowledge and understanding of such disparities among educators, parents, and the public can lead to a more informed conversation about how to improve the performance of our education system, and the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, highlights the importance of resource allocation considerations by making them a key component of school improvement plans, and ultimately improve educational outcomes.
Section 200.36 provides specifications for the newly required collection of information on student enrollment in postsecondary education, including definitions of key data elements. Sections 200.34 and 200.37 clarify guidelines for calculating graduation rates and reporting on educator qualifications, respectively, and reflect a change to existing reporting requirements in current regulations rather than new items (
We believe that the final State plan regulations in §§ 299.13 to 299.19 generally do not impose significant costs on States. As discussed in the
Moreover, the final regulations implement statutory provisions expressly intended to reduce burden on States by simplifying the process for applying for Federal education program funds. Section 8302 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, allows States to submit a consolidated State plan in lieu of multiple State plans for individual covered programs. The Department anticipates, based on previous experience, that all States will take advantage of the option in § 299.13 to submit a consolidated State plan, and we believe that the content areas and requirements for those plans in §§ 299.14 to 299.19 are appropriately limited to those needed to ensure that States and their LEAs provide all children significant opportunity to receive a fair, equitable, and high-quality education and close achievement gaps, consistent with the purpose of title I of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. As discussed in detail elsewhere in this notice, in these final regulations we have revised certain provisions from proposed §§ 299.14 to 299.19 to ensure a limited burden on States submitting a consolidated State plan, including by eliminating certain proposed requirements and reducing the amount of information that a State must provide under other requirements.
Section 8302(a)(1) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, permits the Department to designate programs for inclusion in consolidated State plans in addition to those covered by the statute. In § 299.13, the Department has added to the covered programs the Grants for State Assessments and Related Activities in section 1201 of title I, part B of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and the Education for Homeless Children and Youths program in subpart B of title VII of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act. Inclusion of these programs in a consolidated State plan will further reduce the burden on States in applying for Federal education program funds.
In general, the Department believes that the costs of the final State plan regulations (which are discussed in more detail in the following paragraphs) are clearly outweighed by their benefits, which include, in addition to reduced burden on States: Increased flexibility in State planning, improved stakeholder engagement in plan development and implementation, better coordination in the use of Federal education program funds and elimination of funding “silos,” and a sustained focus on activities critical to providing all students with equitable access to a high-quality education.
Section 299.13 establishes the procedures and timelines for State plan submission and revision, including requirements for timely and meaningful consultation with stakeholders that are based on requirements in titles I, II, and III of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. The Department does not believe that the consultation requirements impose significant costs on States. We expect that, as part of carrying out their general education responsibilities, States will have already developed procedures for notifying the public and for conducting outreach to, and soliciting input from, stakeholders, as the regulations require. In the Department's estimation, States will not incur significant costs in implementing those procedures for the State plans.
Sections 299.14 to 299.19 establish requirements for the content of consolidated State plans (
Section 299.15 requires States to describe how they engaged in timely and meaningful consultation with specified stakeholder groups in consolidated State plan development. We estimate that the costs of complying with the requirements in this section are minimal.
Section 299.16 requires States to describe how they are complying with requirements related to assessments in languages other than English, consistent with section 1111(b)(2)(F) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. In addition, for a State that exempts an eighth-grade student from taking the mathematics assessment the State typically administers in eighth grade because the student takes an end-of-course mathematics assessment that is used by the State to meet high school assessment requirements, § 299.16 requires the State to describe how the State is complying with the requirements of section 1111(b)(2)(c) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, and applicable regulations. The Department believes that the costs to States of complying with these requirements are likewise minimal.
The Department believes that the requirements in §§ 299.17 and 299.18 similarly do not involve significant new costs for most States. Section 299.17 establishes consolidated State plan requirements for describing the State's long-term goals, statewide accountability system, school identifications, and support for low-performing schools, consistent with the requirements in section 1111(c) and (d) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA. Section 299.18 requires a State to describe, consistent with requirements in sections 1111(g), 2101, and 2102 of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA: Educator development, retention, and advancement practices in the State, if the State intends to use Federal education program funds to support such practices; how the State will use Federal education program funds for State-level activities to improve educator quality and effectiveness; and whether low-income and minority students in title I-participating schools are taught at higher rates by ineffective, out-of-field, or inexperienced teachers compared to their peers, including the likely causes of any differences in rates and strategies to eliminate those differences. The Department anticipates that, in complying with §§ 299.17 and 299.18, States will rely to a significant degree on existing State ESEA flexibility requests and Educator Equity Plans. Accordingly, the final regulations should generally not result in significant new costs for States.
Finally, § 299.19 requires States to describe how they will use Federal education program funds to provide all students equitable access to a well-rounded and supportive education, and includes program-specific requirements necessary to ensure that such access is provided to particularly vulnerable student groups, including migratory students, neglected and delinquent children and youths, English learners, and homeless children and youths. We believe that the requirements in this section would accomplish this purpose with minimal burden on, and cost to, States, consistent with section 8302(b)(3) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA.
The major benefit of these regulations, taken in their totality, is a more flexible, less complex, and costly accountability framework for the implementation of the ESEA that respects State and local decision-making while continuing to ensure that States and LEAs use ESEA funds to ensure that all students have significant opportunity to receive a fair, equitable, and high-quality education, and to close educational achievement gaps.
As required by OMB Circular A-4 (available at
Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1531), an agency must assess the effects of its regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments. The Department has set forth that assessment in the
The Secretary certifies that these final requirements would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Under the U.S. Small Business Administration's Size Standards, small entities include small governmental jurisdictions such as cities, towns, or school districts (LEAs) with a population of less than 50,000. Although the majority of LEAs that receive ESEA funds qualify as small entities under this definition, the requirements established in this document would not have a significant economic impact on these small LEAs because the costs of implementing these requirements would be covered by funding received by these small LEAs under ESEA formula grant programs, including programs that provide funds largely for such small LEAs (
Sections 200.21, 200.22, 200.24, 200.30, 200.31, 200.32, 200.33, 200.34, 200.35, 200.36, 200.37, 299.13, 299.14, 299.15, 299.16, 299.17, 299.18, and 299.19 of the final regulations contain information collection requirements that will impact the burden and costs associated with two currently approved information collections, 1810-0581 and 1810-0576. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) the Department submitted a copy of these sections to OMB for its review.
These changes were described in the NPRM and subject to comments at that time. One commenter acknowledged that the proposed regulations affected the information collections, and agreed that the proposed regulations would reduce some existing burden. A second commenter indicated that the burden estimates were too low, but did not provide specific suggestions for improving the estimates. We continue to believe these burden hour estimates to be accurate, and in the absence of specific feedback, decline to make changes. Another commenter specifically noted that the estimated reporting burden of 230 hours for State report cards was too low. We agree with this commenter that the burden on States for preparing report cards is higher than 230 hours. When describing the burden hours in the NPRM, we described these hours in relation to the current approved burden under the relevant information collections, and we estimated an increase of 230 burden hours, in addition to the already approved burden hours. For clarity, we describe the total estimated burden below.
Section 1111(h) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, requires States and LEAs to prepare and disseminate annual report cards; these report cards provide essential information to school communities regarding activities under title I of the ESEA. Sections 200.30-200.37 of the final regulations further require States and LEAs to include specific elements on the report cards. These information collection requirements will impact the burden and costs associated with information collection 1810-0581,
Under §§ 200.30 through 200.37, States are required to annually prepare and disseminate a State report card, including specific elements. Among other things, each State must describe its accountability system in the report card, create and publish a report card overview, and ensure that the report
On an annual basis, we continue to estimate that each State will devote 370 hours to preparing and disseminating the State report card, and making it accessible; across all States, this will result in an annual burden of 19,240 hours. We anticipate that each State will devote 80 hours to creating and preparing a State report card overview, one time. During the three-year information collection period, this will result in an annual burden of 26.67 hours for each State; across all States, this will result in an annual burden of 1,387 hours. We expect that 15 States may need to request an extension to report certain required data elements on behalf of the State or its LEAs, and that such request will take 50 hours to prepare. Over the three-year information collection period, this will result in an annual burden of 16.66 hours for each affected State, resulting in an annual burden of 250 hours across all States. Each State must annually include a description of its accountability system in the report card; we anticipate that this will result in an annual burden of 10 hours for each State, resulting in an annual burden of 520 hours across all States. Finally, we anticipate that each State will have to make a one-time adjustment to its data collection system, to report on required data elements under §§ 200.32 through 200.37. We expect that this adjustment will require 120 hours for each State; over the three-year information collection period, this will result in an annual burden of 40 hours, and a total burden for all States of 2080 hours.
Similarly, we have not adjusted the estimated burden arising from the development and release of the LEA report card, or the estimated burden for LEAs with schools identified for comprehensive or targeted support and improvement to notify parents of the identification, or make publicly available plans for improvement. We continue to estimate that each LEA, on average, will devote 30 hours across the three-year information collection period, or 10 hours annually, to notifying parents that schools have been identified, and to make publically available the resulting plans. In total, for 16,970 LEAs, this results in an annual burden of 169,700 hours. We expect that each LEA will devote 16 hours to preparing and disseminating the LEA report card each year, for a total burden of 271,520 hours across all LEAs. We anticipate that each LEA will devote 80 hours to creating and preparing an LEA report card overview, one time. During the three-year information collection period, this will result in an annual burden of 26.67 hours for each LEA; across all LEAs, this will result in an annual burden of 452,533 hours. Finally, all LEAs will be required to revise their report cards to report on new elements required under the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA, as well as the regulations in §§ 200.30 through 200.37. However, we expect that these adjustments will be addressed through modifications to the State data collection systems, and therefore do not expect these changes to impose additional burden hours on LEAs.
Under information collection 1810-0576,
Section 299.13 permits a State to submit a consolidated State plan, instead of individual program applications. States may choose not to submit consolidated State plans; however, for purposes of estimating the burden, we assume all States will choose to submit consolidated State plans. Each consolidated State plan must meet the requirements described in §§ 299.14 to 299.19. In the NPRM, we estimated the total annual burden for the collection of information through the submission of consolidated State plans to be 23,200 hours. Based upon revisions to the requirements of the consolidated State plan, and efforts to reduce burden on States, we now revise the estimates as detailed below.
Each State submitting a consolidated State plan will be required to describe consultation with stakeholders; provide assurances; report on performance management and technical assistance; describe how the State is complying with requirements relating to assessments in languages other than English; report on accountability, support, and improvement for schools; report on supporting excellent educators; and report on equitable access and support for schools. In total, over the three-year information collection period, we anticipate that each State will devote 993 hours to the preparation and submission of these plans, resulting in a total annual burden of 17,212 hours.
Additionally, we estimate that each State, on average, will amend its request once during the three-year information collection period, and will devote 60 hours to preparing this amendment. This amendment process will result in a total annual burden of 1,040 hours, across all States.
We further expect that 16 States will submit plans to apply for extensions for the required educator equity student-level data calculation, and that each State submitting a plan and extension request will devote 60 hours to this process. Over the three-year information collection period, we expect that this will result in an annual burden of 20 hours for 16 States, or 320 total burden hours.
Finally, certain States will be required to describe their strategies for middle school math equity. We estimate that 26 States will be required to address these strategies, and will devote 75 hours to describing these strategies in the State plan. Over the three-year information collection period, we expect that this will result in an annual burden of 25 hours for 25 States, or 650 total burden hours.
The PRA does not require you to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. We display the valid OMB control number assigned to the collections of information in these final regulations at the end of the affected section of the regulations.
This program is not subject to Executive Order 12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79.
In the NPRM we requested comments on whether the proposed regulations would require transmission of information that any other agency or authority of the United States gathers or makes available.
Based on the response to the NPRM and on our review, we have determined that these final regulations do not require transmission of information that any other agency or authority of the United States gathers or makes available.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Elementary and secondary education, Grant programs—education, Indians—education, Infants and children, Juvenile delinquency, Migrant labor, Private schools, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Elementary and secondary education, Grant programs—education, Private schools, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Secretary of Education amends parts 200 and 299 of title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
20 U.S.C. 6301 through 6376, unless otherwise noted.
(a)(1) Each State must describe in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act that the State has developed and will implement a single, statewide accountability system that meets all requirements under paragraph (b) of this section in order to improve student academic achievement and school success among all public elementary and secondary schools, including public charter schools.
(2) A State that submits an individual program State plan for subpart A of this part under § 299.13(j) must meet all application requirements in § 299.17.
(b) The State's accountability system must—
(1) Be based on the challenging State academic standards under section 1111(b)(1) of the Act and academic assessments under section 1111(b)(2) of the Act;
(2) Be informed by the State's ambitious long-term goals and measurements of interim progress under § 200.13;
(3) Include all indicators under § 200.14;
(4) Take into account the achievement of all public elementary and secondary school students, consistent with §§ 200.15 through 200.17 and 200.20;
(5) Be the same accountability system the State uses to annually meaningfully differentiate all public schools, including public charter schools, in the State under § 200.18, and to identify schools for comprehensive and targeted support and improvement under § 200.19; and
(6) Include the process the State will use to ensure effective development and implementation of school support and improvement plans, including evidence-based interventions, to hold all public schools, including public charter schools, accountable for student academic achievement and school success consistent with §§ 200.21 through 200.24.
(c)(1) The accountability provisions under this section must be overseen for public charter schools in accordance with State charter school law.
(2) In meeting the requirements of this section, if an authorized public chartering agency, consistent with State charter school law, acts to decline to renew or to revoke a charter for a particular charter school, the decision of the agency to do so supersedes any notification from the State that such a school must implement a comprehensive support and improvement plan or targeted support and improvement plan under §§ 200.21 or 200.22, respectively.
In designing its statewide accountability system under § 200.12, each State must establish long-term goals and measurements of interim progress that use the same multi-year timeline to achieve those goals for all students and for each subgroup of students, except that goals for Progress in Achieving English language proficiency must only be established for the English learner subgroup. The long-term goals and measurements of interim progress must include, at a minimum, each of the following:
(a)
(i) Identify its ambitious State-designed long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for improved academic achievement, as measured by the percentage of students attaining grade-level proficiency on the annual assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act, for all students and separately for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2); and
(ii) Describe how it established those goals and measurements of interim progress.
(2) In establishing the long-term goals and measurements of interim progress under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a State must—
(i) Apply the same academic achievement standards consistent with section 1111(b)(1) of the Act to all public school students in the State, except as provided for students with the most significant cognitive disabilities, whose performance under subpart A of this part may be assessed against alternate academic achievement standards defined by the State consistent with section 1111(b)(1)(E) of the Act;
(ii) Measure achievement separately for reading/language arts and for mathematics; and
(iii) Take into account the improvement necessary for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2) to make significant progress in closing statewide proficiency gaps, such that the State's measurements of interim progress require greater rates of improvement for subgroups of students that are lower-achieving.
(b)
(i) Identify its ambitious State-designed long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for improved graduation rates for all students and separately for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2); and
(ii) Describe how it established those goals and measurements of interim progress.
(2) A State's long-term goals and measurements of interim progress under paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be based on—
(i) The four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate consistent with § 200.34(a); and
(ii) If a State chooses to use an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate as part of its Graduation Rate indicator under § 200.14(b)(3), the extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate consistent with § 200.34(d), except that a State must set more rigorous long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for each such graduation rate, as compared to the long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate.
(3) In establishing the long-term goals and measurements of interim progress under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a State must take into account the improvement necessary for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2) to make significant progress in closing statewide graduation rate gaps, such that a State's measurements of interim progress require greater rates of improvement for subgroups that graduate high school at lower rates.
(c)
(i) Identify its ambitious State-designed long-term goals and measurements of interim progress for increases in the percentage of all English learners in the State making annual progress toward attaining English language proficiency, as measured by the English language proficiency assessment required in section 1111(b)(2)(G) of the Act; and
(ii) Describe how it established those goals and measurements of interim progress.
(2) Each State must describe in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act a uniform procedure, applied to all English learners in the State in a
(i) Take into consideration, at the time of a student's identification as an English learner, the student's English language proficiency level, and may take into consideration, at a State's discretion, one or more of the following student characteristics:
(A) Time in language instruction educational programs.
(B) Grade level.
(C) Age.
(D) Native language proficiency level.
(E) Limited or interrupted formal education, if any;
(ii) Based on the selected student characteristics under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, determine the applicable timeline, up to a State-determined maximum number of years, for English learners sharing particular characteristics under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section to attain English language proficiency after a student's identification as an English learner; and
(iii) Establish student-level targets, based on the applicable timelines under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, that set the expectation for all English learners to make annual progress toward attaining English language proficiency within the applicable timelines for such students.
(3) The description under paragraph (c)(2) of this section must include a rationale for how the State determined the overall maximum number of years for English learners to attain English language proficiency in its uniform procedure for setting research-based student-level targets, and the applicable timelines over which English learners sharing particular characteristics under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section would be expected to attain English language proficiency within such State-determined maximum number of years.
(4) An English learner who does not attain English language proficiency within the timeline under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section must not be exited from English learner services or status prior to attaining English language proficiency.
(a) In its statewide accountability system under § 200.12, each State must, at a minimum, include four distinct indicators for each school that—
(1) Except for the indicator under paragraph (b)(4) of this section, measure performance for all students and separately for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2); and
(2) Use the same measures within each indicator for all schools in the State, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(b) A State must annually measure the following indicators consistent with paragraph (a) of this section:
(1) For all schools, based on the long-term goals established under § 200.13(a), an Academic Achievement indicator, which—
(i) Must include the following:
(A) A measure of student performance on the annual reading/language arts and mathematics assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act at the proficient level on the State's grade-level academic achievement standards consistent with section 1111(b)(1) of the Act, except that students with the most significant cognitive disabilities may be assessed in those subjects against alternate academic achievement standards defined by the State consistent with section 1111(b)(1)(E) of the Act; and
(B) The performance of at least 95 percent of all students and 95 percent of all students in each subgroup consistent with § 200.15(b)(1); and
(ii) May include the following:
(A) In addition to a measure of student performance under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section, measures of student performance on such assessments above or below the proficient level on such achievement standards so long as—
(
(
(B) For high schools, student growth based on the reading/language arts and mathematics assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act.
(2) For elementary and secondary schools that are not high schools, an Academic Progress indicator, which must include either—
(i) A measure of student growth based on the annual assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act; or
(ii) Another academic measure that meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) For high schools, based on the long-term goals established under § 200.13(b), a Graduation Rate indicator, which—
(i) Must measure the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate consistent with § 200.34(a); and
(ii) May measure, at the State's discretion, the extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate consistent with § 200.34(d).
(4) For all schools, a Progress in Achieving English Language Proficiency indicator, based on English learner performance on the annual English language proficiency assessment required under section 1111(b)(2)(G) of the Act in at least each of grades 3 through 8 and in grades for which English learners are otherwise assessed under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I)(bb) of the Act, that—
(i) Uses objective and valid measures of student progress on the assessment, comparing results from the current school year to results from the previous school year, such as student growth percentiles;
(ii) Is aligned with the applicable timelines, within the State-determined maximum number of years, under § 200.13(c)(2) for each English learner to attain English language proficiency after the student's identification as an English learner; and
(iii) May also include a measure of proficiency (
(5) One or more indicators of School Quality or Student Success that meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, which may vary by each grade span and may include one or more of the following:
(i) Student access to and completion of advanced coursework.
(ii) Postsecondary readiness.
(iii) School climate and safety.
(iv) Student engagement.
(v) Educator engagement.
(vi) Any other indicator the State chooses that meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) A State must demonstrate in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act that each measure it selects to include within any indicator under this section—
(1) Is valid, reliable, and comparable across all LEAs in the State;
(2) Is calculated in the same way for all schools across the State, except that
(3) For all indicators except the Progress in Achieving English Language Proficiency indicator, is able to be disaggregated for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2).
(d) A State must demonstrate in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act that each measure it selects to include within the indicators of Academic Progress and School Quality or Student Success is supported by research that high performance or improvement on such measure is likely to increase student learning (
(e) A State must demonstrate in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act that each measure it selects to include within the indicators of Academic Progress and School Quality or Student Success aids in the meaningful differentiation of schools under § 200.18 by demonstrating varied results across schools in the State.
(a)(1) To meet the requirements for academic assessments under section 1111(b)(2) of the Act, each State must administer the academic assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v) of the Act to all public elementary school and secondary school students in the State and provide for the participation of all such students in those assessments.
(2) For purposes of the statewide accountability system under section 1111(c) of the Act, each State must annually measure the achievement of at least 95 percent of all students, and 95 percent of all students in each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2), who are enrolled in each public school on the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act.
(3) Each State must measure participation rates under paragraph (a)(2) of this section separately in reading/language arts and mathematics.
(b) For purposes of annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18 and identification of schools under § 200.19, a State must—
(1) Annually calculate any measure in the Academic Achievement indicator under § 200.14(b)(1) so that the denominator of such measure, for all students and for all students in each subgroup, includes the greater of—
(i) 95 percent of all such students in the grades assessed who are enrolled in the school; or
(ii) The number of all such students enrolled in the school who participated in the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act; and
(2) Factor the requirement for 95 percent student participation in assessments under paragraph (a)(2) of this section into its system of annual meaningful differentiation so that missing such requirement, for all students or for any subgroup of students in a school, results in at least one of the following actions:
(i) A lower summative determination in the State's system of annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18(a)(4).
(ii) The lowest performance level on the Academic Achievement indicator in the State's system of annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18(a)(2).
(iii) Identification for, and implementation of, a targeted support and improvement plan consistent with the requirements under § 200.22.
(iv) Another State-determined action or set of actions described in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act that is sufficiently rigorous to improve the school's participation rate so that the school meets the requirements under paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) To support the State in meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section—
(1) A school that fails to assess at least 95 percent of all students or 95 percent of each subgroup of students in any year must develop and implement an improvement plan that—
(i) Is developed in partnership with stakeholders (including principals and other school leaders; teachers; and parents and, as appropriate, students);
(ii) Includes one or more strategies to address the reason or reasons for low participation rates in the school and improve participation rates in subsequent years;
(iii) Is reviewed and approved by the LEA prior to implementation; and
(iv) Is monitored, upon submission and implementation, by the LEA; and
(2) An LEA with a significant number or percentage of schools that fail to assess at least 95 percent of all students or 95 percent of each subgroup of students in any year must develop and implement an improvement plan that includes additional actions to support effective implementation of the school-level plans developed under paragraph (c)(1) of this section and that is reviewed and approved by the State.
(3) If a State chooses to identify a school for, and require implementation of, a targeted support and improvement plan under paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, the requirement for such a school to develop and implement a targeted support and improvement plan consistent with § 200.22 fulfills the requirements of this paragraph.
(d)(1) A State must provide a clear and understandable explanation of how it has met the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act and in its description of the State's system for annual meaningful differentiation of schools on its State report card pursuant to section 1111(h)(1)(C)(i)(IV) of the Act.
(2) A State, LEA, or school may not systematically exclude students, including any subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a), from participating in the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v) of the Act.
(3) To count a student who is assessed based on alternate academic achievement standards described in section 1111(b)(1)(E) of the Act as a participant for purposes of meeting the requirements of this section, the State must have guidelines that meet the requirements described in section 1111(b)(2)(D)(ii) of the Act and must ensure that its LEAs adhere to such guidelines.
(4) Consistent with § 200.16(c)(3)(i)(A), a State may count a recently arrived English learner as defined in section 1111(b)(3)(A) of the Act as a participant in the State assessment in reading/language arts for purposes of meeting the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section if he or she takes either the State's English language proficiency assessment under section 1111(b)(2)(G) of the Act or reading/language arts assessment under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act.
(a)
(1) All public school students.
(2) Each of the following subgroups of students, separately:
(i) Economically disadvantaged students.
(ii) Students from each major racial and ethnic group.
(iii) Children with disabilities, as defined in section 8101(4) of the Act.
(iv) English learners, as defined in section 8101(20) of the Act.
(b)
(1) For the same State-determined period of time; and
(2) For purposes of determining if a school meets the State's minimum number of students under § 200.17(a)(1) for the children with disabilities subgroup when calculating performance on any such indicator.
(c)
(i) For the same State-determined period of time; and
(ii) For purpose of determining if a school meets the State's minimum number of students under § 200.17(a)(1) for the English learner subgroup when calculating performance on any such indicator.
(2) With respect to an English learner with a disability that precludes assessment of the student in one or more domains of the English language proficiency assessment required under section 1111(b)(2)(G) of the Act such that there are no appropriate accommodations for the affected domain(s) (
(3) With respect to a recently arrived English learner as defined in section 1111(b)(3)(A) of the Act, a State must include such an English learner's results on the assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act upon enrollment in a school in one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia (hereafter “a school in the United States”) in calculating long-term goals and measurements of interim progress under § 200.13(a), annually meaningfully differentiating schools under § 200.18, and identifying schools under § 200.19, except that the State may either—
(i)(A) Exempt such an English learner from the first administration of the reading/language arts assessment;
(B) Exclude such an English learner's results on the assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) and 1111(b)(2)(G) of the Act in calculating the Academic Achievement and Progress in Achieving English Language Proficiency indicators in the first year of such an English learner's enrollment in a school in the United States; and
(C) Include such an English learner's results on the assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) and 1111(b)(2)(G) of the Act in calculating the Academic Achievement and Progress in Achieving English Language Proficiency indicators in the second year of such an English learner's enrollment in a school in the United States and every year of enrollment thereafter; or
(ii)(A) Assess, and report the performance of, such an English learner on the assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act in each year of such an English learner's enrollment in a school in the United States;
(B) Exclude such an English learner's results on the assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act in calculating the Academic Achievement indicator in the first year of such an English learner's enrollment in a school in the United States;
(C) Include a measure of such an English learner's growth on the assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act in calculating either the Academic Progress indicator or the Academic Achievement indicator in the second year of such an English learner's enrollment in a school in the United States; and
(D) Include a measure of such an English learner's proficiency on the assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act in calculating the Academic Achievement indicator in the third year of such an English learner's enrollment in a school in the United States and every year of enrollment thereafter.
(4) A State may choose one of the exceptions described in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section for recently arrived English learners and must—
(i)(A) Apply the same exception to all recently arrived English learners in the State; or
(B) Develop and consistently implement a uniform statewide procedure for all recently arrived English learners that considers students' English language proficiency level at the time of the their identification as English learners and that may, at a State's discretion, consider one or more of the student characteristics under § 200.13(c)(2)(i)(B) through (E) in order to determine whether such an exception applies to an English learner; and
(ii) Report on State and LEA report cards under section 1111(h) of the Act the number and percentage of recently arrived English learners who are exempted from taking such assessments or whose results on such assessments are excluded from any indicator under § 200.14 on the basis of each exception described in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(d)
(1) Any purpose in the accountability system, except as described in paragraphs (b) and (c)(1) of this section with respect to an indicator that uses data from State assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act and as described in § 200.34(e) with respect to calculating the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate; or
(2) Purposes of reporting information on State and LEA report cards under section 1111(h) of the Act, except for providing information on the performance of the school, including a school's level of performance under § 200.18(b)(3), on any indicator that uses data from State assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act and for calculating the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate consistent with § 200.34(e).
(e)
(a)
(i) Yield statistically reliable information for each purpose for which disaggregated data are used, including purposes of reporting information under section 1111(h) of the Act or purposes of the statewide accountability system under section 1111(c) of the Act; and
(ii) Ensure that, to the maximum extent practicable, each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2) is included at the school level for annual meaningful differentiation and identification of schools under §§ 200.18 and 200.19.
(2) Such number—
(i) Must be the same number for all students and for each subgroup of students in the State described in § 200.16(a)(2);
(ii) Must be the same number for all purposes of the statewide accountability system under section 1111(c) of the Act, including measuring school performance for each indicator under § 200.14;
(iii) Must not exceed 30 students, unless the State provides a justification for doing so in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act consistent with paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section; and
(iv) May be a lower number for purposes of reporting under section 1111(h) under the Act than for purposes of the statewide accountability system under section 1111(c) of the Act so long as such number for reporting meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section.
(3) A State must include in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act—
(i) A description of how the State's minimum number of students meets the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section;
(ii) An explanation of how other components of the statewide accountability system, such as the State's uniform procedure for averaging data under § 200.20(a), interact with the State's minimum number of students to affect the statistical reliability and soundness of accountability data and to ensure the maximum inclusion of all students and each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2);
(iii) A description of the strategies the State uses to protect the privacy of individual students for each purpose for which disaggregated data is required, including reporting under section 1111(h) of the Act and the statewide accountability system under section 1111(c) of the Act, as required in paragraph (b) of this section;
(iv) Information regarding the number and percentage of all students and students in each subgroup described in § 200.16(a)(2) for whose results schools would not be held accountable in the system of annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18; and
(v) For a State proposing a minimum number of students exceeding 30, a justification that explains how a minimum number of students exceeding 30 promotes sound, reliable accountability determinations, including data on the number and percentage of schools in the State that would not be held accountable in the system of annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18 for the results of students in each subgroup described in § 200.16(a)(2) under the minimum number proposed by the State compared to the data on the number and percentage of schools in the State that would not be held accountable for the results of students in each subgroup if the minimum number of students were 30.
(b)
(2) To determine whether the collection and dissemination of disaggregated information would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual student, teacher, principal, or other school leader, a State must apply the requirements under section 444 of the General Education Provisions Act (the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974).
(3) Nothing in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section may be construed to abrogate the responsibility of a State to implement the requirements of section 1111(c) of the Act to annually meaningfully differentiate among all public schools in the State on the basis of the performance of all students and each subgroup of students described in section 1111(c)(2) of the Act on all indicators under section 1111(c)(4)(B) of the Act.
(4) Each State and LEA must implement appropriate strategies to protect the privacy of individual students in reporting information under section 1111(h) of the Act and in establishing annual meaningful differentiation of schools in its statewide accountability system under section 1111(c) of the Act on the basis of disaggregated subgroup information.
(c)
(d)
(a) Each State must establish a system for annual meaningful differentiation for all public schools, including public charter schools, that—
(1) Includes the performance of all students and each subgroup of students in a school, consistent with §§ 200.16, 200.17, and 200.20(b), on each of the indicators described in § 200.14;
(2) Includes, for each indicator, at least three distinct and discrete levels of school performance that are consistent with attainment of the long-term goals and measurements of interim progress under § 200.13, if applicable, and that are clear and understandable to the public;
(3) Provides information on a school's level of performance (
(4) Results in a single summative determination from among at least three distinct categories for each school, which must meaningfully differentiate between schools based on differing levels of performance on the indicators and which may include the two categories of schools described in § 200.19(a) and (b), to describe a school's overall performance in a clear and understandable manner as part of the description of the State's system for annual meaningful differentiation on LEA report cards under §§ 200.31 and 200.32;
(5) Meets the requirements of § 200.15 to annually measure the achievement of at least 95 percent of all students and 95 percent of all students in each subgroup of students on the assessments described in section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act; and
(6) Informs the State's methodology described in § 200.19 for identifying schools for comprehensive support and improvement and for targeted support and improvement, including differentiation of schools with consistently underperforming subgroups of students consistent with paragraph (c) of this section and § 200.19(c).
(b) In providing annual meaningful differentiation among all public schools in the State, including providing a single summative determination for each school under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, a State must—
(1) Afford substantial weight to each of the following indicators, as applicable, under § 200.14:
(i) Academic Achievement indicator.
(ii) Academic Progress indicator.
(iii) Graduation Rate indicator.
(iv) Progress in Achieving English Language Proficiency indicator;
(2) Afford, in the aggregate, much greater weight to the indicators in paragraph (b)(1) of this section than to the indicator or indicators of School Quality or Student Success under § 200.14(b)(5), in the aggregate; and
(3) Within each grade span, afford the same relative weight to each indicator among all schools consistent with paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(c) To show that its system of annual meaningful differentiation meets the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, a State must—
(1) In identifying schools for comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a), demonstrate that performance on the indicator or indicators of School Quality or Student Success may not be used to change the identity of schools that would otherwise be identified for comprehensive support and improvement without such indicators, unless such a school has made significant progress in the prior year as determined by the State, for all students consistent with § 200.16(a)(1), on at least one of the indicators described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section;
(2) In identifying schools for targeted support and improvement under § 200.19(b), demonstrate that performance on the indicator or indicators of School Quality or Student Success may not be used to change the identity of schools that would otherwise be identified for targeted support and improvement without such indicators, unless such a school has made significant progress in the prior year as determined by the State, for each consistently underperforming or low-performing subgroup of students, on at least one of the indicators described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
(3) Demonstrate that a school with a consistently underperforming subgroup of students under § 200.19(c) receives a lower summative determination under paragraph (a)(4) of this section than it would have otherwise received if it did not have any consistently underperforming subgroups of students; and
(d)(1) A State must demonstrate in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act how it has met the requirements of this section, including a description of—
(i) How a State calculates the performance levels on each indicator and a summative determination for each school under paragraph (a) of this section;
(ii) How the State's methodology under this section and § 200.19, including the weighting of indicators under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, will ensure that schools with low performance on the indicators described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section are more likely to be identified for comprehensive support and improvement or targeted support and improvement; and
(iii) Any different methodology, if a State chooses to develop such methodology, that the State uses to include all public schools in its system of annual meaningful differentiation consistent with paragraph (a) of this section, such as—
(A) Schools in which no grade level is assessed under the State's academic assessment system (
(B) Schools with variant grade configurations (
(C) Small schools in which the total number of students who can be included in any indicator under § 200.14 is less than the minimum number of students established by the State under § 200.17(a)(1), consistent with a State's uniform procedures for averaging data under § 200.20(a), if applicable;
(D) Schools that are designed to serve special populations (
(E) Newly opened schools that do not have multiple years of data, consistent with a State's uniform procedure for averaging data under § 200.20(a), if applicable, for at least one indicator (
(2) In meeting the requirement in paragraph (b)(1) of this section to afford substantial weight to certain indicators, a State is not required to afford each such indicator the same substantial weight.
(3) If a school does not meet the State's minimum number of students under § 200.17(a)(1) for the English learner subgroup, a State must—
(i) Exclude the Progress in Achieving English Language Proficiency indicator
(ii) Afford the Academic Achievement, Academic Progress, Graduation Rate, and School Quality or Student Success indicators the same relative weights in such a school as are afforded to such indicators in a school that meets the State's minimum number of students for the English learner subgroup.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(c)
(1) Considers each school's performance among each subgroup of students in the school consistent with §§ 200.16 and 200.17, over no more than two years, unless the State demonstrates that a longer timeframe will better support low-performing subgroups of students to make significant progress in achieving the State's long-term goals and measurements of interim progress in order to close statewide proficiency and graduation rate gaps, consistent with section 1111(c)(4)(A)(i)(III) of the Act and § 200.13;
(2) Is based on all indicators under § 200.14 used for annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18 consistent with the requirements for weighting of indicators described in § 200.18(b); and
(3) Defines a consistently underperforming subgroup of students in a uniform manner across all LEAs in the State, which must include—
(i) A subgroup of students that is not meeting at least one of the State's measurements of interim progress or is not on track to meet at least one of the State-designed long-term goals under § 200.13 or is performing below a State-determined threshold on an indicator for which the State is not required to establish long-term goals under § 200.13; or
(ii) Another State-determined definition.
(d)
(i) Each type of school for comprehensive support and improvement under paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section at least once every three years, beginning with identification for the 2018-2019 school year, except that identification of schools with chronically low-performing subgroups under paragraph (a)(3) of this section is not required for the 2018-2019 school year;
(ii) Schools with one or more consistently underperforming subgroups of students for targeted support and improvement under paragraph (b) of this section annually, beginning with identification for the 2019-2020 school year; and
(iii) Schools with one or more low-performing subgroups of students for targeted support and improvement under paragraph (b)(2) of this section—
(A) Beginning with identification for the 2018-2019 school year;
(B) At least once every three years; and
(C) With such identification occurring in each year, consistent with paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, in which the State identifies schools for comprehensive support and improvement.
(2) Each year for which a State must identify schools for comprehensive or targeted support and improvement, it must—
(i) Make such identification as soon as possible, but no later than the beginning of each school year; and
(ii) For purposes of identifying schools under this section, use data from the preceding school year (
(a)
(1)
(ii) If a State combines data across school years for these purposes, the State must—
(A) Use the same uniform procedure for combining data from the school year for which the identification is made with data from one or two school years immediately preceding that school year for all public schools, including by summing the total number of students in each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2) across all school years when calculating a school's performance on each indicator under § 200.14 and determining whether the subgroup meets the State's minimum number of students described in § 200.17(a)(1);
(B) Report data for a single school year, without combining, on report cards under section 1111(h) of the Act; and
(C) Explain its uniform procedure for combining data in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act and specify that such procedure is used in its description of the indicators used for annual meaningful differentiation on the State report card pursuant to section 1111(h)(1)(C)(i)(III) of the Act.
(2)
(ii) If a State combines data across grades for these purposes, the State must—
(A) Use the same uniform procedure for combining data for all public schools;
(B) Report data for each grade in the school on report cards under section 1111(h) of the Act; and
(C) Explain its uniform procedure for combining data in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act, and specify that
(b)
(2) A State may not use the performance of a student who has been enrolled in the same school within an LEA for less than half of the academic year in its system of annual meaningful differentiation and identification of schools, except that—
(i) An LEA must include such student in calculating the Graduation Rate indicator under § 200.14(b)(3), if applicable;
(ii) If such student exited a high school without receiving a regular high school diploma and without transferring to another high school that grants a regular high school diploma during such school year, the LEA must assign such student, for purposes of calculating the Graduation Rate indicator and consistent with the approach established by the State under § 200.34, to either—
(A) The high school in which such student was enrolled for the greatest proportion of school days while enrolled in grades 9 through 12; or
(B) The high school in which the student was most recently enrolled; and
(iii) All students, regardless of their length of enrollment in a school within an LEA during the academic year, must be included for purposes of reporting on the State and LEA report cards under section 1111(h) of the Act for such school year.
(a)
(b)
(1) Be in an understandable and uniform format;
(2) Be, to the extent practicable, written in a language that parents can understand or, if it is not practicable to provide written translations to a parent with limited English proficiency, be orally translated for such parent; and
(3) Be, upon request by a parent who is an individual with a disability as defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. 12102, provided in an alternative format accessible to that parent.
(c)
(1) Academic achievement data on each of the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v) of the Act for all students in the school, including for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2);
(2) The school's performance, including among subgroups of students described in § 200.16(a)(2), on the long-term goals and measurements of interim progress and indicators described in §§ 200.13 and 200.14;
(3) The reason or reasons the school was identified for comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a);
(4) The school's unmet needs, including those with respect to—
(i) Students (
(ii) School leadership and instructional staff (
(iii) Quality of the instructional program;
(iv) Family and community involvement;
(v) School climate; and
(vi) Distribution of resources (
(5) At the LEA's discretion, the school's performance on additional, locally selected measures that are not included in the State's system of annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18 and that affect student outcomes in the identified school.
(d)
(1) Is developed in partnership with stakeholders (including principals and other school leaders; teachers; parents and, as appropriate, students; and, for LEAs affected by section 8538 of the Act, Indian tribes), as demonstrated, at a minimum, by describing in the plan how—
(i) Early stakeholder input was solicited and taken into account in the development of the plan, including any changes made as a result of such input; and
(ii) Stakeholders will participate in an ongoing manner in the plan's implementation;
(2) Includes and is based on the results of the needs assessment described in paragraph (c) of this section;
(3) Includes one or more interventions (
(i) Meet the definition of “evidence-based” under section 8101(21) of the Act;
(ii) Are supported, to the extent practicable, by evidence from a sample population or setting that overlaps with the population or setting of the school to be served;
(iii) Are supported, to the extent practicable, by the strongest level of evidence that is available and appropriate to meet the needs identified in the needs assessment under paragraph (c) of this section;
(iv) May be selected from a non-exhaustive list of evidence-based interventions if such a list is established by the State, and must be selected from an exhaustive list of evidence-based interventions if such a list is established by the State, consistent with § 200.23(c)(2);
(v) May be an evidence-based intervention determined by the State, consistent with State law, as described in section 1111(d)(1)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act and § 200.23(c)(3); and
(vi) May include differentiated improvement activities that utilize interventions that meet the definition of “evidence-based” under section 8101(21) of the Act in any high school identified under § 200.19(a)(2) that predominantly serves students—
(A) Returning to education after having exited secondary school without a regular high school diploma; or
(B) Who, based on their grade or age, are significantly off track to accumulate sufficient academic credits to meet high school graduation requirements, as established by the State;
(4) Identifies and addresses resource inequities, by—
(i) Including a review of LEA- and school-level resources among schools and, as applicable, within schools with respect to—
(A) Differences in rates at which low-income and minority students are taught by ineffective, out-of-field, or inexperienced teachers identified by the State and LEA consistent with sections 1111(g)(1)(B) and 1112(b)(2) of the Act;
(B) Access to advanced coursework, including accelerated coursework as reported annually consistent with section 1111(h)(1)(C)(viii) of the Act;
(C) Access in elementary schools to full-day kindergarten programs and to preschool programs as reported annually consistent with section 1111(h)(1)(C)(viii) of the Act;
(D) Access to specialized instructional support personnel, as defined in section 8101(47) of the Act, including school counselors, school social workers, school psychologists, other qualified professional personnel, and school librarians; and
(E) Per-pupil expenditures of Federal, State, and local funds required to be reported annually consistent with section 1111(h)(1)(C)(x) of the Act; and
(ii) Including, at the LEA's discretion, a review of LEA- and school-level budgeting and resource allocation with respect to resources described in paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section and the availability and access to any other resource provided by the LEA or school, such as instructional materials and technology;
(5) Must be fully implemented in the school year for which such school is identified, except that an LEA may have a planning year during which the LEA must carry out the needs assessment required under paragraph (c) of this section and develop the comprehensive support and improvement plan to prepare for successful implementation of interventions required under the plan during the planning year or, at the latest, the first full day of the school year following the school year for which the school was identified;
(6) Must be made publicly available by the LEA, including to parents consistent with the requirements under paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section; and
(7) Must be approved by the school identified for comprehensive support and improvement, the LEA, and the State.
(e)
(1) Review such plan against the requirements of this section and approve the plan in a timely manner, as determined by the State, taking all actions necessary to ensure that the school and LEA are able to meet all of the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section to develop and implement the plan within the required timeframe; and
(2) Monitor and periodically review each LEA's implementation of such plan.
(f)
(i) Improve student outcomes; and
(ii) No longer meet the criteria under which the school was identified under § 200.19(a) within a State-determined number of years (not to exceed four years).
(2) If a school does not meet the exit criteria established under paragraph (f)(1) of this section within the State-determined number of years, the State must, at a minimum, require the LEA to conduct a new comprehensive needs assessment that meets the requirements under paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Based on the results of the new needs assessment, the LEA must, with respect to each school that does not meet the exit criteria, amend its comprehensive support and improvement plan described in paragraph (d) of this section, in partnership with stakeholders consistent with the requirements in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, to—
(i) Address the reasons the school did not meet the exit criteria, including whether the school implemented the interventions with fidelity and sufficient intensity, and the results of the new needs assessment;
(ii) Update how it will continue to address previously identified resource inequities and to identify and address any newly identified resource inequities consistent with the requirements in paragraph (d)(4) of this section; and
(iii) Include implementation of additional interventions in the school that may address school-level operations (which may include staffing, budgeting, and changes to the school day and year) and that must—
(A) Be determined by the State, which may include requiring an intervention from among any State-established evidence-based interventions or a State-approved list of evidence-based interventions, consistent with State law and § 200.23(c)(2) and (3);
(B) Be more rigorous, including one or more evidence-based interventions in the plan that are supported by strong or moderate evidence, consistent with section 8101(21)(A) of the Act;
(C) Be supported, to the extent practicable, by evidence from a sample population or setting that overlaps with the population or setting of the school to be served; and
(D) Must be described in its State plan under section 1111 of the Act.
(4) Each LEA must—
(i) Make the amended comprehensive support and improvement plan described in paragraph (f)(3) of this section publicly available, including to parents consistent with paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section; and
(ii) Submit the amended plan to the State in a timely manner, as determined by the State.
(5) After the LEA submits the amended plan to the State, the State must—
(i) Review and approve the amended plan, and any additional amendments to the plan, consistent with the review process required under paragraph (e)(1) of this section; and
(ii) Increase its monitoring, support, and periodic review of each LEA's implementation of such plan.
(g)
(h)
(a)
(1) Notify as soon as possible, but no later than the beginning of the school year for which such school is identified, each LEA serving such school of the identification; and
(2) Ensure such LEA provides notification to each school identified for targeted support and improvement, including the reason for identification (
(b)
(2) The notice must include—
(i) The reason or reasons for the identification (
(ii) An explanation of how parents can become involved in developing and implementing the targeted support and improvement plan described in paragraph (c) of this section.
(c)
(1) Is developed in partnership with stakeholders (including principals and other school leaders; teachers; and parents and, as appropriate, students) as demonstrated by, at a minimum, describing in the plan how—
(i) Early stakeholder input was solicited and taken into account in the development of each component of the plan, including any changes made as a result of such input; and
(ii) Stakeholders will have an opportunity to participate in an ongoing manner in such plan's implementation;
(2) Is designed to improve student performance for the lowest-performing students on each of the indicators under § 200.14 that led to the identification of the school for targeted support and improvement or, in the case of schools implementing targeted support and improvement plans consistent with § 200.15(b)(2)(iii), to improve student participation in the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act;
(3) Takes into consideration—
(i) The school's performance on the long-term goals and measurements of interim progress and the indicators described in §§ 200.13 and 200.14, including student academic achievement on each of the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v) of the Act; and
(ii) At the school's discretion, the school's performance on additional, locally selected measures that are not included in the State's system of annual meaningful differentiation under § 200.18 and that affect student outcomes in the identified school;
(4) Includes one or more interventions to address the reason or reasons for identification and improve student outcomes for the lowest-performing students in the school that—
(i) Meet the definition of “evidence-based” under section 8101(21) of the Act;
(ii) Are supported, to the extent practicable, by evidence from a sample population or setting that overlaps with the population or setting of the school to be served;
(iii) Are supported, to the extent practicable, by the strongest level of evidence that is available and appropriate to improve student outcomes for the lowest-performing students in the school; and
(iv) May be selected from a non-exhaustive list of evidence-based interventions if such a list is established by the State, and must be selected from an exhaustive list of evidence-based interventions if such a list is established by the State, consistent with § 200.23(c)(2);
(5) Must be fully implemented in the school year for which such school is identified, except that a school identified under § 200.19(b) may have a planning year during which the school must develop the targeted support and improvement plan and complete other activities necessary to prepare for successful implementation of interventions required under the plan during the planning year or, at the latest, the first full day of the school year following the school year for which the school was identified;
(6) Is submitted to the LEA for approval, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section;
(7) In the case of a school with low-performing subgroups as described in § 200.19(b)(2), and to ensure such school receives additional targeted support as required under section
(i) Including a review of LEA- and school-level resources among schools and, as applicable, within schools with respect to—
(A) Differences in rates at which low-income and minority students are taught by ineffective, out-of-field, or inexperienced teachers identified by the State and LEA consistent with sections 1111(g)(1)(B) and 1112(b)(2) of the Act;
(B) Access to advanced coursework, including accelerated coursework as reported annually consistent with section 1111(h)(1)(C)(viii) of the Act;
(C) Access in elementary schools to full-day kindergarten programs and to preschool programs as reported annually consistent with section 1111(h)(1)(C)(viii) of the Act;
(D) Access to specialized instructional support personnel, as defined in section 8101(47) of the Act, including school counselors, school social workers, school psychologists, other qualified professional personnel, and school librarians; and
(E) Per-pupil expenditures of Federal, State, and local funds required to be reported annually consistent with section 1111(h)(1)(C)(x) of the Act; and
(ii) Including, at the school's discretion, a review of LEA- and school-level budgeting and resource allocation with respect to resources described in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section and the availability and access to any other resource provided by the LEA or school, such as instructional materials and technology; and
(8) For any school operating a schoolwide program under section 1114 of the Act, addresses the needs identified by the needs assessment required under section 1114(b)(6) of the Act.
(d)
(1) Review each plan against the requirements of this section and approve such plan in a timely manner, taking all actions necessary to ensure that each school is able to meet all of the requirements under paragraph (c) of this section within the required timeframe;
(2) Make the approved plan, and any amendments to the plan, publicly available, including to parents consistent with the requirements under § 200.21(b)(1) through (3); and
(3) Monitor the school's implementation of the plan.
(e)
(1) The school has successfully implemented its targeted support and improvement plan such that it no longer meets the criteria for identification and has improved student outcomes for its lowest-performing students, including each subgroup of students that was identified as consistently underperforming under § 200.19(b)(1) or low-performing under § 200.19(b)(2), or, in the case of a school implementing a targeted support and improvement plan consistent with § 200.15(b)(2)(iii), has met the requirement under § 200.15(a)(2) for student participation in the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act, and will exit targeted support and improvement status.
(2) The school has unsuccessfully implemented its targeted support and improvement plan such that it has not improved student outcomes for its lowest-performing students, including each subgroup of students that was identified as consistently underperforming under § 200.19(b)(1) or low-performing under § 200.19(b)(2), or, in the case of a school implementing a targeted support and improvement plan consistent with § 200.15(b)(2)(iii), has failed to meet the requirement under § 200.15(a)(2) for student participation in the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act, in which case the LEA must subsequently—
(i) Require the school to amend its targeted support and improvement plan to include additional actions that continue to meet all requirements under paragraph (c) of this section and address the reasons the school did not meet the exit criteria, and encourage interventions that either meet a higher level of evidence under paragraph (c)(4) of this section than the interventions included in the school's original plan or increase the intensity of effective interventions in the school's original plan;
(ii) Review and approve the school's amended plan consistent with the review process required under paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and
(iii) Increase its monitoring and support of such school's implementation of the plan.
(f)
(i) Improves student outcomes for its lowest-performing students, including each subgroup of students identified as low-performing under § 200.19(b)(2); and
(ii) No longer meets the criteria for identification under § 200.19(b)(2).
(2) If a school does not satisfy the exit criteria established under paragraph (f)(1) of this section within a State-determined timeline, the State must identify the school for comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a)(3), consistent with § 200.19(d)(1)(i).
(a)
(b)
(1) Develop and implement comprehensive support and improvement plans that meet the requirements of § 200.21;
(2) Ensure schools develop and implement targeted support and improvement plans that meet the requirements of § 200.22; and
(3) Develop or use tools related to—
(i) Conducting a school-level needs assessment consistent with § 200.21(c);
(ii) Selecting evidence-based interventions consistent with §§ 200.21(d)(3) and 200.22(c)(4); and
(iii) Reviewing resource allocation and identifying strategies for addressing any identified resource inequities consistent with §§ 200.21(d)(4) and 200.22(c)(7).
(c)
(1) Take action to initiate additional improvement in any LEA, or in any authorized public chartering agency consistent with State charter school law, that serves a significant number or percentage of schools that are identified for comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a) and are not meeting exit criteria established under § 200.21(f) or a significant number or percentage of schools identified for targeted support and improvement under § 200.19(b), which may include—
(i) LEA-level actions such as reducing the LEA's operational or budgetary autonomy; removing one or more schools from the jurisdiction of the LEA; or restructuring the LEA, including changing its governance or initiating State takeover of the LEA;
(ii) In the case of an authorized public chartering agency, monitoring, limiting, or revoking the authority of the agency to issue, renew, and revoke school charters; and
(iii) School-level actions such as reorganizing a school to implement a new instructional model; replacing school leadership with leaders who are trained for or have a record of success in low-performing schools; converting a school to a public charter school; changing school governance; closing a school; or, in the case of a public charter school, working in coordination with the applicable authorized public chartering agency, revoking or non-renewing the school's charter consistent with State charter school law and the terms of the school's charter;
(2) Establish and approve an exhaustive or non-exhaustive list of evidence-based interventions consistent with the definition of evidenced-based under section 8101(21) of the Act for use in schools implementing comprehensive support and improvement or targeted support and improvement plans under § 200.21 or § 200.22;
(3) Develop one or more evidence-based, State-determined interventions consistent with section 1111(d)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act that can be used by LEAs in a school identified for comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a), such as whole-school reform models; and
(4) Require that LEAs submit to the State for review and approval, in a timely manner, the amended targeted support and improvement plan for each school in the LEA described in § 200.22(e)(2)(i) prior to the approval of such plan by the LEA.
(a)
(2) An LEA may apply for school improvement funds if—
(i) It has one or more schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a) or targeted support and improvement under § 200.19(b) consistent with paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and
(ii) It applies to serve each school in the LEA identified for comprehensive support and improvement that it has sufficient capacity to serve before applying to serve any school in the LEA identified for targeted support and improvement.
(b)
(1) A description of one or more evidence-based interventions that are based on strong, moderate, or promising evidence as defined under section 8101(21)(A) of the Act and that will be implemented in each school the LEA proposes to serve.
(2) A description of how the LEA will carry out its responsibilities under §§ 200.21 and 200.22 for schools it will serve with funds under this section, including how the LEA will—
(i) Develop and implement a comprehensive support and improvement plan that meets the requirements of § 200.21 for each school identified under § 200.19(a), for which the LEA receives school improvement funds to serve; and
(ii) Support each school identified under § 200.19(b), for which the LEA receives school improvement funds to serve, in developing and implementing a targeted support and improvement plan that meets the requirements of § 200.22.
(3) A budget indicating how it will allocate school improvement funds among schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement and targeted support and improvement that it proposes to serve.
(4) The LEA's plan to monitor schools for which the LEA receives school improvement funds, including the LEA's plan to increase monitoring of a school that does not meet the exit criteria consistent with §§ 200.21(f), 200.22(e), or 200.22(f).
(5) A description of the rigorous review process the LEA will use to recruit, screen, select, and evaluate any external partners with which the LEA will partner in carrying out activities supported with school improvement funds.
(6) A description of how the LEA will align other Federal, State, and local resources to carry out the activities supported with school improvement funds.
(7) A description of how the LEA will sustain effective activities in schools after funding under this section is complete.
(8) As appropriate, a description of how the LEA will modify practices and policies to provide operational flexibility, including with respect to school budgeting and staffing, that enables full and effective implementation of comprehensive support and improvement and targeted support and improvement plans.
(9) For any LEA that plans to use the first year of its school improvement funds for planning activities in a school that it will serve, a description of the activities that will be supported with school improvement funds, the timeline for implementing those activities, how such timeline will ensure full implementation of the comprehensive or targeted support and improvement plan consistent with §§ 200.21(d)(5) and 200.22(c)(5), and how those activities
(10) An assurance that each school the LEA proposes to serve will receive all of the State and local funds it would have received in the absence of funds received under this section.
(c)
(2) In awarding school improvement funds under this section, a State must—
(i) Award the funds on a competitive or formula basis;
(ii) Make each award of sufficient size, with a minimum award of $500,000 per year for each school identified for comprehensive support and improvement to be served and a minimum award of $50,000 per year for each school identified for targeted support and improvement to be served, to support the LEA to effectively implement all requirements for a support and improvement plan under § 200.21 or § 200.22, as applicable, including selected evidence-based interventions, except that a State may determine that an award of less than the minimum award amount is appropriate if, based on each school's enrollment, identified needs, selected evidence-based interventions, and other relevant factors described in the LEA's application on behalf of the school, that such lesser amount will be sufficient to support effective implementation of such plan; and
(iii) Make awards not to exceed four years, which may include a planning year consistent with paragraph (b)(9) of this section during which the LEA must plan to carry out activities that will be supported with school improvement funds by, at the latest, the beginning of the school year following the school year for which the school was identified, and that will support the successful implementation of interventions required under §§ 200.21 or 200.22, as applicable.
(3) If a State permits an LEA to have a planning year for a school under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, prior to renewing the LEA's school improvement award with respect to such school, the State must review the performance of the LEA in supporting such school during the planning year against the LEA's approved application and determine that the LEA will be able to ensure such school fully implements the activities and interventions that will be supported with school improvement funds by the beginning of the school year following the planning year.
(4) If a State has insufficient school improvement funds to award a grant of sufficient size to each LEA that submits an approvable application consistent with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the State must, whether awarding funds through a formula or competition—
(i) Award funds to an LEA to serve a school identified for comprehensive support and improvement before awarding funds to an LEA to serve a school identified for targeted support and improvement;
(ii) Give priority in funding to an LEA that demonstrates the greatest need for such funds, as determined by the State, and based, at a minimum, on—
(A) The number or percentage of elementary and secondary schools in the LEA implementing plans under §§ 200.21 or 200.22;
(B) The State's review of resources available among and within LEAs under § 200.23(a); and
(C) Current academic achievement and student outcomes in the school or schools the LEA is proposing to serve.
(iii) Give priority in funding to an LEA that demonstrates the strongest commitment to use such funds to enable the lowest-performing schools to improve academic achievement and student outcomes, taking into consideration, with respect to the school or schools to be served—
(A) The proposed use of evidence-based interventions that are supported by the strongest level of evidence available and sufficient to support the school in making progress toward meeting exit criteria under § 200.21 or § 200.22; and
(B) Commitment to family and community engagement.
(iv) Take into consideration geographic diversity within the State.
(d)
(i) Award school improvement funds to LEAs, consistent with paragraph (c) of this section;
(ii) Monitor the use of funds by LEAs receiving school improvement funds;
(iii) Evaluate the use of school improvement funds by LEAs receiving such funds including by, at a minimum—
(A) Engaging in ongoing efforts to analyze the impact of the evidence-based interventions implemented using funds allocated under this section on student outcomes or other relevant outcomes; and
(B) Disseminating on a regular basis the State's findings on the impact of the evidence-based interventions to LEAs with schools identified under § 200.19;
(iv) Prior to renewing an LEA's award of school improvement funds with respect to a particular school each year and consistent with paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, determine that—
(A) The school is making progress on the State's long-term goals and measurements of interim progress and accountability indicators under §§ 200.13 and 200.14; and
(B) The school is implementing evidence-based interventions with fidelity to the LEA's application and the requirements under §§ 200.21 or 200.22, as applicable; and
(v) As appropriate, reduce barriers and provide operational flexibility for each school in an LEA receiving funds under this section, including flexibility around school budgeting and staffing.
(2) A State may—
(i) Set aside up to five percent of the school improvement funds the State reserves under section 1003(a) of the Act to carry out the activities under paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and
(ii) Directly provide for school improvement activities funded under this section or arrange for their provision in a school through external partners such as school support teams, educational service agencies, or nonprofit or for-profit entities with expertise and a record of success in implementing evidence-based strategies to improve student achievement, instruction, and schools if the State has the authority under State law to take over the school or, if the State does not have such authority, with LEA approval with respect to each such school, and—
(A) The State undertakes a rigorous review process in recruiting, screening, selecting, and evaluating any external partner the State uses to carry out activities directly with school improvement funds; and
(B) The external provider has demonstrated success implementing the evidence-based intervention or interventions that are based on strong, moderate, or promising evidence consistent with section 8101(21)(A) of the Act that it will implement.
(e)
(a)
(2) Each State report card must include, at a minimum—
(i) The information required under section 1111(h)(1)(C) of the Act;
(ii) As applicable, for each authorized public chartering agency in the State—
(A) A comparison between the percentage of students in each subgroup defined in section 1111(c)(2) of the Act for each charter school authorized by such agency and such percentage for the LEA or LEAs from which the charter school draws a significant portion of its students, or the geographic community within the LEA in which the charter school is located, as determined by the State; and
(B) A comparison between the academic achievement under § 200.30(b)(2)(i)(A) for students in each charter school authorized by such agency and the academic achievement for students in the LEA or LEAs from which the charter school draws a significant portion of its students, or the geographic community within the LEA in which the charter school is located, as determined by the State; and
(iii) Any additional information that the State believes will best inform parents, students, and other members of the public regarding the progress of each of the State's public elementary schools and secondary schools, which may include the number and percentage of students requiring remediation in postsecondary education and the number and percentage of students attaining career and technical proficiencies.
(3) A State may meet its cross-tabulation requirements under section 1111(g) of the Act through its State report cards.
(b)
(2) The State report card must begin with a clearly labeled overview section that is prominently displayed and includes the following statewide information for the most recent school year:
(i) For all students and disaggregated, at a minimum, for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2), results on—
(A) Each of the academic assessments in reading/language arts, mathematics, and science under section 1111(b)(2) of the Act, including the number and percentage of students at each level of achievement;
(B) Each measure included within the Academic Progress indicator under § 200.14(b)(2) for students in public elementary schools and secondary schools that are not high schools;
(C) The four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate and, if adopted by the State, any extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate consistent with § 200.34; and
(D) Each measure included within the School Quality or Student Success indicator(s) under § 200.14(b)(5).
(ii) The number and percentage of English learners achieving English language proficiency, as measured by the English language proficiency assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(G) of the Act.
(3) If the overview section required under paragraph (b)(2) of this section does not include disaggregated data for each subgroup required under section 1111(h)(1)(C) of the Act, a State must ensure that the disaggregated data not included in the overview section are otherwise included on the State report card.
(c)
(d)
(1) Disseminate widely to the public the State report card by, at a minimum, making it available on a single Web page of the SEA's Web site; and
(2) Include on the SEA's Web site—
(i) The report card required under § 200.31 for each LEA in the State; and
(ii) The annual report to the Secretary required under section 1111(h)(5) of the Act.
(e)
(2) In meeting the deadline under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, a State may delay inclusion of per-pupil expenditure data required under § 200.35 until no later than the following June 30, provided the State report card includes a brief description of when such data will be publicly available.
(3) If a State cannot meet the December 31, 2018, deadline for reporting some or all of the newly required information under section 1111(h)(1)(C) of the Act for the 2017-2018 school year, the State may request from the Secretary a one-time, one-year extension for reporting on those elements. To receive an extension, a State must submit to the Secretary, by July 1, 2018—
(i) Evidence satisfactory to the Secretary demonstrating that the State cannot meet the deadline in paragraph (e)(1) of this section; and
(ii) A plan and timeline addressing the steps the State will take to disseminate the State report card for the 2018-2019 school year consistent with this section.
(f)
(i) The term “migrant status” means status as a “migratory child” as defined in section 1309(3) of the Act, which means a child or youth who made a qualifying move in the preceding 36 months—
(A) As a migratory agricultural worker or a migratory fisher; or
(B) With, or to join, a parent or spouse who is a migratory agricultural worker or a migratory fisher.
(ii) The term “homeless status” means status as “homeless children and youths” as defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act, as amended, which means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence (within the meaning of section 103(a)(1) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act) and includes—
(A) Children and youths who are—
(
(
(
(
(B) Children and youths who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings (within the meaning of section
(C) Children and youths who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and
(D) Migratory children (as defined in this paragraph) who qualify as homeless for the purposes of this section because they are living in circumstances described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section.
(iii) With respect to the term “status as a child in foster care,” the term “foster care” has the same meaning as defined in 45 CFR 1355(a), which means 24-hour substitute care for children placed away from their parents and for whom the title IV-E agency has placement and care responsibility. This includes, but is not limited to, placements in foster family homes, foster homes of relatives, group homes, emergency shelters, residential facilities, child care institutions, and preadoptive homes. A child is in foster care in accordance with this definition regardless of whether the foster care facility is licensed and payments are made by the State, tribal, or local agency for the care of the child, whether adoption subsidy payments are being made prior to the finalization of an adoption, or whether there is Federal matching of any payments that are made.
(iv) With respect to the term “student with a parent who is a member of the Armed Forces on active duty,” such term includes a parent on full-time National Guard duty. The terms “Armed Forces,” “active duty,” and “full-time National Guard duty” have the same meanings as defined in 10 U.S.C. 101(a)(4), 101(d)(1), and 101(d)(5):
(A) “Armed Forces” means the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard.
(B) “Active duty” means full-time duty in the active military service of the United States, including full-time training duty, annual training duty, and attendance, while in the active military service, at a school designated as a service school by law or by the Secretary of the military department concerned. Such term does not include full-time National Guard duty.
(C) “Full-time National Guard duty” means training or other duty, other than inactive duty, performed by a member of the Army National Guard of the United States or the Air National Guard of the United States in the member's status as a member of the National Guard of a State or territory, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or the District of Columbia under section 316, 502, 503, 504, or 505 of title 32 for which the member is entitled to pay from the United States or for which the member has waived pay from the United States.
(2) A State is not required to report disaggregated data for information required on the State report card under section 1111(h) of the Act if the number of students in the subgroup is insufficient to yield statistically sound and reliable information or the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual student, consistent with § 200.17.
(a)
(2) Each LEA report card must include, at a minimum, the information required under section 1111(h)(2)(C) of the Act.
(b)
(2) Each LEA report card must begin with, for the LEA as a whole and for each school served by the LEA, a clearly labeled overview section that is prominently displayed and includes the following information for the most recent school year:
(i) For all students and disaggregated, at a minimum, for each subgroup of students required described in § 200.16(a)(2)—
(A) All information required under § 200.30(b)(2);
(B) For the LEA, how academic achievement under § 200.30(b)(2)(i)(A) compares to that for students in the State as a whole; and
(C) For each school, how academic achievement under § 200.30(b)(2)(i)(A) compares to that for students in the LEA and the State as a whole.
(ii) For each school—
(A) The summative determination of the school consistent with § 200.18(a)(4);
(B) Whether the school is identified for comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a) and, if so, the reason for such identification (
(C) Whether the school is identified for targeted support and improvement under § 200.19(b) or § 200.15(b)(2)(iii) and, if so, each subgroup for which it is identified (
(iii) Identifying information, including, but not limited to, the name, address, phone number, email, student membership count, and status as a participating Title I school.
(3) Each LEA must ensure that the overview section required under paragraph (b)(2) of this section for each school served by the LEA can be distributed to parents, consistent with paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section.
(4) If the overview section required under paragraph (b)(2) of this section does not include disaggregated data for each subgroup required under section 1111(h)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act, an LEA must ensure that the disaggregated data not included in the overview section are otherwise included on the LEA report card.
(c)
(d)
(2) At a minimum the LEA report card must be made available on the LEA's Web site, except that an LEA that does not operate a Web site may provide the information to the public in another manner determined by the LEA.
(3) An LEA must provide, for each school served by the LEA, the information described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section to the parents of each student enrolled in the school—
(i) Directly to parents, through such means as regular mail, email, or other direct means of distribution; and
(ii) In a timely manner, consistent with the requirements under paragraph (e) of this section.
(e)
(2) In meeting the deadline under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, an LEA may delay inclusion of per-pupil expenditure data required under § 200.35 until no later than the following June 30, provided the report card includes a brief description of when such data will be publicly available.
(3) If an LEA cannot meet the December 31, 2018, deadline for reporting some or all of the newly required information under section 1111(h)(2)(C) of the Act for the 2017-2018 school year, a State may request from the Secretary a one-time, one-year extension for reporting on those elements on behalf of the LEA consistent with the requirements under § 200.30(e)(3).
(f)
(a)
(1) The minimum number of students that the State establishes under § 200.17(a) for use in the accountability system;
(2) The long-term goals and measurements of interim progress that the State establishes under § 200.13 for all students and for each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2);
(3) The indicators used by the State under § 200.14 to annually meaningfully differentiate among all public schools, including, if applicable, the State's uniform procedure for averaging data across years or grades consistent with § 200.20(a);
(4) The State's system for annually meaningfully differentiating all public schools in the State under § 200.18, including—
(i) The specific weight, consistent with § 200.18(b) and (c), of each indicator described in § 200.14(b) in such differentiation;
(ii) The way in which the State factors the requirement for 95 percent student participation in assessments under § 200.15(a)(2) into its system of annual meaningful differentiation described in §§ 200.15(b) and 200.18(a)(5);
(iii) The methodology by which the State differentiates all such schools under § 200.18(a), including information on the performance levels and summative determinations provided by the State consistent with § 200.18(a)(3) and (4);
(iv) The methodology by which the State identifies a school for comprehensive support and improvement as described in § 200.19(a); and
(v) The methodology by which the State identifies a school for targeted support and improvement as described in § 200.19(b) and (c), including the definition and time period used by the State to determine consistently underperforming subgroups of students; and
(5) The exit criteria established by the State under §§ 200.21(f) and 200.22(f), including the number of years by which a school must meet the exit criteria.
(b)
(c)
(i) Comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a); or
(ii) Targeted support and improvement under § 200.19(b).
(2) For each school identified by the State for comprehensive support and improvement under § 200.19(a), the State and LEA report card must indicate which of the following reasons led to such identification:
(i) Lowest-performing school under § 200.19(a)(1).
(ii) Low graduation rates under § 200.19(a)(2).
(iii) One or more chronically low-performing subgroups under § 200.19(a)(3), including the subgroup or subgroups that led to such identification.
(3) For each school identified by the State for targeted support and improvement under § 200.19(b) or § 200.15(b)(2)(iii), the State and LEA report card must indicate—
(i) Which subgroup or subgroups led to the school's identification; and
(ii) Whether the school has one or more subgroups who are consistently underperforming or low-performing or, as applicable, who have missed the requirement for 95 percent student participation in assessments.
(4) Each LEA report card must include, for each school served by the LEA, the school's performance level consistent with § 200.18(a)(2) and (3) on each indicator in § 200.14(b) and the school's summative determination consistent with § 200.18(a)(4).
(5) If a State includes more than one measure within any indicator under § 200.14(b), the LEA report card must include each school's results on each individual measure and the single performance level for the indicator overall, across all such measures.
(a)
(2) Consistent with paragraph (a)(3) of this section, each LEA report card must also—
(i) Compare the results under paragraph (a)(1) of this section for students served by the LEA with students in the State as a whole; and
(ii) For each school served by the LEA, compare the results under paragraph (a)(1) of this section for students enrolled in the school with students served by the LEA and students in the State as a whole.
(3) Each State and LEA report card must include, with respect to each reporting requirement under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section—
(i) Information for all students;
(ii) Information disaggregated by—
(A) Each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2);
(B) Migrant status;
(C) Gender;
(D) Homeless status;
(E) Status as a child in foster care; and
(F) Status as a student with a parent who is a member of the Armed Forces on active duty or serves on full-time National Guard duty; and
(iii) Results based on both—
(A) The percentage of students at each level of achievement, in which the denominator includes the greater of—
(
(
(B) The percentage of students at each level of achievement, in which the denominator includes all students with a valid test score.
(b)
(2) To meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, each State and LEA must calculate the percentage of students who are proficient and above on the State assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act based on a denominator that includes the greater of—
(i) 95 percent of all students, and 95 percent of each subgroup of students, who are enrolled in the school, LEA, or State, respectively; or
(ii) The number of all such students enrolled in the school, LEA, or State, respectively who participate in the assessments required under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I) of the Act.
(c)
(2) To meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, each State and LEA must include in the denominator of the calculation all students enrolled in the school, LEA, or State, respectively, at the time of testing.
(a)
(1) The numerator must consist of the sum of—
(i) All students who graduate in four years with a regular high school diploma; and
(ii) All students with the most significant cognitive disabilities in the cohort, assessed using an alternate assessment aligned to alternate academic achievement standards under section 1111(b)(2)(D) of the Act and awarded a State-defined alternate diploma.
(2) The denominator must consist of the number of students who form the adjusted cohort of entering first-time students in grade 9 enrolled in the high school no later than the date by which student membership data is collected annually by the State for submission to the National Center for Education Statistics.
(3) For those high schools that start after grade 9, the cohort must be calculated based on the earliest high school grade students attend.
(b)
(2) “Students who transfer into the cohort” means the students who enroll after the beginning of the date of the determination of the cohort, up to and including in grade 12.
(3) To remove a student from the cohort, a school or LEA must confirm in writing that the student—
(i) Transferred out, such that the school or LEA has official written documentation that the student enrolled in another school or educational program from which the student is expected to receive a regular high school diploma, or a State-defined alternate diploma for students with the most significant cognitive disabilities;
(ii) Emigrated to another country;
(iii) Transferred to a prison or juvenile facility after an adjudication of delinquency, and is enrolled in an educational program from which the student is expected to receive a regular high school diploma, or a State-defined alternate diploma for students with the most significant cognitive disabilities, during the period in which the student is assigned to the prison or juvenile facility; or
(iv) Is deceased.
(4) A student who is retained in grade, enrolls in a general equivalency diploma program or other alternative education program that does not issue or provide credit toward the issuance of a regular high school diploma or a State-defined alternate diploma, or leaves school for any reason other than those described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section may not be counted as having transferred out for the purpose of calculating the graduation rate and must remain in the adjusted cohort.
(5) For students with the most significant cognitive disabilities assessed using an alternate assessment aligned to alternate academic achievement standards under section 1111(b)(2)(D) of the Act and who are eligible for a State-defined alternate diploma under § 200.34(c)(3), an LEA or school must—
(i) Assign the student to the cohort of entering first-time students in grade 9 and ensure that the student remains in that cohort through grade 12.
(ii) Remove such a student from the original cohort if the student does not graduate after four years but continues to be enrolled in the school or LEA and is expected to receive a State-defined alternate diploma that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section;
(iii) Reassign such a student who graduates with a State-defined alternate diploma after more than four years to the cohort of students graduating in that year and include the student in the numerator and denominator of the graduation rate calculation—
(A) For the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate for the year in which the student graduates; and
(B) For an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate under paragraph (d) of this section for one or more subsequent years, if the State has adopted such a rate.
(iv) Reassign such a student who after more than four years does not graduate with a State-defined alternate diploma that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section to the cohort of students graduating in the year in which the student exits high school and include the student in the denominator of the graduation rate calculation—
(A) For the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate for the year in which the student exits high school; and
(B) For an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate under paragraph (d) of this section for one or more subsequent years, if the State has adopted such a rate.
(c)
(1) “Students who graduate in four years” means students who earn a regular high school diploma before, during, or at the conclusion of their fourth year, or during a summer session immediately following their fourth year.
(2) “Regular high school diploma” means the standard high school diploma awarded to the preponderance of students in the State that is fully aligned with State standards, or a higher diploma. A regular high school diploma does not include—
(i) A diploma aligned to the alternate academic achievement standards described in section 1111(b)(1)(E) of the ESEA, as amended by the ESSA; or
(ii) A general equivalency diploma, certificate of completion, certificate of attendance, or any similar or lesser credential, such as a diploma based on meeting individualized education program (IEP) goals.
(3) “Alternate diploma” means a diploma for students with the most significant cognitive disabilities, as defined by the State, who are assessed with a State's alternate assessments aligned to alternate academic achievement standards under section 1111(b)(2)(D) of the Act and is—
(i) Standards-based;
(ii) Aligned with the State's requirements for a regular high school diploma; and
(iii) Obtained within the time period for which the State ensures the availability of a free appropriate public education under section 612(a)(1) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1)).
(d)
(1)
(2) A State may calculate one or more extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rates.
(e)
(i) Four-year adjusted cohort graduation rates and, if adopted by the State, extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rates for all students and disaggregated by each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2), homeless status, and status as a child in foster care.
(ii) Whether all students and each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2) met or did not meet the State measurements of interim progress for graduation rates under § 200.13(b); and
(2) In reporting graduation rates disaggregated by each subgroup of students described in § 200.16(a)(2), homeless status, and status as a child in foster care, a State and its LEAs must include students who were children with disabilities, English learners, children who are homeless (as defined in § 200.30(f)(1)(ii)), or children who are in foster care (as defined in § 200.30(f)(1)(iii)) at any time during the cohort period.
(3) A State and its LEAs must report the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate and, if adopted by the State, extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate that reflects results of the immediately preceding school year.
(4) If a State adopts an extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate, the State and its LEAs must report the extended-year adjusted cohort graduation rate separately from the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate.
(f)
(1) At the school in which such student was enrolled for the greatest proportion of school days while enrolled in grades 9 through 12; or
(2) At the school in which the student was most recently enrolled.
(a)
(i) Current expenditures per pupil from Federal, State, and local funds, for the preceding fiscal year, consistent with the timeline in § 200.30(e), for each LEA in the State, and for each school served by each LEA—
(A) In the aggregate; and
(B) Disaggregated by source of funds, including—
(
(
(ii) The Web address or URL of, or direct link to, a description of the uniform procedure required under paragraph (c) of this section that complies with the requirements under § 200.21(b)(1) through (3).
(2) Each State report card must also separately include, for each LEA, the amount of current expenditures per pupil that were not included in school-level per-pupil expenditure data for public schools in the LEA.
(b)
(i) Current expenditures per pupil from Federal, State, and local funds, for the preceding fiscal year, consistent with the timeline in § 200.31(e), for the LEA and each school served by the LEA—
(A) In the aggregate; and
(B) Disaggregated by source of funds, including—
(
(
(ii) The Web address or URL of, or direct link to, a description of the uniform procedure required under paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) Each LEA report card must also separately include the amount of current expenditures per pupil that
(c)
(1) The numerator consists of current expenditures, which means actual personnel costs (including actual staff salaries) and actual non-personnel expenditures of Federal, State, and local funds, used for public education—
(i) Including, but not limited to, expenditures for administration, instruction, instructional support, student support services, pupil transportation services, operation and maintenance of plant, fixed charges, preschool, and net expenditures to cover deficits for food services and student body activities; but
(ii) Not including expenditures for community services, capital outlay, and debt service; and
(2) The denominator consists of the aggregate number of students enrolled in preschool through grade 12 to whom the State and LEA provide free public education on or about October 1, consistent with the student membership data collected annually by the State for submission to the National Center for Education Statistics.
(a)
(i) Programs of public postsecondary education in the State; and
(ii) If data are available and to the extent practicable, programs of private postsecondary education in the State or public and private programs of postsecondary education outside the State.
(2) For the purposes of this section, “programs of postsecondary education” has the same meaning as the term “institution of higher education” under section 101(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended.
(b)
(1) The numerator must consist of the number of students who enroll in a program of postsecondary education in the academic year following the students' high school graduation.
(2) The denominator must consist of the number of students who graduated with a regular high school diploma or a State-defined alternate diploma from each high school in the State, in accordance with § 200.34, in the immediately preceding school year.
(c)
(i) The State is routinely obtaining the information; or
(ii) The information is obtainable by the State on a routine basis.
(2) If the postsecondary enrollment information described in paragraph (a) of this section is not available or is partially available, the State and LEA report cards must include the school year in which such information is expected to be fully available.
(a)
(1) Inexperienced teachers, principals, and other school leaders;
(2) Teachers teaching with emergency or provisional credentials; and
(3) Teachers who are not teaching in the subject or field for which the teacher is certified or licensed.
(b)
(1) “High-poverty schools” means schools in the top quartile of poverty in the State;
(2) “Low-poverty schools” means schools in the bottom quartile of poverty in the State; and
(3) Each State must adopt, and the State and each LEA in the State must use, a statewide definition of the term “inexperienced” and of the phrase “not teaching in the subject or field for which the teacher is certified or licensed.”
(a) This part establishes uniform administrative rules for programs in titles I through XII of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA or the Act). As indicated in particular sections of this part, certain provisions apply only to a specific group of programs.
(a)
(1) Consolidated State plan requirements detailed in §§ 299.14 to 299.19; or
(2) Individual program application requirements under the Act (hereinafter “individual program State plan”) as detailed in paragraph (k) of this section.
(b)
(1) Provide public notice, in a format and language, to the extent practicable, that the public can access and understand in compliance with the requirements under § 200.21(b)(1) through (3), of the SEA's processes and procedures for developing and adopting its consolidated State plan or individual program State plan.
(2) Conduct outreach to, and solicit input from, the individuals and entities listed in § 299.15(a) for submission of a consolidated State plan or the individuals and entities listed in the applicable statutes for submission of an individual program State plan, in a format and language, to the extent practicable, that the public can access and understand in compliance with the requirements under § 200.21(b)(1) through (3)—
(i) During the design and development of the SEA's plan to implement the programs included in paragraph (j) of this section;
(ii) At a minimum, prior to initial submission of the consolidated State plan or individual program State plan by making the plan available for public comment for a period of not less than 30 days; and
(iii) Prior to the submission of any revisions or amendments to the approved consolidated State plan or individual program State plan.
(3) Describe how the consultation and public comment were taken into account in the consolidated State plan or individual program State plan submitted for approval, including—
(i) How the SEA addressed the issues and concerns raised through consultation and public comment; and
(ii) Any changes made as a result of consultation and public comment.
(4) Meet the requirements under section 8540 of the Act regarding consultation with the Governor, or appropriate officials from the Governor's office, including—
(i) Consultation during the development of a consolidated State plan or individual title I or title II State plan and prior to submission of such plan to the Secretary; and
(ii) Procedures regarding the signature of such plan.
(c)
(1)
(A) At the school in which such student was enrolled for the greatest proportion of school days while enrolled in grades 9 through 12; or
(B) At the school in which the student was most recently enrolled.
(ii) To ensure that children in foster care promptly receive transportation, as necessary, to and from their schools of origin when in their best interest under section 1112(c)(5)(B) of the Act, the SEA must ensure that an LEA receiving funds under title I, part A of the Act will collaborate with State and local child welfare agencies to develop and implement clear written procedures that describe:
(A) How the requirements of section 1112(c)(5)(B) of the Act will be met in the event of a dispute over which agency or agencies will pay any additional costs incurred in providing transportation; and
(B) Which agency or agencies will initially pay the additional costs so that transportation is provided promptly during the pendency of the dispute.
(iii) The SEA must assure, under section 1111(g)(1)(B) of the Act, that it will publish and annually update—
(A) The statewide differences in rates required under § 299.18(c)(3);
(B) The percentage of teachers categorized in each LEA at each effectiveness level established as part of the definition of “ineffective teacher” under § 299.18(c)(2)(i), consistent with applicable State privacy policies;
(C) The percentage of teachers categorized as out-of-field teachers consistent with § 200.37; and
(D) The percentage of teachers categorized as inexperienced teachers consistent with § 200.37.
(E) The information required under paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(A) through (D) of this section in a format and language, to the extent practicable, that the public can access and understand in compliance with the requirements under § 200.21(b)(1) through (3) and available at least on a Web site.
(2)
(A) All students who may be English learners are assessed for such status using a valid and reliable instrument within 30 days after enrollment in a school in the State;
(B) It has established procedures for the timely identification of English learners after the initial identification period for students who were enrolled at that time but were not previously identified; and
(C) It has established procedures for removing the English learner designation from any student who was erroneously identified as an English learner, which must be consistent with Federal civil rights obligations.
(ii) In establishing the statewide entrance and exit procedures required under section 3113(b)(2) of the Act and § 299.19(b)(4), the SEA will ensure that the criteria are consistent with Federal civil rights obligations.
(3)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(ii) For the purposes of the period for Secretarial review under sections 1111(a)(4)(A)(v) or 8451 of the Act, a consolidated State plan or an individual program State plan is considered to be submitted on the date and time established by the Secretary if it is received by the Secretary on or prior to that date and time and addresses all of the required components in § 299.14 for a consolidated State plan or all statutory and regulatory application requirements for an individual program State plan.
(iii) Each SEA must submit either a consolidated State plan or an individual program State plan for all of the programs in paragraph (j) in a single submission on the date, time, and manner (
(3)
(i) To receive an extension, the SEA must indicate in its initial consolidated State plan or individual title I, part A State plan that it will calculate the statewide rates described under paragraph § 299.18(c)(3)(i) using school-level data and provide a detailed plan and timeline addressing the steps it will take to calculate and report, as expeditiously as possible but no later than three years from the date it submits its initial consolidated State plan or individual title I, part A program State plan, the data required under § 299.18(c)(3)(i) at the student level.
(ii) An SEA that receives an extension under this paragraph (d)(3) must, when it submits either its initial consolidated State plan or individual title I, part A program State plan, still calculate and report the differences in rates based on school-level data consistent with § 299.18(c).
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(i) Title I, part A: Improving Basic Programs Operated by State and Local Educational Agencies;
(ii) Title I, part C: Education of Migratory Children;
(iii) Title I, part D: Prevention and Intervention Programs for Children and Youth Who Are Neglected, Delinquent, or At-Risk;
(iv) Title II, part A: Supporting Effective Instruction;
(v) Title III, part A: Language Instruction for English Learners and Immigrant Students;
(vi) Title IV, part A: Student Support and Academic Enrichment Grants;
(vii) Title IV, part B: 21st Century Community Learning Centers; and
(viii) Title V, part B, subpart 2: Rural and Low-Income School Program.
(2) In addition to the programs identified in paragraph (j)(1) of this section, under section 8302(a)(1)(B) of the Act, an SEA may also include in the consolidated State plan, as designated by the Secretary, the Education for Homeless Children and Youths program under subtitle B of title VII of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act, as amended by the ESSA.
(k)
(1) For title I, part A, must:
(i) Meet the educator equity requirements in § 299.18(c) in order to address section 1111(g)(1)(B) of the Act; and
(ii) Meet the schoolwide waiver requirements in § 299.19(c)(1) in order to implement section 1114(a)(1)(B) of the Act;
(2) For title I, part C, must meet the education of migratory children requirements in § 299.19(b)(2) in order to address sections 1303(f)(2), 1304(d), and 1306(b)(1)of the Act; and
(3) For title III, must meet the English learner requirements in § 299.19(b)(4) in order to address section 3113(b)(2) of the Act.
(l)
(a)
(b)
(1) Consultation and performance management.
(2) Academic assessments.
(3) Accountability, support, and improvement for schools.
(4) Supporting excellent educators.
(5) Supporting all students.
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(a)
(1) The Governor, or appropriate officials from the Governor's office;
(2) Members of the State legislature;
(3) Members of the State board of education (if applicable);
(4) LEAs, including LEAs in rural areas;
(5) Representatives of Indian tribes located in the State;
(6) Teachers, principals, other school leaders, paraprofessionals, specialized instructional support personnel, and organizations representing such individuals;
(7) Charter school leaders, if applicable;
(8) Parents and families;
(9) Community-based organizations;
(10) Civil rights organizations, including those representing students with disabilities, English learners, and other historically underserved students;
(11) Institutions of higher education (IHEs);
(12) Employers;
(13) Representatives of private school students;
(14) Early childhood educators and leaders; and
(15) The public.
(b)
(1) The SEA's process for supporting the development, review, and approval of the activities in LEA plans in accordance with statutory and regulatory requirements, which should address how the SEA will determine if LEA activities are aligned with the specific needs of the LEA and the SEA's strategies described in its consolidated State plan.
(2) The SEA's plan to—
(i) Collect and use data and information, which may include input from stakeholders and data collected and reported under section 1111(h) of the Act, to assess the quality of SEA and LEA implementation of strategies and progress toward meeting the desired program outcomes;
(ii) Monitor SEA and LEA implementation of included programs using the data in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section to ensure compliance with statutory and regulatory requirements; and
(iii) Continuously improve SEA and LEA plans and implementation; and
(3) The SEA's plan to provide differentiated technical assistance to LEAs and schools to support effective implementation of SEA, LEA, and other subgrantee strategies.
(a) In its consolidated State plan, if the State administers end-of-course mathematics assessments to high school students to meet the requirements under section 1111(b)(2)(B)(v)(I)(bb) of the Act and uses the exception for students in eighth grade to take such assessments under section 1111(b)(2)(C) of the Act, describe how the State is complying with the requirements of section 1111(b)(2)(C) and applicable regulations; and
(b) In its consolidated State plan, each SEA must describe how the State is complying with the requirements related to assessments in languages other than English consistent with section 1111(b)(2)(F) of the Act and applicable regulations.
(a)
(b)
(1) The measures included in each of the indicators under § 200.14(b) and how those measures meet the requirements described in section 1111(c)(4)(B) of the Act and § 200.14;
(2) The subgroups of students from each major racial and ethnic group, consistent with § 200.16(a)(2), and any additional subgroups of students used in the accountability system;
(3) If applicable, the statewide uniform procedures for:
(i) Former children with disabilities in the children with disabilities subgroup consistent with § 200.16(b);
(ii) Former English learners in the English learner subgroup consistent with § 200.16(c)(1); and
(iii) Recently arrived English learners in the State to determine if an exception applies to an English learner consistent with section 1111(b)(3) of the Act and § 200.16(c)(3) and (4);
(4) The minimum number of students that the State determines are necessary to be included in each of the subgroups of students consistent with § 200.17(a)(2) and (3);
(5) The State's system for meaningfully differentiating all public schools in the State, including public charter schools, consistent with the requirements of section 1111(c)(4)(C) of the Act and § 200.18, including—
(i) The distinct and discrete levels of school performance, and how they are calculated, under § 200.18(a)(2) on each indicator in the statewide accountability system;
(ii) The weighting of each indicator, including how certain indicators receive substantial weight individually and much greater weight in the aggregate, consistent with § 200.18(b) and (c)(1) and (2);
(iii) The summative determinations, including how they are calculated, that are provided to schools under § 200.18(a)(4); and
(iv) How the system for meaningful differentiation and the methodology for identifying schools under § 200.19 will ensure that schools with low performance on substantially weighted indicators are more likely to be identified for comprehensive support and improvement or targeted support and improvement, consistent with § 200.18(c)(3) and (d)(1)(ii);
(6) How the State is factoring the requirement for 95 percent student participation in assessments into its system of annual meaningful differentiation of schools consistent with the requirements of § 200.15;
(7) The State's uniform procedure for averaging data, including combining data across school years, combining data across grades, or both, as defined in § 200.20(a), if applicable;
(8) If applicable, how the State includes all public schools in the State in its accountability system if it is different from the methodology described in paragraph (b)(5), consistent with § 200.18(d)(1)(iii).
(c)
(1) The methodologies, including the timeline, by which the State identifies schools for comprehensive support and improvement under section 1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of the Act and § 200.19(a), including:
(i) Lowest-performing schools;
(ii) Schools with low high school graduation rates; and
(iii) Schools with chronically low-performing subgroups;
(2) The uniform statewide exit criteria for schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement established by the State, including the number of years over which schools are expected to meet such criteria, under section 1111(d)(3)(A)(i) of the Act and consistent with the requirements in § 200.21(f)(1);
(3) The State's methodology for identifying any school with a “consistently underperforming” subgroup of students, including the definition and time period used by the State to determine consistent underperformance, under § 200.19(b)(1) and (c);
(4) The State's methodology, including the timeline, for identifying schools with low-performing subgroups of students under § 200.19(b)(2) and (d) that must receive additional targeted support in accordance with section 1111(d)(2)(C) of the Act; and
(5) The uniform exit criteria, established by the SEA, for schools participating under title I, part A with low-performing subgroups of students established by the State, including the number of years over which schools are expected to meet such criteria, consistent with the requirements in § 200.22(f).
(d)
(1) How the SEA will meet its responsibilities, consistent with the requirements described in § 200.24(d) under section 1003 of the Act, including the process to award school improvement funds to LEAs and monitoring and evaluating the use of funds by LEAs;
(2) The technical assistance it will provide to each LEA in the State serving a significant number or percentage of schools identified for comprehensive or targeted support and improvement, including how it will provide technical assistance to LEAs to ensure the effective implementation of evidence-based interventions, consistent with § 200.23(b), and, if applicable, the list of State-approved, evidence-based interventions for use in schools implementing comprehensive or targeted support and improvement plans consistent with § 200.23(c)(2) and (3);
(3) The more rigorous interventions required for schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement that fail to meet the State's exit criteria within a State-determined number of years consistent with section 1111(d)(3)(A)(i) of the Act and § 200.21(f)(3)(iii); and
(4) How the SEA will periodically review, identify, and, to the extent practicable, address any identified inequities in resources to ensure sufficient support for school improvement in each LEA in the State serving a significant number or percentage of schools identified for comprehensive or targeted support and improvement consistent with the requirements in section 1111(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act and § 200.23(a).
(a)
(1) The State's system of certification and licensing of teachers and principals or other school leaders;
(2) The State's strategies to improve educator preparation programs consistent with section 2101(d)(2)(M) of the Act, particularly for educators of low-income and minority students; and
(3) The State's systems of professional growth and improvement, for educators that addresses induction, development, consistent with the definition of professional development in section 8101(42) of the Act, compensation, and advancement for teachers, principals, and other school leaders which may also include how the SEA will work with LEAs in the State to develop or implement systems of professional growth and improvement, consistent with 2102(b)(2)(B) of the Act, or State or local teacher, principal, or other school leader evaluation and support systems consistent with section 2101(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the Act.
(b)
(i) Increase student achievement consistent with the challenging State academic standards;
(ii) Improve the quality and effectiveness of teachers, principals, and other school leaders;
(iii) Increase the number of teachers, principals, and other school leaders who are effective in improving student academic achievement in schools; and
(iv) Provide low-income and minority students greater access to effective teachers, principals, and other school leaders consistent with the provisions described in paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) In its consolidated State plan, each SEA must describe how the SEA will improve the skills of teachers, principals, or other school leaders in identifying students with specific learning needs and providing instruction based on the needs of such students consistent with section 2101(d)(2)(J) of the Act.
(c)
(2) For the purposes of this section, each SEA must establish and provide in its State plan a different definition, using distinct criteria, for each of the terms included in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section—
(i) A statewide definition of “ineffective teacher”, or statewide guidelines for LEA definitions of “ineffective teacher”, that differentiates between categories of teachers and provides useful information about educator equity;
(ii) A statewide definition of “out-of-field teacher” consistent with § 200.37 that provides useful information about educator equity;
(iii) A statewide definition of “inexperienced teacher” consistent with § 200.37 that provides useful information about educator equity;
(iv) A statewide definition of “low-income student”;
(v) A statewide definition of “minority student” that includes, at a minimum, race, color, and national origin, consistent with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and
(vi) Such other definitions for any other key terms that a State elects to define and use for the purpose of meeting the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
(3) For the purpose of the required description under paragraph (c)(1) of this section—
(i)
(A) Low-income students enrolled in schools receiving funds under title I, part A of the Act, are taught by—
(
(
(
(B) Non-low-income students enrolled in schools not receiving funds under title I, part A of the Act, are taught by—
(
(
(
(C) Minority students enrolled in schools receiving funds under title I, part A of the Act are taught by—
(
(
(
(D) Non-minority students enrolled in schools not receiving funds under title I, part A of the Act are taught by—
(
(
(
(ii)
(iii)
(4) Each SEA must provide the Web address or URL of or a direct link to where it will publish and annually update the rates and differences in rates calculated under paragraph (c)(3) of this section and report on the rates and differences in rates in the manner described in § 299.13(c)(1)(iii), consistent with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C. 1232g, and applicable regulations.
(5) Each SEA that describes, under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, that low-income or minority students enrolled in schools receiving funds under title I, part A of this Act are taught at higher rates, which are rates where any of the statewide differences in rates calculated under paragraph (c)(3)(iii) is greater than zero, by ineffective, out-of-field, or inexperienced teachers must—
(i) Describe the likely causes (
(ii) Provide its strategies, including timelines and Federal or non-Federal funding sources, that are—
(A) Designed to address the likely causes of the most significant differences in rates identified under paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section; and
(B) Prioritized to address the most significant differences in rates identified under paragraph (c)(1) of this section as identified by the SEA, including by prioritizing strategies to support any schools identified for comprehensive or targeted support and improvement under § 200.19 that are contributing to those differences in rates; and
(iii) Describe its timelines and interim targets for eliminating all differences in rates identified under paragraph (c)(1).
(6) To meet the requirements of section 1111(g)(1)(B) of the Act, an SEA may—
(i) Direct an LEA, including an LEA that contributes to the differences in rates described by the SEA in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, to use a portion of its title II, part A, funds in a manner that is consistent with allowable activities identified in section 2103(b) of the Act to provide low-income and minority students greater access to effective teachers, principals, and other school leaders; and
(ii) Require an LEA to describe in its title II, part A plan or consolidated local plan how it will use title II, part A funds to address differences in rates described by the SEA in paragraph (c)(1) of this section and deny an LEA's application for title II, part A funds if an LEA fails to describe how it will address such differences in rates or fails to meet other local application requirements applicable to title II, part A.
(a)
(i) Address the State's strategies and how it will support LEAs to support the continuum of a student's education from preschool through grade 12, including transitions from early childhood education to elementary school, elementary school to middle school, middle school to high school, and high school to post-secondary education and careers, in order to support appropriate promotion practices and decrease the risk of students dropping out;
(ii) Address the State's strategies and how it will support LEAs to provide equitable access to a well-rounded education and rigorous coursework in subjects in which female students, minority students, English learners, children with disabilities, or low-income students are underrepresented, such as English, reading/language arts, writing, science, technology, engineering, mathematics, foreign languages, civics and government, economics, arts, history, geography, computer science, music, career and technical education, health, or physical education; and
(iii) Describe how, when developing its State strategies in paragraph (1) and, as applicable, paragraph (2), the SEA considered the academic and non-academic needs of the subgroups of students in its State including:
(A) Low-income students.
(B) Lowest-achieving students.
(C) English learners.
(D) Children with disabilities.
(E) Children and youth in foster care.
(F) Migratory children, including preschool migratory children and migratory children who have dropped out of school.
(G) Homeless children and youths.
(H) Neglected, delinquent, and at-risk students identified under title I, part D of the Act, including students in juvenile justice facilities.
(I) Immigrant children and youth.
(J) Students in LEAs eligible for grants under the Rural and Low-Income School program under section 5221 of the Act.
(K) American Indian and Alaska Native students.
(2) If an SEA intends to use title IV, part A funds or funds from other included programs for the activities that follow, the description must address how the State strategies in this paragraph support the State-level strategies in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to:
(i) Support LEAs to improve school conditions for student learning, including activities that create safe, healthy, and affirming school environments inclusive of all students to reduce—
(A) Incidents of bullying and harassment;
(B) The overuse of discipline practices that remove students from the classroom, such as out-of-school suspensions and expulsions; and
(C) The use of aversive behavioral interventions that compromise student health and safety;
(ii) Support LEAs to effectively use technology to improve the academic achievement and digital literacy of all students; and
(iii) Support LEAs to engage parents, families, and communities.
(b)
(2)
(i) How the SEA and its local operating agencies (which may include LEAs) will—
(A) Establish and implement a system for the proper identification and recruitment of eligible migratory children on a statewide basis, including the identification and recruitment of preschool migratory children and migratory children who have dropped out of school, and how the SEA will verify and document the number of eligible migratory children aged 3 through 21 residing in the State on an annual basis;
(B) Identify the unique educational needs of migratory children, including preschool migratory children and migratory children who have dropped out of school, and other needs that must be met in order for migratory children to participate effectively in school;
(C) Ensure that the unique educational needs of migratory children, including preschool migratory children and migratory children who have dropped out of school, and other needs that must be met in order for migratory children to participate effectively in school, are addressed through the full range of services that are available for migratory children from appropriate local, State, and Federal educational programs; and
(D) Use funds received under title I, part C to promote interstate and intrastate coordination of services for migratory children, including how the State will provide for educational continuity through the timely transfer of pertinent school records, including information on health, when children move from one school to another, whether or not such move occurs during the regular school year (
(ii) The unique educational needs of the State's migratory children, including preschool migratory children and migratory children who have dropped out of school, and other needs that must be met in order for migratory children to participate effectively in school, based on the State's most recent comprehensive needs assessment;
(iii) The current measurable program objectives and outcomes for title I, part C, and the strategies the SEA will pursue on a statewide basis to achieve such objectives and outcomes;
(iv) How it will ensure there is consultation with parents of migratory children, including parent advisory councils, at both the State and local level, in the planning and operation of title I, part C programs that span not less than one school year in duration, consistent with section 1304(c)(3) of the Act;
(v) Its priorities for the use of title I, part C funds, specifically related to the needs of migratory children with “priority for services” under 1304(d) of the Act, including:
(A) What measures and sources of data the SEA, and if applicable, its local operating agencies, which may include LEAs, will use to identify those migratory children who are a priority for services; and
(B) When and how the SEA will communicate those determinations to all local operating agencies, which may include LEAs, in the State.
(3)
(i) A plan for assisting in the transition of children and youth between correctional facilities and locally operated programs; and
(ii) A description of the program objectives and outcomes established by the State that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the program in improving the academic, career, and technical skills of children in the program, including the knowledge and skills needed to earn a regular high school diploma and make a successful transition to postsecondary education, career and technical education, or employment.
(4)
(ii) At a minimum, the standardized exit criteria must—
(A) Include a score of proficient on the State's annual English language proficiency assessment;
(B) Be the same criteria used for exiting students from the English learner subgroup for title I reporting and accountability purposes; and
(C) Not include performance on an academic content assessment.
(5)
(i) How it will use title IV, part B funds, and other Federal funds to support State-level strategies and
(ii) The processes, procedures, and priorities used to award subgrants.
(6)
(7)
(i) The procedures it will use to identify homeless children and youths in the State and assess their needs;
(ii) Programs for school personnel (including liaisons designated under section 722(g)(1)(J)(ii) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act, as amended, principals and other school leaders, attendance officers, teachers, enrollment personnel, and specialized instructional support personnel) to heighten the awareness of such school personnel of the specific needs of homeless children and youths, including such children and youths who are runaway and homeless youths;
(iii) Its procedures to ensure that—
(A) Disputes regarding the educational placement of homeless children and youths are promptly resolved;
(B) Youths described in section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act, as amended, and youths separated from the public schools are identified and accorded equal access to appropriate secondary education and support services, including by identifying and removing barriers that prevent youths described in this paragraph from receiving appropriate credit for full or partial coursework satisfactorily completed while attending a prior school, in accordance with State, local, and school policies;
(C) Homeless children and youths have access to public preschool programs, administered by the SEA or LEA, as provided to other children in the State;
(D) Homeless children and youths who meet the relevant eligibility criteria do not face barriers to accessing academic and extracurricular activities; and
(E) Homeless children and youths who meet the relevant eligibility criteria are able to participate in Federal, State, and local nutrition programs; and
(iv) Its strategies to address problems with respect to the education of homeless children and youths, including problems resulting from enrollment delays and retention, consistent with sections 722(g)(1)(H) and (I) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act, as amended.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |